Entries |
Document | Title | Date |
20080198774 | Superframe Having Increased Data Transmission Efficiency - A TDD/TDMA wireless superframe includes a slot having a plurality of OFDM symbols. A guard time interval is arranged after the slot containing the OFDM symbols. There are a plurality of packets arranged subsequent to the guard time interval. A majority of the plurality packets comprise payload frames that are dynamically assigned in concatenation so as to provide access to/from one or more legacy devices operating in a LAN environment under a different protocol. The TDD/TDMA protocol is compatible with existing legacy devices under CSMA/CA. When there is at least one legacy device and one non-legacy device receiving communication, the legacy device is provided communication by enabling the Dynamic Contention packet service, with both the legacy device and non-legacy device receiving communications in the same frequency band. | 08-21-2008 |
20080198775 | REDUCING AUTOMATIC GAIN CONTROL PROCESS IN TIME DIVISION DUPLEX COMMUNICATION MODE - In TDD mobile networks, an incoming signal is received during a time period where no uplink communication takes place. The incoming signal is measured and analyzed to determine a noise level. Based on the noise level and on an uplink signal level from expected in a future uplink time slot, a gain for the automatic gain controller is set for use in future uplink communications. The gain is set to optimize the operation of an analog-to-digital converter. | 08-21-2008 |
20080198776 | APPARATUS FOR OPTIONALLY SUPPORTING TIME DIVISION DUPLEX AND FREQUENCY DIVISION DUPLEX IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A Radio Frequency (RF) front-end apparatus in a wireless communication system is provided. The apparatus includes a plurality of BandPass Filters (BPFs) for band-pass filtering a transmission signal or a reception signal, at least one circulator for dividing a signal transmission path and a signal reception path and at least one switch for controlling the signal transmission path and the signal reception path. The RF front-end apparatus provided by the present invention supports various frequency bands and optionally supports TDD and FDD in a wireless communication system. | 08-21-2008 |
20080205305 | Joint Detection (Jd) Method for Adjacent Cells in Tdd-Cdma System - A method for performing multi-user joint-detection in a neighboring cell in a TDD-CDMA system presets slot types and includes: a network device configuring a slot type of each uplink slot in its administrated cells and a base station of each cell obtaining a slot type of each uplink slot in a neighboring cell from the network device; the network device configuring for each user a slot for transmitting uplink data and a midamble and channelization code to be used according to the slot type of each uplink slot and a service type of each user in each cell; each user in each cell using the configured midamble and channelization code to transmit uplink data in the configured slot; and the base station detecting activated code channels in the neighboring cell according to the received uplink data transmitted by users in the neighboring cell and obtaining midamble used by each user in the neighboring cell according to the channeliazation codes of the activated code channels and according to the slot type of each uplink slot in the neighboring cell so that the base station may perform the multi-user joint-detection in the neighboring cell. | 08-28-2008 |
20080219190 | Random Access in Time Division Duplex Communication Systems - A mobile terminal is operated in a cellular communications system that comprises a base station operating in a time division duplex mode. The mobile terminal detects a downlink transmission from the base station and determines therefrom a future moment in time at which an end part of a downlink transmission just prior to a random access window will become detectable at the mobile terminal. An uplink random access transmission is begun at a moment in time that is before the future moment in time. The moment in time that is before the future moment in time can be a fixed amount of time before the future moment in time. If the mobile terminal is not near the edge of the cell, the base station may consequently receive only a partial uplink random access transmission, but this does not detrimentally affect performance. | 09-11-2008 |
20080219191 | ROBUST SYNCHRONIZATION FOR TIME DIVISION DUPLEX SIGNAL - The present invention relates to a method, apparatus, system and computer program product, wherein a time division multiplex signal is received with a periodic first time period allocated to a downlink transmissions and a periodic second time period allocated to uplink transmissions. A decision time metric is obtained by correlating the received signal with a replica signal in order to detect a synchronization pattern provided in the first time period. Then, a slide window based normalization with a time window long enough to accommodate said second time period is applied to the decision time metric. | 09-11-2008 |
20080232279 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR SHARING FILTERS BETWEEN TRANSMIT AND RECEIVE PATHS IN AN INTEGRATED FM RADIO - Aspects of a method and system for sharing filters between transmit and receive paths in an integrated FM radio are provided. In this regard, a FM radio receive processing path and a FM radio transmit processing path may each be configured to share a filter. Accordingly, one or more switching elements may enable coupling/decoupling the filter to/from the FM radio transmit and FM radio receive processing paths. Furthermore, the switching elements may be programmatically controlled by a processor and/or memory. Additionally, by coupling the filter to the transmit receive paths during alternating time intervals, aspects of the invention may enable simulating simultaneous transmission and reception of FM radio signals utilizing while sharing one or more filters. In various embodiments of the invention, separate filters may be utilized for an in-phase processing path and a quadrature phase processing path. | 09-25-2008 |
20080240001 | Time division duplex wireless network and associated method using modulation groups - A transceiver for use in a wireless access network comprising a plurality of base stations, each of the plurality of base stations capable of bidirectional time division duplex (TDD) communication with wireless access devices disposed at a plurality of subscriber premises in a corresponding cell site of the wireless access network. The transceiver is associated with a first base station and comprises transmit path circuitry associated with a beam forming network for transmitting directed scanning beam signals in a sector of a cell site of the first base station. The transmit path circuitry transmits at a start of a TDD frame a broadcast beam signal comprising a start of frame field and subsequently transmits downlink data traffic in a downlink portion of the TDD frame to at least one of the wireless access devices using at least one directed scanning beam. | 10-02-2008 |
20080240002 | Wireless Transmission Method of Using Efficient High Performance Frame Structure in Wideband Tdd System - The present invention provides a method of wireless transmission using a high-efficiency and high-performance frame structure used by the broadband TDD system, wherein the method includes: dividing a sub-frame with a fixed length into N+1 basic slots and three special slots, wherein one basic slot is used to transmit broadcast or paging information of a cell and N basic slots are used to transmit service information in the downlink and uplink; combining several basic slots in the N basic slots to a spreading slot when a transmitting rate of a single slot needs to be improved and using the spreading slot to transmit and spread high rate services with a matching slot length. The present invention proposes a developing direction for the TDD system in the beyond 3G. With this frame structure to perform the wireless transmission, services at different data rates can be provided and the ability of transmitting at different rates up to 100 Mbps when the system bandwidth is 5 MHz, 10 MHz or 20 MHz respectively only by changing the length of the slot, combining basic slots into different multiples of spreading slots, adopting different modulation mode and spreading coefficient. | 10-02-2008 |
20080247336 | Radio Communication System and Door Phone System Using the Same - To implement highly-reliable information transmission to a plurality of counterparties by using one radio resource. | 10-09-2008 |
20080247337 | Method and Apparatus for Joint Detection in Downlink Tdd Cdma - A method and apparatus for implementing downlink JD (Joint Detection) in TDD CDMA communication systems, wherein the steps to be executed in the UE comprises: receiving downlink signals from a network system in a specific timeslot; acquiring the active primary and secondary channelisation codes in the specific timeslot, through processing the downlink signal; acquiring the initial ACC (Active Channelisation Codes) information for use in implementing JD in the next frame, through implementing a JD algorithm on the downlink signal by using the primary and secondary channelisation codes. An ACC dedicated channel is sent on the FPACH, carrying information relative to the use of secondary channelisation codes. | 10-09-2008 |
20080247338 | High-Frequency Amplifier, and Transmission/Reception System - In a high-frequency amplifier for amplifying transmission and reception signals, an integrated circuit area is reduced to reduce production costs. A high-frequency amplifier ( | 10-09-2008 |
20080259826 | System for coordination of communication within and between cells in a wireless access system and method of operation - Apparatus, and an associated method, for providing WLAN (wireless local area network) service through a fixed wireless access communication system. WLAN transceivers are fixed in position at subscriber stations of the fixed wireless access communication system. Each WLAN transceiver defines a coverage area. Through appropriate positioning of the WLAN transceivers at the subscriber stations, overlapping coverage areas are formable and between which handovers of communications with a mobile station are effectuated when a mobile station travels out of one coverage area and into another coverage area. | 10-23-2008 |
20080267098 | MIMO SYSTEM WITH MULTIPLE SPATIAL MULTIPLEXING MODES - A MIMO system supports multiple spatial multiplexing modes for improved performance and greater flexibility. These modes may include (1) a single-user steered mode that transmits multiple data streams on orthogonal spatial channels to a single receiver, (2) a single-user non-steered mode that transmits multiple data streams from multiple antennas to a single receiver without spatial processing at a transmitter, (3) a multi-user steered mode that transmits multiple data streams simultaneously to multiple receivers with spatial processing at a transmitter, and (4) a multi-user non-steered mode that transmits multiple data streams from multiple antennas (co-located or non co-located) without spatial processing at the transmitter(s) to receiver(s) having multiple antennas. For each set of user terminal(s) selected for data transmission on the downlink and/or uplink, a spatial multiplexing mode is selected for the user terminal set from among the multiple spatial multiplexing modes supported by the system. | 10-30-2008 |
20080279123 | Time division duplex wireless network and associated method using connection modulation groups - A wireless network is provided that includes a base station and subscriber stations that communicate with the base station using radio frequency (RF) time division duplex (TDD) signaling. The base station may establish medium access control (MAC) connections with each station. The base station monitors communications with the stations and, in accordance, assigns stations or MAC connections to modulation groups. The base station transmits signals on MAC connections or to stations in a modulation group in adjacent TDD slots within a TDD frame. The base station may receive access requests from the stations, evaluate traffic requirements for the stations, and determine a longest downlink portion for the stations. The base station then allocates downlink and uplink portions of a TDD frame according to the length of the longest downlink portion. | 11-13-2008 |
20080279124 | OFDM WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - In a wireless communication system wherein at least two communication units employ the TDD wireless communication method based on OFDMA, an OFDM wireless communication method and a wireless communication apparatus are disclosed. The first communication unit transmits a pilot signal over the whole subband zone configured of divisions of a predetermined system band. The second communication unit having a plurality of antennas estimates a propagation path of the subchannels constituting continuous frequency blocks making up a subband from the pilot signal received. The second communication unit determines the array weight used at the time of signal transmission to the first communication unit using the estimation result. | 11-13-2008 |
20080285488 | MIMO WLAN SYSTEM - A multiple-access MIMO WLAN system that employs MIMO, OFDM, and TDD. The system (1) uses a channel structure with a number of configurable transport channels, (2) supports multiple rates and transmission modes, which are configurable based on channel conditions and user terminal capabilities, (3) employs a pilot structure with several types of pilot (e.g., beacon, MIMO, steered reference, and carrier pilots) for different functions, (4) implements rate, timing, and power control loops for proper system operation, and (5) employs random access for system access by the user terminals, fast acknowledgment, and quick resource assignments. Calibration may be performed to account for differences in the frequency responses of transmit/receive chains at the access point and user terminals. The spatial processing may then be simplified by taking advantage of the reciprocal nature of the downlink and uplink and the calibration. | 11-20-2008 |
20080285489 | REDUNDANT RADIO FREQUENCY NETWORK HAVING A ROAMING TERMINAL COMMUNICATION PROTOCOL - Disclosed herein is a redundant network and communication protocol at least including host computers, RF base stations, and roaming terminals. The network may utilize a polling communication protocol such that under heavy traffic conditions, a roaming terminal wishing to initiate communication may be required to wait for at least a predetermined period and determine whether the channel is available for communication. When a hidden terminal is communicating, the roaming terminal may conclude that the communication is taking place upon receiving a polling frame directed to the hidden terminal from the normally silent base station. Inherent redundancy techniques may be used with a spanning tree approach for determining the most efficient pathways from a source to a destination and ensuring that the network adapts to spatial changes or breakdowns within the network. | 11-20-2008 |
20080285490 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, TERMINAL APPARATUS AND BASE STATION APPARATUS - A radio communication system which includes a base station apparatus and terminal apparatuses and performs TDD two-way communications using an OFDM signal including subcarriers in a downstream communication from the base station apparatus to each terminal apparatus, and an FH signal having the same frequency band as that of the subcarriers in an upstream communication from the each terminal apparatus to the base station apparatus, the each terminal apparatus estimates transmission channel characteristics of the subcarriers based on the OFDM signal received, transmits an estimation result of the estimation unit to the base station apparatus, and the base station apparatus assigns, to the each terminal apparatus, at least one of subcarriers to be used in the downstream communication of the subcarriers and a hopping pattern to be used in the upstream communication, based on the estimation result transmitted from the each terminal apparatus. | 11-20-2008 |
20080291851 | Subchannel allocation apparatus - Subchannel allocation apparatus for allocating subchannels of a MIMO radio channel to a plurality of users, the MIMO radio channel having a first number of subchannels, each subchannel having a transmission capacity. The subchannel allocation apparatus includes a subspace determiner for determining a subspace of the MIMO radio channel, the subspace having a second number of subchannels, the second number being lower than the first number and each subchannel of the second number of subchannels having a higher transmission capacity than the subchannel with the lowest transmission capacity of the first number of subchannels. The subchannel allocation apparatus further includes a subchannel allocator responsive to the subspace determiner for allocating a subchannel from the second number of subchannels of the subspace to a user based on an allocation metric. | 11-27-2008 |
20080298280 | METHOD FOR DYNAMICALLY IDENTIFYING LOCATIONS OF MOBILE NODES IN A TIME DIVISION MULTIPLE ACCESS BASED AD HOC COMMUNICATION NETWORK - Disclosed is a method for dynamically identifying locations of a plurality of mobile nodes in a time division multiple access (TDMA) based ad hoc communication network, wherein one or more mobile nodes are being moved in and out of a predefined region. The method comprises allocating a hello slot in a dedicated channel of the TDMA based ad hoc communication network to each of the mobile nodes and announcing the allocation to the mobile nodes through hello slot allocation map, receiving location information from each of the mobile nodes during their hello slot and determining mobile nodes that are inside the predefined region based on the received location information, allocating a data slot to each determined mobile nodes inside the predefined region and announcing the allocation to the mobile nodes through data slot allocation map, and receiving updated location information from each determined mobile nodes during their data slot. | 12-04-2008 |
20080298281 | Method and system for automated determination of inter-system border thresholds - A method and system for determining thresholds for evaluating inter-system handovers in a wireless communication system includes determining a quality level of a first digital duplexing type, determining a quality level of a second digital duplexing type, and comparing the quality levels to determine whether to handover from the first digital duplexing type to the second duplexing type. | 12-04-2008 |
20080310329 | Method and Apparartus for Mitigating Psp Interference Psp-Enabled Communication Systems - A method to be performed by a network system is proposed, for P2P communication to cancel interference, comprising steps of: determining the redundant code group information, according to the code group usage information of the cell in which two UEs to establish P2P connection camp and its adjacent cells; detecting the relative position between said two UEs and each of other active UEs in communication state in the cell where said two UEs are camping and its adjacent cells; if at least one UE of said two UEs causes radio interference to at least one of said active UEs according to the relative position, further determining whether said UE and said active UE are assigned in the same time slot; selecting a scrambling code from the redundant code group information and assigning it to said two UEs if said UE and said active are assigned in the same time slot, so that said two UEs can perform scrambling operation by using said scrambling code on P2P signals transferred between said two UEs. | 12-18-2008 |
20090010185 | PEER TO PEER COMMUNICATIONS METHODS AND APPARATUS PROVIDING FOR USE OF BOTH WAN UPLINK AND DOWNLINK BANDS - Methods and apparatus for supporting peer to peer communications are described. A peer to peer communications device uses both wide area network (WAN) uplink and downlink communications air link resources for peer to peer signaling. During an uplink share mode of operation a peer to peer wireless terminal uses a wide area network uplink communications band to communicate peer to peer signals, and the peer to peer wireless terminal implements a first transmission power control function. During a downlink share mode of operation, the peer to peer wireless terminal uses a wide area network downlink communications band to communicate peer to peer signals, and the peer to peer wireless terminal implements a second transmission power control function. The second power control function is different from the first power control function. | 01-08-2009 |
20090016243 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - A wireless communication device for transmitting/receiving data uses a plurality of carrier frequencies in a time division duplex scheme. The wireless communication device includes a scheduler for selecting a slot of at least one carrier frequency for transmission of the data; and transmission data assignment means for assigning the data to the slot of the carrier frequency selected by the scheduler and making a slot of a carrier frequency not selected by the scheduler empty. | 01-15-2009 |
20090022073 | Repeated Channel Adaptive Frequency Hopping - The invention provides systems, devices, and methods for frequency hopping. In one method embodiment, the invention hops between frequencies by using the same channel to transmit data from a master to a slave, and from the slave to the master. One system embodiment provides an enhanced master coupled to an enhanced slave. In one device embodiment, the invention is a computer readable medium adapted to enable frequency hopping in a frequency band. | 01-22-2009 |
20090034438 | METHOD FOR ESTABLISHING A PARAMETERIZED WIRELESS COMMUNICATION CHANNEL - A method for establishing a parameterized wireless communication channel comprises the steps of communicating physical profile data between a first communication ( | 02-05-2009 |
20090040950 | Time division duplex (TDD) - In accordance with the principles of the present invention, a radio system is provided. A master multiplexer is adapted to receiving an input signal. A slave multiplexer is adapted to send an output signal. A timing master radio is connected to the master multiplexer and a timing slave radio is connected to the slave multiplexer, with the timing master radio and the timing slave radio adapted to communicate over a wireless connection. The timing master radio and timing slave radio use complementary TDD frame structures, controlled by the timing master radio, as is common in the art. The master multiplexer further comprising the timing mechanism that recovers timing embedded in the input signal, keeps track of the total number of bits received, and utilizes the total number of bits received thereby maintaining timing. The master multiplexer comprises a packet mechanism that generates a packet. The master multiplexer also provides a method for determining the TDD frame size and phase, and measuring over-the-air data rate of a radio channel. | 02-12-2009 |
20090046604 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD, BASE STATION APPARATUS AND MOBILE STATION APPARATUS - A wireless communication method for improving the transmission efficiency in an upstream communication in OFDMA-TDD system or the like. An upstream transmission timing control part ( | 02-19-2009 |
20090046605 | Uplink scheduling grant for time division duplex with asymmetric uplink and downlink configuration - Singalling uplink and downlink scheduling grants for a plurality of subframes in a time division duplex frame is addressed. In one aspect the allocated uplink subframes are divided into groups, so the number of groups equals the number of downlink subframes being allocated. Uplink grants for the groups are sent with the downlink grants, and for those groups that have more than one uplink subframe, the grant message also indicates which uplink subframes are included in that group. In another aspect there are two sets of grant messages, one for the uplink subframes and one for the downlink subframes. Each of the uplink grant messages is sent on a different uplink grant message, and there is a one-to-one correspondence between the uplink grant channel and the uplink subframe being scheduled by the grant. That correspondence may also be signalled with the grant messages. | 02-19-2009 |
20090046606 | Adaptive Frame Structure for TDD Point-to-Point Wireless Transmission - The present invention relates to an arrangement for point-to-point transmission over links between first and second link (end) terminals in a system implementing time division duplex (TDD) and wherein information is sent over the links in frames divided into time slots. It is adapted to determine the lengths of the frames on a per link basis using one or more link parameters, the frame length hence being variable. | 02-19-2009 |
20090052353 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR TRANSMISSION TIMESLOT ASSIGNMENT IN WIRELESS TIME DIVISION DUPLEX SYSTEMS - A method and apparatus is provided for assigning transmission slots in a time division duplex system. A time frame overlap determination processor ( | 02-26-2009 |
20090052354 | TIME-SPACE BLOCK PRECODING METHOD IN MULTI-USER DOWN LINK - There is provided a down link multi-user time-space code precoding method including: a step (S | 02-26-2009 |
20090052355 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR TRANSMITTING RESOURCE ALLOCATION INFORMATION IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A system and method for transmitting resource allocation information by a base station in a communication system is provided. The method includes generating first MAP messages for user terminals, each of which includes an identifier of a corresponding user terminal and corresponds to resource allocation information on a first band, in an order of user terminals, generating a second MAP message, which corresponds to resource allocation information for a user terminal allocated resources of only a second band, and generating third MAP messages, which correspond to resource allocation information on the second band, for user terminals allocated resources of both the first band and the second band, among the user terminals, in the order of user terminals allocated resources of both the first band and the second band, transmitting the first MAP message through the first band, and transmitting the second and third MAP messages through the second band. | 02-26-2009 |
20090052356 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING ACK/NACK INFORMATION IN AN ORTHOGONAL FREQUENCY DIVISION MULTIPLE ACCESS SYSTEM BASED ON TIME DIVISION DUPLEXING - A method is provided for transmitting control information by a Base Station (BS) in a Time Division Duplexing (TDD)-based Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access (OFDMA) system. The method includes determining a TDD ratio value; when a value obtained by dividing a number of consecutive Forward-Link (FL) time slots of a predetermined time interval by a number of consecutive Reverse-Link (RL) time slots is not a positive integer, grouping Mobile Stations (MSs) into multiple groups and generating group index information; and transmitting, to the MSs, control information including the TDD ratio value and the group index information. | 02-26-2009 |
20090052357 | METHOD FOR REALIZING FREQUENCY DOMAIN SCHEDULING IN THE TIME DIVISION DUPLEX SYSTEM AND THE SYSTEM THEREOF - A method and system for achieving frequency domain scheduling in a time division duplex system is disclosed, the method comprising: a first device transmits a non pre-coded reference symbol to a second device; from the reference symbol, the second device obtains a channel impulse response matrix experienced by the reference symbol transmitted from the first device, and according to the channel impulse response matrix, obtains linear spatial domain pre-coding matrix of candidate physical resource blocks used in transmitting data to the first device; from the channel impulse response matrix and the linear spatial domain pre-coding matrix, the second device obtains the channel quality indication of the candidate physical resource blocks; and performs the frequency domain scheduling according to the channel quality indication. The use of the method not only solves the problem in the prior art that the frequency domain scheduling is unable to be performed when a channel sounding method is employed, but also the contradiction in the use of the frequency domain scheduling and the linear spatial domain pre-coding. A communication system is also disclosed. | 02-26-2009 |
20090059819 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING SIGNAL IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A system and method for transmitting and receiving signals in a communication system are provided, in which a BS communicates with a first MS located within an inner area of a cell during first and second time periods in TDD and communicates with a second MS located within an outer area of the cell during the first time period in FDD, and an RS detects signals transmitted between the BS and the second MS during the first time period and transmits the detected signals simultaneously to the BS and the second MS during the second time period. | 03-05-2009 |
20090059820 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR USING FREQUENCY AND TIME RESOURCES IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and system for using frequency resources in a communication system are provided. In the method and system, a total frequency band is divided into at least two frequency subbands and there is a guard interval between frequency subbands. A first frequency subband includes a TDD UL frequency subband and a TDD DL frequency subband. A second frequency subband includes an FDD UL frequency subband. A BS sets a frequency band between the TDD UL frequency subband and an FDD UL frequency subband as an additional UL frequency subband, and receives a signal from an MS in the additional UL frequency subband. | 03-05-2009 |
20090067352 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR INCLUDING MODE INFORMATIONIN A FRAME FOR SYSTEM ACQUISITION - Methods and apparatus for including mode information in a wireless transmission frame, which is useful for system acquisition. In particular, a first information bit is provided in a preamble of a transmission frame, where the bit is configured to indicate that a wireless communication system is operating according to either a time division duplex (TDD) mode or a frequency division duplex (FDD) mode. The addition of a single bit minimally affects the resources of the preamble. Additionally, another bit resource already present in the preamble for normally communicating whether FDD transmissions are full duplex or half-duplex transmissions, may be further allocated to indicate partitioning information concerning TDD mode transmissions when the first bit indicates TDD mode, thus affording additional information communicated in the frame without increasing preamble resources. | 03-12-2009 |
20090073902 | Subframes in a cellular communications system - The invention discloses a method for a cellular communications system, in which traffic is sent in frames, each frame comprising a first number of subframes, with a second number of said subframes being available for at least either uplink or downlink traffic. At least one of said second number of subframes is made to comprise at least three parts, as follows:
| 03-19-2009 |
20090097422 | METHOD FOR SCHEDULING SIMULTANEOUSLY TERMINALS IN A COMMON FREQUENCY BAND, AND CORRESPONDING BASE STATION - The present invention relates to a method for scheduling simultaneously terminals belonging to two radio communication systems in a common frequency band, a base station of said first communication system having knowledge of said second radio communication system, both systems using an OFDM resource allocation mechanism on the air interface, an OFDM frame structure being predefined for said first system. According to the present invention, the method comprises the steps of: detecting in said first system the amount of resources needed for said second system for a predefined time period; determining a first part of said OFDM frame reserved for said first system and a second part of said OFDM frame reserved for said second system for said predefined time period, said first and second part of said OFDM frame being separated in the frequency domain of and taking into account the resources needed for said second system. | 04-16-2009 |
20090097423 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING RESOURCE ALLOCATION INFORMATION IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for transmitting/receiving resource allocation information in a communication system are provided. In the method of transmitting resource allocation information, at least one of a plurality of FDD UL FA resources is divided into a plurality of segment regions, and first resource allocation information is transmitted to mobile stations through a plurality of TDD DL FA resources. The first resource allocation information indicates, among the plurality of segment regions, each of segment regions corresponding to the TDD down link FA resources. | 04-16-2009 |
20090103460 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING SIGNAL AND METHOD FOR RECEIVING SIGNAL - A method for transmitting a signal according to the present invention comprises spreading a control channel data through a PN code and generating a diffused control channel data; time division multiplexing the diffused control channel data and a service channel data and generating a multiplexed signal; and inverse Fourier transforming the multiplexed signal and generating an inverse Fourier transformed signal. | 04-23-2009 |
20090109881 | VOICE AND DATA EXCHANGE OVER A PACKET BASED NETWORK - A signal processing system which discriminates between voice signals and data signals modulated by a voiceband carrier. The signal processing system includes a voice exchange, a data exchange and a call discriminator. The voice exchange is capable of exchanging voice signals between a switched circuit network and a packet based network. The signal processing system also includes a data exchange capable of exchanging data signals modulated by a voiceband carrier on the switched circuit network with unmodulated data signal packets on the packet based network. The data exchange is performed by demodulating data signals from the switched circuit network for transmission on the packet based network, and modulating data signal packets from the packet based network for transmission on the switched circuit network. The call discriminator is used to selectively enable the voice exchange and data exchange. | 04-30-2009 |
20090122730 | TDD system based cell handoff method and user equipment - The present invention discloses a cell handoff method and a user equipment based on a TDD system. The method includes: step A. a UE measures received pilot channels of a source cell and a neighboring cell according to a measurement control message and reports measurement result to a RNC; step B. the RNC, determines whether a target cell to be subject to a cell handoff process has available resources at a time slot different from that of the source cell and if yes, transmits a cell handoff command to the UE, allocates available resources for the UE in the target cell and transmits traffic carrier data of the UE to the source cell and the target cell respectively; and step C. after receiving the cell handoff command, the UE communicates with the source cell and the target cell at a same frame and at same time according to the allocated available resources. According to the handoff method of the present invention, UE can more reliably receive the handoff control command transmitted by the RNC and during the handoff process, the transmission power and interference are reduced so that the reliable handoff of a UE is guaranteed and the system performance is improved. | 05-14-2009 |
20090122731 | PARTIAL DISCARDING OF CYCLIC PREFIX FOR EFFICIENT TDD OR HALF-DUPLEX FDD OPERATION - Techniques for performing partial cyclic prefix discarding are described. A user equipment (UE) may reduce the amount of cyclic prefix to discard for the last OFDM symbol prior to a switch from data reception to data transmission. This may allow the UE to complete data reception earlier and to switch to data transmission in a timely manner. In one design, the UE may receive a first OFDM symbol and discard a first amount of cyclic prefix for the first OFDM symbol. The UE may then receive a second OFDM symbol and discard a second amount of cyclic prefix for the second OFDM symbol. The second amount of cyclic prefix to discard may be determined based on the amount of time needed to switch from data reception to data transmission, which may be dependent on the amount of time advance between transmit timing and receive timing at the UE. | 05-14-2009 |
20090129298 | EFFICIENT SYSTEM IDENTIFICATION SCHEMES FOR COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate efficiently indicating parameter(s) associated with a base station utilizing synchronization signals in a wireless communication environment. For instance, relative locations of a PSC and a SSC in a radio frame can be a function of a parameter. Further, a PSC sequence utilized to generate PSCs can be selected based upon a parameter. Moreover, inclusion or exclusion of PSCs from a radio frame can be a function of a parameter. Additionally or alternatively, pseudo random sequence mappings (e.g., to cell IDs, tone locations) can be a function of a parameter. Example parameters can be whether the base station is part of a TDD or a FDD system, whether the radio frame employs FS | 05-21-2009 |
20090135746 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR COMMUNICATING OVER A WIRELES TIME-DIVISION DUPLEX CHANNEL - According to the present invention, the bandwidth of a TDD channel is increased where multiple slave devices communicate with a master device over the channel. According to an aspect of the present invention, the master device can increase channel bandwidth by utilizing available transmit slots that occur during receipt of a multi-slot packet from a slave device. For example, the master device receives a first packet at a first frequency from a first slave via the channel. The master determines whether the first packet is a multi-slot packet, and if so, transmits a second packet to a second slave via the channel at a second frequency different from the first frequency. The second packet is transmitted after receipt of the first packet, but prior to the end of the first packet. | 05-28-2009 |
20090154378 | Base station, mobile terminal, and communications method - A base station, to which Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing/Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access is applied, communicates with a mobile terminal according to Time Division Duplex, in which a transmission frame includes a downlink subframe and an uplink subframe. The base station includes multiple antennas; a radio communications part configured to transmit the downlink subframe through a first one of the antennas and to receive an initial ranging code transmitted by the mobile terminal through a second one of the antennas during the transmission of the downlink subframe; and a ranging processing part configured to perform ranging based on the initial ranging code received by the radio communications part. | 06-18-2009 |
20090154379 | RADIO RESOURCE ALLOCATION SYSTEM AND ROADSIDE EQUIPMENT - A radio resource allocation system in which equipment placed on a road allocates a radio resource to in-vehicle equipment that exists in a given area is provided. The radio resource allocation system includes the in-vehicle equipment mounted on a vehicle that communicates with another in-vehicle equipment by using the radio resource. The in-vehicle equipment includes a signal transmitting unit that transmits a signal showing that the own vehicle exists in the given area. The roadside equipment includes a radio resource allocation unit that allocates the radio resource to the in-vehicle equipment when the roadside equipment receives the signal transmitted by the signal transmitting unit, and a radio resource release unit that releases the radio resource when the roadside equipment does not receive the signal from the in-vehicle equipment that is allocated the radio resource by the radio resource allocation unit. | 06-18-2009 |
20090185511 | METHOD FOR CONCURRENTLY TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING DATA THROUGH HETEROGENEOUS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS AND APPARATUS USING THE SAME - A method for transmitting/receiving data in an orthogonal frequency division multiple access-time division duplex (OFDMA-TDD) scheme. A first uplink signal and a first downlink signal of a specific band are periodically transmitted/received within a time-divided section. A second uplink signal and a second downlink signal are periodically transmitted/received, and the second signal is of a band other than the specific band, within the time-divided section, wherein, during a time section in which the first downlink signal is transmitted, the second uplink signal is received. | 07-23-2009 |
20090190509 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMIT/RECEIVE ANTENNA SWITCH IN A TDD WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method in a Time Division Duplex (TDD) wireless communication system are provided. The apparatus includes two 90° hybrid couplers and a phase converter block. The two 90° hybrid couplers each separate a signal into two signals and output the two signals, and each couple two signals and output the coupled signal. The phase converter block connects between the two 90° hybrid couplers. In a transmission mode, the phase converter block identically varies phases of two signals and outputs the varied two signals to the second 90° hybrid coupler. In a reception mode, the phase converter block varies phases of two signals and outputs the varied two signals to the first 90° hybrid coupler. | 07-30-2009 |
20090190510 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR FRAME SYNCHRONIZATION TIMING DETECTION AND MOBILE TERMINAL - A synchronization timing detecting method for a receiving device which receives a radio signal including a known symbol on a certain cycle and a gap period which is formed with a certain timing relation based on a transmit timing of the known symbol, wherein synchronization is not achieved in the gap period and the gap period has a longer duration than a certain time, includes receiving the radio signal to detect the gap period in which symbol synchronization is not achieved and which is longer than the certain time, and detecting the known symbol at a timing determined by the certain timing relation based on the gap period detected. | 07-30-2009 |
20090196203 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system that performs data communication using a spatial multiplex transmission scheme. A mobile station includes a transmission weight calculating unit that calculates a transmission weight and a beam information notifying signal generating unit that transmits a known signal for generating partial space information at a base station side. A base station includes a scheduling unit (DL spatial scheduling unit ( | 08-06-2009 |
20090196204 | METHODS AND DEVICES RELATING TO DOWNLINK ASSIGNMENTS - The invention relates to a method in a first communication device of receiving control information over a radio channel from a second communication device. The first communication device receives a subframe over the radio channel, and determines whether the subframe is a downlink subframe with downlink assignment intended for the first communication device by reading data in the subframe. That being the case, the first communication device decodes data within the subframe, and determines whether any data packet being sent from the second communication device before the subframe has been missed by analysing an indicator associated to the subframe in the data. The indicator provides knowledge about previous downlink subframes with downlink assignment intended for the first communication device. | 08-06-2009 |
20090201838 | DYNAMIC ADJUSTMENT OF DOWNLINK/UPLINK ALLOCATION RATIO IN TDD WIRELESS SYSTEMS - Techniques, apparatuses, and systems for dynamically changing downlink and uplink allocations can include operating a base station under time division duplexing to communicate with one or more mobile devices using a frame structure, adjusting a downlink-uplink ratio to change an allocation between uplink and downlink data capacities in the frame structure, determining a mute interval based on the adjusted downlink-uplink ratio, generating mute information based on the mute interval to identify the one or more areas of the frame structure effected by the allocation change, and transmitting the mute information to the one or more mobile devices. | 08-13-2009 |
20090207760 | METHODS AND DEVICES FOR DETERMINING IF A BASE STATION CAN NOT HANDLE A TERMINAL - The present invention concerns a method for determining, in a wireless cellular telecommunication network, if a base station can not handle a half-duplex terminal, the base station transferring signals in a cell of the base station, the half-duplex terminal, when being handled by the base station, not transferring and not receiving signals during a period of time, called idle period of the cell of the base station. The base station:
| 08-20-2009 |
20090213768 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM FOR TIME DIVISION DUPLEX - Disclosed is a wireless communication system applicable to a time-division duplex transceiver system. The time-division duplex mobile communication system can achieve miniaturization, low power consumption and low costs by using a frequency conversion circuit including a mixer and an intermediate frequency (IF) circuit for both transmitter and receiver, and also can cope with multi-band, multi-application systems by using a broadband amplifier, a variable IF filter and a variable gain amplifier. | 08-27-2009 |
20090213769 | Transmission of Bundled Feedback in Wireless Networks - A transmission of information between a secondary to a primary node in a wireless network occurs in a plurality of N logical time durations. Bundled feedback information for multiple DL transmissions is provided in one UL transmission. Each DL transmission is indicated by a DL grant comprising an M-bit downlink assignment indicator (DAI) field. The primary node increments the value of the M-bit DAI field in successively transmitted DL grants. The secondary node examines the value of the M-bit DAI field in received DL grants, to determine the bundled feedback information. | 08-27-2009 |
20090219839 | TDD frame format in wireless mesh network - In a wireless mesh network a method includes, at a first node, receiving a transmission from a second node during a first sub-frame of a frame with a first transceiver operating with a first center frequency; processing the received transmission; and transmitting, after a predetermined fixed interval, with a second transceiver operating with a second center frequency the processed received transmission to a third node during a second sub-frame of a subsequent frame or of the same frame. Also disclosed are computer programs to execute the method, as well as apparatus constructed to implement the method. | 09-03-2009 |
20090225687 | ESTIMATION OF EIGEN COHERENCE BANDWIDTH - Closed loop MIMO FDD schemes can offer significant performance gains for OFDM based wireless communication systems over open loop MIMO schemes. However, the pre-coding weights (eigenvectors) on each of the frequency bands need to be updated and this adds extra overhead. The number of adjacent frequency fingers which can use the same pre-coding weights is governed by the coherence bandwidth of the eigen spatial modes. The receiver uses the average r.m.s. delay spread of the SISO channels as an indicator to the eigen coherence bandwidth, rather than explicitly calculating the eigen coherence bandwidth itself. This technique can be applied to TDD schemes as well, where the channel estimation is done with the reverse link, eliminating the need for feedback. The TDD transmitter can estimate the eigen coherence bandwidth on the basis of average r.m.s. delay spread, which saves computational effort. | 09-10-2009 |
20090257366 | FRAME STRUCTURE FOR A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A frame format used in a wireless communication system, more particularly an OFDMA TDD wireless communication system, of the kind comprising a base station and a plurality of fixed or mobile subscriber stations, the base station maintaining connections with each of the subscriber stations by performing wireless communication in units of frames having said frame format, and within each frame, allocating resources for data transmission and signalling. | 10-15-2009 |
20090262670 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ADAPTIVELY CHANGING UPLINK POWER CONTROL SCHEME ACCORDING TO MOBILE STATUS IN A TDD MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for changing an uplink power control scheme according to mobile status in a TDD mobile communication system are provided. The communication system comprises a Subscriber Station (SS) for transmitting a power control change request message to a Base Station (BS) to change the power control scheme, and the BS for deciding to change the power control scheme between the open loop power control and closed loop power control, and transmitting a power control change response message the SS including the decided power control scheme. | 10-22-2009 |
20090268644 | USER EQUIPMENT FOR SYNCHRONIZING TO A TDD BASE STATION - A time division duplex (TDD) user equipment (UE) is configured to synchronize to a TDD base station. The UE includes an antenna, a primary synchronization code matched filter, a first plurality of secondary synchronization code matched filters, a second plurality of secondary synchronization code matched filters, and a processor in communication with the first and second plurality of secondary synchronization code matched filters. The first plurality of secondary synchronization code matched filters determines secondary synchronization codes sent on a first carrier and the second plurality of secondary synchronization code matched filters determines secondary synchronization codes sent on a second carrier. The processor is configured to determine a code group assignment and selected timeslot based upon an analysis of the secondary synchronization codes sent on the first and second carriers. | 10-29-2009 |
20090274073 | TRANSMIT EMISSION CONTROL IN A WIRELESS TRANSCEIVER - Methods and apparatus for control of uplink resource allocation and undesirable transmit emissions from a wireless transceiver in a frequency division duplex (FDD) or hybrid frequency division duplex (H-FDD) wireless system. The bandwidths spanned by the receive band and the transmit band may be symmetric or asymmetric. Additionally, each of the receive band or the transmit band may be contiguous or may be an aggregate of multiple discontinuous frequency bands. The wireless transceiver can control undesirable transmit emissions from occurring in a predetermined frequency band by using an offset LO frequency and restricting transmit signals to frequencies away from the predetermined frequency band. Alternatively, in an asymmetric FDD system where a receive band is larger than a transmit band, the transceiver can limit transmit signal allocation to the transmit band. The transceiver can further limit out of band transmit emissions using an offset LO frequency. | 11-05-2009 |
20090274074 | Method for Channel Quality Measures in a Multiple Antenna System - The invention relates to a laminate structure comprising a first active layer having a first electrode potential, a second active layer having a second electrode potential, wherein the second electrode potential being different from the first electrode potential and wherein the first and second active layers are arranged at a distance from each other, and wherein the laminate further comprises a third layer of an electrically weakable adhesive at least partly bridging said distance between the first and second layers. | 11-05-2009 |
20090274075 | Radio Communication Apparatus - A radio communication apparatus performing time division duplex alternately switching a transmission period and a reception period by time dividing an identical frequency, includes the steps of: detecting a transmission signal to be transmitted to the antenna so as to perform radio transmission from an antenna commonly used for transmission and reception; and calculating a deviation time between the detection timing of the detected transmission signal and a preset reference timing, and for controlling switchover timing between the transmission period and the reception period based on the deviation time. | 11-05-2009 |
20090274076 | Sounding Reference Signal User Equipment Specific Sub-Frame Configuration - A method of wireless communication including a plurality of fixed basestations and a plurality of mobile user equipment with each basestation transmitting to any user equipment within a corresponding cell a sounding reference signal sub-frame configuration indicating sub-frames when sounding is permitted. Each user equipment recognizes the sounding reference signal sub-frame configuration and sounds only at permitted sub-frames. Differing user equipment may have differing sounding reference signal sub-frame configurations. There are numerous manners to encode the transmitted information. | 11-05-2009 |
20090274077 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DOWNLINK DATA ARRIVAL - A method is provided to generate messages for wireless communications. The method includes encapsulating a first message protocol within the framework of a second message protocol and generating a message from the first message protocol and the second message protocol. The method transmits the first message protocol to an allocation space designated for the second message protocol. | 11-05-2009 |
20090279457 | SYNCHRONIZATION BETWEEN UNCOORDINATED TIME DIVISION DUPLEX COMMUNICATION NETWORKS - An apparatus and method for synchronization between uncoordinated Time Division Duplex (TDD) communication networks includes a first step ( | 11-12-2009 |
20090279458 | Uplink and Downlink Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request In Time Division Multiplex Communications - This invention notes various patterns of uplink and downlink communication in a wireless communication system which satisfy the requirement that a user equipment receiving a downlink grant in subframe n needs to transmit response ACK/NAK bits in an uplink subframe n+k, where k>3 and a user equipment receiving a DL grant or ACK/NAK on physical hybrid automatic repeat request channel (PHICH) in subframe n needs to transmit or retransit UL data bits in an uplink (UL) subframe n+k, where k>3. | 11-12-2009 |
20090279459 | Cell Specific Sounding Reference Signal Sub-Frame Configuration - A method of wireless communication including a plurality of fixed base stations and a plurality of mobile user equipment with each base station transmitting to any user equipment within a corresponding cell a sounding reference signal sub-frame configuration indicating sub-frames when sounding is permitted. Each user equipment recognizes the sounding reference signal sub-frame configuration and sounds only at permitted sub-frames. Differing cells may have differing sounding reference signal sub-frame configurations. There are numerous manners to encode the transmitted information. | 11-12-2009 |
20090279460 | BUNDLING OF ACK INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Techniques for bundling acknowledgement (ACK) information in a wireless communication system are described. In one design, a user equipment (UE) may receive multiple codewords in at least one downlink subframe. The UE may decode the multiple codewords and determine an ACK or a negative acknowledgement (NACK) for each codeword based on decoding result. The UE may bundle the ACKs and NACKs for the multiple codewords to obtain bundled ACK information. In one design, the UE may generate (i) a bundled ACK if ACKs are obtained for all codewords or (ii) a bundled NACK if a NACK is obtained for any codeword. The UE may send the bundled ACK information as feedback for the multiple codewords. The UE may receive retransmissions of the multiple codewords if a bundled NACK is sent and may receive new codewords if a bundled ACK is sent. | 11-12-2009 |
20090285134 | Wireless access system using multiple modulation formats in TDD frames and method of operation - There is disclosed a radio frequency (RF) modem shelf for use in a fixed wireless access network comprising a plurality of base stations capable of bidirectional time division duplex (TDD) communication with wireless access devices disposed at a plurality of subscriber premises. The radio frequency (RF) modem shelf comprises: a) a first RF modem for communicating with a plurality of the wireless access devices using TDD frames, each TDD frame having an uplink for receiving data and a downlink for transmitting data; and b) a modulation controller associated with the RF modem shelf for determining an optimum modulation configuration for each of the plurality of wireless access devices communicating with the first RF modem. The modulation controller causes the first RF modem to transmit downlink data to a first wireless access device in a first data, block having a first optimum modulation configuration and to transmit downlink data to a second wireless access device in a second data block having a different second optimum modulation configuration. | 11-19-2009 |
20090290517 | CALIBRATING RADIOFREQUENCY PATHS OF A PHASED-ARRAY ANTENNA - The present invention provides a method of calibrating base station comprising a plurality of antennas and operating in an Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplex (OFDM) and Time Division Duplex (TDD) mode. One embodiment of the method includes a method of calibrating a base station comprising a plurality of antennas for beamsteering forward link traffic data to a target mobile in a TDD wireless communication system. Each antenna is connected to a corresponding radio via a transmit/receive switch that is configured to switch between a receive path and a transmit path. The method includes transmitting a first signal from a first radio via a first cross-over cable coupled to the first radio and a second radio such that the first signal is received by the second radio. The method also includes transmitting a second signal from the second radio via a second cross-over cable coupled between the first and second radios such that the second signal is received by the first radio. The method further includes determining, based on at least one of the first or second signals, a relative weight that can be applied to traffic signals transmitted from the second radio. | 11-26-2009 |
20090303906 | Allocation Of A Communications Channel To a Data Transfer Session - A method of allocating a communications channel to a data transfer session, the method including during the data transfer session: sending a first data transfer session packet via the communications channel then sending an additional packet or packets, that are not a part of the data transfer session, via the communications channel to hold the communications channel for the data transfer session. | 12-10-2009 |
20090310522 | WIRELESS SYNCHRONIZATION OF BASE STATIONS - A method and apparatus to reduce and eliminate co-channel and/or adjacent channel interference without using a dedicated timing wire connected to each base station are provided. Base stations are synchronized using a master/slave architecture where slave base stations monitor transmit signals from a master base station to acquire coordinated and synchronized base station timing. | 12-17-2009 |
20090316608 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CONFIGURABLE TIME-DIVISION DUPLEX INTERFACE - A communication system comprises a first unit; and a second unit communicatively coupled to the first unit. The first unit is operable to receive a first original radio frequency signal via a first interface and the second unit is operable to receive a second original radio frequency signal via a second interface. The second unit is operable to output a first reproduced radio frequency signal via the second interface, the first reproduced radio frequency signal being derived from the first original radio frequency signal. The first unit is operable to output a second reproduced radio frequency signal via one of the first interface and a third interface, the second reproduced radio frequency signal being derived from the second original radio frequency signal. The first interface is operable as a simplex interface when the second reproduced radio frequency signal is output via the third interface and as a duplex interface when the second reproduced radio frequency signal is output via the first interface. | 12-24-2009 |
20090316609 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SYNCHRONIZED TIME-DIVISION DUPLEX SIGNAL SWITCHING - A system comprises a first unit and a second unit communicatively coupled to the first unit. The first unit is operable to receive a first original radio frequency signal and the second unit is operable to receive a second original radio frequency signal. The first and second original radio frequency signals are originally transmitted on a radio frequency channel using time division duplexing. The first unit communicates a control signal to the second unit, the first unit generating the control signal based at least in part on detecting when the first original radio frequency signal is being received at the first unit. The second unit uses the control signal to determine when to output a first reproduced radio frequency signal in accordance with the time division duplexing used to originally transmit the first and second original radio frequency signals on the radio frequency channel. The first reproduced radio frequency signal is derived from the first original radio frequency signal. | 12-24-2009 |
20090323563 | HD physical layer of a wireless communication device - A radio frequency (RF) transmitter is coupled to and controlled by a processor to transmit data. A physical layer circuit is coupled to the RF transmitter to encode and decode between a digital signal and a modulated analog signal. The physical layer circuit comprises a high rate physical layer circuit (HRP) and a low rate physical layer circuit (LRP). The low rate channels generated by the low rate physical layer circuit (LRP) share a same frequency band as a corresponding high rate channel generated by the high rate physical layer circuit (HRP). | 12-31-2009 |
20090323564 | METHOD FOR OPERATION OF SYNCHRONOUS HARQ IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of operating synchronous Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request (HARQ) between a transmitting station and a receiving station in a Time-Division Duplex (TDD) communication system includes configuring, at the transmitting station, a plurality of HARQ processes; transmitting data packets to the receiving station using the plurality of HARQ processes, wherein the data packets do not include HARQ process identification information; receiving, from the receiving station, a plurality of HARQ feedback packets indicative of whether the data packets were correctly received at the receiving station, wherein the plurality of HARQ feedback packets do not include HARQ process identification information and wherein the plurality of HARQ feedback packets are received in a downlink slot; and mapping, by the transmitting station, the plurality of HARQ feedback packets to the plurality of HARQ processes. | 12-31-2009 |
20090323565 | Wireless Communication Apparatus, Mobile Wireless Communications Control Method, And Wireless Station - A wireless communication apparatus for performing transmission and reception by using a Time Division Duplexing method is disclosed. The wireless communication apparatus includes a receiving part configured to output a timing signal based on a received timing signal, a transmitting part configured to transmit a timing signal based on the timing signal received by the receiving part, a control part configured to increase a reception opportunity for the receiving part to receive the timing signal and decrease a transmission opportunity for the transmitting part to transmit the timing signal as the accuracy of the timing signal received by the receiving part becomes lower. | 12-31-2009 |
20100002607 | Collaborative mimo using sounding channel in multi-cell environment - A collaborative MIMO method using a sounding channel in a multi-cell environment is disclosed. The method includes acquiring, by a first base station providing a service for a first cell, first CSI of a first downlink channel between the first base station and a mobile station, transmitting, to a second base station, a signal including information requesting that the second base station providing a service for a second cell acquire second CSI of a second downlink channel between the second base station and the mobile station, and acquiring, by the second base station, the second CSI. The mobile station is served by the first base station. | 01-07-2010 |
20100002608 | METHOD FOR IMPROVING COEXISTENCE BETWEEN ADJACENT TDD AND FDD WIRELESS NETWORKS - A method is provided for reducing interference between FDD and a TDD interfering radio networks. For each of the networks, identifying respective radio entities of a pre-defined type for which the interferences should be reduced; defining a time pattern composed of time slots on each of the interfered FDD and TDD frequency channels, that comprises receive time intervals for radio entities of the pre-defined types that are likely to be interfered; aligning the time patterns so that receive time intervals for the radio entities that are potentially exposed to interferences, overlap each other; defining at least two types of time intervals within the time pattern on each frequency channel, wherein a first type of time intervals enables receiving communications with substantially reduced interference and a second type of time intervals for exchanging communications without mitigating interferences induced by radio entities transmitting during that time intervals. The radio entity that might create interference to the radio entity of the pre-defined type of the other network, is prevented from transmitting communications that might create e substantial interference to the radio entity associated with the other radio network, and communications transmitted to some of radio entities of the pre-defined types that might experience interference are scheduled at intervals of the first type. | 01-07-2010 |
20100008267 | Radio Frequency Switch - Disclosed is a radio frequency (RF) switch including: a circulator having first to third nodes, which are connected to first to third ports, respectively; and a slot line pattern unit installed in a connection line between the third node of the circulator and the third port so as to carry out signal transmission or interception, wherein the slot line pattern unit includes a switching circuit, which is installed at a predetermined location so as to transmit or intercept a signal by maintaining or short-circuiting a gap of a slot line corresponding to the installed location according to an external switching control signal. | 01-14-2010 |
20100027446 | Method of Transmitting Scheduling Information In TDD System - A method of transmitting scheduling information in time-division-duplex(TDD) system is provided. The method comprises configuring a radio frame, the radio frame comprising at least one downlink subframe and at least one uplink subframe, wherein a downlink subframe is reserved for downlink transmission and an uplink subframe is reserved for uplink transmission, and transmitting scheduling information on a downlink control channel in a downlink subframe, the scheduling information comprising an uplink indicator and uplink resource assignment, the uplink indicator indicating which at least one uplink subframe the uplink resource assignment is valid for. Data can be efficiently transmitted by using an uplink indicator which indicates a specific location of a subframe. | 02-04-2010 |
20100027447 | Method Of Transmitting Scheduling Information In TDD System - A method of transmitting scheduling information in time-division-duplex (TDD) system is provided. The method comprises configuring a radio frame, the radio frame comprising at least one downlink subframe and at least one uplink subframe, wherein a downlink subframe is reserved for downlink transmission and an uplink subframe is reserved for uplink transmission, and transmitting scheduling information on a downlink control channel in a downlink subframe, the scheduling information comprising an uplink indicator and uplink resource assignment, the uplink indicator indicating which at least one uplink subframe the uplink resource assignment is valid for. Data can be efficiently transmitted by using an uplink indicator which indicates a specific location of a subframe. | 02-04-2010 |
20100039966 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS - A method of requesting a plurality of different characteristic indicators from a second communications apparatus in a wireless communications network comprising a first communications apparatus and a plurality of such second communications apparatuses which communicate with the first communications apparatus, the method includes the first communications apparatus transmitting a single standing instruction to the second communications apparatus defining at least two interleaving patterns, each interleaving pattern specifying two or more of the characteristic indicators and defining a pattern according to which the second communications apparatus is to interleave the specified characteristic indicators in a single feedback channel allocated to the second communications apparatus, the single standing instruction further defining a selection signal to be transmitted from the first communications apparatus to the second communications apparatus according to which the second communications apparatus is to select one of the interleaving patterns. | 02-18-2010 |
20100046402 | METHOD FOR OPERATING RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, INCLUDING SENDING STATION AND RECEIVING STATION THEREOF - In a radio communication system, at least a first frequency band is subdivided into C radio resource units which are allocable for radio transmissions between radio stations and terminals. Each radio resource unit has at least two adjacent subcarriers, for allocation of at least a first resource unit for a data transmission between a terminal and a radio station. The radio station receives from the terminal a first short training symbol which has spectrally the same bandwidth as the first frequency band and includes at least Q frequency carriers, where Q is greater or equal to C, but smaller than the total number of subcarriers. The radio station estimates the radio channel for at least the first radio resource unit using the first short training symbol, and an allocation of the first radio resource unit to the terminal is broadcasted by the radio station. | 02-25-2010 |
20100046403 | MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM, BASE STATION, USER APPARATUS, AND METHOD - A mobile communications system is disclosed. The mobile communications system includes: a first user apparatus for two-way communicating using frequency division duplex (FDD); a second user apparatus for two-way communicating using time division duplex (TDD); and a base station for communicating with the first and second user apparatuses. The base station distinguishes among the simultaneous transmitting and receiving schemes of the user apparatuses based on user-apparatus specific user identification information, flag information showing a simultaneous transmitting and receiving scheme that is included in an uplink control channel, or signatures, a proper use of which is made according to the simultaneous transmitting and receiving scheme. | 02-25-2010 |
20100046404 | ACQUISITION CIRCUIT FOR LOW CHIP RATE OPTION FOR MOBILE TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A User Equipment (UE) receives and samples communication signals, where the communication signals have a time frame format, a transmission chip rate and a synchronization code associated with a time slot that includes a midamble that indicates a modulation of the synchronization code where a specified modulation of received synchronization codes identifies the timing for a timeslot in which data is to be received. The UE preferably includes a synchronization code determination circuit, a midamble determination circuit, and a phase modulation sequence detection circuit operatively associated with the midamble determination circuit. The UE can be configured for use with the low chip rate option of the Third Generation Partnership Project (3GPP) Universal Mobile Telecommunication System (UMTS) standards that employ a predefined set of downlink SYNC codes that point to midambles which indicate SYNC code modulation sequence to enables reading of data in a subsequent Broadcast Channel (BCH) message. | 02-25-2010 |
20100054161 | SUPPORTING MULTIPLE ACCESS TECHNOLOGIES IN A WIRELESS ENVIRONMENT - Support for multiple wireless access technologies at a common terrestrial radio access network is described herein. By way of example, wireless resources can be reserved in a manner that facilitates transmission of control and reference signals to advanced or emerging-technology user terminals (e.g., LTE-A), while mitigating adverse affects on legacy user terminals (e.g., LTE Release 8). As such, information designated for LTE-A terminals can be embedded in predetermined reserved locations, which exploit known standardized behavior of legacy terminals in expecting information at specific locations. Such reserving of resources can occur typically without the legacy terminals being affected, mitigating or avoiding performance degradation for legacy terminals. | 03-04-2010 |
20100054162 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR FRAME GENERATION FOR A FULL DUPLEX RELAY - An apparatus and method for generating a frame in a communicating system supporting a full duplex relay. A controller configures a legacy zone and a new zone in a downlink section of the frame according to a TDM scheme, configures the new zone of the downlink section to include an access zone and a relay zone according to a TDM scheme, configures a legacy zone and a new zone in an uplink section of the frame according to the TDM scheme, and configures the new zone of the uplink section to include an access zone and a relay zone according to an FDM scheme. | 03-04-2010 |
20100061280 | Synchronizing signal extraction circuit for tdd system and method of the signal extraction - The present invention relates to a technology applied to mobile communication, and more particularly to a circuit of extracting a synchronizing signal from a received signal for retransmitting the received signal in synchronization with the synchronizing signal in a repeater of a TDD system, etc. The circuit generates the synchronizing signal in a phase locked to a phase of the received signal and outputs the synchronizing signal through a signal extractor. A synchronizing signal extraction circuit according to example embodiments of the present invention includes a band pass filter | 03-11-2010 |
20100067410 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNAL FOR LTE SYSTEM - A method for transmitting an uplink sounding reference signal includes indexing Single Carrier Frequency Division Multiple Access (SC-FDMA) symbols within a single radio frame for transmitting a Sounding Reference Signal (SRS) as a number k, and calculating a value of n | 03-18-2010 |
20100067411 | Wireless Access Method And Apparatus - A wireless access method includes connecting a wireless base station and a plurality of wireless terminals using a first communication carrier and a second communication carrier in a hybrid-duplex manner; allocating uplink data of a real-time service to the first communication carrier; allocating uplink data of a non-real-time service to the second communication carrier; allocating downlink data of the real-time service to one of the first communication carrier and the second communication carrier; and allocating downlink data of the non-real-time service to the first and second communication carriers. | 03-18-2010 |
20100074151 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR REDUCING ADJACENT CHANNEL INTERFERENCE USING TIME DIVISION DUPLEX (TDD) - The present invention relates to communications systems comprising time division duplex, TDD, technologies, and more especially it relates to allocation of uplink and downlink communications in such communications systems in an orthogonal domain, such as frequency domain. | 03-25-2010 |
20100074152 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING DATA IN A TIME DIVISION DUPLEXED (TDD) COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Techniques to process data for transmission in a time division duplexed (TDD) communication system. In one aspect, the frequency response of a forward link is estimated at a base station based on reverse link transmissions (e.g., pilots) from a terminal Prior to a data transmission on the forward link, the base station determines a reverse transfer function based on the pilots transmitted by the terminal, “calibrates” the reverse transfer function with a calibration function to derive an estimate of a forward transfer function, and preconditions modulation symbols based on weights derived from the forward transfer function. In another aspect, the terminal estimates the “quality” of the forward link and provides this information to the base station. The base station then uses the information to properly code and modulate data prior to transmission such that the transmitted data can be received by the terminal at the desired level of performance. | 03-25-2010 |
20100074153 | Method and Apparatus in a Telecommunication System - Method and apparatus in a communication unit ( | 03-25-2010 |
20100080152 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING SIGNALING OF REDUNDANCY VERSIONS - An approach is provided for efficient signaling of redundancy version information. A redundancy version signaling module detects the start of a system information radio transmission window and assigns a redundancy version sequence at the start of the transmission window. | 04-01-2010 |
20100085902 | TIME REVERSAL METHOD OF PROCESSING SYMBOLS IN BIDIRECTIONAL COMMUNICATION - For processing symbols transmitted in frames and separated by guard slots via a propagation channel between first and second communicating entities (EC | 04-08-2010 |
20100097962 | Communication Control Method, Base Station Device, Terminal Device, and Communication Control System Using TDD-OFDMA Communication Method - In a communication system and a communication method using a TDD-OFDMA communication method, inter-carrier interference due to delay dispersion is prevented by suppressing the delay time within a guard interval. | 04-22-2010 |
20100097963 | Method and a Device for Enhanced Performance in a Cellular Wireless TDD System - The invention discloses a method ( | 04-22-2010 |
20100097964 | Method And A Device For Enhanced Performance In A Cellular Wireless TDD System - The invention discloses a method ( | 04-22-2010 |
20100118745 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - In a wireless communication apparatus adopting a time division duplex system for executing transmission and reception using a plurality of antennas, deviation of amplitude and phase occurring between transmission and reception circuits is detected and corrected using a communication signal. Channel estimation means 105 detects channel information based on reception output of reception circuits 104-1 to 104-N provided in a one-to-one correspondence with a plurality of antennas 101-1 to 101-N. Correction value detection means 110 finds a correction value for correcting deviation occurring between each of transmission circuits 103-1 to 103-N and each of the reception circuits 104-1 to 104-N based on the channel information. A wireless communication apparatus 100 transmits an already known signal (training signal) to a base station with which the wireless communication apparatus conducts communications. The base station executes channel estimation based on the already known signal and generates and transmits a correction signal (probe signal). The correction value detection means 110 of the wireless communication apparatus 100 detects the correction value using the correction signal (probe signal). | 05-13-2010 |
20100124183 | ASYMMETRIC TDD IN FLEXIBLE USE SPECTRUM - A method according to an embodiment of the invention includes receiving and transmitting signals over a time division duplex (TDD) communication path. Signals are received over the TDD communication path via a first portion of a first frequency band. The first frequency band is adjacent to a second frequency band and to a third frequency band. The first frequency band is different from the second frequency band and from the third frequency band. A first frequency division duplex (FDD) communication path can be operable in the second frequency band. A second FDD communication path can be operable in the third frequency band. Signals are transmitted over the TDD communication path via a second portion of the first frequency band that is different from the first portion of the first frequency band. | 05-20-2010 |
20100124184 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS WITH FRAME STRUCTURE FOR IMPROVED ADJACENT CHANNEL CO-EXISTENCE - Methods and systems are provided for supporting co-existence of two radio access technologies (RATs), which include determining the frame structure of a first RAT, including the boundary of subframes, the DL:UL subframe ratio, and switching periodicity, selecting a frame offset and a DL:UL subframe ratio in a second RAT to minimize the number of punctured symbols in the second RAT, and transmitting frames in the second RAT with the selected frame offset and subframe ratio. | 05-20-2010 |
20100128642 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR SUPPORTING A HALF-DUPLEX MODE OF OPERATION FOR USER EQUIPMENT COMMUNICATIONS IN A RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Embodiments include methods performed in time division duplex (TDD) radio communication systems in which information is communicated between a first node (e.g., a base) and a second node (e.g., user equipment) in a context of a data frame that includes a plurality of slots. The second node applies an adjustment to an alignment between a second node transmit clock and a second node receive clock based on a propagation delay between the first node and the second node. The adjusted alignment ensures that second node receive slots and second node transmit slots are non-overlapping with each other in time, and that the second node will operate in a half-duplex mode of operation. The second node transmits a transmit burst during the second node transmit slots, and receives a first node transmit burst from the first node during the second node receive slots. | 05-27-2010 |
20100128643 | Wireless Transmission/Reception Apparatus and Wireless Transmission/Reception Method - To a wireless transmission/reception apparatus that has a plurality of antennas, and performs antenna diversity for transmission and reception and transmits and receives a radio signal of a frame configuration containing a plurality of symbol sequences in the frequency axis direction and the time axis direction by using the time division duplex scheme and the multicarrier scheme, a reception weight calculation unit | 05-27-2010 |
20100128644 | Wireless Communication Device - A wireless communication device performing wireless communication by switching between transmission timing and reception timing in time division, controls to supply a heater or a fan with power supplied from a power supply unit in the reception timing period, and controls to suspend supplying the heater or the fan with the power supplied from the power supply unit in the transmission timing period, in case that a temperature detected by a temperature detector is outside a specified temperature range while a time-division switchover between the transmission timing and the reception timing is performed. | 05-27-2010 |
20100135192 | Array Antenna System in Base Station - An array antenna system in a BS, in which a horizontal-beam-radiation-pattern-forming module has a horizontal-beam-radiation-pattern-former to form a horizontal beam radiation pattern for transmission/reception signals, dividing signals received from input/output ports at one end, shifting the phases of the divided signals complementarily, combining the phase-shifted signals from the different input/output ports at the one end, outputting the combined signals to input/output ports at the other end, and outputting signals received from the input/output ports at the other end by a reverse operation to the input/output ports at the one end, receives/outputs a plurality of transmission/reception signals from/to a BTS via the input/output ports at the one end of the horizontal-beam-radiation-pattern-former, and receives/outputs a plurality of transmission/reception signals from/to a plurality of antennas via the input/output ports at the other end of the horizontal-beam-radiation-pattern-former, and a plurality of vertical-beam-radiation-pattern-forming modules are installed on an antenna basis to form a vertical beam radiation pattern for the transmission/reception signals, each for receiving a transmission signal from the horizontal-beam-radiation-pattern-forming module, dividing the transmission signal, providing the divided signal to antenna elements, filtering and amplifying signals received from the antenna elements according to a predetermined reception band, combining the amplified signals, and providing the combined signal to the horizontal-beam-radiation-pattern-forming module. | 06-03-2010 |
20100150035 | Method for Signaling Center Frequencies for WiMAX Repeaters - A wireless network includes a base station (BS), a set of mobile stations (MS), and a set of repeaters. The channels between the BS and the repeater and between the repeater and the MS include a downlink (DL) and an uplink (UL). A BS specifies a first center frequency F | 06-17-2010 |
20100165892 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR IMPLEMENTING EFFICIENT REDUNDANCY AND WIDENED SERVICE COVERAGE IN RADIO ACCESS STATION SYSTEM - Disclosed is an apparatus and a method for implementing efficient redundancy and an expanded service coverage in a Radio Access Station (RAS) system. In the RAS system, if the main processor unit generates switching control signals in response to the sensed failures on sensing a failure in any of the channel cards and the transceivers or a failure in any of the high-power amplifiers, all supporting M (i.e., the number of FAs equal to or more than three) and K (i.e., the number of sectors equal to or more than three), between the transceivers and the predetermined Time Division Duplex (TDD) switches connected to the antennas, the RF switch unit switches a path based on the generated switching control signals so as to substitute the failed module either by one additional redundancy transceiver per M and K or by one additional redundancy high-power amplifier per M and K. As a result, an efficient N+1 redundancy structure is embodied. | 07-01-2010 |
20100165893 | TELECOMMUNICATIONS NETWORK - The present invention relates generally to a cellular telecommunications network. Each cell has at least one base station for sending messages on a downlink of a Frequency Division Duplex (FDD) to end user equipments within the cell and for receiving messages on an uplink from end user equipments within the cell. Other end user equipment located within the cell which have no or only poor communication directly with the base station over the FDD communicate with the base station indirectly via an intermediate end user equipment, such as a mobile telephone. The intermediate end user equipment includes an FDD transceiver and a Time Division Duplex (TDD) transceiver and an FDD/TDD interface. The intermediate end user equipment receives signals from the base station over the FDD using the FDD transceiver and relays them via the FDD/TDD Interface and the TDD transceiver towards a relevant one of the other end user equipments over a TDD and receives signals from the other end user equipment over the TDD using the TDD transceiver and relays them via the FDD/TDD interface and the FDD transceiver to the base station over the FDD. The network provider thereby improves capacity and coverage by utilising TDD channels without having to deploy and TDD infrastructure. | 07-01-2010 |
20100172272 | PROVISION OF INTER-FREQUENCY SUBFRAME CONFIGURATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - Providing for inter-frequency timing provision in wireless communication is disclosed herein. By way of example, cells of a wireless network can be configured to acquire information pertaining to subframe timing configurations employed by nearby wireless cells, including cells that employ a different frequency as an acquiring cell. The subframe timing configuration can be forwarded to access terminals served by the acquiring cell, to facilitate proper reception of neighboring signals, including on the different frequency. Various formats are disclosed herein for conveying subframe timing configurations, including a single bit format and multiple bit formats, which can specify various ranges of timing information in relation to a known timing, or can specify a complete subframe timing configuration for one or more such cells. | 07-08-2010 |
20100177669 | Transmission Method and Apparatus for Uplink Control Signaling in Time Division OFDMA System - A method and an apparatus for an uplink control signaling transmission in a time division duplex OFDMA system are provided for the long term evolution time division duplex (LTE TDD). A signaling processing unit reserves frequency resource for an uplink control channel according to the total amount of the uplink control signaling, and the reserved frequency resource are assigned on both sides of the frequency domain used by uplink time slots, so that the uplink control signaling of a terminal UE is transmitted on the position and the bandwidth of the reserved frequency resource. The transmitted uplink control signaling is transmitted on respective reserved uplink control sub-channels by an intra-subframe hopping way, each terminal UE or a group of UEs corresponding to a frequency-hop sequence. The present invention is simple to realizes and capable of utilizing resource repeatedly and utilizing the time domain and frequency domain diversity simultaneously. | 07-15-2010 |
20100182939 | CONFIGURATION OF MULTI-PERIODICITY SEMI-PERSISTENT SCHEDULING FOR TIME DIVISION DUPLEX OPERATION IN A PACKET-BASED WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Systems and methods for determining the periodicity for a multiple periodicity SPS allocation using implicit rules for a TDD communications system are disclosed. A communication terminal such as a UE is provided that may determine the periodicity for a multiple periodicity SPS allocation using implicit rules to calculate a delta value to form a long time period and a shorter time period, forming a periodic pattern where the rules depend on the TDD configuration being used. In another embodiment a communication terminal such as a UE is provided that may determine the periodicity for a multiple periodicity SPS allocation using implicit rules to calculate a delta value to form a long time period and a shorter time period forming a periodic pattern, where the rules depend on the TDD configuration being used and the HARQ process being used. | 07-22-2010 |
20100195544 | Apparatus and Method for Communicating Uplink Signaling Information - A User Equipment, UE, of a cellular communication system transmits scheduling assistance data to a base station comprising a base station scheduler which schedules uplink packet data. The scheduling assistance data relates to uplink packet data transmission from the UE. The UE comprises a channel controller which is operable to cause the scheduling assistance data to be transmitted from the UE to the base station in a first physical resource of an uplink air interface. The first physical resource is not managed by the base station based scheduler. The scheduling assistance data may specifically be transmitted in a first transport channel multiplexed with other transport channels on a physical resource. The transport channels may be individually optimized and may have different termination points and transmission reliabilities. Specifically, the transport channel supporting the scheduling assistance data signaling may have a high reliability and be terminated in the base station. | 08-05-2010 |
20100195545 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR ADAPTIVE BIT LOADING IN A MULTIPLE ANTENNA ORTHOGONAL FREQUENCY DIVISION MULTIPLEXED COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An embodiment of the present invention provides a method of supporting multiple protocols in a wireless network operating according to an Institute for Electronic and Electrical Engineers IEEE) 802.16 standard, comprising adding a new convergence sub layer (CS) type in which an extra field is added to an 802.16 service data unit (SDU) to indicate which higher layer protocol is carried in a 802.16 SDU payload. | 08-05-2010 |
20100202325 | DUAL MODE TRANSCEIVER - A circuit is disclosed with an external coupling port for coupling to an external antenna, for example. The circuit has an FDD receive path including a narrowband passband filter. The circuit has a TDD receive path bypassing the narrowband passband filter but relying on a same amplifier. The circuit also has an FDD transmit path including a narrowband passband filter. The circuit has a TDD transmit path bypassing the narrowband passband filter of the FDD transmit path but relying on a same transmit amplifier. A switching configuration allows the circuit to operate in TDD mode, alternating between the TDD receive path and the TDD transmit path and in the FDD mode wherein the FDD transmit and receive paths are simultaneously coupled to the external coupling port. | 08-12-2010 |
20100202326 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR A MULTI-PORT DISTRIBUTED ANTENNA - Methods and systems for a multi-port distributed antenna are disclosed and may include configuring one or more amplifiers to communicate signals via one or more ports on a distributed antenna. A characteristic impedance of the distributed antenna at each of the one or more ports may be configured by a location of the one or more ports on the distributed antenna. The amplifiers may be impedance matched to the distributed antenna by coupling each of the amplifiers to the ports based on the characteristic impedance. The amplifiers may include power amplifiers and/or low noise amplifiers. The signals may be time division duplexed. The signals communicated via the ports on the distributed antenna may include RF signals. The distributed antenna may be integrated on a chip with the amplifiers or may be located external to a chip with the amplifiers. The distributed antenna may include a microstrip antenna. | 08-12-2010 |
20100202327 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for communication includes transmitting a first uplink message from a first remote node ( | 08-12-2010 |
20100202328 | COMMUNICATION METHOD AND DEVICE - A communication method and device are applicable in a mobile communication system of LTE Type2 wideband TDD. The method includes transmitting, by a first communication device, to a second communication device a radio frame, where each half-frame of the radio frame including a data timeslot for transmitting data, an uplink special timeslot and a Downlink special timeslot for carrying synchronizing information, and the data timeslot is shorter than an original data timeslot by a first timeslot and/or the uplink special timeslot is shorter than an original uplink special timeslot by a second timeslot; and a part of the first timeslot or the second timeslot or the combination of the first timeslot and the second timeslot, having the length of one orthogonal frequency division multiplex symbol, carries a secondary synchronous channel. | 08-12-2010 |
20100208628 | MOBILE STATION, WIRELESS ACCESS NETWORK DEVICE, MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A mobile communication system for performing two-way communication between a mobile station and a wireless access network apparatus. The mobile station comprises a connection setup signal reception timing calculating part that calculates the reception timing of a connection setup signal when a connection request signal is transmitted; and a connection setup signal determining part that determines, in accordance with the reception timing, whether the connection setup signal is received, and then performs, based on that determination, a reception process. The wireless access network apparatus comprises a connection setup signal scheduling part that performs, based on the reception timing of the connection request signal, a transmission assignment of the connection setup signal when the connection request signal is received from the mobile station; a connection setup signal creating part that creates the connection setup signal addressed to the mobile station; and a connection setup signal transmitting part that transmits, based on the transmission assignment, the connection setup signal. | 08-19-2010 |
20100208629 | METHOD OF PERFORMING HYBRID AUTOMATIC REPEAT REQUEST (HARQ) IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of performing hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) performed by a user equipment (UE) in a wireless communication system is provided. The method includes receiving downlink assignments in a first subframe, a downlink assignment being transmitted based on a control channel element (CCE), the CCE being a logically indexed resource unit, receiving downlink data on a downlink shared channel in the first subframe, the downlink shared channel being assigned according to the downlink assignments, generating ACK/NACK signals which indicate successful or unsuccessful reception of the downlink data, and transmitting in a second subframe, the ACK/NACK signals by using uplink resources of a subset, the subset being mapped to the first subframe, at least one of the uplink resources being mapped to a plurality of CCEs in the first subframe. Limited resources for uplink feedback are effectively used to support HARQ operation. | 08-19-2010 |
20100214965 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR SUPPORTING PARTIAL FREQUENCY DIVISION DUPLEX IN A COGNITIVE RADIO WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An operating method and apparatus of a Customer Premise Equipment (CPE) in a Cognitive Radio (CR) wireless communication system and a base station in the CR wireless communications system are provided. The method includes, when receiving a beacon message from a Primary User (PU), transmitting a mode change request message including a signal strength from the PU and a channel number interfering with the PU to a base station, when receiving a mode change reply message from the base station, determining whether a partial Frequency Division Duplex (FDD) scheme is applied, and, when the partial FDD scheme is applied, communicating by receiving a downlink burst in a Time Division Duplex (TDD) channel indicated by the mode change reply message and transmitting an uplink burst in an FDD channel indicated by the mode change reply message. | 08-26-2010 |
20100226291 | MULTI-CHANNEL RADIO FREQUENCY FRONT END CIRCUIT - A front end circuit for coupling a plurality of antennas to a multi-channel time domain duplex RF transceiver is disclosed. The front end circuit has a first transmit port, a first receive chain primary port, a first receive chain secondary ports, and a first antenna port connectible to a first one of the plurality of antennas. The front end circuit also has a second transmit port, a second receive chain primary port, and a second receive chain secondary port connectible to a second one of the plurality of antennas. A first switch has terminals connected to the first transmit port, the first receive chain primary port, and the second receive chain secondary port, as well as a common terminal that is connected to the first antenna port. Additionally, the front end circuit has a second switch that has terminals connected to the second transmit port, the second receive chain primary port and the first receive chain secondary port, and a common terminal connected to the second antenna port. | 09-09-2010 |
20100226292 | MULTI-CHANNEL RADIO FREQUENCY FRONT END CIRCUIT WITH FULL RECEIVE DIVERSITY FOR MULTI-PATH MITIGATION - A front end circuit for coupling a plurality of antennas to a multi-channel time domain duplex RF transceiver is disclosed. The front end circuit has a first transmit port, a first receive chain primary port, a first receive chain secondary ports, and a first antenna port connectible to a first one of the plurality of antennas. The front end circuit also has a second transmit port, a second receive chain primary port, and a second receive chain secondary port connectible to a second one of the plurality of antennas. A first switch has terminals connected to the first transmit port, the first receive chain primary port, and the second receive chain secondary port, as well as a common terminal that is connected to the first antenna port. Additionally, the front end circuit has a second switch that has terminals connected to the second transmit port, the second receive chain primary port and the first receive chain secondary port, and a common terminal connected to the second antenna port. | 09-09-2010 |
20100226293 | INTERFERENCE ALIGNMENT SCHEME FOR USE IN COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A communication network applying an interference alignment scheme with a low or reduced complexity is provided. The communication network may include a plurality of transmit nodes and a plurality of receive nodes. A plurality of combinations of transmit-receive pairs may exist between the plurality of transmit nodes and the plurality of receive nodes. A communication apparatus for the communication network may select, from candidate combinations of transmit-receive pairs, a target combination to be applied with the interference alignment scheme. In particular, the communication apparatus may sequentially decrease a number of candidate combinations to select the target combination with a low complexity. | 09-09-2010 |
20100238845 | Relay Operation in a Wireless Communication System - A method in a relay node operating in a time division duplex system wherein the relay node transmits downlink pilot timeslot information to a user terminal in a first temporal region of a special sub-frame, communicates with a base station during a second temporal region of the special sub-frame, the second temporal region is configured as a guard period for communications between the relay node and the user terminal, and configures a third temporal region of the special sub-frame. | 09-23-2010 |
20100238846 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM BASED ON CODE SPREADING-ORTHOGONAL FREQUENCY DIVISION MULTIPLE ACCESS AND SMART ANTENNA - A time division duplex wireless communication system based on Code Spreading-Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access (CS-OFDMA) and a smart antenna includes: an antenna array and multichannel transceiver, a space processor, a demodulator, an L2 processor and a modulator. The CS-OFDMA system provided by the present invention combines synchronous CDMA technique and OFDMA technique, overcomes the severe ISI caused by spectrum-spreading by the conventional CDMA system while transmitting wideband data, effectively counteracts frequency-selective fading and inter-cell interference, and is beneficial to reliable transmission of narrowband voice and wideband data and also beneficial to co-frequency networking. | 09-23-2010 |
20100238847 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DATA TRANSMISSION IN A TIME DIVISION DUPLEXING SYSTEM - A method for data transmission in a TDD system is disclosed. The method includes: configuring, by a base station, a length respectively for a Downlink Pilot Slot (DwPTS) and an Uplink Pilot Slot (UpPTS) within a special field of a radio half-frame based on a current coverage area taking one Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) symbol as a unit, and issuing a configured result to a user device, wherein a total length of the DwPTS, a Guard Period (GP) slot and the UpPTS is kept to be 1 ms; constructing, by the base station, radio half-frames for data transmission according to the configured result. An apparatus for data transmission in the TDD system is also disclosed. According to the present invention, coverage area of different levels with smaller granularity is supported, radio resources are saved and transmission efficiency is increased. | 09-23-2010 |
20100246455 | PHICH Resource Signaling in a Wireless Communication System - A wireless communication terminal and method for determining a number of Physical Hybrid ARQ Indicator Channel (PHICH) groups (N) in the downlink subframe based on a first parameter, a second parameter and a determined cyclic prefix (CP) duration, wherein the first parameter indicates a downlink system bandwidth in terms of a number of resource blocks and the second parameter indicates a scaling factor. The terminal receives downlink control signaling in a set of resource elements in the subframe, wherein the set of resource elements is determined based partly on the number of PHICH groups (N). | 09-30-2010 |
20100246456 | METHOD AND AN APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING THE RADIO FRAME STRUCTURE OF TIME DIVISION DUPLEX SYSTEM - A method for determining the radio frame structure of a Time Division Duplex system is disclosed, which comprises: configuring, by the network side, the radio frame structure used for service transmission as containing two half-frames each of 5 ms, wherein each half-frame consists of eight service time slots of 0.5 ms and one special time slot field of 1 ms, two consecutive service time slots form a subframe of which the length is 1 ms, and the special time slot field contains a DwPTS, a GP and an UpPTS; determining the lengths of the DwPTS, the GP and the UpPTS in the special time slot field according to the requirements of the coverage range, and determining the radio frame structure used for service transmission. By reconfiguring the radio frame structure, the invention can flexibly support different coverage ranges, enhance the flexibility of satisfying different service requirements, and implement the coexistence of two types of TDD systems. | 09-30-2010 |
20100254287 | MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM, BASE STATION APPARATUS, USER APPARATUS, AND METHOD - A user apparatus for use in a mobile communications system is disclosed. The user apparatus includes a unit which determines, using acknowledgement information received from a communications counterpart, whether retransmission is required for a transmitted signal; and a unit which transmits, to the communications counterpart, a signal required to be retransmitted according to a round-trip delay (RTD) which is set for the user apparatus for retransmission control, wherein, the RTD of the user apparatus is arranged to be changed, when the user apparatus enters a region which uses an RTD shorter than the RTD set for the user apparatus to an integer multiple of the shorter RTD. | 10-07-2010 |
20100254288 | METHOD FOR TRANSCEIVING A SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of transmitting a signal using a prescribed frame structure in a wireless communication system is disclosed. A mobile station can transmit or receive a signal using a frame structure with a CP length corresponding to ¼ of a useful symbol. Moreover, the mobile station can transmit or receive a signal using a frame structure with a CP length corresponding to ¼ of a useful symbol. | 10-07-2010 |
20100254289 | METHOD FOR TRANSCEIVING A SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of transmitting a signal using a prescribed frame structure in a wireless communication system is disclosed. A mobile station is able to transmit or receive a signal using a frame structure with a CP length corresponding to ¼ of a useful symbol. Moreover, the mobile station is able to transmit or receive a signal using a frame structure with a CP length corresponding to ¼ of a useful symbol, which is designed to mutually coexist without causing collision or interference with another frame structure with a different CP length. In this case, a channel bandwidth of the prescribed frame structure is 7 MHz. | 10-07-2010 |
20100260078 | MULTI-ANTENNA RADIO CHANNEL MEASUREMENT SYSTEM AND METHOD WHICH GENERATES TIME DIVISION DUPLEX TIMING SIGNAL AND MEASURES TWO-WAY RADIO CHANNEL - The present invention relates to a multi-antenna radio channel measurement system and method which generates a Time Division Duplex (TDD) timing signal and measures a two-way radio channel. The multi-antenna radio channel measurement system which measures a probing signal for measuring a radio channel, the multi-antenna radio channel measurement system including: a baseband unit alternately transmits the probing signal for measurement and receives the received channel signal to be measured based on a TDD synchronization time; a synchronization unit which obtains time synchronization with the other radio channel measurement system, generates a transmission/reception synchronization signal, and provides the transmission/reception synchronization signal to the baseband unit; a transceiver unit which up converts the probing signal for measurement and down converts the received channel signal; and a radio frequency (RF) front-end unit which switches suitable antennas according to a timing control signal of the baseband unit. | 10-14-2010 |
20100260079 | Methods and Devices for Transmitting/Receiving Data Based on the Allocation of Random Access Resources to Uplink Subframes - The invention relates to methods and communication devices in a network comprising the steps of mapping (S | 10-14-2010 |
20100260080 | TRANSMITTING METHODS OF A SIGNAL ON A RANDOM ACCESS CHANNEL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A transmitting method of a signal on a random access channel in a wireless communication system, comprises the steps that: a terminal transmits a preamble on the random access channel with a set time length ahead of the end position of an uplink pilot time slot, and the length of the preamble is the length of two symbols without a cyclic prefix. Another transmitting method of a signal on a random access channel in a wireless communication system, comprises the steps that: a terminal transmits a cyclic prefix and a preamble on the random access channel with a set time length ahead of the end position of an uplink pilot time slot, and the length of the preamble is the length of two symbols without a cyclic prefix. The methods can avoid the interference of the preamble to the data of the uplink subframe, and can improve the coverage area of the random access channel and the work efficiency of the time division duplex system. | 10-14-2010 |
20100265853 | BEAMFORMING METHOD USING MULTIPLE ANTENNAS - A mobile station includes a plurality of mobile station antennas that receive at least one independent training signal from a plurality of base station antennas, and estimates a downlink channel formed by each of a plurality of base station antennas and each of the mobile station antennas by using the at least one independent training signal. The mobile station generates a beam vector by using the downlink channel, and forms transmission beams in the plurality of mobile station antennas for transmitting a signal to an uplink. | 10-21-2010 |
20100265854 | Methods and Devices for Communicating on a Radio Channel Based on Jointly Encoding a Preamble Format with Random Access Configuration - The invention relates to devices and methods for transmitting data on a radio channel comprising to jointly encode (S | 10-21-2010 |
20100265855 | METHOD, APPARATUS AND SYSTEM FOR FORMING TIME DIVISION DUPLEX MULTI-INPUT MULTI-OUTPUT DOWNLINK BEAMS - A method, an apparatus, and a system for forming Time Division Duplex (TDD) Multi-Input Multi-Output (MIMO) downlink beams are disclosed herein. The method includes: generating a transmitting beam of a first data stream according to a Maximum Rate Transmission (MRT) criterion; and generating transmitting beams of other data streams except the first data stream, wherein the transmitting beams of other data streams are confined in a null space of the transmitting beam of the first data stream. Through the embodiments of the present invention, the Base Station obtains precise Partial Channel State Information by using only reciprocity without requiring feedback information, and thus the calculation is simplified and the rate of data streams is improved. | 10-21-2010 |
20100271988 | Hybrid-QRD-SIC and Imbalanced MCS System and Method for MIMO - A method and system for multiple input, multiple output (MIMO) detection and channel decoding comprising: decomposing a channel complex gain matrix into a unitary matrix and an upper right hand triangular matrix; providing a received signal to a complex conjugate transpose of the unitary matrix, thereby creating a plurality of signals; normalizing a last of the plurality of signals; channel decoding the normalized last of the plurality of signals, thereby recovering a last codeword signal; encoding the last codeword signal; utilizing the encoded last codeword signal to recover a second last codeword signal; and repeating the utilizing until all codeword signals are recovered. Also, a method and system for providing an imbalanced modulation and coding scheme for successive interference cancellation. | 10-28-2010 |
20100278080 | TRANSMISSION METHOD AND DEVICE IN LONG TERM EVOLUTION TIME DIVISION DUPLEX SYSTEM - A transmission method in a Long Term Evolution time division duplex system can carry out reconfiguration for half-frame structures. According to the coverage range requirements of the system, it performs flexible configuration of the number of special time slot areas and the downlink pilot time slots, guard intervals or uplink pilot time slots included therein, and so can support different coverage ranges. A base station and user terminal using above method in the Long Term Evolution time division duplex system. | 11-04-2010 |
20100278081 | Method and apparatus of sending synchronization signals in TDD systems - The present invention discloses a method and apparatus of sending synchronization signals in TDD systems. The method includes: sending P-SCH signals of synchronization signals on the third symbol of a DwPTS; sending S-SCH signals of the synchronization signals on the last OFDM symbols of time slot | 11-04-2010 |
20100278082 | METHOD AND ARRANGEMENT IN A TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method and a radio base station for generating and assigning a different DL/UL transmission pattern to each terminal of a set of mobile terminals, which mutually unique patterns allow each terminal to receive downlink system information thereon. | 11-04-2010 |
20100278083 | METHOD FOR ESTABLISHING TIME DOMAIN STRUCTURE OF A FRAME IN A HETEROGENEOUS TDD SYSTEMS ENVIRONMENT - Disclosed in a method for establishing a time domain structure of a frame in a heterogeneous TDD systems environment. In other words, in a situation of coexisting heterogeneous systems comprising a first system corresponding to an existing TDD system and a second system corresponding to a new system, a method is provided for establishing a time domain structure of a second frame for the second TDD system mode to enable it to coexist with a first frame for the first TDD (Time Division Duplex) system mode, that comprises obtaining information for the first supported system type and a first ratio between the downlink region and the uplink region of the first frame structure, and then, according to the obtained information, establishing a second ratio between the downlink region and the uplink region of the second frame structure for the second system. Further, particular numerology is provided for said method. | 11-04-2010 |
20100290370 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SCHEDULING RESOURCES BETWEEN DIFFERENT TDD SYSTEMS - A method and an apparatus for scheduling resources between a first TDD system and a second TDD system are disclosed, frames required for transmission by the first TDD system including a preamble sequence, an up-link subframe and a down-link subframe, the method comprises steps of allocating time and frequency resources for the first TDD system and the second TDD system based on service parameters of the first TDD system and service parameters of the second TDD system, and mapping the coded modulation data stream of the first TDD system and the second TDD system onto corresponding allocated time and frequency resources. According to the method and apparatus of the present invention, not only the latency of the traffic service, control signaling and the feedback transmission over the air interface can be reduced, but the compatibility requirement for existing system can also be reached. Moreover, resource allocation can be performed between different systems based on respective service loads. | 11-18-2010 |
20100290371 | Arrangement and Method for Channel Mapping in a Wireless Communication System - An arrangement and method for channel mapping in a UTRA TDD HSDPA wireless communication system by applying interleaving functions in first ( | 11-18-2010 |
20100290372 | METHOD FOR MULTIPLE TDD SYSTEMS COEXISTENCE - The method for multiple TDD systems coexistence comprising steps of: a newly deployed system calculating a relative time offset Δt for a corresponding frame; the newly deployed system transmitting uplink and downlink signals based on a time reference information obtained by a summation of the relative time offset Δt and a time reference of an existing system. With the method proposed in present invention, uplink and downlink interference from adjacent frequency bands and from adjacent carriers in the same frequency band can be greatly reduced and a transmission time utility can be guaranteed for a newly deployed system. | 11-18-2010 |
20100309826 | METHOD FOR SENDING PHYSICAL HYBRID ARQ INDICATOR CHANNEL SIGNALS IN A DOWNLINK PILOT TIME SLOT - A method for sending physical hybrid ARQ indicator channel signals in a downlink pilot time slot, comprises steps as follows: the PHICH signals are sent in one or more symbols included in the DwPTS by a base station, and the OFDM symbol used for sending the PHICH signals by the base station differs from the OFDM symbols used for sending P-SCH signals and S-SCH signals by the base station. According to the method, not only the problem of the confliction between the PHICH signals and the synchronization channel signals in the DwPTS is solved, but also the time delay for sending the PHICH signals is reduced as much as possible, thus an influence on other channels is reduced, and processing of other channels is facilitated. | 12-09-2010 |
20100309827 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROCESSING SIGNALS AT TIME DIVISION DUPLEX TRANSCEIVER - Provided is a time division duplex (TDD) transceiver. A receiver chain processing received signals and a transmitter chain processing signals to be transmitted share an electronic component used in a circuit, such as an amplifier, a mixer, a filter, etc., so that the size of a semiconductor die needed to manufacture a radio frequency (RF) chip can be reduced. | 12-09-2010 |
20100322115 | Reference Signal Sounding for Uplink Pilot Time Slot in Wireless Communication System - A wireless terminal operating in TDD mode transmits a plurality of sounding reference signals using an assigned maximum sounding reference signal (SRS) bandwidth (BW) size. At least one of the sounding reference signals is transmitted in a corresponding uplink pilot time slot (UpPTS) region of a special sub-frame of a radio frame wherein, in the frequency dimension, an uplink BW center is misaligned with a BW center of the SRS in the UpPTS region, a maximum SRS BW size in the UpPTS region is an even number of resource blocks with prime factors from a set of {2, 3, 5}, and the maximum SRS BW having a size in number of resource blocks less than or equal to (N | 12-23-2010 |
20100322116 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR ESTIMATING ADAPTIVE COMBINED CHANNEL IN CDMA SYSTEM BASED ON TIME DIVISION DUPLEX SYSTEM - Disclosed is a method and system for estimating an adaptive joint channel in a CDMA system based on TDD. The method includes the steps of a) receiving activity information of a mobile terminal; b) parsing the activity information, and transmitting a midamble sequence to the mobile terminal when a result of the parsing shows that the mobile terminal is in an ON state; c) conducting adaptive joint channel estimation by using the midamble sequence in the mobile terminal; and d) conducting adaptive joint detection by using a channel impulse response of the mobile terminal, obtained as a result of conducting the adaptive joint channel estimation. The method and system decreases the complexity in channel estimation and additionally increases the accuracy of channel estimation by reducing transmission power consumption and eliminating unnecessary interference. | 12-23-2010 |
20100322117 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR INITIAL ACQUISITION IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Disclosed are methods and apparatus for initial acquisition in a communication system, and in particular Time Division Duplex (TDD) systems such as those found in LTE. A disclosed method, for example, includes running a plurality of predetermined amplifier gain states for a low noise amplifier (LNA) during initial acquisition in a time division duplex (TDD) system, and determining acquisition of a received signal based on searching across the plurality of predetermined amplifier gain states. Forcing the amplifier gain into a set of predetermined gain states affords quicker resolution of initial acquisition for setting the gain of the LNA, which in TDD systems is complicated due to an uncertain uplink/downlink timeline that precludes continuous operation of a gain setting algorithm run in the LNA. | 12-23-2010 |
20100322118 | METHOD, SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR IMPLEMENTING CELL HANDOVER - It is disclosed a method and system for implementing a cell handover, which are used to solve the problem in the prior art that the cell handover can not be implemented when a target cell uses a TDD mode. The method for implementing the cell handover includes: when a user terminal needs perform the cell handover, a network side sending a cell handover command to the user terminal; when the target cell uses the TDD mode and the cell handover command carries TDD slot configuration information of the target cell, the user terminal implementing the cell handover according to the TDD slot configuration information in the cell handover command. It is further disclosed a user terminal and a Base Station, which are used to implement the cell handover in a TDD system. | 12-23-2010 |
20100322119 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR MULTI-CARRIER COMMUNICATIONS WITH VARIABLE CHANNEL BANDWIDTH - Methods and apparatus for multi-carrier communication with variable channel bandwidth are disclosed, where the time frame structure and the OFDM symbol structure are invariant and the frequency-domain signal structure is flexible. In one embodiment, a mobile station, upon entering a geographic area, uses a core-band to initiate communication and obtain essential information and subsequently switches to full operating bandwidth of the area for the remainder of the communication. If the mobile station operates in a wide range of bandwidths, the mobile station divides the full range into sub-ranges and adjusts its sampling frequency and its FFT size in each sub-range. | 12-23-2010 |
20100329159 | PHYSICAL UPLINK CONTROL SIGNAL TRANSMITTING METHOD FOR TIME DIVISION DUPLEX SYSTEM - A method for transmitting a physical uplink control signal in a time division duplex system, wherein the uplink control signal is more than 2 bits. The method comprises the following steps of: a base station distributing a plurality of uplink channel code resources of a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) for a user equipment, and making an agreement with the user equipment to transmit different contents represented by the uplink control signal using different uplink channel code resources; the user equipment selecting one or more uplink channel code resources from the distributed uplink channel code resources according to the content of the uplink control signal to be transmitted, and transmitting the uplink control signal on the physical uplink control channel. | 12-30-2010 |
20110002243 | SUPPORTING MOBILE AD-HOC NETWORK (MANET) AND POINT TO MULTI-POINT (PMP) COMMUNICATIONS AMONG NODES IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - Nodes in a wireless network participate in either point-to-multipoint (PMP) or MANET/mesh communications with other nodes on one or more shared channels of the network. A first or base station node transmits a downlink signal having a time frame structure of determined duration to a number of second or subscriber nodes. Portions of the frame structure establish (i) first time periods during which messages are transmitted from the first node to the second nodes, and (ii) second time periods during which messages are transmitted from the second nodes to the first node, using the PMP protocol on one or more shared channels or subchannels of the network. Other portions of the time frame structure establish third time periods during which nodes communicate with one another using the MANET/mesh protocol on the shared channels or subchannels, while avoiding interference with messages transmitted under the PMP protocol. | 01-06-2011 |
20110002244 | RELAYS IN MULTI-USER MIMO SYSTEMS - A method for signalling in a MIMO system. The system comprises a base station (BS) and at least one relay station (RS) operating in half duplex realized using Time Division Duplex. The BS and the RS distribute channels to at least one mobile station (MS). The method is particularly characterized in the steps where: —the BS selects at least one RS which is served during a first time slot (TS | 01-06-2011 |
20110007672 | COMMUNICATION METHOD AND APPARATUS IN WIRELESS BODY AREA NETWORK - Short range wireless communication is provided. A first node included in a Wireless Body Area Network (WBAN) communicates with at least one neighboring second node. The first node transmits or receives data to or from at least one device node connected to the first node during a time division communication period, using a super-frame in which the time division communication period, a time division schedule advertisement message transmission period, and a Contention Access Period (CAP) are sequentially arranged. The first node broadcasts a time division schedule advertisement message of the first node to the at least one second node during the time division schedule advertisement message transmission period within the super-frame. Upon receiving a time division schedule advertisement message from the second node during the CAP within the super-frame, the first node adjusts a data transmission or reception time for the at least one device node connected to the first node using the received time division schedule advertisement message. | 01-13-2011 |
20110007673 | Method and Apparatus for Acquiring Resource Allocation of Control Channel - A method of acquiring a resource allocation of a control channel includes acquiring a resource region of the control channel in a second subframe based on a first resource allocation of the control channel, acquiring a resource region of a second downlink channel in the second subframe based on the resource region of the control channel, and receiving a second resource allocation of the control channel on a third downlink channel in the second subframe. The third downlink channel is indicated by the second downlink channel. | 01-13-2011 |
20110013542 | METHOD AND BASE STATION FOR ALLOCATING DEDICATED RANDOM ACCESS RESOURCE - The present invention discloses a method and a base station for allocating the dedicated random access resource. In the method, first, the base station allocates the dedicated random access preamble to the user equipment (UE), and allocates the predetermined physical random access channel (PRACH) to which the dedicated random access preamble corresponds in the allocated radio frame; then, the base station transmits the signaling to the UE, wherein, the signaling includes the time domain information and the frequency domain information of the predetermined PRACH. The technical solution provided by the present invention can allocate the same dedicated random access preamble for different PRACH channels to different UEs, and can improve the utilization efficiency of the dedicated random access preamble. | 01-20-2011 |
20110026443 | RADIO COMMUNICATING DEVICE, ROTATIONAL STRUCTURE, AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE - Disclosed herein is a radio communicating device including: a first communicating block; a second communicating block rotatable about an axis of rotation relative to the first communicating block; and a radio signal transmission line capable of information transmission by radio between the first communicating block and the second communicating block; wherein between the first communicating block and the second communicating block, a signal to be transmitted is converted into a radio signal of a circularly polarized wave, and the radio signal of the circularly polarized wave is transmitted via the radio signal transmission line. | 02-03-2011 |
20110032849 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR MITIGATING INTERFERENCE BETWEEN ACCESS POINTS - Systems and methods which implement cooperative techniques at wireless network access points to provide interference mitigation are shown. Embodiments utilize cooperative antenna beam adaptation techniques wherein antenna beam selection, selective antenna beam transmission power, and/or antenna beam null selection is implemented based upon the communication environment created by a plurality of access points. Additionally or alternatively, embodiments utilize cooperative antenna beam isolation techniques wherein narrow channel filters are implemented with respect to antenna beam signals and/or shielding is provided between various antenna beams based upon the communication environment created by a plurality of access points. Embodiments additionally or alternatively utilize cooperative antenna beam coordination techniques wherein transmission and/or reception of signals is coordinated, the use of antenna beams is coordinated, and/or interference cancellation is implemented based upon the communication environment created by a plurality of access points. | 02-10-2011 |
20110032850 | SIGNAL TRANSMISSION WITH FIXED SUBCARRIER SPACING WITHIN OFDMA COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A station is disclosed that is configured for signal transmission in an Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access (OFDMA) system. The station includes a processor configured to fix a subcarrier spacing to a predetermined value for one or more subframes in all available bandwidths. The station further includes a transmitter configured to transmit a signal having the fixed subcarrier spacing, regardless of a frame structure of the one or more subframes. According to certain embodiments, the predetermined value may be divided evenly by at least one channel raster. The predetermined value may be 12.5 KHz, according to certain embodiments. Alternatively, the predetermined value is 6.25 KHz for one or more low mobility mobile stations, and/or the predetermined value is 25 KHz for one or more high mobility mobile stations. The station may be a mobile station or a base station configured for uplink and downlink transmission. | 02-10-2011 |
20110032851 | Apparatus and Method for Communicating Signaling Information - An apparatus, such as a base station, transmitting signaling information in a cellular communication system whereby a plurality of shared uplink transmission resources is divided into sets of mutually exclusive transmission resources. The apparatus comprises means for granting uplink resources to a wireless subscriber communication unit via a grant message for uplink transmission; means for receiving an uplink transmission from a wireless subscriber communication unit; means for deriving an uplink code resource identifier from the uplink transmission or the grant message; means for assigning at least one downlink code sequence used to carry downlink signaling information associated with the uplink transmission and which is derived using the uplink code resource identifier; and means for transmitting a downlink transmission comprising the at least one downlink code sequence to the wireless subscriber communication unit. | 02-10-2011 |
20110032852 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR CONFIGURING INTER-CELL TIME DIVISION DUPLEX MODES BASED ON A TDD SYSTEM - The present invention disclose a method and a device for configuring inter-cell time division duplex modes based on a time division duplex system, wherein the method comprises: one or more physical frame pairs which are overlapped in the time domain and have different transmitting modes existing in physical frames of two adjacent cells; for each physical frame pair, setting one or two physical frames of the physical frame pair respectively not to transmit signals. With the technical schemes of the present invention, by means of making part or all of the physical frames overlapped in the time domain not to transmit signals, the uplink/downlink signal interference occurred when the ratios of the numbers of uplink/downlink physical frames between adjacent cells in the same frequency band is different may be avoided. | 02-10-2011 |
20110032853 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR COMMUNICATION IN A TDD-BASED WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Disclosed is a method and an apparatus for communication in a TDD (Time Division Duplex) based wireless communication system. The present invention involves setting a first frame comprising a plurality of consecutive downlink subframes and a plurality of consecutive uplink subframes. The start point for the first uplink subframe in the plurality of consecutive uplink subframes, is located at a switching point in a second frame used by another system. | 02-10-2011 |
20110044215 | COMMUNICATION METHOD FOR RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A communication method of a user equipment using a time division duplex (TDD) frame in a wireless communication system is provided. The communication method include configuring a TDD frame comprising at least one downlink subframe and at least one uplink subframe, and transmitting a signal by using the TDD frame, wherein an uplink of the TDD frame starts on the basis of a guard period (GP) or an uplink pilot time slot (UpPTS) of a heterogeneous TDD frame. | 02-24-2011 |
20110051631 | Method and Device for Processing Data Blocks and Communication System Comprising Such Device - A method and a device for processing data blocks are provided, wherein each resource unit includes at least two portions of user data, wherein each portion of user data is associated with a user; and wherein subsequent resource units include different combinations of portions of user data. Furthermore, a communication system is provided comprising such a device. | 03-03-2011 |
20110051632 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSCEIVING SIGNALS USING FRAME STRUCTURE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for transceiving signals using a predetermined frame structure in a wireless communication system is provided. The apparatus includes a Radio Frequency (RF) unit for transceiving a signal through a frame according to the predetermined frame structure. The frame includes 5 subframes, the 5 subframe comprise type-1 subframes including 6 Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplex Access (OFDMA) symbols and type-2 subframes including 7 OFDMA symbols, and a Cyclic Prefix (CP) length of the frame corresponds to ⅛ of an effective symbol length. | 03-03-2011 |
20110051633 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR IMPLEMENTING INDICATION OF UPLINK TRANSMISSION TIMING ADVANCE - The present invention provides a method for implementing uplink transmission TA. The method includes: receiving, by a UE, a TA command, adding a TA value corresponding to the TA command and a pre-configured TA adjusting offset to obtain a practical uplink transmission timing advance TA′; and transmitting, by the UE, uplink data according to the TA′. The present invention also provides another method for implementing uplink transmission TA. Compared with the prior art, in the methods provided by the present invention, a TA adjustment indicating table is respectively configured in the eNodeB and the UE, and some items of the TA adjustment indicating table are commonly-used by a TDD system and an FDD system. The present invention also provides apparatuses for implementing uplink transmission TA. The present invention provides detailed solutions for implementing uplink transmission TA in the TDD system and achieves coherence between the designs of the TDD system and the FDD system to the largest extent. | 03-03-2011 |
20110058504 | SCHEDULING METHOD, MS APPARATUS USING THE SCHEDULING METHOD, DATA TRANSMISSION METHOD, AND BS APPARATUS USING THE DATA TRANSMISSION METHOD IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - In the MS apparatus for performing scheduling, a reception module receives any number information through a specific downlink channel in a first time unit from each of neighbor BSs. A scheduling module determines, among the neighbor BSs, a BS which is to transmit and receive data using a downlink data transmission region and an uplink data reception region, respectively, in a second time unit according to a previously set rule based on the number information. A transmission module transmits a signal, indicating that data transmission and reception using the downlink transmission region and uplink data reception region, respectively, in the second time unit are not possible, to the other neighbor BSs excluding the determined BS among the neighbor BSs. | 03-10-2011 |
20110058505 | Method And Device For Configuring Uplink Sounding Reference Signal - The present invention provides a method for configuring a Sounding Reference Signal (SRS). The method includes: determining, by a base station, an SRS periodicity available for a cell, and determining at least one SRS configuration position available in a sub-frame for the cell based on the SRS periodicity determined; and jointly coding, by the base station, the SRS periodicity and the at least one SRS configuration position, and transmitting a result of the joint coding to all User Equipments (UE) in the cell through broadcast signaling. The present invention also provides an apparatus for configuring an SRS. The present invention implements configuration of SRS transmission and can avoid conflict between SRS and uplink control information. | 03-10-2011 |
20110058506 | DEVICE AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING CHANNEL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - This invention relates to a device and a method for transmitting channel information in a wireless communication system. The disclosed device and method are characterized by: estimating channels by dividing the channel matrix elements for a complex channel into a real number part and an imaginary number part; quantizing each channel which is estimated through the division into the real and imaginary number parts based on a preset boundary value; generating the channel information corresponding to the quantization value for the real and imaginary number parts of the channel matrix elements; and transmitting the generated channel information to a transmitter. | 03-10-2011 |
20110058507 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION, CHANNEL ALLOCATION METHOD, AND PROGRAM - A wireless communication system according to the present invention includes a terminal and a base station for forming a plurality of sectors and receiving an uplink subframe from said terminal positioned in any of said plurality of sectors, according to an OFDMA/TDD scheme. Here, in said uplink subframe, said base station allocates a predetermined subchannel among subchannels usable by said base station to two predetermined sectors among said plurality of sectors in said uplink subframe, according to time division. | 03-10-2011 |
20110064007 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR INCLUDING MODE INFORMATION IN A FRAME FOR SYSTEM ACQUISITION - Methods and apparatus for including mode information in a wireless transmission frame, which is useful for system acquisition. In particular, a first information bit is provided in a preamble of a transmission frame, where the bit is configured to indicate that a wireless communication system is operating according to either a time division duplex (TDD) mode or a frequency division duplex (FDD) mode. The addition of a single bit minimally affects the resources of the preamble. Additionally, another bit resource already present in the preamble for normally communicating whether FDD transmissions are full duplex or half-duplex transmissions, may be further allocated to indicate partitioning information concerning TDD mode transmissions when the first bit indicates TDD mode, thus affording additional information communicated in the frame without increasing preamble resources. | 03-17-2011 |
20110075593 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION TRANSCEIVER AND MODE-SWITCH DEVICE THEREOF - A wireless communication transceiver and a mode switch device thereof. The transceiver includes: a first band transmission path; a first band reception path; a second band transmission path; a second band reception path; a path switch and a control unit. In a dual band time division duplexing mode, the control unit controls the path switch so that the path switch connects a received radio frequency signal from an antenna to the first band reception path, and connects a transmitted radio frequency signal from the second band transmission path to the antenna in an odd cycle or an even cycle; and controls the path switch so that the path switch connects a received radio frequency signal from the antenna to the second band reception path, and connects a transmitted radio frequency signal from the first band transmission path to the antenna in another odd cycle or another even cycle. | 03-31-2011 |
20110075594 | Uplink Power Control in a TDD Communication System - A method performed in a wireless network includes receiving signals within a downlink frequency domain to enable channel estimation and measuring two or more signals only for two or more frequency bands of the downlink frequency domain that correspond to two or more uplink frequency bands associated with a scheduling grant or channel allocation that correspond to physical uplink channel frequency bands. The method also includes calculating path loss values for each of the frequency bands and calculating a total power based on the path loss values corresponding to the frequency bands. The method further includes determining a power allocation per frequency band based on the calculated total power to be applied to an uplink transmission and allocating the total power. | 03-31-2011 |
20110085478 | Relay Transmission Method and Apparatus - A relay transmission method and apparatus are provided. The method includes: configuring a subframe of a Time Division Duplex (TDD) relay frame for a subframe of relay link (S | 04-14-2011 |
20110090825 | TRANSMISSION DIVERSITY AND MULTIPLEXING FOR HARQ-ACK SIGNALS IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A method and apparatus are described for a User Equipment (UE) to transmit in a control channel ACKnowledgement signals associated with a Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest process (HARQ-ACK signals) in response to receiving Transport Blocks (TBs) transmitted from a base station. The UE conveys the HARQ-ACK information by selecting one resource from multiple resources in the control channel and by selecting a constellation point of the modulation scheme for the HARQ-ACK signal. Transmission diversity is supported using different control channel resources that are already available to the UE without configuring additional resources. Design principles are described to optimally map the HARQ-ACK information to control channel resources and modulation constellation points for a Time Division Duplex (TDD) system and for a Frequency Division Duplex (FDD) system. | 04-21-2011 |
20110096701 | TRANSMISSION METHOD FOR WIRELESS RELAY SYSTEM AND RELAY STATION USING THE SAME - A transmission method for a wireless relay system and a relay station using the same are provided. The wireless relay system includes at least a base station (eNB), at least a relay node (RN) and at least a user equipment (UE). The eNB is facilitated by the RN to provide a data transmission service to the UE. Besides, there are pre-configured timing relationships between at least a grant signalling transmission process, at least a data transmission process and at least a feedback signal transmission process of HARQ processes between the eNB, the RN and the UE. | 04-28-2011 |
20110103271 | CALIBRATION APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR MULTICELL MULTIPLE INPUT MULTIPLE OUTPUT TRANSMISSION IN MULTIPLE ANTENNA SYSTEM - A calibration apparatus and a calibration method for multicell Multiple Input Multiple Output (MIMO) transmission in a multiple antenna system are provided. More particularly, an operating method of a Mobile Station (MS) for performing calibration for multicell MIMO transmission in a multiple antenna system includes negotiating a multi-Base Station (BS) joint processing with a BS, receiving a control message including information instructing multi-BS calibration for sounding based on the multi-BS joint processing, from the BS; when receiving the control message involving the multi-BS joint processing, generating a second sounding sequence by mapping estimated phases of downlink channels per subcarrier of BSs to a first sounding sequence allocated from the BS, and transmitting the second sounding sequence, including the phases of the downlink channels per subcarrier, over a sounding symbol interval with respect to each of the BSs involving the multi-BS joint processing. Hence, feedback overhead in the calibration of the multicell MIMO transmission can be reduced. | 05-05-2011 |
20110103272 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING THE PDCCH SIGNAL - The present invention provides a method for transmitting a PDCCH (physical downlink control channel) signal, when the number of available resource blocks of the downlink bandwidth in a radio frame is less than or equal to k, 2 symbols are fixedly used to transmit the physical downlink control channel, wherein k is a natural number. The present invention further provides another method for transmitting a PDCCH signal. In a TDD Long Term Evolution system, when the number of available resource blocks of the downlink bandwidth in a radio frame is less than or equal to k and the uplink/downlink switching period is 10 ms, the transmitting end selects 2, 3 or 4 symbols to transmit the PDCCH signal in subframe | 05-05-2011 |
20110110277 | MULTIPLE DEVICE TO ONE-ANTENNA COMBINING CIRCUIT AND METHODS OF USING SAME - A multiple device to one-antenna combining circuit for transferring wireless communication signals from a first and second wireless communication device connected to a donor antenna is described. The circuit comprises a first single-stage circulator configured to be coupled to a transmission-reception path of the first wireless communications device; a two-stage circulator coupled to the first single-stage circulator and configured to be coupled a transmission-reception path of the second wireless communications device; a two-way splitter coupled to the two-stage circulator and configured to be coupled a transmission-reception path of the donor antenna; and a second single-stage circulator coupled between the two-way splitter and the first single stage circulator. The wireless transmissions of the first wireless communications device travel from the first signal stage circulator to the two-stage circulator to the two-way splitter to the donor antenna. The first wireless device can be a repeater. The second wireless device can be a telemetry radio. Methods of using the circuit are also provided. | 05-12-2011 |
20110110278 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE - An object of the present invention is to improve the throughput and reduce the circuit size and power consumption for transmission. | 05-12-2011 |
20110110279 | Relay Transmission Method and Apparatus - A relay transmission method and apparatus are provided. The method includes: configuring a subframe of a Time Division Duplex (TDD) relay frame for a subframe of relay link (S | 05-12-2011 |
20110110280 | Relay Transmission Method and Apparatus - A relay transmission method and apparatus are provided. The method includes: configuring a subframe of a Time Division Duplex (TDD) relay frame for a subframe of relay link (S | 05-12-2011 |
20110122801 | USER EQUIPMENT CAPABILITY BIASING - In accordance with the exemplary embodiments of the invention there is at least a method, apparatus, and executable computer program to perform operations including receiving at a user equipment information from a network access node, prioritizing capability information of the user equipment in accordance with the received information, and transmitting all or at least part of the prioritized capability information to the network access node. | 05-26-2011 |
20110128894 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR CALL SETUP IN AN ASYNCHRONOUS FREQUENCY HOPPING DIGITAL TWO-WAY COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for call setup in an asynchronous frequency hopping digital two-way communication system includes transmitting in adjacent time slots, by a caller device, a preamble slot over a first unique fixed frequency selected from a frequency hopset and a synchronization slot over a second unique fixed frequency selected from the frequency hopset. Further, the method includes one or more target devices transmitting an acknowledgement signal upon receiving the preamble slot over the first unique fixed frequency and the synchronization slot over the second unique fixed frequency, and followed by the caller device establishing the data communication link between the caller device and the one or more target devices over at least one random frequency selected from the frequency hopset, in response to receiving the acknowledgement signal from the one or more target devices. | 06-02-2011 |
20110128895 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR SPECTRUM SHARING USING LISTEN-BEFORE-TALK WITH QUIET PERIODS - Apparatus and method for spectrum sharing using listen before talk (LBT) and quiet periods are disclosed. This includes assessing using LBT to determine if a shared spectrum channel is being used by at least one other network, and transmitting transmission frames over the shared spectrum channel in at least one of an uplink or a downlink when the channel is determined as not being used. The accumulated time of transmission use of the spectrum channel is counted based on predetermined conditions, and a determination made when the accumulated time exceeds a maximum allotted time. Transmission of frames by a network is allowed to continue if the maximum time has not been exceeded and the spectrum remains available. A quiet period is then executed once the maximum time period is exceeded. | 06-02-2011 |
20110128896 | SEMI-PERSISTENT SCHEDULING METHOD - A semi-persistent scheduling method is provided in the present disclosure, and the method comprises: when a semi-persistent scheduling periodicity comes, an evolved node B (eNB) and a terminal (UE) select a sub-frame in a sub-frame group as a sub-frame for current semi-persistent scheduling; the sub-frame group includes multiple sub-frames, and a sub-frame group periodicity equals to the semi-persistent scheduling periodicity. The problem that the sub-frames with the same relative position in different sub-frame groups are the sub-frames in which the collision between the initial transmission and the retransmission of the HARQ data packet most possibly occurs is considered by the technical solution of the present disclosure, so the purpose that prolonging the interval length of the collision between the initial transmission of the HARQ and the retransmission of the HARQ and reducing the collision between the initial transmission of the HARQ and the retransmission of the HARQ is achieved by reasonably configuring the number of sub-frames in a sub-frame group and alternately using different sub-frames in the sub-frame group. | 06-02-2011 |
20110134812 | System and Method for Scheduling Users on a Wireless Network - In accordance with an embodiment, a method of operating a base station configured to operate with user devices includes scheduling transmission for the user devices. Scheduling transmission includes determining a first fading metric for at least one user device from the at least one user device to the base station, determining at a second fading metric for the at least one user device from the at least one user device to at least one other base station, and determining a priority metric for the at least one user device based on the first and second fading metrics. The priority metric is configured to assign a higher priority to a user device with a first fading metric indicating an up-fade and the second fading metric indicating a down-fade. The method further includes transmitting a transmission schedule to the at least one user device based the priority metric. | 06-09-2011 |
20110134813 | COMMUNICATION METHOD - Disclosed are a base station and a mobile station which communicate with each other using a frame comprising one or more downlink subframes and one or more uplink subframes. The base station transmits a data burst in a subframe corresponding to a downlink subframe index of a frame corresponding to a first frame index. The mobile station transmits a feedback for the data burst in a subframe corresponding to an uplink subframe index of a frame corresponding to a second frame index. The second frame index and the uplink subframe index are determined by a parameter value. The parameter value is determined by a difference between radio signal processing time and the number of the one or more uplink subframes. | 06-09-2011 |
20110134814 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, ROUTER APPARATUS, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND PROGRAM - A wireless communication system includes a first communication apparatus that uses first frequency band to communicate wirelessly by time division method, a second communication apparatus that uses second frequency band adjacent to the first frequency band to communicate wirelessly by time division method, and a router apparatus that relays data communicated wirelessly in the first and second communication apparatus. The router apparatus includes a first communication unit that uses the first frequency band to communicate wirelessly by time division method with the first communication apparatus, a second communication unit that uses the second frequency band to communicate wirelessly by time division method with the second communication apparatus simultaneously with wireless communication by the first communication unit, and a controller that causes transmission intervals and reception intervals in the second communication unit to coincide with transmission intervals and reception intervals that are partitioned by time divisions in the first communication unit. | 06-09-2011 |
20110149813 | FLEXIBLE SUBFRAMES - The technology disclosed provides the ability for a subframe to be configured as a “flexible” subframe. As a result, at least three different types of subframes in a TDD system may be configured: a downlink (“DL”) subframe, an uplink (“UL”) subframe, and a “flexible” subframe. While the DL and UL subframes are preconfigured for each frame instance, the flexible subframes are dynamically allocated to be an uplink subframe in one instance of a frame and a downlink subframe in another instance of the frame. | 06-23-2011 |
20110149814 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING TDD FRAMES WITH INCREASED DATA PAYLOAD - Method for transmitting through a bidirectional communication channel at least one conventional frame (CVFR) split into time slots SLI (for j=1 to L) separated from each other by guard intervals G, each time slot SLI being allocated either to a first or to a second direction of communication uplink (UL) or downlink (DL) offered by the bidirectional communication channel. The method according to the invention includes: detecting at least two successive time slots SLj, SLm+1, SLj+2 allocated to a same direction of communication DL, and inserting data in the guard interval separating such successive time slots SLj, SLj+1, SLj+2. | 06-23-2011 |
20110170459 | DISTINGUISHING BETWEEN DATA PACKETS SENT OVER THE SAME SET OF CHANNELS - Embodiments of the present invention distinguish a first type of data packet transmitted over a random access communication channel of a wireless cellular communications system from a second type of data packet transmitted over the same random access communication channel, allowing the first and second data packet data packet types to share a common set of random access channels through the use of different types of channel coding. This reduces data packet collision probability by eliminating the need to segregate the set of random access channels according to data packet type. Backward compatibility with legacy base stations that handle only the first data packet type is maintained in that no changes to the first data packet type are needed. | 07-14-2011 |
20110170460 | APPARATUS AND SYSTEM FOR USING RELAY STATION IN A TDD WIRELESS NETWORK - A Relay Station (RS) is provided. The RS is adapted to operate in a TDD type of wireless communication network which comprises at least one base station (BS) operative to communicate with the RS and with an IP network, and a plurality of Mobile Subscribers (MSs). The RS comprises: a subscriber terminal operative in conformity with IEEE 802.16e Standard; and a BS operative in conformity with said IEEE 802.16e Standard, and wherein that subscriber terminal and that BS that belong to the RS are connected to each other, and wherein all communications transmitted from the at least one BS to the RS are in conformity with the IEEE 802.16e Standard. | 07-14-2011 |
20110170461 | RADIO RELAY DEVICE AND RADIO RELAY METHOD - A radio relay device ( | 07-14-2011 |
20110170462 | Method for Determining Random Access Channel Number and Sending Sounding Reference Signal - The present invention provides a method for determining the number of random access channels which is applied to a time division duplex system. The method comprises: a terminal determining configuration parameters related to the number of the random access channels in an UpPTS based on system configuration, said configuration parameters including the number of downlink-to-uplink switch-points in one radio frame N | 07-14-2011 |
20110176461 | DETERMINING CONFIGURATION OF SUBFRAMES IN A RADIO COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - The technology disclosed provides the ability for a subframe to be configured as a “flexible” subframe. As a result, at least three different types of subframes in a TDD system may be configured: a downlink (“DL”) subframe, an uplink (“UL”) subframe, and a “flexible” subframe. The use of flexible subframes is determined based on a primary TDD configuration, and in a preferred example, on the existing primary TDD configuration in the network. If there is secondary TDD configuration, flexible subframes may be determined based on both the primary and secondary configurations, e.g., using specific rules. Also, the HARQ feedback timing for downlink (DL) transmissions may be determined based on the secondary TDD configuration. Preferred examples ensure that uplink (UL) feedback does not collide with a flexible subframe used for DL transmission. The technology preferably is compatible with legacy UEs. | 07-21-2011 |
20110182215 | TRANSMISSION OF CONTROL INFORMATION WITH CONFIGURABLE TIMELINE IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Techniques for sending acknowledgement (ACK) and/or other control information with a configurable timeline are described. A receiver may have limited processing resources and may need different amounts of time to process different amounts of data. The receiver may send ACK information earlier (or later) if less (or more) receive processing time is required. In one design, the receiver may receive a transmission of data in accordance with a grant, decode the received transmission to recover the data, and determine ACK information based on decoding result. The receiver may determine a frame to send the ACK information based on the grant. The determined frame may be one of multiple frames available for sending the ACK information. For example, different grant sizes may be associated with different frames. The receiver may send the ACK information for the transmission of data in the determined frame. | 07-28-2011 |
20110188414 | SIGNAL TRANSMISSION METHOD AND FRAME STRUCTURE ADOPTED IN A TDD SYSTEM - A signal transmission method in a Time Division Duplex (TDD) system is disclosed. The method comprises following steps: within a time length of a half-frame of a radio frame, base station transmits signal on a downlink special time slot, thereafter does not transmit signal on a Guard Period (GP), and then receives signal on an uplink special time slot; all time lengths of other uplink or downlink normal time slots for transmitting signal are equal; the total time length of the downlink special time slot, the guard period and the uplink special time slot is integer times of the time length of an uplink or downlink normal time slot. In addition, a frame structure adopted in the TDD system which corresponds to the method is disclosed. The present invention makes it flexible to set the duration of the GP and it is guaranteed that, even if a synchronization signal adopts power promotion, it will not bring great interference to uplink reception of other base stations; in addition, the utilization efficiency of the system is improved. | 08-04-2011 |
20110199944 | APERIODIC SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNAL TRANSMISSION METHOD AND APPARATUS - A method and apparatus for facilitating an aperiodic transmission of a sounding reference signal (SRS) are disclosed. Transmission resources are allocated to the aperiodic SRS transmission. A portion of a first downlink control message is modified to produce a second downlink control message, where the first downlink control message does not trigger an aperiodic SRS transmission. The second downlink message is transmitted. | 08-18-2011 |
20110205941 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SPECTRUM SHARING AMONG PLURAL WIRELESS RADIO NETWORKS - Spectrum that overlaps in time, geography and frequency is allocated to more than one radio network. The networks share the spectrum by employing spectrum sharing in accordance with spectrum sharing control data to avoid collisions between the transmissions of the networks. | 08-25-2011 |
20110211500 | MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM AND METHOD - A mobile communications system includes a first system which communicates with a user apparatus in a frequency division duplex (FDD) scheme and a second system which communicates with a user apparatus in a scheme which is different from the first system. The second system conducts uplink and downlink communications within a frequency bandwidth between uplink and downlink of the first system. A geographical range of the second system is narrower than a geographical range of the first system. A downlink transmission power of a base station of the second system is weaker than a downlink transmission power of a base station of the first system. | 09-01-2011 |
20110211501 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR FDD AND TDD TERMINAL ENTRY INTO A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - Entry of a terminal into a wireless communications network is facilitated for terminals which may operate in either frequency-division duplex or time-division duplex mode. Join request messages transmitted by the terminals include a duplex capability indicator defining a carrier frequency which can be used to response to the terminals. | 09-01-2011 |
20110211502 | ASYMMETRIC TDD IN FLEXIBLE USE SPECTRUM - A method according to an embodiment of the invention includes receiving and transmitting signals over a time division duplex (TDD) communication path. Signals are received over the TDD communication path via a first portion of a first frequency band. The first frequency band is adjacent to a second frequency band and to a third frequency band. The first frequency band is different from the second frequency band and from the third frequency band. A first frequency division duplex (FDD) communication path can be operable in the second frequency band. A second FDD communication path can be operable in the third frequency band. Signals are transmitted over the TDD communication path via a second portion of the first frequency band that is different from the first portion of the first frequency band. | 09-01-2011 |
20110211503 | DYNAMIC ALLOCATION OF SUBFRAME SCHEDULING FOR TIME DIVISON DUPLEX OPERATION IN A PACKET-BASED WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Systems and methods for enabling the dynamic allocation of certain sub frames as downlink or uplink resources in a time division duplexed over the air communications system. A base station or eNB may allocate certain subframes within a repeating radio frame of a TDD configuration as either DL or UL subframes for communicating to user equipment or UE devices to increase efficient use of system resources based on the data to be transmitted. Methods for determining the capabilities of a selected UE and based on the determining step, dynamically allocating certain subframes are disclosed. The methods and systems are compatible with user equipment that does not support the dynamic allocation of subframes. | 09-01-2011 |
20110216675 | Relay Transmission Method and Apparatus - A relay transmission method and apparatus are provided. The method includes: configuring a subframe of a Time Division Duplex (TDD) relay frame for a subframe of relay link (S | 09-08-2011 |
20110228710 | INTERFERENCE CANCELLATION IN A SPREAD SPECTRUM COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A code division multiple access communication system transmits a pilot and traffic signal over a shared spectrum. The pilot and traffic signal have an associated code and are received over the shared spectrum. The received signals are sampled and the samples are delayed to produce a window. A weighted value for each despread pilot code window sample is determined using an adaptive algorithm. Each window sample is despread with a traffic code. Each despread traffic code window sample is weighted according to a weight corresponding to its respective pilot code sample. | 09-22-2011 |
20110228711 | METHOD OF AND APPARATUSES FOR RECOGNIZING AN OUT-OF-SYNC BASE STATION - A method of and a network controller ( | 09-22-2011 |
20110228712 | UPLINK RESOURCE ALLOCATION TO CONTROL INTERCELL INTERFERENCE IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Embodiments of the present invention exploit the reciprocity of radio channels in TDD, and longer-term correlation between average uplink and downlink path losses in FDD wireless communication systems to enable distributed schedulers in an enhanced uplink system to allocate uplink transmission resources while preemptively managing intercell interference levels. Each cell's base station transmits a downlink reference signal at a known transmission power level. A mobile station monitors the received signal strength of the downlink reference signals from multiple base stations. The transmitted and received signal strength levels can be used by the mobile station to estimate the amount of intercell interference that the mobile station's uplink transmissions cause, and the mobile station's uplink transmission parameters are adjusted accordingly. In further embodiments, the received reference signal power levels, or values derived therefrom, are transmitted by the mobile station to its serving base station, where a scheduling algorithm uses the information to adjust one or more transmission parameters relating to a grant of uplink transmission resources to the UE, thereby controlling the intercell interference generated by the mobile station's uplink transmissions. | 09-22-2011 |
20110235555 | EFFICIENT RESOURCE UTILIZATION IN TDD - In a wireless communication system unused resource elements are utilized to transmit additional pilot and control signals. The additional pilot and control signals may mitigate the impact of interference. The unused resource elements may be in a downlink pilot timeslot (DwPTS) in a time division duplex system. | 09-29-2011 |
20110235556 | Method and System for a Double Search User Group Selection Scheme with Range Reduction in TDD Multiuser MIMO Downlink Transmission - Certain aspects of a method and system for processing signals in a communication system may include maximizing system capacity for a time division duplex (TDD) multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) system, based on reducing a search range within which to find a group of signals having maximum channel gain. At least one of: a first signal for a first user and a second signal for a second user may be selected, which are both within the reduced search range, and which provides a maximum system capacity. The first signal for the first user may be selected from the reduced search range corresponding to a channel gain that is greater than a channel gain corresponding to a remaining portion of the reduced search range. The reduced search range may be generated by sorting a plurality of signals based on a channel gain corresponding to each of the plurality of signals. | 09-29-2011 |
20110243038 | AUTOMATIC GAIN CONTROL ACQUISITION IN TIME DIVISION DUPLEX SYSTEMS - In embodiments, user equipment (UE) is configured to acquire automatic gain control (AGC) of an analog RF front end by maintaining a plurality of M×N AGC loops in which the output of the power detector drives input of a gain state machine after a predetermined delay. Each of the loops corresponds to a different periodic set of tasks of (1/M) subframe in length. In each of the loops, the gain is determined by a power measurement taken ((M×N)+1) tasks ago. A synchronization signal, such as a Primary Synchronization Signal, occurs early in Time Division Duplex (TDD) subframes that follow selected downlink subframes. The periodicity of the selected subframes is N. This allows the UE to converge on proper AGC gain for downlink subframes through a relatively short search, such as a binary search. The UE can then decode the synchronization signal and acquire network timing. | 10-06-2011 |
20110243039 | INDEXING RESOURCES FOR TRANSMISSION OF ACKNOWLEDGEMENT SIGNALS IN MULTI-CELL TDD COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Methods and apparatus are described for a User Equipment (UE) to determine a set of resources available for transmitting an acknowledgement signal in an UpLink (UL) Component Carrier (CC) in response to reception of multiple DownLink (DL) Scheduling Assignments (SAs) transmitted from a base station with each DL SA being associated with a respective DL CC. The UL CC and a first DL CC establish a communication link when the UE is configured for communication over a single UL CC and a single DL CC. | 10-06-2011 |
20110243040 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR SPATIAL DIVISION DUPLEX (SDD) FOR MILLIMETER WAVE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for full-duplex millimeter wave mobile wireless communication are provided. The apparatus includes a Spatial Division Duple (SDD) mobile communication system using millimeter waves, the SDD mobile communication system including a first wireless terminal having a first transmit antenna array having a plurality of first transmit antennas for transmitting a spatially beamformed first transmit beam, and a first receive antenna array having a plurality of first receive antennas for forming a spatially beamformed first receive beam and a second wireless terminal including a second transmit antenna array having a plurality of second transmit antennas for transmitting a spatially beamformed second transmit beam directed towards a receive beam of the first wireless terminal, and a second receive antenna array having a plurality of second receive antennas for forming a spatially beamformed second receive beam directed toward the transmit beam of the first terminal. | 10-06-2011 |
20110243041 | Cellular Communication System and Method for Broadcast Communication - A time division duplex (TDD) cellular communication system ( | 10-06-2011 |
20110249597 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PILOT-REUSE IN RECIPROCITY-BASED TRAINING SCHEMES FOR DOWNLINK MULTI-USER MIMO - A method and apparatus is disclosed herein for employing pilot-reuse for training in the downlink of a wireless communication network. In one embodiment, the method comprises coordinating assignment of pilot codes across base stations in the topology and coordinating assignment of codes across base station-user terminal pairs, including assigning, from a set of pilot codes, a subset of codes to each cell in the topology, and assigning codes in each subset of codes to user terminals in said each cell based on cell dependent criteria; receiving waveforms from user terminals transmitting their assigned pilots; obtaining channel estimate information for channels between base station antennas and user terminals to which the base station is transmitting, the channel estimates based on the received waveforms; and transmitting to user terminals based on the channel estimate information. | 10-13-2011 |
20110249598 | COMMUNICATIONS APPARATUS AND METHOD TO AVOID INTERFERENCE - A technique for time domain avoidance of communications link interference sources characterized by intermittent, periodic short bursts of energy. A transmitting source can be assigned two time slots within a time domain multiple access data frame over which each data packet can be transmitted. The time slots are separated by a duration greater than that of an interference burst, such that an interference burst does not affect both time slots in any given frame. Therefore, the data packet can be received on at least one of the two assigned time slots. Transmitter power consumption can be reduced by calculating the timing of the periodic interference bursts, and only transmitting a data packet on one of the two assigned time slots that will not coincide with an interference burst in each frame. Communications link capacity can be improved during the presence of interference by synchronizing the data frame to the timing of the interference bursts. The bursts then occupy fixed time slots in each data frame, enabling standard single time slot transmissions for the remaining communications channels in the data frame. | 10-13-2011 |
20110255450 | MULTIPLEXING OF PEER-TO-PEER (P2P) COMMUNICATION AND WIDE AREA NETWORK (WAN) COMMUNICATION - Techniques for supporting peer-to-peer (P2P) communication and wide area network (WAN) communication are disclosed. In one aspect, P2P communication may be supported on an uplink spectrum. A user equipment (UE) may communicate (i) with a base station on both a downlink spectrum and an uplink spectrum for WAN communication and (ii) with another UE on only the uplink spectrum for P2P communication. In another aspect, P2P communication may be supported by time division multiplexing the downlink and uplink (or transmit and receive links) for two UEs. In yet another aspect, WAN communication and P2P communication may be time division multiplexed, so that both can be concurrently supported by a UE. In yet another aspect, transmission gaps may be provided between WAN transmissions and P2P transmissions in order to avoid interference between these transmissions. | 10-20-2011 |
20110255451 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DATA TRANSMISSION USING A DATA FRAME - A method and apparatus for transmitting data using a frame in a broadband wireless communication system are disclosed. The method for transmitting and receiving data in a broadband wireless communication system includes: setting a data frame for transmitting and receiving data through uplink and downlink; and transmitting and receiving data through the set data frame, wherein the data frame includes one or more first subframes and one or more second subframes including a different number of data symbols from that of data symbols of the first subframe. | 10-20-2011 |
20110261728 | CHANNEL RESERVATION IN TIME DIVISION DUPLEX WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Channel reservation in time division duplex for devices in systems involving, for example user devices and access points, may be accomplished using channel reservation request messages, such as request-to-send (RTS) messages and channel reservation grant messages, such as clear-to-send (CTS) messages. A method for channel reservation may include preparing a frame including at least one channel reservation request message and at least one channel reservation grant message. The preparing may include multiplexing the at least one channel reservation request message and the at least one channel reservation grant message at least by frequency-division multiplexing. The method may also include transmitting the frame from a first node to a second node, wherein the channel reservation request message and the channel reservation grant message relate to communications between the first node and the second node. | 10-27-2011 |
20110261729 | METHOD OF PERFORMING HYBRID AUTOMATIC REPEAT REQUEST (HARQ) IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of performing hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) performed by a user equipment (UE) in a wireless communication system is provided. The method includes receiving downlink assignments in a first subframe, a downlink assignment being transmitted based on a control channel element (CCE), the CCE being a logically indexed resource unit, receiving downlink data on a downlink shared channel in the first subframe, the downlink shared channel being assigned according to the downlink assignments, generating ACK/NACK signals which indicate successful or unsuccessful reception of the downlink data, and transmitting in a second subframe, the ACK/NACK signals by using uplink resources of a subset, the subset being mapped to the first subframe, at least one of the uplink resources being mapped to a plurality of CCEs in the first subframe. Limited resources for uplink feedback are effectively used to support HARQ operation. | 10-27-2011 |
20110261730 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DATA TRANSMISSION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A data transmitter for a wireless communication system is provided. Said apparatus comprises an OFDM (Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing) symbol generating part that generates a plurality of OFDM symbols, a frame configuration part that configures a frame comprising includes said plurality of OFDM symbols, and a transmission part that transmits said plurality of OFDM symbols based on said frame that has been configured. Said frame is divided into a plurality of sub-frames, the number of OFDM symbols that are included in an optional sub-frame is any one of 5, 6, and 7, and the bandwidth of said wireless communication system is 8.75 MHz. Based on a new frame configuration, new parameter requirements may be satisfied taking backward compatibility into account. | 10-27-2011 |
20110261731 | METHOD FOR UPLINK POWER CONTROL IN OFDMA TDD SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method for uplink power control in an OFDMA TDD system. The method for uplink power control according to the present invention comprises: calculating an RSSI average by using RSSI measured from a downlink signal; and carrying out an uplink power control based on the RSSI average, with the RSSI average being calculated by using a weight that is determined depending on a channel variation rate and link symmetry. | 10-27-2011 |
20110267994 | Method, System, and Apparatus for Determining Uplink Transmission Power in Time Division Duplex System - A method for determining uplink transmission power in time division duplex system is disclosed: a base station determines the current distribution manner of uplink and downlink sub-frames, acquires the frame correspondence information that corresponds to the distribution manner of said uplink and downlink sub-frames, selects, based on said frame correspondence information, downlink sub-frames to transmit to a terminal the power control (TPC) commands that correspond to the uplink sub-frames. Before using the uplink sub-frames to transmit data, the terminal determines the current distribution manner of uplink and downlink sub-frames, acquires the frame correspondence information that corresponds to the distribution manner of said uplink and downlink sub-frames, determines, based on the frame correspondence information, the downlink sub-frames that are used for transmitting the TPC commands; acquires the TPC commands received by the downlink sub-frames, and determines the data transmission power of the uplink sub-frames based on said TPC commands. The present invention also discloses a time division duplex data transmission system and an apparatus therefor. With the present invention, a time division duplex system can transmit and receive TPC commands based on the frame correspondence information, thereby enabling correct and effective uplink power control performance. | 11-03-2011 |
20110267995 | Apparatus and method for transmitting ACK/NACK in TDD system - The present invention provides a method and apparatus for transmitting an ACK/NACK in a TDD system. A component carrier (CC) configuration for a user equipment (UE) and a transmission mode of each CC are received. An ACK/NACK feedback mode is selected based on an overhead status for feedback in an uplink. An ACK/NACK is processed according to the selected feedback mode. And the ACK/NACK is transmitted in the uplink. The method provided by the present invention can avoid excessive overhead for feedback in uplink in various extreme circumstances while ensuring satisfying performances of downlinks under many configurations. | 11-03-2011 |
20110267996 | SYSTEM INFORMATION TRANSMISSION METHOD - A system information transmission method in a communication system includes that: a base station configures system information which includes resource mapping information; the base station transmits the resource mapping information through a broadcast control channel. By means of configuring and transmitting the system information, a terminal is able to obtain the resource configuration, mapping and/or allocation conditions of the base station. | 11-03-2011 |
20110267997 | SIGNAL TRANSMISSION METHOD USING MBSFN SUBFRAME IN RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A signal transmission method using a multicast broadcast single frequency network (MBSFN) subframe in a radio communication system is provided. The method includes: selecting a plurality of relay stations for transmitting a plurality of backhaul signals, and transmitting the plurality of backhaul signals to the selected respective relay stations by using different radio resources, wherein each of the selected relay stations configures a subframe for receiving each of the plurality of backhaul signals as the MBSFN subframe. Accordingly, the backhaul signal can be transmitted between the base station and the plurality of relay stations by effectively using the radio resources. | 11-03-2011 |
20110274015 | TDD Time Slot Splitting - The invention discloses a method for a cellular communications system, in which traffic is sent in frames, each frame comprising a first number of subframes, with a second number of said subframes being available for at least either uplink or downlink traffic. At least one of said second number of subframes is made to comprise at least three parts, as follows:
| 11-10-2011 |
20110280162 | Multiple Antenna Method And Apparatus For Reducing Inter-Cell Interference In Multi-User Wireless Systems - A method is provided to reduce inter-cell interference in mobile wireless systems, and particularly in TDD wireless systems. In an embodiment, a base station receives a pilot signal from at least one of the mobile terminals that it serves at a plurality of base station antennas, which include both main antennas and auxiliary antennas. In response, each of the base station antennas provides an output that is processed to obtain a set of precoding weights for a transmission from the main antennas. The processing includes nulling at least one interfering signal using the outputs from at least the auxiliary antennas. | 11-17-2011 |
20110280163 | Precoding in Telecommunication Network - It is described a method for compensating interference effects within a telecommunication network including at least a first base station and a second base station, which serve in a cooperative manner a first user equipment and a second user equipment by using time division duplex. The method is applied in an operational state, in which the first base station is in a downlink mode and the second base station is in an uplink mode. The method includes (a) determining at least one of a first channel state information between the first base station and the second base station and a second channel state information between the first user equipment and the second user equipment, (b) encoding data signals based on the first and/or the second channel state information, and (c) transmitting the encoded data signals by the first base station and/or by the second base station. It is further described a telecommunication network, a program element and a computer readable medium, which are adapted to carry out or control the described method. | 11-17-2011 |
20110286369 | Wireless communication system - In a wireless communication system, a central control unit | 11-24-2011 |
20110286370 | UTILIZATION METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR GUARD BAND - A utilization method and apparatus for guard band, used under the premise that side-channel interference is suppressed when a time division duplex (TDD) system and a frequency division duplex (FDD) system coexist, utilizes guard band effectively and increases utilization rate of mobile communication spectrum resources. The utilization method for guard band comprises: a first base station in a TDD system allocates a first frequency resource within an uplink guard band to a first user equipment and issues resource scheduling information (S | 11-24-2011 |
20110292845 | METHOD AND EQUIPMENT FOR USER'S UPLINK DATA SCHEDULING - A method for user uplink data scheduling and an user equipment are applied in multi-period mode semi-persistent scheduling under 3GPP Long Term Evolution TDD configuration 2, the method includes setting the different offsets delta of periods for multi-period mode semi-persistent scheduling started by each uplink sub-frame in 10 ms radio frame, determining the periods of multi-period mode semi-persistent scheduling started by each uplink sub-frame in 10 ms radio frame according to the set delta, and scheduling the uplink new conveyed package data of user according to the periods of multi-period mode semi-persistent scheduling started by each uplink sub-frame in 10 ms radio frame. The method and user equipment can be used to increase the utilization ratio of resource, and are simple and easy to use. | 12-01-2011 |
20110292846 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING THE CONFIGURATION MODE OF SPECIAL SUBFRAME AND THE USAGE MODE OF TIME-DOMAIN RESOURCE - A method and an apparatus for determining the configuration mode of special subframe of a cell are provided, and the method includes: receiving notification messages sent from adjacent cells, and the notification messages containing the information indicating the configuration modes of special subframes of the adjacent cells; determining the configuration modes of special subframes of the adjacent cells in accordance with the notification messages; among the possible configuration modes of special subframes of the current cell, selecting preferably a configuration mode of special subframe, which meets the interference requirement of the current cell and has less interference with the adjacent cells, as the current configuration mode of special subframe. The embodiments of the present invention also provide a method and an apparatus for determining the usage mode of the time-domain resource of a cell. | 12-01-2011 |
20110292847 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ALLOCATING CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION-REFERENCE SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Embodiments of the present invention relate to a wireless communication system, and more particularly, to a technology for allocating a Channel State Information-Reference Signal (CSI-RS) in a wireless communication system. | 12-01-2011 |
20110292848 | METHOD AND SYSTEM WHEREIN TIMESLOTS ALLOCATED FOR COMMON CONTROL CHANNELS MAY BE REUSED FOR USER TRAFFIC - A network apparatus for use in a wireless time division duplex (TDD) code division multiple access communication system includes a processor configured to allocate a time slot in a frame for a plurality of cells for transmission of data over a forward access channel (FACH). Each of the plurality of cells is allocated a different time slot in the frame for transmission of the data over the FACH. | 12-01-2011 |
20110299438 | FRONT END MODULE WITH AN ANTENNA TUNING UNIT - A radio front end includes an antenna tuning unit, a duplexer, a balancing network, and a processing module. The antenna tuning unit is operably coupled to an antenna and operable to tune an operational characteristic of the antenna based on an antenna tuning signal. The duplexer is operably coupled to the antenna tuning unit and operable to provide electrical isolation between an outbound wireless signal and an inbound wireless signal. The balancing network is operably coupled to the duplexer and operable to establish an impedance that substantially matches an impedance of the antenna. The processing module is operable to estimate the impedance of the antenna to produce an estimated antenna impedance and to generate the antenna tuning signal based on the estimated antenna impedance. | 12-08-2011 |
20110299439 | EFFICIENT LOCATION UPDATES, PAGING AND SHORT BURSTS - A mobile terminal in a wireless communication network may be one of several modes of operation. When in an idle mode, the mobile terminal may avoid a lengthy random access procedure normally associated with responding to a page from a base station, if the base station includes in the page an indication of a resource that the mobile terminal may utilize when responding to the page. Additionally, the mobile terminal may transmit an efficient location update MAC header to a base station, whether prompted to by a page from the base station or not. Furthermore, without leaving the idle mode or a sleep mode, the mobile terminal may exchange short data burst messages with a base station. | 12-08-2011 |
20110310777 | METHOD AND EQUIPMENT FOR USER'S UPLINK DATA SCHEDULING - A user uplink data scheduling method and user equipment, which are applied to multiple-periodicity mode semi-persistent scheduling supporting Transmission Timing Interval (TTI) bundling in the second Downlink/Uplink (DL/UL) timing interval proportion configuration mode (Time Division Duplex (TDD) DL/UL subframe configuration 1) in a Third Generation Partnership Project (3GPP) Long Term Evolution (LTE) TDD system. The user uplink data scheduling method includes the steps of: acquiring an indication message transmitted from a base station for indicating user uplink data based on the multiple-periodicity mode semi-persistent scheduling; setting a periodicity offset of the multiple-periodicity mode semi-persistent scheduling; determining the periodicities of the multiple-periodicity mode semi-persistent scheduling of per two adjacent TTI bundles according to the set offset; scheduling user uplink new transmission packet data according to the determined periodicities of the multiple-periodicity mode semi-persistent scheduling. The problem that the new-transmission packet and the re-transmission packet of the same user of the multiple-periodicity semi-persistent scheduling conflict is solved, and signal overhead is reduced when TTI bundling supports the VoIP service and so on. | 12-22-2011 |
20110310778 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RELAYING DATA IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of relaying data in a wireless communication system is provided. The method comprises: receiving data, transmitted over a first subframe from a base station, over a second subframe; and relaying the data to a user equipment over a third subframe which is placed after one or more subframes from the second subframe, wherein at least any one of the first and the second subframes is a non-detection subframe to which the user equipment does not attempt data detection. According to the present invention, the wireless communication system enables efficient data transmission between a base station and a relay station as compared to conventional subframe-configurated systems. Furthermore, the wireless communication system enables data transmission with improved wireless resource allocation efficiency | 12-22-2011 |
20110317596 | OPTIMIZED SIGNALING OF DEMODULATION REFERENCE SIGNAL PATTERNS - Orthogonality in cyclic shift (CS) and orthogonal cover code (OCC) selection for DMRS in MIMO is improved by new n | 12-29-2011 |
20120002575 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING A SIGNAL USING A TIME DIVISION DUPLEXING FRAME STRUCTURE IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to transmission and reception of a frame for a legacy support mode of IEEE 802.16m system for supporting a legacy system. A method of transmitting an uplink signal, in which a signal is transmitted by a user equipment in a wireless mobile communication system, according to the present invention includes the step of transmitting the signal from the user equipment, wherein the signal is transmitted via an uplink frame including 15 OFDMA (orthogonal frequency division multiple access) symbols and wherein the uplink frame comprises a first uplink subframe including 9 OFDMA symbols and a second uplink subframe including 6 OFDMA symbols. Preferably, the user equipment is multiplexed with a second user equipment supporting a legacy system for the wireless mobile communication system only by FDM for an uplink. | 01-05-2012 |
20120002576 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR AVOIDING INTERFERENCE CAUSED BY NON-SYNCHRONIZATION IN RELAY TDD SYSTEM - The present invention provides a method and a device for eliminating interference in a wireless relay TDD system. Data is sent between a relay station and a base station by occupying time slots of guard period, thereby the interference caused by non-synchronization between the base station and the relay station is eliminated. | 01-05-2012 |
20120014296 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING DATA IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method for transmitting and receiving data in a wireless communication system. The method of transmitting data in a wireless communication system according to an embodiment of the present invention supports time division duplex (TDD), and a base station transmits data to a terminal through a first sub-frame of a first frame and receives a confirmatory response to the data through a second sub-frame of a second frame. The second frame is determined according to hybrid automatic retransmit request (HARQ) processing latency which is the minimal required time from the reception of the data to the transmission of the confirmatory response by the first frame and the terminal. The second sub-frame is determined according to both the first sub-frame and the numbers of the downlink and uplink sub-frames of the first frame, wherein the downlink and uplink sub-frames are respectively used in the HARQ operation. | 01-19-2012 |
20120020258 | SIMULTANEOUS OPERATION OF SHORT RANGE WIRELESS SYSTEMS WITH A MOBILE WIRELESS BROADBAND SYSTEM - Simultaneous operation of a short-ranged time division duplex (TDD) system with a mobile wireless broadband system may be implemented through scheduling and aligning both sets of communications. After determining a TDD frame configuration of the mobile wireless broadband system, a slot map is generated identifying slot-size selection information for each slot in the TDD frame configuration available for simultaneous operation. The slot-size selection information aligns the communication packet structure of the short-ranged TDD system and the uplink/downlink boundary of the TDD frame configuration. The communication device then transmits the slot map to a short-ranged TDD device for establishing the simultaneous operation. | 01-26-2012 |
20120026920 | METHOD OF COMMUNICATION USING FRAME - A device and method for communicating by a mobile communication terminal in communication with a base station. The method according to an embodiment includes exchanging a frame of data with the base station. The frame of data includes a) a plurality of first subframes each having a first number of orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA) symbols, and b) a plurality of second subframes each having a second number of orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA) symbols different from the first number. A first and a last subframe each includes one of the plurality of first subframes. | 02-02-2012 |
20120033588 | METHOD FOR PERFORMING A HARQ OPERATION IN A RADIO COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM, AND METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATION OF SUBFRAMES - There is provided a method for allocating subframes in a radio communications system that performs communication by using a radio frame including a plurality of subframes, the method including: selecting a backhaul downlink subframe in which a base station is to transmit a signal to a relay station; and allocating the backhaul downlink subframe to a substitution subframe which is not limitation subframes, when the selected backhaul downlink subframe corresponds to one of the limitation subframes, wherein the limitation subframes are subframes in which the relay station is to transmit essential information to a relay user equipment. Therefore, it is possible to overcome a limitation that is present in a link between the base station and the relay station, perform an HARQ operation, and improve the efficiency of radio resource allocation. | 02-09-2012 |
20120033589 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CO-EXISTENCE BETWEEN DIFFERENT RADIO ACCESS TECHNOLOGIES - Apparatuses and methods are provided for co-existence between different first and second radio access technologies (RATs). The apparatus is configured or caused to perform operations, which the method may include. The operations may include selecting parameter(s) of a frame structure of the first RAT so as to facilitate its co-existence with the second RAT. These parameters may include a given length of a cyclic prefix of subframe(s) of the first frame structure, or the types of subframes of which the first frame structure is composed. The operations may additionally or alternatively include selecting, for the first RAT, the uplink and/or downlink duration(s) and/or transmit transition gap therebetween so as to satisfy a number of conditions that may define co-existence between the first and second RATs. Further, the operations may additionally or alternatively include structuring cyclic prefixes of the frame structures of the first RAT to reduce network search complexity. | 02-09-2012 |
20120039221 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING SIGNAL USING A FRAME OF A PREDETERMINED CYCLIC PREFIX LENGTH IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for transmitting a signal using a frame having a predetermined cyclic prefix (CP) in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method for transmitting a signal using a frame having a predetermined cyclic prefix (CP) length in a wireless communication system that supports a plurality of cells comprises receiving the signal using a first frame from a base station; and transmitting the signal to the base station using the first frame, wherein the first frame is supported by a first cell of the plurality of cells and is different from a second frame supported by a second cell of the plurality of cells, the first frame has a structure where a overlap region between an uplink region of the first frame and a downlink region of the second frame or an overlap region between a downlink region of the first frame and an uplink region of the second frame is punctured, and a CP length of the first frame is different from that of the second frame. | 02-16-2012 |
20120063370 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, APPARATUS AND METHODS FOR PROVIDING AND ACQUIRING A SYSTEM INFORMATION MESSAGE - A network element for a cellular communication system comprises a signal processing logic module arranged to: generate a single system information message; generate a variable si-Windowlength parameter for transmission to the at least one wireless communication unit; and determine availability for downlink transmissions to the at least one wireless communication unit. The network element further comprises a transceiver arranged to transmit the si-Windowlength parameter and the single system information (S1) message to the at least one wireless communication unit in a variable length transmission time window (S1 window) a number of times, wherein the number of transmissions is based on the si-Windowlength parameter; wherein at least one of: a start time of a transmission of the single SI message, or a duration of the variable length transmission time window (SI window), is determined based on: (i) the si-Windowlength parameter; (ii) a transmission order; and (iii) on the availability for downlink transmissions. | 03-15-2012 |
20120063371 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNAL FOR LTE SYSTEM - Disclosed are a method and apparatus for transmitting an uplink Sounding Reference Signal (SRS), the method including identifying a number of downlink and uplink switch points within a radio frame N | 03-15-2012 |
20120063372 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ADAPTIVE CHANNEL UTILISATION - A transceiver with an adaptable filter and a method of controlling the settings of the filter to adapt to local channel assignments and usage are provided. The adaptable filter is connected in at least one of the transmitter path and the receiver path of the transceiver to separate signals from adjacent spectrum blocks to permit use of all of the channels in the adjacent spectrum blocks and to separate signals in adjacent or nearby channels in a shared-channel block. A method and system for forward link control signalling are provided. The forward link control signalling includes a frame for transmission that includes at least one control channel that includes control information for receivers sharing a common characteristic, and a guide channel that includes information pertaining to the at least one control channel, including control information for receivers sharing a common characteristic. | 03-15-2012 |
20120069780 | Node in a Wireless Communication System With Different Antenna Diversity Methods For Uplink and Downlink - The present invention relates to anode ( | 03-22-2012 |
20120082069 | Method and System for Time Division Duplexing (TDD) in a 60 GHZ Distributed Communication System - Methods and systems for antenna switching for time division duplexing (TDD) in a 60 GHz distributed communication system are disclosed and may include enabling one or more antenna configurations in one or more remote RF modules within a wireless communication device based on a measured signal characteristic. The RF modules may receive IF signals generated from baseband signals via one or more coaxial lines. TDD RF signals may be communicated via the antenna configurations with devices external to the wireless communication device. The IF signals may be tapped in the coaxial lines at taps coupled to the RF modules. The baseband signals may include video, streamed Internet, and/or data from a local data source. The TDD RF signals may be transmitted to a display device. Control signals for the RF devices may be communicated utilizing the coaxial lines. | 04-05-2012 |
20120082070 | ENABLING COEXISTENCE BETWEEN WIRELESS NETWORKS - Systems and methods for detecting and mitigating interference between from a first wireless time division duplex (TDD) communications device and a second wireless TDD communications device includes processing quality-indicator reports received from the first TDD device to determine if reception at the first TDD device has experienced interference from the second TDD device. Such interference at the first TDD device may indicate that the first TDD device may also cause interference to reception at the second TDD device. Accordingly, to mitigate the possible interference from the first TDD device, an uplink configuration of the first TDD base station may be adjusted. The adjustment of the uplink configuration may include configuring reception of data packets at the first TDD base station from the first TDD device in accordance with an interference-free time interval, an unprotected time interval, or a specific portion of an associated frequency band. | 04-05-2012 |
20120082071 | System Compatibility Method and Apparatus - A system compatibility method and apparatus are disclosed. The system compatibility method includes sending, according to a downlink resource configured in a new frame structure of a first system, information of a downlink resource carrier. The information of the downlink resource carrier includes information of a downlink resource carrier compatible with a second system. Information of an uplink resource carrier is received according to an uplink resource configured in the new frame structure of the first system. The information of the uplink resource carrier includes information of an uplink resource carrier compatible with the second system. | 04-05-2012 |
20120093041 | Signal transmission apparatus, electronic instrument and signal transmission method - A signal transmission apparatus includes: a transmission section adapted to transmit a transmission object signal as a radio wave; a reception section adapted to receive the radio wave transmitted from the transmission section and output an electric signal corresponding to the received radio wave; and a connection section adapted to connect a first housing and a second housing of an electronic instrument pivotably around a center axis; the connection section having a radio signal transmission line formed therein by which wireless transmission can be carried out between the transmission section and the reception section. | 04-19-2012 |
20120093042 | ASYMMETRIC TDD IN FLEXIBLE USE SPECTRUM - A method according to an embodiment of the invention includes receiving and transmitting signals over a time division duplex (TDD) communication path. Signals are received over the TDD communication path via a first portion of a first frequency band. The first frequency band is adjacent to a second frequency band and to a third frequency band. The first frequency band is different from the second frequency band and from the third frequency band. A first frequency division duplex (FDD) communication path can be operable in the second frequency band. A second FDD communication path can be operable in the third frequency band. Signals are transmitted over the TDD communication path via a second portion of the first frequency band that is different from the first portion of the first frequency band. | 04-19-2012 |
20120093043 | MULTI-CELL COMMUNICATION SYSTEM THAT PERFORMS INTERFERENCE CONTROL USING RELAY OF TERMINAL - A multi-cell communication system comprises at least a first base station and first terminal and a second base station and second terminal. When the first and second base stations need to perform interference control, the first terminal may relay a message related to the interference control between the first base station and the second base station. That is, the first terminal may transfer a message related to the interference control from the first base station to the second base station, and a message related to the interference control from the second base station to the first base station. As such, the first base station and the second base station can transmit/receive messages that are for performing interference control via the first terminal. | 04-19-2012 |
20120093044 | MULTIBAND WIRELESS APPARATUS - Provided is a multiband wireless apparatus that, even if the number of supported frequency bands increases, suppresses increase in the number of components, and completes cell search within a specified time. In a multiband wireless apparatus ( | 04-19-2012 |
20120099489 | SYSTEMS, APPARATUS AND METHODS FOR FACILITATING FREQUENCY REUSE FOR DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNELS - Systems and methods for frequency reuse on downlink control channels (DLCCs) are provided. One method can include determining a first number of symbols to support transmission of control information on a DLCC, and configuring a second number of symbols for transmission of the control information on the DLCC, wherein the second number of symbols is greater than the first number of symbols. The method can also include assigning a number of DLCCs based on the second number of symbols, and transmitting control information over an assigned number of DLCCs to achieve an effective reuse factor less than one. Another method can include identifying fractions of bandwidth in a system having cells, and allocating at least one of the cells to at least one of the fractions of bandwidth in a system. Resource element groups allocated to the fractions of bandwidth can be coordinated across cells to provide frequency reuse. | 04-26-2012 |
20120099490 | REPEATER AND METHOD FOR OPERATING SUCH A REPEATER - A repeater capable of emitting as little electromagnetic radiation as possible is described. The repeater can transmit communication signals between a base station and a network terminal in a radio transmission network, such as a mobile radio network. The repeater can include a transmitter that can transmit the communication signals as a radio signal to the network terminal. The repeater can also include a sensor for detecting a switching signal and a control unit that can change the transmitter between a passive operating state and an active operating state based on the switching signal. The transmission power of the transmitter can be lower in the passive operating state than in the active operating state. | 04-26-2012 |
20120099491 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING ACK/NACK INFORMATION IN MULTICARRIER-SUPPORTING WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for transmitting ACK/NACK information in a multicarrier-supporting wireless communication system are disclosed. A method for allowing a user equipment to transmit ACK/NACK information in a multicarrier-supporting wireless communication system includes generating individual ACK/NACK information in association with individual codewords received from a base station through N carriers (where N≧2) for use in M downlink subframes (where M≧2), performing, if the sum of numbers of bits of the individual ACK/NACK information exceeds a predetermined payload size and M is not set to | 04-26-2012 |
20120099492 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PERFORMING UPLINK COMMUNICATION BY MEANS OF RELAY STATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for performing Uplink (UL) communication by a Relay Station (RS) in a wireless communication system are provided. The RS receives a Transmit/receive Transition Gap (TTG) and a Receive/transmit Transition Gap (RTG) of a Base Station (BS) during a network entry process of the RS, receives, from the BS, an idle time R_IdleTime between frames used in the RS, and determines a structure of a UL frame. In the alternative, the RS determines a time interval Tad or an idle time R_IdleTime according to a predetermined scheme, and transmits the Tad or the R_IdleTime to the BS. The proposed apparatus and method reduce an overhead of a frame structure when the RS transitions from a transmission mode to a reception mode or from a reception mode to a transmission mode, the frame structure being for frames of the BS and it adjacent RS, thereby reducing interference. | 04-26-2012 |
20120106406 | Time division duplexing (TDD) style-based data transmission method and apparatus - The present disclosure discloses a method for transmitting data based on a Time Division Duplexing (TDD) standard, the method includes: setting a control parameter for analyzing and processing IP packet; receiving the IP packet from an IP layer and storing the IP packet into a receiving buffer according to the control parameter; scanning the IP packet in the receiving buffer, analyzing packet header information of the IP packet, adjusting a sending order of the IP packet according to the control parameter and sending the IP packet to a sending buffer according to the sending order; and sending the IP packet in the sending buffer to a Packet Data Convergence Protocol (PDCP) entity according to the sending order. The present disclosure further discloses a method for transmitting data based on a TDD standard. Through the device and method of the present disclosure, the utilization rate of an air interface and the speed of acquiring data from a network side by a subscriber are increased and the time of the subscriber is saved; and moreover, the network capacity is increased without the investment of hardware so as to reduce the operating cost. | 05-03-2012 |
20120106407 | GENERATION OF HARQ-ACK INFORMATION AND POWER CONTROL OF HARQ-ACK SIGNALS IN TDD SYSTEMS WITH DOWNLINK OF CARRIER AGGREGATION - Methods and apparatus are provided for a User Equipment (UE) configured to have multiple cells in a DownLink (DL) of a Time Division Duplex (TDD) communication system so as to determine a power of an acknowledgement signal that the UE transmits in a control channel and to determine a number of acknowledgement information bits that the UE multiplexes with data information bits in a data channel. A transmission power of the control signal is determined based on DL Assignment Index (DAI) Information Elements (IEs) in DL Scheduling Assignments (SAs) that the UE detects through multiple transmission time intervals and through the multiple configured DL cells. The number of acknowledgement information bits in the data channel is determined based on a DAI IE of an UpLink (UL) SA associated with the transmission of the data channel. | 05-03-2012 |
20120106408 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CODING OF HARQ-ACK TRANSMISSION IN TDD SYSTEMS WITH DOWNLINK CARRIER AGGREGATION - Methods and apparatus are provided for a User Equipment (UE) configured with multiple cells in a DownLink (DL) of a Time Division Duplex (TDD) communication system to determine the coding method for acknowledgement information bits as a function of their number, to apply bundling to the acknowledgement information bits when their number exceeds a first predetermined value, and to partition the acknowledgement information bits, possibly together with other control information bits, into two separate codewords when their total number exceeds a second predetermined value. | 05-03-2012 |
20120113875 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DYNAMICALLY MODIFYING A TRANSMISSION FRAME - An approach for dynamically modifying a transmission frame. A logic determines whether to modify a configuration of a transmission frame, including a time division duplex frame structure, for transmission over a cell and modifies the configuration of the transmission frame for transmission over the cell based on the determination. A transceiver then signals the modified configuration to a user equipment configured within the cell. | 05-10-2012 |
20120113876 | METHOD AND AN APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING AN ACK/NACK CHANNEL - A method for allocating an Acknowledgement/Negative Acknowledgement (ACK/NACK) channel by a Base Station (BS) in a Frequency Division Duplexing (FDD) system is provided. The method includes allocating downlink resources in one or more cells to a User Equipment (UE), transmitting, Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH) information and downlink data using the downlink resources, allocating at least four ACK/NACK channels to the UE, receiving ACK/NACK information for the PDCCH information and the downlink data fed back by using two antennas from the UE, and performing re-transmission or transmitting new data according to the ACK/NACK information, wherein at least two of the at least four ACK/NACK channels are the same as at least two ACK/NACK channels allocated by the BS in a mode not using a Spatial Orthogonal Resource Transmit Diversity (SORTD) scheme, and the at least two of the at least four ACK/NACK channels are allocated to different antennas. | 05-10-2012 |
20120120854 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR DYNAMIC ADJUSTMENT OF DOWNLINK/UPLINK ALLOCATION RATIO IN LTE/TDD SYSTEM - A method and system for dynamic adjustment of downlink/uplink resource allocation ratio in a long-term evolution (LTE) time division duplex (TDD) system is disclosed. The method includes replacing at least one uplink subframe in a subframe pattern with at least one of a mute subframe and a mute uplink pilot timeslot (UpPTS), within a geographical guard area that isolates at least two areas having different TDD allocation patterns. The method further includes scheduling an uplink transmission from at least one mobile terminal such that the at least one of the mute subframe and the mute UpPTS are unused. A simple solution or a TDD configuration index substitution solution, or any combination thereof, may be used to control the uplink transmission involving a mute subframe or a mute UpPTS. | 05-17-2012 |
20120120855 | Method and Apparatus in a Telecommunication System - Method and apparatus in a communication unit employing a wireless TDD or half duplex FDD transmission arrangement when communicating with a data sending party, for scheduling feedback reports for data blocks in received receive (RX) sub-frames, in transmit (TX) sub-frames available for transmission. An obtaining unit in the communication unit receives allocation parameters for the connection where the number of required feedback reports is greater than the number of allowed feedback reports. A scheduling unit in the communication unit then schedules feedback reports in available TX sub-frames according to a predetermined spreading rule also known by the data sending party, dictating that the feedback reports are spread out or distributed evenly over the available TX sub-frames. In this way, the number of feedback reports in a TX sub-frame can be reduced. | 05-17-2012 |
20120134305 | HYBRID AUTOMATIC REPEAT REQUEST FEEDBACK TRANSMISSION IN A MULTI COMPONENT-CARRIER COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Methods, systems, devices, and computer program products are described which facilitate the transmission and reception of acknowledgment/negative acknowledgment (ACK/NACK) feedback associated with downlink data transmissions in a multi-carrier wireless communication system. Scheduling request resources may be utilized to enable the transmission of ACK/NACK feedback for the multiple component carriers when a positive scheduling request is present and the techniques described may be utilized to improve the efficiency of control channel signaling in different system configurations. | 05-31-2012 |
20120140683 | METHOD OF EXPLOITATION OF CO-CHANNEL INTERFERENCE, APPARATUS AND COMPUTER PROGRAM - A method of canceling co-channel interference of a signal received by a mobile station having at least two receiving antennas, in a cellular OFDMA-TDD communication network having a serving base station and at least one interfering base station. The signal is a result of a serving signal transmitted by the serving base station which is distorted by at least one interfering signal transmitted by the interfering base station. The serving signal is transmitted with a first modulation scheme and the interfering signal is transmitted with a second modulation scheme. The method includes: a channel estimation phase delivering channel estimations of the serving signal and the interfering signal; and a MIMO detecting phase, detecting symbols by using the channel estimations of the serving signal and the interfering signal. The MIMO detection phase is realized using a non-linear method which uses the first modulation scheme and the second modulation scheme. | 06-07-2012 |
20120147793 | System and Method for the Coexistence of Multiple Communications Systems - A method for enabling a coexistence of multiple communications systems includes locating a gap in a first frame structure of a first communications protocol used in a first communications system, and shifting a second frame structure of a second communications protocol used in a second communications system into alignment with the gap to inhibit interference between simultaneous transmissions of the first communications system and the second communications system. The method also includes transmitting the shifted second frame structure to a communications device in the second communications system. | 06-14-2012 |
20120147794 | CHANNEL STATUS INFORMATION FEEDBACK METHOD AND APPARATUS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM WITH RELAY STATION - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system, and more particularly, to a channel status information feedback method and apparatus in a wireless communication system with a relay station. The method for transmitting channel status information according to one embodiment of the present invention comprises: receiving a backhaul downlink signal from a base station; generating channel status information based on the backhaul downlink signal; and transmitting the channel status information via a backhaul uplink subframe, wherein the backhaul uplink subframe to which the channel status information is transmitted can be determined based on a subframe index without a designated backhaul downlink subframe and a backhaul uplink transmission timing relation. | 06-14-2012 |
20120155337 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING SIGNALS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and a method for allocating resources for transmitting an HARQ ACK/NACK signal for a downlink subframe using a PUCCH format 3 in a time division duplex (TDD) system using a single carrier are provided. Since the resources are allocated through a resource indicator transmitted using a power control field transmitted on a PDCCH of the downlink subframe, the resources for transmitting the HARQ ACK/NACK signal may be allocated by effectively using resources allocated to a duplicately transferred control signal. | 06-21-2012 |
20120155338 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING REFERENCE SIGNAL IN TIME DIVISION DUPLEX SYSTEM - A method and apparatus of transmitting a reference signal in a time division duplex (TDD) system is provided. A base station (BS) generates a plurality of demodulation reference signals (DMRSs) for respective layers, maps the plurality of DMRSs to a downlink pilot time slot (DwPTS) region for downlink transmission within a special subframe; and transmits the plurality of DMRSs through a plurality of antennas. The special subframe is a subframe for separating uplink and downlink between an uplink (UL) subframe and a downlink (DL) subframe within a frame. | 06-21-2012 |
20120155339 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR COMMUNICATING USER EQUIPMENT SPECIFIC INFORMATION IN CELLULAR COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A cellular communication system includes a base station and a plurality of user equipment (UE). The base station includes a combine processor which combines user equipment specific information, such as power control commands or synchronisation information, for a plurality of user equipment. An encode processor encodes the combined user equipment specific information and a transceiver transmits the combined user equipment specific information in a minimum transmission resource unit of the cellular communication system. The minimum transmission resource unit may be a single channelisation code in a single time slot. | 06-21-2012 |
20120155340 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR COMMUNICATING USER EQUIPMENT SPECIFIC INFORMATION IN CELLULAR COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A cellular communication system includes a base station and a plurality of user equipment (UE). The base station includes a combine processor which combines user equipment specific information, such as power control commands or synchronisation information, for a plurality of user equipment. An encode processor encodes the combined user equipment specific information and a transceiver transmits the combined user equipment specific information in a minimum transmission resource unit of the cellular communication system. The minimum transmission resource unit may be a single channelization code in a single time slot. | 06-21-2012 |
20120163248 | Baton Handover From TDD-LTE to TD-SCDMA Systems - Certain aspects of the present disclosure propose techniques for performing a baton handover from TDD-LTE to TD-SCDMA systems. Certain aspects provide a method that generally includes receiving a handover command to handover from a base station (BS) of a first radio access technology (RAT) to a BS of a second RAT, switching uplink (UL) transmission from the BS of the first RAT to the BS of the second RAT, maintaining downlink (DL) transmission with the BS of the first RAT after switching the UL transmission to the BS of the second RAT, and switching the DL transmission from the BS of the first RAT to the BS of the second RAT after switching the UL transmission to the BS of the second RAT. | 06-28-2012 |
20120163249 | System and Method of Improving Redirection in a TD-SCDMA Circuit-Switched Fallback from TDD-LTE Systems - Certain aspects of the present disclosure propose techniques for improving redirection in a TD-SCDMA circuit-switched fallback from TDD-LTE systems. Certain aspects provide a method that generally includes initiating a call setup (CS) procedure for leaving a base station (BS) of a first radio access technology (RAT) for a call on a second RAT, receiving, in response to the CS procedure, a message from the BS of the first RAT comprising a system frame number (SFN) for the BS of the first RAT and an offset number for a BS of the second RAT for setting up the call, and generating an estimated SFN for the BS of the second RAT based on the SFN for the BS of the first RAT and the offset number. | 06-28-2012 |
20120163250 | System Synchronization in TD-SCDMA and TDD-LTE Systems - Certain aspects of the present disclosure propose techniques for synchronizing TD-SCDMA and TDD-LTE systems. Certain aspects provide a method that generally includes obtaining, from a base station (BS) of a first radio access technology (RAT), timing and a system frame number (SFN) for a BS of a second RAT, and performing network acquisition operations with the BS of the second RAT using the timing and the SFN. | 06-28-2012 |
20120163251 | DYNAMIC PACKET SCHEDULING METHOD, APPARATUS AND COMPUTER PROGRAM - A dynamic packet scheduling method in a cellular OFDMA-TDD network. The method includes the following steps: obtaining at least one PHY based index defining a preferred allocation of a mobile station among at least two frequency reuse zones in a cell of said communication network; and scheduling bursts of packets to transmit to the mobile station, by at least one frequency reuse zone among the at least two frequency reuse zones, in view of transmission requests and the at least one PHY based index. | 06-28-2012 |
20120163252 | METHOD FOR HARQ AND LINK ADAPTATION OF DEVICE TO DEVICE LINK IN DIRECT COMMUNICATION BETWEEN USER EQUIPMENTS AND RELAYING BY USER EQUIPMENT - Provided is a method of processing hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) and adaptive transmission of a device-to-device (D2D) link. In the method, an operation method of user equipment (UE) includes (a) receiving an initial transmission mode (TM) and transmission power for the D2D link from a base station, and performing data transmission through the D2D link, (b) determining, at the UE, a TM and transmission power of a succeeding subframe, or receiving a TM control value and a transmission power control value from counterpart UE of the D2D link and determining the TM and the transmission power of the succeeding subframe, and (c) performing the data transmission to the counterpart UE using the determined TM and transmission power. Here, (b) and (c) are repeated. | 06-28-2012 |
20120163253 | TDD BASE STATION FOR CODE GROUP SYNCHRONIZATION - A time division duplex (TDD) base station having a code group out of N code groups includes circuitry configured to transmit a primary synchronization code along with a plurality of secondary synchronization codes. The plurality of synchronization codes are quadrature phase shift keying modulated and number less than (log | 06-28-2012 |
20120163254 | MULTI-BAND CHANNEL AGGREGATION - Multiple channels are aggregated. In an example embodiment, first data is transmitted on a first channel to a wireless device, and second data is simultaneously transmitted on a second channel to the wireless device. The first data and the second data are transmitted in a coordinated manner by aggregating the first channel and the second channel. Various example channel characteristics and combinations thereof are described. Different data allocation options for aggregated channels are described. Other alternative implementations are also presented herein. | 06-28-2012 |
20120182907 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING PEER TO PEER COMMUNICATIONS - A wireless communications system supports both cellular communications and direct peer to peer communications. The cellular communications use FDD downlink and uplink bands for control and traffic signaling. An access point employs control over direct peer to peer communications. Peer to peer mode control signals from the access point are transmitted to wireless terminals using the FDD cellular downlink band. Peer to peer mode control signals from wireless terminals are transmitted to an access point using the FDD cellular uplink band. Peer to peer traffic signals between wireless terminals are communicated using a TDD band. In one embodiment, the access point communicates priority information to peer to peer network wireless terminals, and the wireless terminals make peer to peer traffic transmission decisions in a decentralized manner using the received priority information. In another embodiment, the access point directly schedules peer to peer traffic in the peer to peer network. | 07-19-2012 |
20120182908 | METHOD AND USER EQUIPMENT FOR SENDING UPLINK RESOURCE SCHEDULING REQUEST - A method for a user equipment sending an uplink resource scheduling request in a long term evolution mobile communication system and the user equipment thereof are provided. The present invention relates to a technique for the user equipment sending the uplink resource scheduling request in a long term evolution system, for reducing the user data transmission delay. The embodiments of the present invention set the minimum alternative option of the scheduling request transmission cycle configuration parameter as 2 ms or 1 ms, that is to say, add 2 ms or 1 ms, or 2 ms and 1 ms to the alternative option of the scheduling request transmission cycle configuration parameter, therefore, improving the flexibility of the whole system in the scheduling request transmission cycle configuration. When the data delay is required to be less, the user data transmission delay can be reduced, by using the 2 ms or 1 ms scheduling request transmission cycle configuration, to the delay requirement of 10 ms as close as possible. | 07-19-2012 |
20120195238 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR OBTAINING INFORMATION FROM TARGET BASE STATION - A method and an apparatus for obtaining information from a target base station are disclosed. The method includes: when a source base station needs to obtain information from a target base station, receiving, through an air interface, a system message in a certain format broadcast by the target base station; and parsing the system message, and obtaining required information. Through the present invention, an LTE base station can communicate with another LTE base station or with a heterogeneous base station directly through an air interface, thereby increasing the efficiency of communication between base stations. | 08-02-2012 |
20120201176 | Method of and Equalizer for Equalizing a Radio Frequency Filter | 08-09-2012 |
20120213129 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ACTIVATING OR DEACTIVATING SECONDARY CARRIERS IN TIME DIVISION DUPLEX MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING CARRIER AGGREGATION - A method and an apparatus for activating or deactivating a primary carrier and secondary carriers in a Time Division Duplex Long Term Evolution (TDD LTE) system using carrier aggregation are provided. An apparatus includes an User Equipment employing the method corresponding the operation associated with the activation and deactivation of SCells, which thereby performs communication with eNBs without errors. | 08-23-2012 |
20120213130 | CARRIER AGGREGATION FOR EVOLVED MULTIMEDIA BROADCAST MULTICAST SERVICE ENHANCEMENT - Carrier aggregation to enhance Evolved Multimedia Broadcast Multicast Service (eMBMS) includes transmitting unicast signaling for a unicast service on an anchor carrier to mobile entities, transmitting eMBMS signaling on a second carrier different from the anchor carrier to the mobile entities for use with the unicast signaling, and various techniques for practical application of carrier aggregation for eMBMS enhancement. In addition, allocating subframes used for MBMS on a Single Frequency Network (MBSFN) includes allocating at least a portion of one or more subframes otherwise reserved for unicast subframes on a mixed carrier to provide an increased allocation of subframes carrying MBSFN information, transmitting MBSFN signals on the increased allocation of subframes, and more detailed aspects. | 08-23-2012 |
20120213131 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - Wireless communication apparatus adopting a time division duplex system for transmission and reception using plural antennas, deviation of amplitude and phase occurring between transmission and reception circuits is detected and corrected using a communication signal. Channel estimation means detects channel information based on reception output of N reception circuits having a one-to-one correspondence with N antennas. Correction value detection means finds a correction value for correcting deviation occurring between each of N transmission circuits and each of the N reception circuits based on the channel information. A wireless communication apparatus transmits an already known signal (training signal) to a base station with which the wireless communication apparatus conducts communications. The base station executes channel estimation based on the already known signal and generates and transmits a correction signal (probe signal). The correction value detection means of the wireless communication apparatus detects the correction value using the correction signal. | 08-23-2012 |
20120218921 | SCHEDULING METHOD, MS APPARATUS USING THE SCHEDULING METHOD, DATA TRANSMISSION METHOD, AND BS APPARATUS USING THE DATA TRANSMISSION METHOD IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The method for scheduling, at an MS, data transmission and reception of neighbor BSs adjacent to the MS in a wireless communication system includes receiving number information through a specific downlink channel in a first time unit from each of the neighbor BSs, determining, among the neighbor BSs, a BS which is to transmit and receive data in a second time unit, in a predefined rule, according to the number information and fairness information based on one or more of a number of MSs within a cell served by each of the neighbor BSs and a number of time units that each of the neighbor BSs used previously for data transmission and reception, and transmitting a signal indicating that data transmission and reception in the second time unit are not possible, to the other neighbor BSs excluding the determined BS among the neighbor BSs. | 08-30-2012 |
20120218922 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR EMPLOYING DIFFERENT CAPABILITIES FOR DIFFERENT DUPLEXING MODES - Certain aspects of the present disclosure propose techniques for independently signaling features supported by a user equipment (UE) in different duplexing modes. The UE may be capable of communicating in frequency division duplexing (FDD) and time division duplexing (TDD) modes. The UE may obtain a FDD-specific feature group indicators (FGIs) set and a TDD-specific FGIs set, and signal at least one of the FDD-specific FGIs set or TDD-specific FGIs set. In addition, the UE may take one or more actions to reduce the likelihood of transitioning to a mode of operation that is different from its current mode of operation. | 08-30-2012 |
20120224515 | BASE STATION AND SIGNAL PROCESSING METHOD - A base station receives from a mobile station, a reference signal that includes two or more sequences of a fixed length and calculates, as information for uplink signal synchronization at the mobile station, delay with respect to a reference time of the reference signal. The base station includes a first correlator that calculates the delay and a first correlation value calculated by correlating known sequences and the reference signal received during a first interval set based on the reference time and including a period equivalent to the fixed length; a second correlator that calculates a second correlation value by correlating the known sequences and the reference signal received during a second interval different from the first interval and including a period equivalent to the fixed length; and a corrector that based on a comparison result of the first and the second correlation values, determines whether to correct the calculated delay. | 09-06-2012 |
20120230231 | METHOD IN WHICH A MOBILE TERMINAL TRANSMITS/RECEIVES A SIGNAL USING A PREDETERMINED TDD FRAME STRUCTURE IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The mobile station for transceiving signals using a predetermined time division duplex (TDD) frame structure in a wireless communication system includes a receiver for receiving a midamble from a base station (BS), and a relay station (RS). The receiver receives, from the BS, a first midamble through a second subframe of a downlink access zone of the BS and/or through a first subframe of a downlink relay zone that follows the downlink access zone. Alternatively, the receiver receives, from the RS, a second midamble through a second subframe of a downlink access zone of the RS. A transition gap in a downlink region is located in the last subframe of the downlink access zone of the RS, which follows the downlink access zone of the RS, and a transition gap in an uplink region is located in a first subframe of an uplink relay zone of the RS. | 09-13-2012 |
20120230232 | FLEXIBLE TIME DIVISION DUPLEX METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A flexible Time Division Duplex (TDD) method and apparatus is provided for improving efficiency of communication system. A communication method of a base station supporting TDD includes transmitting, to a terminal, first information including at least one of a flag indicating whether flexible subframes are used and an indicator indicating a candidate flexible subframe set to an uplink subframe; transmitting, to the terminal, second information including a switch flag indicating whether to use the candidate flexible subframe as a downlink subframe; and transmitting, to the terminal, when the candidate flexible subframe is indicated to be used as the downlink subframe, the candidate flexible subframe as the downlink subframe. | 09-13-2012 |
20120230233 | CLOSED-LOOP MIMO SYSTEMS AND METHODS - Methods, devices and systems are provided for transmitting and receiving MIMO signals. In one embodiment, transmitting_of the MIMO signals involves pre-coding each of at least two data symbols using a respective pre-coding codeword to preclude a corresponding plurality of pre-coded data symbols. A respective signal is transmitted from each of a plurality of antennas, the respective signal including one of the pre-coded signals and at least one pilot for use in channel estimation. The signals collectively further include at least one beacon pilot vector consisting of a respective beacon pilot per antenna, the beacon pilot vector containing contents known to a receiver for use by the receiver in determining the codeword used to pre-code the at least one data signal. | 09-13-2012 |
20120236765 | Method and system for synchronizing network nodes in time division duplex system - The disclosure discloses a method for synchronizing network nodes in a time division duplex system. The method includes that: a network node acquires the cell identity information of other network nodes, and inquires the synchronization status information of the other network nodes from a synchronization information node according to the cell identity information; the network node implements synchronization policy according to its own synchronization status and the inquired synchronization status of the other network nodes. A system for synchronizing the network nodes in the time division duplex system is also disclosed, which includes an acquiring unit ( | 09-20-2012 |
20120236766 | Method and System for Coexistence in a Multiband, Multistandard Communication System Utilizing a Plurality of Phase Locked Loops - Methods and systems for coexistence in a multiband, multistandard communication system utilizing a plurality of phase locked loops (PLLs) are disclosed. Aspects may include determining one or more desired frequencies of operation of a transceiver, determining a frequency of unwanted signals such as spurs, intermodulation, and/or mixing product signals, and configuring the PLLs to operate at a multiple of the desired frequencies while avoiding the unwanted signals. The desired frequencies may be generated utilizing integer, which may include multi-modulus dividers. The wireless standards may include LTE, GSM, EDGE, GPS, Bluetooth, WiFi, and/or WCDMA, for example. The frequencies may be configured to mitigate interference. PLLs may be shared when operating in TDD mode, and used separately operating in FDD mode. One or more digital interface signals, zero exceptions on a transmitter spur emission mask, and sampling clocks for ADCs and/or DACs in the transceiver may be generated utilizing the PLLs. | 09-20-2012 |
20120236767 | Power Control Method, Base Station and Terminal for Physical Uplink Control Channel - A power control method for a Physical Uplink Control Channel, which includes: when the response information of multiple Physical Downlink Shared Channels (PDSCH) sent by a base station over multiple component carriers is sent on one Physical Uplink Control Channel (PUCCH), the base station indicating a unified transmitted power control command for the Physical Uplink Control Channel; or the base station indicating multiple transmitted power control commands for the Physical Uplink Control Channel. The present invention also provides a base station and a user equipment. | 09-20-2012 |
20120243446 | MULTI-BAND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE WITH MULTIPLEXER AND METHOD OF MULTIPLEXING MULTI-BAND WIRELESS SIGNALS - An apparatus includes: a first multiplexer configured to allow bi-directional communication over a first plurality of multiplexed communication bands that each include a corresponding transmit band and a corresponding receive band, wherein none of the transmit bands of the first multiplexer have transmit frequencies that overlap with any receive frequencies of any of the receive bands of the first multiplexer; a second multiplexer configured to allow bi-directional communication over a second plurality of multiplexed communication bands that each include a corresponding transmit band and a corresponding receive band, wherein none of the transmit bands of the second multiplexer have transmit frequencies that overlap with any receive frequencies of any of the receive bands of the second multiplexer; and an electromechanical band switch configured to selectively connect the first and second multiplexers to a common antenna. | 09-27-2012 |
20120243447 | DUAL ANTENNA DISTRIBUTED FRONT-END RADIO - Certain aspects of the present disclosure provide a dual antenna distributed radio frequency front end (RFFE). RFFE topologies described herein may provide lower insertion loss (IL), reduced emission mask, decreased power consumption, and/or lower noise figure (NF) compared to conventional RFFE topologies. One example apparatus for wireless communications generally includes first and second power amplifiers (PAs) for amplifying signals for transmission, a transmit antenna for transmitting the amplified signals, a receive antenna for receiving other signals to be processed in a receive path, and a first transmit filter configured to filter the amplified signals from the first PA before amplification by the second PA. For certain aspects, a divided inter-stage filter providing overlapping frequency bands may be utilized. For certain aspects, the RFFE may support frequency-division duplexing (FDD)/TDD (time-division duplexing) coexistence, including support for FDD/TDD MIMO (multiple input multiple output). | 09-27-2012 |
20120243448 | METHOD,SYSTEM AND DEVICE FOR SENDING UPLINK FEEDBACK INFORMATION - A method and device for acquiring user equipment duplex mode information are disclosed by the present invention, wherein, the method includes: the user equipment establishes a radio resource control connection with a base station, and reports the user equipment duplex mode information when establishing the radio resource control connection. With the technical scheme provided in the embodiments of the present invention, the network side acquires the duplex mode of the user equipment. | 09-27-2012 |
20120250589 | TIME DOMAIN SIGNAL GENERATION - Embodiments of apparatuses, articles, methods, and systems for efficient generation of a time domain signal in multi-carrier communications are generally described herein. Other embodiments may be described and claimed. | 10-04-2012 |
20120250590 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE WITH BOTH A WIRELESS TRANSCEIVER AND A WIRELESS PAGING RECEIVER - A wireless communication device receives a first user instruction to execute a first application requiring first wireless communications. The device selects a first wireless protocol for the first wireless communications based on the first application. A transceiver in the device exchanges the first wireless communications with a first wireless communication access node using the first wireless protocol and monitors a first paging channel of the first wireless protocol. A paging receiver monitors a second paging channel of a second wireless protocol in response to the application-based selection of the first wireless protocol. | 10-04-2012 |
20120250591 | METHOD FOR CARRIER AGGREGATION AND METHOD FOR DYNAMIC SPECTRUM ALLOCATION - A method for carrier aggregation comprises: in a first time zone, sending, by a radio access point, a downlink signal to a user terminal by using a first guard band between a time division duplexing (TDD) system and a frequency division duplexing (FDD) system and a bidirectional communication band of the TDD system; or/and, in a second time zone, receiving, by the radio access point, a uplink signal sent by the user terminal using a second guard band between the TDD system and the FDD system and the bidirectional communication band. A method for dynamically allocating a spectrum is further provided. By way of the present invention, the utilization rate of the guard band and the flexibility in the use of the guard band are improved. | 10-04-2012 |
20120250592 | COMMUNICATION METHOD AND APPARATUS BETWEEN A TERMINAL AND A BASE STATION VIA A FRAME IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM INCLUDING A RELAY STATION - The present invention provides an embodiment of a method and system for applying a hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) scheme to a system employing a relay station. According to one embodiment of the present invention, a frame including an access zone and a relay zone can be configured based on the HARQ timing which can be calculated based on the structure of the access zone and relay zone. Also, according to one embodiment of the present invention, the structure of the access zone and relay zone can be determined by multiplexing communication systems that support two kinds of systems different from each other. According to one embodiment of the present invention, the HARQ scheme can be applied even to a frame including an access zone and a relay zone, by calculating the HARQ timing. | 10-04-2012 |
20120257548 | ACTIVE CODE SELECTION FOR JOINT-DETECTION BASED TDSCDMA RECEIVER - A TD-SCDMA receiver includes a joint detector that receives an input signal from a transceiver. The joint detector analyzes the input signal to using an active code selection (ACS) to determine whether one or more neighboring cells are used in conjunction with a servicing cell. Also, the ACS assigns a first matrix that includes necessary active coded channels including those associated with the one or neighboring cells so as to formulate a channel matrix. | 10-11-2012 |
20120257549 | PACKET-SWITCH HANDOVER IN SIMULTANEOUS TDD-LTE AND TD-SCDMA MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS - A mobile device capable of communicating on multiple radio access networks simultaneously may concurrently operate calls of a first call type on a first network and a second call type on the second network. As the mobile device approaches the limits of the service area of the second network it may take measurements to result in the call of the second call type to be serviced by the serving cell of the first network which is serving the mobile device for the first call type. In this manner the mobile device may ensure that when it leaves the service area of the second network, the calls of the first call type and second call type are served by the same serving cell in the first network. | 10-11-2012 |
20120257550 | MEASUREMENT IN SIMULTANEOUS TDD-LTE AND TD-SCDMA/GSM SYSTEMS - In a mobile device for wireless communication capable of communicating on multiple radio access technologies (RATs), cell selection may be improved by reusing cell measurements for inter-RAT cell selection. This will reduce the number of cell measurements taken and improve mobile device performance. A time threshold may be used to instigate new cell measurement to prevent cell measurement data from being outdated. | 10-11-2012 |
20120257551 | Duplex Communication Method, Terminal Scheduling Method and System - The present invention provides a method for duplexing communication, and a method and a system for scheduling a terminal. The method for scheduling a terminal includes: determining capability information of the terminal when the terminal makes a request for a service; allocating a band resource for the terminal according to the capability information of the terminal and the currently available band resources, and sending information of the allocated band resource to the terminal in the band currently used by the terminal, wherein the allocated band resource includes a bidirectionally used band, and at least one of the uplink band and downlink band includes a unidirectional band; and communicating with the terminal in the manner of time division duplexing by way of the allocated band resource. The present invention makes the best of the band resources near the TDD licensed band and improves the communication efficiency. | 10-11-2012 |
20120257552 | TRANSMISSION OF CONTROL INFORMATION FOR FDD-TDD CARRIER AGGREGATION - Techniques for transmitting control information to support communication on multiple component carriers (CCs) are disclosed. A user equipment (UE) may be configured for operation on multiple CCs. These CCs may be associated with control messages having different definitions. For example, a control message for a CC configured for frequency division duplex (FDD) may have a different definition than a control message for a CC configured for time division duplex (TDD). A base station may send first control information for a first CC based on a definition of a control message for a second CC, instead of a definition of a control message for the first CC. The control message for the second CC may be selected for use to send the first control information based on various designs. | 10-11-2012 |
20120257553 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING REFERENCE SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method and an apparatus for transmitting a reference signal by a base station in a wireless communication system. The base station generates a channel state information (CSI) reference signal (RS) for each of a plurality of layers, performs mapping the plurality of CSI-RSs to a resource element set constituted by a plurality of resource elements(REs) in a subframe and transmits the subframe with the plurality of mapped CSI-RSs. The plurality of resource elements constituting the resource element set are resource elements that are arranged with constant subcarrier spacing in two neighboring orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) symbols, and the subframe has an extended cyclic prefix (CP) structure including 12 OFDM symbols. | 10-11-2012 |
20120257554 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DEFINING TRANSCEIVING TIMING OF A PHYSICAL CHANNEL IN A TDD COMMUNICATION SYSTEM WHICH SUPPORTS CROSS-CARRIER SCHEDULING - The present invention relates to a method for defining, in a TDD wireless communication system in which broadband is configured by means of carrier aggregation, transceiving timing for a data channel and a control channel when cross-carrier scheduling is implemented. | 10-11-2012 |
20120263079 | TDD FDD Communication Interface - TDD access equipment modified by introducing a frequency change at the normal TDD guard point, with respective downlink or uplink periods for individual subscriber stations offset to form overlapping frames. Cyclo-stationary processing, block equalization, and burst timing coordination allow the boundary between downlink and uplink portions of both frames to be set dynamically, improving spectral efficiency. Fast frequency switching within an allotted physical slot enables synchronization of time-sharing the dedicated frequencies to be maintained among subscriber stations. Duplex spacing between downlink and uplink frequencies for individual subscriber stations, combined with in-depth filtering of received signals, prevents spurious out-of-band transmission signal strength from reaching an interference level. | 10-18-2012 |
20120269103 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING ACKNOWLEDGEMENT INFORMATION IN A TDD COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Methods and apparatus are described for a User Equipment (UE) configured with multiple cells in the downlink of a time division duplex communication system to transmit HARQ-ACK information in a Physical Uplink Shared CHannel (PUSCH), to map HARQ-ACK bits transmitted in a PUSCH to information regarding correct or incorrect detections of data transport blocks in different cells and different transmission time intervals, and to provide a same understanding with an intended reception point of the information represented by HARQ-ACK bits the UE transmits in a PUSCH. | 10-25-2012 |
20120269104 | Method and System for a Greedy User Group Selection with Range Reduction in TDD Multiuser MIMO Downlink Transmission - Certain aspects of a method and system for processing signals in a communication system may include maximizing system capacity for a communication system, based on a signal for a user within a search range and at least one other signal for one other user within the search range. The search range may be generated by sorting a plurality of signals based on a channel gain corresponding to each of the plurality of signals. The signal for the user may be selected from the search range corresponding to a channel gain that is greater than a channel gain corresponding to a remaining portion of the search range. | 10-25-2012 |
20120275352 | Wireless relay device and method for wireless relay device to communicate with base station and terminal - A wireless relay device includes: a first receiving channel configured to receive signals from a base station or from a base station and a terminal, a second receiving channel configured to receive signals from the terminal, a first sending channel configured to send signals to the base station or to the base station and the terminal, and a second sending channel configured to send signals to the terminal, and further includes a radio frequency control unit configured to, during communicating with the base station and the terminal, control the first receiving channel, the second receiving channel, the first sending channel and the second sending channel to use frequency bands in the following mode: receiving signals synchronously from the base station and the terminal in a first time interval, and sending signals synchronously to the base station and the terminal in a second time interval, wherein the third frequency band and the fifth frequency band are two guard bands between the working frequency band of a Frequency Division Duplex (FDD) system and the second frequency band serving as the working frequency band of a Time Division Duplex (TDD) system. The disclosure realizes the bidirectional relay communication between the base station and the terminal by using an idle guard band, increasing the utilization efficiency and the utilization flexibility of the guard band. | 11-01-2012 |
20120275353 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING COMMON CHANNEL COVERAGE USING BEAMFORMING ANTENNAS - A wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) includes circuitry configured to receive information from a base station indicating an assignment of periodic time slots to transmit sounding signals and circuitry configured to transmit sounding signals to the base station in the assigned periodic time slots in response to the received information, wherein a timing of transmission of the sounding signals in response to the received information differs between a time division duplex mode and a frequency division duplex mode, and wherein the transmitted sounding signals are distinguishable from sounding signals from other WTRUs. | 11-01-2012 |
20120281598 | Wireless access system using multiple modulation formats in TDD frames and method of operation - A radio frequency (RF) modem shelf for use in a fixed wireless access network comprising, a plurality of base stations capable of bidirectional time division duplex (TDD) communication with wireless access devices disposed at subscriber premises. The shelf comprises: a) a first RF modem for communicating with wireless access devices using TDD frames, each TDD frame having an uplink for, receiving data and a downlink for transmitting data; and b) a modulation controller associated with the RF modem shelf for determining an optimum modulation configuration for each of the wireless access devices communicating with the first RF modem. The controller causes the first RF modem to transmit downlink data to a first wireless access device in a first data block having a first optimum modulation configuration and to transmit downlink data to a second wireless access device in a second data block having a different second optimum modulation configuration. | 11-08-2012 |
20120281599 | COMMUNICATION METHOD AND DEVICE - A communication method and device are applicable in a mobile communication system of LTE Type 2 wideband TDD. The method includes: transmitting, by a first communication device, to a second communication device a radio frame, where the radio frame includes a data timeslot for transmitting data, an uplink special timeslot and a downlink special timeslot for carrying synchronizing information, and the data timeslot is shorter than an original data timeslot by a first timeslot, and at least part of the first timeslot is located at the downlink special timeslot. | 11-08-2012 |
20120281600 | METHOD AND APPARATUS TO IMPROVE DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION (DRX) OPERATION FOR TDD (TIME DIVISION DUPLEX) AND FDD (FREQUENCY DIVISION DUPLEX) MODE IN CARRIER AGGREGATION (CA) - A method and apparatus are disclosed for performing DRX (Discontinuous) operation. In one embodiment, the method comprises (i) configuring a plurality of cells for carrier aggregation, (ii) configuring the plurality of cells with a plurality of TDD (Time Division Multiplex) UL-DL (Uplink-Downlink) configurations, (iii) configuring the plurality of cells for DRX operation, (iv) configuring a set of DRX timers for the plurality of cells, and (v) running the set of DRX timers for the plurality of cells. | 11-08-2012 |
20120281601 | METHOD AND APPARATUS TO IMPROVE INTER-BAND CARRIER AGGREGATION (CA) IN TDD (TIME DIVISION DUPLEX) MODE - A method and apparatus are disclosed to improve inter-band carrier aggregation (CA) in a UE (User Equipment) in TDD (Time Division Duplex) mode. In one embodiment, the method includes connecting the UE with a PCell (Primary Serving Cell). The method further includes configuring the UE with at least one SCell (Secondary Serving Cell), among which at least one SCell is deactivated, wherein TDD UL-DL (Uplink-Downlink) configurations of the PCell and the at least one SCell may be different. The method also includes taking a TDD UL-DL configuration of an activated serving cell into consideration for defining consecutive PDCCH (Physical Downlink Control Channel) subframes of a drx-InactivityTimer, and not taking a TDD UL-DL configuration of a deactivated serving cell into consideration. | 11-08-2012 |
20120281602 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD, AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL PROGRAM - A mobile station apparatus can stably communicate with a base station apparatus even when interference occurs due to a signal from another apparatus in a part of a frequency band used for communication. A second base station apparatus communicates with the mobile station apparatus using a common frequency band, which is all or part of a frequency band to be used for communication by the first base station apparatus, and a dedicated frequency band to be unused by the first base station apparatus. A communication band selection unit a | 11-08-2012 |
20120287828 | ACKNOWLEDGEMENT / NEGATIVE ACKNOWLEDGEMENT FEEDBACK FOR TDD - Bits for acknowledgement (ACK) and/or negative acknowledgement (NAK) may be allocated based on whether a special subframe configuration in a TDD configuration permits downlink transmission. For carrier aggregation, ACK/NAK bits may be allocated only to special subframes in component carriers (CCs) which permit downlink transmission. Also, for example, ACK/NAK bits may be allocated to all CC special subframes if a single CC is configured to allow downlink transmission on one of its special subframes. ACK/NAK bits may also be allocated to all special subframes. | 11-15-2012 |
20120294203 | DUAL CHANNEL TIME DIVISION DUPLEX (TDD) COMMUNICATION - A system and method to use existing Long Term Evolution (LTE) and Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access (WiMAX) based signaling to effectuate dual-channel Time Division Duplex (TDD) communication between two transceivers giving preference to one type of subframes (either downlink or uplink) for data transmission. In backhaul communications between pico (or femto) and macro base stations, using LTE and WiMAX's TDD mode in such a manner effectively reduces unnecessary transmissions of pilot and synchronization sequence in downlink signaling, thereby reducing the level of pilot overhead and minimizing interference when data is not being transmitted. Similarly, the use of existing LTE (or WiMAX) implementations of TDD radio frames in this manner may achieve radio silence for some duration (e.g., when no uplink sub-frames are transmitted) when operating in a license-exempt spectrum, thereby allowing other license-exempt devices to potentially share the radio channel during the silence period. | 11-22-2012 |
20120294204 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR IMPROVING ACKNOWLEDGEMENT/NEGATIVE ACKNOWLEDGEMENT FEEDBACK - A method, apparatus, and computer program product for wireless communication are provided to receive a downlink grant including a transmission power control (TPC) command and a downlink assignment index (DAI) for an uplink subframe, determine that a value for at least one of the TPC commands is an ACK/NACK resource indicator for an uplink control channel resource based on a value of the DAI, and transmit one or more ACK/NACK bits using the uplink control channel resource. In another example, an eNB may be equipped to transmit a downlink grant including TPC command and DAI for an uplink subframe, wherein the DAI is greater than 1 and the TPC command is replaced with an ACK/NACK resource indicator, and receive a signal including uplink control channel information, where ACK/NACK feedback for one or more downlink subframes associated with the uplink subframe are included in a resource indicated by the resource indicator. | 11-22-2012 |
20120294205 | Systems and Methods for Processing Time-Division Signals and Frequency-Division Signals - System and methods are provided for processing time-division signals and frequency-division signals using a multi-mode transceiver. The example system includes a power amplifier, a switching component, and a duplexer. The power amplifier is configured to receive a first time-division signal from the transceiver and to generate an amplified time-division signal based on the first time-division signal if the transceiver is in a time-division mode. The power amplifier is further configured to receive a first frequency-division signal from the transceiver and to generate an amplified frequency-division signal based on the first frequency-division signal if the transceiver is in a frequency-division mode. The switching component is configured to receive the amplified time-division signal from the power amplifier, and to output the amplified time-division signal for transmission. The duplexer configured to receive the amplified frequency-division signal from the switching component, and to output a transmission signal for transmission. | 11-22-2012 |
20120294206 | DYNAMIC ADJUSTMENT OF DOWNLINK/UPLINK ALLOCATION RATIO IN TDD WIRELESS SYSTEMS - Techniques, apparatuses, and systems for dynamically changing downlink and uplink allocations can include operating a base station under time division duplexing to communicate with one or more mobile devices using a frame structure, adjusting a downlink-uplink ratio to change an allocation between uplink and downlink data capacities in the frame structure, determining a mute interval based on the adjusted downlink-uplink ratio, generating mute information based on the mute interval to identify the one or more areas of the frame structure effected by the allocation change, and transmitting the mute information to the one or more mobile devices. | 11-22-2012 |
20120294207 | METHOD FOR EFFECTIVELY TRANSMITTING CONTROL SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of performing HARQ performed by a user equipment (UE) is provided. The method includes receiving a bundling indicator which indicates the number of bundled downlink subframes, determining whether at least one bundled downlink subframe is missed by comparing the bundling indicator with the number of detected bundled downlink subframes, generating a representative ACK/NACK signal when no bundled downlink subframe is missed, and transmitting the representative ACK/NACK signal on an uplink channel. Recovery capability is maximized and the packet loss is reduced in such a situation that less number of ACK/NACK signals are fed back than that of downlink packets. | 11-22-2012 |
20120294208 | On-Package Transmit/Receive Switch and Antenna - Methods and systems for an on-chip and/or on-package T/R switch and antenna are disclosed and may include selectively coupling one or more low noise amplifiers (LNAs) and/or one or more power amplifiers (PAs) to one or more ports of a multi-port distributed antenna utilizing configurable transmit/receive (T/R) switches integrated on a chip with the LNAs and PAs. The LNAs and PAs may be impedance matched to the antenna by coupling them to a port based on a characteristic impedance at the port. The T/R switches may be integrated on a package to which the chip may be coupled. The signals transmitted and received by the antenna may be time division duplexed. The antenna, which may include a microstrip antenna, may be integrated on the chip or the package. The LNA and the PA may be coupled to different ports on the antenna via the T/R switches. | 11-22-2012 |
20120294209 | System and Method for Peer-to-Peer Communication in Cellular Systems - Systems and methods are provided for delivering both PMP communications, for example standard cellular communications via a base station, and also delivering P2P communications, for example, communications between two mobile stations, using the same spectral resources for both types of communication. | 11-22-2012 |
20120294210 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR SCHEDULING DOWNLINK SUBFRAMES - A method and device for scheduling downlink subframes are disclosed in the embodiments of the present invention, in which a control section of one subframe schedules data sections of one or more other subframes, making it possible to greatly save an overhead of control signaling to thereby have more resources for transmission of data and improve the performance of a system as compared with traditional scheduling of a single subframe. | 11-22-2012 |
20120300681 | DYNAMIC TDD DATA CHANNEL TRANSMISSION METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A data channel transmission method and apparatus is provided for the wireless communication system operating in a dynamic Time Division Duplex (TDD) mode. The dynamic TDD data channel transmission method and apparatus herein optimizes system performance in adaptation to the variation of the uplink and downlink traffic, and configures the radio frame such that all of the subframes have a static region, thereby operating along with other terminals without compromising channel estimation performance. | 11-29-2012 |
20120307689 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DEFINING PHYSICAL CHANNEL TRANSMIT/RECEIVE TIMINGS AND RESOURCE ALLOCATION IN TDD COMMUNICATION SYSTEM SUPPORTING CARRIER AGGREGATION - A method of defining physical channel transmit/receiving timings and resource allocation is provided for use in a Time Division Duplex (TDD) communication system supporting carrier aggregation. A method for receiving, at a base station, a Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request (HARQ) acknowledgement from a terminal in a Time Division Duplex (TDD) system supporting carrier aggregation of a primary cell and at least one secondary cell includes transmitting a downlink physical channel through one of the primary and secondary cells, receiving the HARQ acknowledgement corresponding to the downlink physical channel of the primary cell at a first timing predetermined for the primary cell, and receiving the HARQ acknowledgement corresponding to the downlink physical channel of the secondary cell at second timing, wherein the second timing is determined according to the first timing. | 12-06-2012 |
20120307690 | DATA TRANSMISSION METHOD AND BASE STATION - Embodiments of the present disclosure disclose a data transmission method which includes: sending, by an REC, a first part of downlink data of a downlink period to an RE before the downlink period arrives; sending, by the REC, a second part of the downlink data of the downlink period to the RE in the downlink period, where the second part and the first part constitute all downlink data of the downlink period; receiving, by the RE, the first part and the second part of the downlink data of the downlink period; and sending, by the RE, the first part and the second part as the downlink data through an air interface in the downlink period. Accordingly, the embodiments of the present disclosure also disclose a base station which can effectively improve utilization of transmission bandwidth of a CPRI interface and utilization of spectrum resources of the air interface. | 12-06-2012 |
20120307691 | Method and apparatus for decoding physical broadcast channel in time division duplexing system - The disclosure discloses a method for decoding a Physical Broadcast Channel (PBCH) in a Time Division Duplexing (TDD) system, which includes: performing de-Multiple Input Multiple Output (MIMO) processing on received data frames respectively according to antenna modes supported by the TDD system and buffering the data frames; descrambling the data frames which are buffered and subjected to the de-MIMO processing and combining, in unit of frame, the data frames descrambled in respective antenna modes; and decoding the data frames combined. The disclosure further discloses an apparatus for decoding a PBCH in a TDD system. The disclosure greatly improves the speed, correctness and performance for decoding PBCH data frames. | 12-06-2012 |
20120307692 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A wireless communication system broadcasts a control signal at a first frequency band from a base station and allocates additional frequency band(s) for transmitting data via terminal(s). A control signal at the first frequency band indicates the location of the additional frequency band(s) and is not transmitted over the additional frequency band(s). Wireless data transmission is simultaneously performed over the first frequency band and the additional frequency band(s). Each terminal receives the control signal, which is used in time-synchronizing frames between the wireless data transmission at the first frequency band and the wireless data transmission at the additional frequency band(s). The control signal also includes control data for managing wireless data transmission between the base station and the terminal(s) at the first frequency band, and is utilized instead of a control signal at the additional frequency band(s). | 12-06-2012 |
20120307693 | RELAY FRAME STRUCTURE FOR SUPPORTING TRANSPARENT AND BIDIRECTIONAL RELAYS - A method for transmitting data includes receiving at a first relay station first data from a parent station during a downlink period comprising a plurality of downlink zones. A network coding zone is one of the plurality of downlink zones and is located at an end of the downlink period, and the first data is received in at least one of the plurality of downlink zones other than the network coding zone. The method further includes receiving at the first relay station from a child station, second data during an uplink zone, and transmitting third data by the first relay station to the child station, during the network coding zone using a resource. The method further includes transmitting the third data to the parent station, during the network coding zone, using the resource. The third data results from the first data being effectively logically XOR-ed to the second data. | 12-06-2012 |
20120307694 | RELAY FRAME STRUCTURE FOR SUPPORTING TRANSPARENT AND BIDIRECTIONAL RELAYS - A method for transmitting data includes receiving at a first relay station first data from a parent station during a downlink period comprising a plurality of downlink zones. A network coding zone is one of the plurality of downlink zones and is located at an end of the downlink period, and the first data is received in at least one of the plurality of downlink zones other than the network coding zone. The method further includes receiving at the first relay station from a child station, second data during an uplink zone, and transmitting third data by the first relay station to the child station, during the network coding zone using a resource. The method further includes transmitting the third data to the parent station, during the network coding zone, using the resource. The third data results from the first data being effectively logically XOR-ed to the second data. | 12-06-2012 |
20120314626 | CONCURRENT MULTI-BAND TRANSMITTER ARCHITECTURE - This invention describes a hardware and software architecture for concurrent dual-band or multi-band operation. More specifically this invention describes a multi-band cognitive radio network that allows terminals to efficiently use signal processing and RF resources by synchronizing the framing in multiple frequency bands. The invention is useful in TDMA systems by allowing efficient use of signal processing resources. | 12-13-2012 |
20120314627 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING SCHEDULING INFORMATION IN TDD SYSTEM - A method of transmitting scheduling information in time-division-duplex (TDD) system is provided. The method comprises configuring a radio frame, the radio frame comprising at least one downlink subframe and at least one uplink subframe, wherein a downlink subframe is reserved for downlink transmission and an uplink subframe is reserved for uplink transmission, and transmitting scheduling information on a downlink control channel in a downlink subframe, the scheduling information comprising an uplink indicator and uplink resource assignment, the uplink indicator indicating which at least one uplink subframe the uplink resource assignment is valid for. Data can be efficiently transmitted by using an uplink indicator which indicates a specific location of a subframe. | 12-13-2012 |
20120314628 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR TRANSFERRING WIRELESS TRANSMIT/RECEIVE UNIT-SPECIFIC INFORMATION - The present invention is related to a method and system for transferring wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU)-specific information to support enhanced uplink (EU) operation in a wireless communication system. A radio network controller (RNC) obtains WTRU-specific information, and transfers the WTRU-specific information to the Node-Bs. Each Node-B is configured to schedule uplink transmissions from a WTRU and utilizes the WTRU-specific information in operation of EU transmissions. | 12-13-2012 |
20120314629 | CHANNEL QUALITY INDICATOR METHOD, AND ASSOCIATED SYSTEM, BASE STATION, AND USER EQUIPMENT - It would be to provide a method which will work with future versions of LTE-A, be backwards compatible and alleviate interference to signals for basic system operation. | 12-13-2012 |
20120320804 | Method and Apparatus for ACK/NAK Transmission in a Time Division Duplex Wireless System - A base station of a wireless time division duplex network which communicates with a UE having a network interface unit. The base station having a processing unit which determines to use either ACK/NAK bundling or ACK/NAK multiplexing to communicate with the UE through the network interface unit based on predetermined criteria. A method of a base station of a wireless time division duplex network which communicates with a UE to choose either ACK/NAK bundling or ACK/NAK multiplexing having the steps of determining with a processing unit of the base station to use either ACK/NAK bundling or ACK/NAK multiplexing to communicate with the UE through a network interface unit of the base station based on predetermined criteria. There is the step of communicating with the UE through the network interface unit using either ACK/NAK bundling or ACK/NAK multiplexing based on the predetermined criteria. | 12-20-2012 |
20120320805 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More particularly, the present invention relates to a method and apparatus for transmitting uplink control information when TDD and a plurality of cells are configured, and comprises the following steps: receiving one or more of at least one PDCCH signal and at least one PDSCH signal; generating for each of the cells reception reply information on one or more of the at least one PDCCH signal and the at least one PDSCH signal; and transmitting the reception reply information for each of the plurality of cells which are connected. | 12-20-2012 |
20120320806 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING TIME DIVISION DUPLEX FRAME CONFIGURATION INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus for transmitting and receiving Time Division Duplex (TDD) frame configuration information are disclosed. The base station transmits TDD frame configuration information as system information to a user equipment through a common control channel so as to dynamically change the TDD frame configuration according to uplink and downlink traffic conditions. The base station may deliver the same system information to all user equipments in the cell, removing ambiguity in User Equipment (UE) operations and avoiding interference. In comparison to an existing method of delivering TDD frame configuration information through system information update, the disclosed method enables user equipments to rapidly cope with traffic changes. In addition, user equipments may receive and apply TDD frame configuration information at the same time. | 12-20-2012 |
20120327820 | METHOD, APPARATUS AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM FOR SETTING A RADIO FREQUENCY GAIN - The invention teaches a solution for a Time Division Duplex (TDD) and Frequency Division Duplex (FDD) networks. In the solution, a threshold value is set for a radio frequency gain. The value of the radio frequency gain is limited to the threshold value during an initial synchronization phase where user equipment is first trying to receive synchronization signals in a transmission from a base station. | 12-27-2012 |
20120327821 | Systems and Methods for Different TDD Configurations in Carrier Aggregation - Systems and Methods for supporting carrier aggregation with different TDD configurations are proposed. In a first novel aspect, corresponding apparatus structure is described. In a second novel aspect, aggregation constraint is discussed. In a third novel aspect, transceiving mechanisms over multiple component carriers in DL/UL overlapped subframes are proposed. For simultaneous DL/UL transceiving, band combination indication methods are proposed, and HARQ feedback mechanisms are proposed. For non-simultaneous DL/UL transceiving, transceiving configuration methods are proposed, and the same HARQ feedback mechanisms are proposed. In a fourth novel aspect, CQI/RLM/RRM measurement mechanisms are proposed. In a fifth novel aspect, UE capability signaling mechanisms are proposed. The objective is to support flexible aggregation, to enhance DL data throughout, and to improve UL transmit power efficiency. | 12-27-2012 |
20120327822 | PORTABLE TERMINAL DEVICE, BASE STATION, AND METHOD OF AVOIDING INTERFERENCE - A portable terminal device is provided with a wireless communication unit, which performs wireless communication via a base station using a TDMA/TDD system; a frame-error monitoring unit, which monitors a presence or absence of the frame error in respective consecutive frames composed of a plurality of time slots; a storage unit, which stores the presence or absence frame errors as a frame error array; a calculation unit, which calculates a degree of similarity between the frame error array and each of delayed frame error arrays obtained by delaying the frame error array by every one frame; an determining unit, which determines whether periodic frame errors are present, based on the degree of similarity; and an interference avoiding unit, which performs a procedure for the periodic frame errors in a case where it is determined that the periodic frame errors are present. | 12-27-2012 |
20130003618 | RESOURCE ALLOCATION IN A RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of using resource blocks in a communication system with a plurality of Base Stations (BSs), including assigning resource blocks to a first BS, the first BS communicating to a second BS a message comprising information about at least one resource block assigned to the first BS and not planned to be used by the first BS, and the second BS receiving the message. Optionally, the second BS using the at least one resource block. Related apparatus and methods are also described. | 01-03-2013 |
20130003619 | Method and System for a Double Search User Group Selection Scheme with Range Reduction in TDD Multiuser MIMO Downlink Transmission - Certain aspects of a method and system for processing signals in a communication system may include maximizing system capacity for a time division duplex (TDD) multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) system, based on reducing a search range within which to find a group of signals having maximum channel gain. At least one of: a first signal for a first user and a second signal for a second user may be selected, which are both within the reduced search range, and which provides a maximum system capacity. The first signal for the first user may be selected from the reduced search range corresponding to a channel gain that is greater than a channel gain corresponding to a remaining portion of the reduced search range. The reduced search range may be generated by sorting a plurality of signals based on a channel gain corresponding to each of the plurality of signals. | 01-03-2013 |
20130010656 | CELL RESELECTION FOR SIMULTANEOUS -LTE AND TD-SCDMA COMMUNICATIONS - In a wireless communication system, a user equipment (UE) may be capable of communication on multiple radio access networks. A UE may be in simultaneous communication with one radio access network, such as TD-SCDMA for circuit-switched voice calls and with another radio access network, such as TDD-LTE for packet-switched data communications. When the TDD-LTE network is idle, the UE may evaluate signal strength of the respective network for potential cell reselection. The UE may measure only a serving TD-SCDMA cell for purposes of switching packet-switched service to the TD-SCDMA network, thereby avoiding a situation where the UE attempts to connect to a different TD-SCDMA cell for purposes of packet-switched communications than the cell presently affiliated with the UE for circuit-switched communications. | 01-10-2013 |
20130010657 | VEHICLE CREW COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - The vehicle crew communication system provides up to sixty wireless headsets that can be used with one base station, a range of 1600 feet from the base station for operation of the headsets, full duplex operation communication over digitally encrypted DECT protocol links from one base station to a plurality of headsets, pairing of each headset to a particular base station, use of wireless technology inside and outside of the vehicle, automatic channel and link selection to transparently avoid interfered-with channels and links, removal of the need to manually select a channel on the headset, and the combination of the noise-cancelling microphone with noise threshold, noise attenuation, and line echo cancellation tuned to intercom parameters. The invention may be used with or without a vehicle. | 01-10-2013 |
20130010658 | Method and system for implementing synchronization among micro base stations - The present disclosure provides a method and system for implementing synchronization among micro-base stations, including: a micro-base station intercepts a wireless reference signal of an air interface, and selects a synchronization reference object according to an intercepted wireless reference signal; and the micro-base station implements synchronization processing through detecting the wireless reference signal of the selected synchronization reference object, and adjusts its own synchronization information. The method for implementing synchronization among micro-base stations disclosed in the present disclosure is implemented on the basis of the wireless air interface signals of the micro-base stations, requires no additional synchronization hardware devices (such as Global Positioning Satellite (GPS) receiving apparatus, etc.) and has low cost. By the solution disclosed in the present disclosure, the mutual interference caused by asynchronization between a Time Division Duplex (TDD) micro-base station and other base stations is eliminated flexibly. | 01-10-2013 |
20130010659 | SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNALS IN ASYMMETRIC CARRIER AGGREGATION - Sounding reference signal (SRS) transmission is disclosed for asymmetric carrier aggregation, where the carrier aggregation occurs using multiple component carriers that include both paired and at least one non-paired component carrier. A user equipment (UE) determines whether to transmit SRS over at least one of the non-paired component carriers. The UE transmits the SRS over the non-paired component carrier when the determination is made. The UE maintains a single component carrier transmission at a time with a single carrier waveform SRS transmission by transmitting the SRS on a different component carrier at different subframes. | 01-10-2013 |
20130010660 | Method for Implicit Conveying of Uplink Feedback Information - Method and apparatus for conveying feedback reports from a data receiving party ( | 01-10-2013 |
20130016635 | BLUETOOTH PACKET SCHEDULING RULES FOR LTE COEXISTENCE - To mitigate potential interference between radio access technologies (RATs) on a multi-RAT device, traffic scheduling rules may be implemented so that communications of the individual RATs are timed in a manner that reduces interference. For example, communications of a Bluetooth/WLAN RAT may be scheduled such that initial and responsive communications of the Bluetooth/WLAN RAT occur during sub-frames of an LTE RAT that are less likely to cause cross-RAT interference. | 01-17-2013 |
20130028149 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SIGNALING CONTROL DATA OF AGGREGATED CARRIERS - Techniques are provided for communicating control information for aggregated carriers. For example, a method includes receiving one or more assignments for a plurality of aggregated carriers. For example, the at least one of the plurality of aggregated carriers is a time division duplexing (TDD) carrier having a different subframe configuration than at least another one of the plurality of aggregated carriers. The method may include communicating control information for the plurality of aggregated carriers over one of the plurality of aggregated carriers. | 01-31-2013 |
20130028150 | Method and System for Wireless Communication in Multiple Operating Environments - A wireless communication method and system are provided. A first wireless communication numerology, e.g., OFDM operating parameters, corresponding to a first operational mode is established. A second wireless communication numerology corresponding to a second operational mode is also established. The first wireless communication numerology is different than the second wireless communication numerology. One of the first operational mode and the second operational mode is selected. One of the first wireless communication numerology and the second wireless communication numerology corresponding to the selected operational mode is used in which communication in the first operational mode and the second operational mode use substantially similar synchronization channels. The present invention also uses the same superframe structure for the first and second operational modes for Ultra-Mobile Broadband (“UMB”) networks and the same frame structure for the first and second operational modes for Long Term Evolution (“LTE”) networks. | 01-31-2013 |
20130028151 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR PHYSICAL RESOURCES CONFIGURATION AND SIGNAL TRANSMISSION WHEN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS COEXIST - A method and system for configuring physical resource and signal transmission when communication systems coexist are provided. The method includes: configuring physical resources of the Wimax 16e frame according to LTE frame configuration information by following modes: configuring the number of downlink symbols in the Wimax 16e frame and shift time of the Wimax 16e frame relative to the half frame of the LTE frame according to the condition that the downlink region of the Wimax 16e frame is included in the downlink region of the LTE frame in time domain; and configuring the number of uplink symbols and time length of Transmission/Receive Transition Gap (TTG) in the Wimax 16e frame according to the condition that the uplink region of the Wimax 16e frame is included in the uplink region of the LTE frame in time domain; wherein, the uplink and downlink handover period of LTE frame is 5 ms. | 01-31-2013 |
20130034028 | ALLOCATING PHYSICAL HYBRID ARQ INDICATOR CHANNEL (PHICH) RESOURCES - Certain aspects of the present disclosure relate to techniques for allocating resources for Physical Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request (HARQ) Indicator Channel (PHICH). | 02-07-2013 |
20130034029 | TDD WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR REPORTING HARQ-ACK - A method for reporting Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request Acknowledgement (HARQ-ACK) is provided. The method is applicable to a time-division duplex (TDD) wireless communication system and includes the following steps: receiving downlink information from a base station with multiple serving cells, calculating a report number of each serving cell, which is a number of subframes of the corresponding serving cell whose acknowledgements have to be reported, and providing report information to the base station in an uplink subframe of a serving cell specified by the base station. The multiple serving cells use multiple uplink-downlink configurations. The report number of at least one of the serving cells is determined according to a downlink association set of the uplink subframe of the serving cell specified by the base station. The report information includes the acknowledgements that have to be reported by each of the serving cells. | 02-07-2013 |
20130039229 | FRONTEND MODULE FOR TIME DIVISION DUPLEX (TDD) CARRIER AGGREGATION - A frontend module for Time Division Duplex (TDD) with Carrier Aggregation (CA), wherein the frontend module reuses the band selection filters for the aggregated bands and provides switched connections to antenna and transmitter/receiver according to the Uplink (UL)/Downlink (DL) configuration. The use of switches on both the antenna side and the transmitter/receiver side of the frontend module enables the reuse of the band selection filters. The frontend module according to the present invention reduces the number of required filters to only one filter for each TDD-CA Component Carrier (CC) band. Thus, the frontend module avoids unnecessary band selection filters, and thereby also controls the cost of implementation of frontend modules in wireless units operating in the TDD-CA mode. | 02-14-2013 |
20130039230 | Method and Device for Wireless Broadcast Power-up Sequence in Wireless Sensor Network - Method and device for smart power management of the sensor nodes within a wireless sensor network to achieve extremely low standby current and fast power-up time at the same time are provided. The method features a technique of centralized remote power-up scheme combined with local broadcasting power-up sequence to achieve fast power-up time and extended power-up coverage. It can manage the power-down sequence from a base-station to sensor nodes sequentially, while the power-up sequence broadcasts its power-up command from the base-station to all the sensor nodes within a sensor network. The device accepts same frequency band for both data communication and power-up message, and a RF switch separates receiving RF data and RF power-up message. The wireless power-up receiver is self-powered from power-up message and also generates power-up enable signal from it. | 02-14-2013 |
20130039231 | Method of Uplink Control Information Transmission - A method of uplink control information transmission for a mobile device with carrier aggregation in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method comprises being configured a plurality of cells including a primary cell and at least a secondary cell by a network of the wireless communication system, determining to transmit the uplink control information in a transmission time interval, and when the primary cell has no uplink resource for the uplink control information transmission, transmitting the uplink control information on at least a secondary cell having uplink resources in the TTI. | 02-14-2013 |
20130039232 | METHOD FOR REPORTING CAPABILITY INFORMATION AND DUAL MODE USER EQUIPMENT ADAPTED THERETO - A system and a method that reports capability information regarding a dual mode User Equipment (UE) are provided. The UE supports Frequency Division Duplex (FDD) and Time Division Duplex (TDD). The UE capability transmitting method includes receiving a message requesting UE capability information from an evolved Node B (eNB), generating first capability information and second capability information according to the UE capability information requesting message, and transmitting UE capability information including the first and second capability information to the eNB. The first capability information comprises FDD capability information applicable to an FDD mode or TDD capability information applicable to a TDD mode. The second capability information comprises capability information applicable to both the FDD mode and the TDD mode. The system and method can allow a dual mode UE to efficiently report its capability information. | 02-14-2013 |
20130039233 | RADIO FRAME AND SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNAL SENDING METHOD IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A radio frame and method are provided for sending a sounding reference signal (SRS) in a mobile communication system, which is used to solve the problem of shortage of resources for sending the SRS in the mobile communication system. The method includes a user equipment (UE) sending the SRS to eNB in time-frequency resources corresponding to a guard space in the radio frame, wherein, the guard space is one or more of downlink to uplink guard space, uplink to downlink guard space, reserved subframes, or reserved idle resources. A device is also provided for sending the SRS, applied to the UE in the mobile communication system, wherein the device includes a radio frame construction module and a sounding reference signal transmission module. | 02-14-2013 |
20130039234 | Downlink transmission method and eNodeB in multiple input multiple output system - The disclosure provides a downlink transmission method and an eNodeB in a multiple input multiple output system. The method includes: obtaining channel quality indication of a User Equipment (UE) to generate a channel condition indication value; obtaining channel rank indication of the UE to generate a channel correlation indication value; obtaining uplink channel impulse response estimation data of the UE to generate a channel variation state indication value; selecting a downlink transmission mode according to the channel condition indication value, the channel correlation indication value and the channel variation state indication value; transmitting data to the UE in the selected downlink transmission mode. Because of extracting information from a current channel as a basis of a subsequent selection of the downlink mode, the disclosure can greatly improve a resource utilization ratio of a system and realize a better wireless transmission effect. | 02-14-2013 |
20130039235 | Method and Arrangement in a Wireless Communication System - Method and arrangement in a base station for sending data to a user equipment. The base station comprises an instance of a codebook, corresponding to another instance of the codebook comprised in the user equipment. The method comprises obtaining channel state information from a signal received from the user equipment, estimating a channel to be used for transmitting data to the user equipment, calculating a precoder, based on the obtained channel state information. Further is comprised the steps of selecting a precoding index from the codebook based on the calculated precoder, or selecting a precoding index received from the user equipment, precoding data to be transmitted to the user equipment using the calculated precoder and transmitting the precoded data, a non-user dedicated reference signal and the precoding index on the estimated channel to the user equipment. Further, corresponding method and arrangement in a user equipment are described. | 02-14-2013 |
20130044651 | NOTIFYING A UL/DL CONFIGURATION IN LTE TDD SYSTEMS - A method for configuring a Time Division Duplex (TDD) Uplink/Downlink (UL/DL) allocation of a user equipment (UE) in a Long Term Evolution (LTE) network may include receiving an indicator, from an enhanced NodeB in the LTE network, on a physical channel identifying a TDD configuration for the UE and automatically updating the TDD UL/DL allocation of the UE in accordance with the TDD configuration. | 02-21-2013 |
20130044652 | NOTIFYING A UL/DL CONFIGURATION IN LTE TDD SYSTEMS - A method for configuring a Time Division Duplex (TDD) Uplink/Downlink (UL/DL) allocation in a user equipment (UE) in a Long Term Evolved (LTE) network can include receiving, at a predefined period, during a connected state, each information block transmitted by an enhanced NodeB in the LTE network. Each information block may be transmitted in accordance with a fixed schedule having a predefined transmission period and includes information identifying a TDD configuration. Whether an updating of the TDD configuration is required can be determined for the UE based, at least in part, on the information identifying the TDD configuration in the information block, the information identifying the TDD configuration indicating an updated TDD configuration. In response to at least identifying the updated TDD configuration, the TDD UL/DL allocation of the UE can be automatically updated in accordance with the updated TDD configuration. | 02-21-2013 |
20130044653 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More particularly, the present invention relates to a method and apparatus for transmitting uplink control information in the event that a plurality of cells is constructed, wherein the method comprises the following steps: receiving a PDCCH and/or a PDSCH; generating acknowledgement information on the PDCCH and/or PDSCH; and, if acknowledgement information transmission timing and channel state information transmission timing collide with each other, dropping the channel state information and transmitting only the acknowledgement information, or transmitting the acknowledgement information and the channel state information together in accordance with a predetermined condition. | 02-21-2013 |
20130044654 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR AGGREGATING CARRIERS OF A BACKHAUL CONNECTION - The described aspects include methods and apparatus for aggregating carriers over a backhaul link between a relay and an evolved Node B (eNB). A first set of subframes of at least a first carrier of a plurality of carriers configured for communicating with an eNB over a backhaul link can be determined. A second set of subframes of at least a second carrier of the plurality of carriers configured for backhaul link communications is also determined, wherein the second set of subframes are different from the first set of subframes. Data received over a plurality of access link carriers can then be communicated to the eNB over the first carrier and the second carrier based at least on the first set of subframes and the second set of subframes. | 02-21-2013 |
20130051288 | USER EQUIPMENT CAPABILITY SIGNALING - A user equipment (UE) configured for signaling UE capability is described. The UE includes a processor and instructions stored in memory that is in electronic communication with the processor. The UE sends an indicator regarding whether the UE can support different time division duplex (TDD) configurations on different bands for a band combination. The UE also sends an indicator regarding whether the UE can support concurrent transmission and reception on different bands for the band combination. The UE additionally sends an indicator regarding whether the UE can support different uplink timing adjustments for the band combination. | 02-28-2013 |
20130064145 | METHOD, APPARATUS AND COMPUTER PROGRAM FOR SETTING A RADIO FREQUENCY GAIN - In setting a radio frequency gain for wireless communications during an initial synchronization phase, at least an upper threshold value ( | 03-14-2013 |
20130064146 | DIRECT CONNECTION COMMUNICATION BETWEEN TERMINALS AND METHOD FOR DIRECTLY TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING DATA BETWEEN TERMINALS FOR A TERMINAL RELAY - Disclosed is a method for directly transmitting and receiving data between terminals in a frequency division duplexing (FDD)-type and time division duplexing (TDD)-type mobile communication system. For FDD-type systems, provided are methods for performing direct data transmission and reception between terminals on the basis of a downlink subframe time interval and methods for performing direct data transmission and reception between terminals on the basis of an uplink subframe time interval. For TDD-type systems, provided are methods for performing direct data transmission and reception between terminals in a downlink subframe and methods for performing direct data transmission and reception between terminals in an uplink subframe. Additionally, for each method, provided are systems for performing only reception or transmission in one subframe and systems for performing both reception and transmission in one subframe. | 03-14-2013 |
20130064147 | BASE STATION AND COMMUNICATION METHOD OF BASE STATION - Appropriate AAS control is achieved by a base station having a plurality of antennas for performing a radio communication with the mobile station by employing Time Division Duplex including an assignment unit for assigning a radio resource to the mobile station, a request unit for requesting the mobile station to transmit a reference signal using a reference signal area of an uplink radio resource in the same frequency band as a downlink radio resource, when the uplink radio resource for an uplink communication in the same frequency band as the downlink radio resource for a downlink communication is not assigned to the mobile station by the assignment unit, and a calculation unit for receiving the reference signal and, based on the reference signal, for calculating a weight used for transmitting a radio signal on the downlink communication channel. | 03-14-2013 |
20130070652 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SOFT BUFFER PROCESSING - A network side equipment, a user equipment, and a method for soft buffer processing are provided. The method includes allocating, by a base station, transmission resource for a User Equipment (UE), and processing a soft buffer according to at least one parameter of the soft buffer, when uplink and downlink configurations of a plurality of cells of the UE Carrier Aggregation (CA) are different, sending, by the base station, data to the UE by a Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH) and a Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH), wherein the at least one parameter of soft buffer is determined by at least one of a Primary cell (Pcell) and a Secondary cell (Scell) uplink and downlink configurations of the UE, and wherein rate matching is performed on the PDSCH. | 03-21-2013 |
20130077542 | Hybrid In-Band/Out-of-Band Relays - In accordance with an embodiment, a method of operating a wireless relay device includes establishing a first connection to a base station using a first set of frequency bands, establishing a second connection to a user device using the first set of frequency bands, and establishing a third connection to the base station using a second set of frequency bands. | 03-28-2013 |
20130083705 | TIME DIVISION DUPLEX ORTHOGONAL FREQUENCY DIVISION MULTIPLEXING DISTRIBUTED ANTENNA SYSTEM, BASE STATION AND REMOTE ACCESS UNIT - A time division duplex orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (TDD-OFDM) distributed antenna system (DAS), a base station and a remote access unit for the same are provided. The base station performs an inverse fast Fourier transform on a user downlink signal, a transmitting/receiving enable signal and an input control signal to generate a first OFDM signal. The user downlink signal is carried on a used subcarrier set of the first OFDM signal, while the transmitting/receiving enable signal and the input control signal are carried on a guard band subcarrier set of the first OFDM signal. The remote access unit receives the first OFDM signal via a fiber transmission line, switches between a transmitting mode and a receiving mode periodically, performs a clock synchronization with the base station according to the transmitting/receiving enable signal, and performs a system configuration according to the input control signal. | 04-04-2013 |
20130083706 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR IMPROVING TDD (TIME DIVISION DUPLEX) INTERBAND CARRIER AGGREGATION (CA) IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus are disclosed to perform TDD interband carrier aggregation in a wireless communication system. The method includes aggregating cells with different TDD UL-DL (Uplink-Downlink) configurations, wherein the cells have different DL-to-UL (Downlink-to-Uplink) switch point periodicities. The method further includes determining conflict subframes according to dynamic scheduling. | 04-04-2013 |
20130083707 | METHOD AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM FOR PROVIDING DOWNLINK CONTROL SIGNALLING FOR COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - A method and a wireless communication system for providing downlink (DL) control signalling for a communication apparatus are provided. In the method, at least two scheduling cells are configured for providing DL control signalling, and the DL control signalling is provided on one or more of the at least two scheduling cells for a scheduled cell. | 04-04-2013 |
20130083708 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR IMPROVEMENT OF TDD INTER-BAND CARRIER AGGREGATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for TDD inter-band carrier aggregation in a wireless communication system includes performing aggregating multiple cells with different TDD UL-DL configurations, transmitting a PUSCH transmission on a first cell, the subframe for HARQ feedback reception for the PUSCH in a first cell colliding with a UL subframe in a second cell, and performing one of setting the corresponding HARQ feedback to ACK, flushing the corresponding HARQ buffer, and changing the corresponding HARQ feedback subframe for the PUSCH to another subframe. | 04-04-2013 |
20130083709 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING ACKNOWLEDGEMENT IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Disclosed are a method and a device for transmitting an acknowledgement. A terminal receives at least one downlink transport block from at least one serving cell. The terminal selects one of an explicit resource and an implicit resource, and transmits an acknowledgement for at least one said downlink transport block by using the selected resource. | 04-04-2013 |
20130089010 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR SUPPORTING PEER TO PEER COMMUNICATIONS - Methods and apparatus for supporting peer to peer and infrastructure, e.g., cellular, communication in a multimode device which can operate in a cellular system are described. Methods and apparatus for supporting peer to peer devices are also described. Peer to peer communication occurs within a switching time period during which infrastructure signaling does not occur and devices switch between an uplink and a downlink mode of infrastructure operation. The time period set for the switching time period is intentionally set larger, e.g., 10, 50, 100 or even more times larger than that required based on maximum cell size. Thus, a peer to peer communications period can be introduced into a TDD system and use the same frequency band as the TDD system in a manner that can remain compliant with a cellular communications protocol which allows for a switching time period, e.g., set in the system by a parameter. | 04-11-2013 |
20130094409 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR OBTAINING CARRIER INFORMATION AND CARRIER INFORMATION INDICATION - A method and device for obtaining carrier information and carrier information indication include: a user equipment obtains parameters of uplink carrier information according to the message sent by a network side in broadcast manner, or, the user equipment obtains parameters of uplink carrier information according to the preset information. Time Division Duplex wireless communication system with asymmetry uplink frequency band and downlink frequency band can be supported effectively, guard frequency band near the intersection occurred when the adjacent frequencies coexist is utilized fully, and frequency spectrum utilization rate is improved; further more, Time Division Duplex wireless communication system with unequal uplink band width and downlink band width can be supported, and the application of the Time Division Duplex system is expanded effectively. | 04-18-2013 |
20130094410 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. Specifically, the present invention relates to a method and apparatus for transmitting uplink control information when a plurality of cells is configured. The method includes receiving at least one of PDCCH(s) and PDSCH(s), generating reception response information about at least one of the PDCCH(s) and the PDSCH(s), and transmitting the reception response information through a PUCCH on an SR subframe. | 04-18-2013 |
20130100864 | ENERGY-EFFICIENT UNDERLAY DEVICE-TO-MULTIDEVICE COMMUNICATIONS WITH INTERFERENCE SUPPRESSION - A method for performing device-to-multidevice communication with interference suppression is provided. The method may include selecting at least one receiving user equipment for D2MD transmission, and receiving requested data rates from the selected at least one receiving user equipment. The method may further include acquiring CSI matrices and identifying interference constraints to the C-UEs sharing the same frequency band as the at least one receiving user equipment. The method then includes determining precoding matrices using the acquired CSI matrices and the identified interference constraints to the C-UEs, and performing D2MD transmission to the at least one receiving user equipment using the determined precoding matrices. | 04-25-2013 |
20130100865 | METHOD AND SYSTEM OF AGGREGATING COMPONENT CARRIERS ACROSS FREQUENCY BANDS - A method and system for aggregating component carriers across frequency bands are provided. The method includes aggregating a DL carrier of a first cell associated with a first frequency band with an UpLink (UL) carrier of a second cell associated with a second band, wherein the first cell includes an aggregated downlink carrier and an unused uplink carrier; communicating cross-linking information for carrier aggregation associated with the DL carrier of the first frequency band with the UL carrier of the second frequency band to a plurality of user equipments; and performing data transfer with each of the plurality of user equipments using the aggregated DL carrier of the first frequency band and the UL carrier of the second frequency band. | 04-25-2013 |
20130107764 | Traffic Backfilling Via Network Coding In A Multi-Packet Reception Network | 05-02-2013 |
20130107765 | Method for correcting receiver in TDD system and devices associated therewith | 05-02-2013 |
20130107766 | MULTICARRIER TECHNIQUES FOR WIRELESS SYSTEMS | 05-02-2013 |
20130107767 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR COMMUNICATING USER EQUIPMENT SPECIFIC INFORMATION IN CELLULAR COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 05-02-2013 |
20130114472 | CARRIER AGGREGATION OF CARRIERS WITH SUBFRAME RESTRICTIONS - Embodiments contemplate enabling relay node uplink control information transmission on an interface between a relay node and a donor eNodeB (DeNB) in one or more subframes. Embodiments contemplate techniques to avoid restrictions on uplink transmissions on a cell (perhaps due to subframe configuration), such as on a primary cell, where the restrictions may make relay node uplink control information transmission difficult (if not impossible) on the interface between a relay node and a donor eNodeB (DeNB). Embodiments also contemplate that resources on the interface between the relay node and the donor eNodeB may be scheduled across one or more component carriers or serving cells. | 05-09-2013 |
20130114473 | SIGNALING AND TRAFFIC CARRIER SPLITTING FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS - Methods, systems, and devices for separating signaling data and traffic data onto separate carriers for wireless communications systems are provided. Some embodiments utilize flexible bandwidth that may utilize portions of spectrum that may not be big enough to fit a normal waveform through utilizing flexible waveforms. Flexible bandwidth systems may lead to reduced data rate on the signaling or other channels. Separating the signaling and the data traffic into different flexible bandwidth carriers so that assigned resources can be customized to different traffic patterns may address this issue. In some embodiments, the signaling data is received and/or transmitted over a first carrier separate from any other traffic data. For example, the signaling data may be received and/or transmitted over the first band carrier without any other traffic data. The traffic data and/or network data associated with the signaling data may be received and/or transmitted over a separate, second carrier. | 05-09-2013 |
20130114474 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING HARQ-ACK INFORMATION - According to one embodiment, a method for transmitting HARQ-ACK information, in which the HARQ-ACK information within a current bundling window is bundled, so that a total number of bits of the bundled HARQ-ACK information is compliant with a requirement associated with a length of the HARQ-ACK information required by a transmission format of the HARQ-ACK information, which may support carrier aggregation with more CCs in TDD UL/DL configuration 5, such that a peak throughput of user downlink is improved. | 05-09-2013 |
20130114475 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A wireless communication system broadcasts a control signal at a first frequency band from a base station and allocates additional frequency band(s) for transmitting data via terminal(s). A control signal at the first frequency band indicates the location of the additional frequency band(s) and is not transmitted over the additional frequency band(s). Wireless data transmission is simultaneously performed over the first frequency band and the additional frequency band(s). Each terminal receives the control signal, which is used in time-synchronizing frames between the wireless data transmission at the first frequency band and the wireless data transmission at the additional frequency band(s). The control signal also includes control data for managing wireless data transmission between the base station and the terminal(s) at the first frequency band, and is utilized instead of a control signal at the additional frequency band(s). | 05-09-2013 |
20130114476 | CAPACITY INCREASING DEVICES AND METHODS FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - The present patent application improves DARP by allowing multiple users on one time slot (MUROS). It comprises means and instructions for sharing signals on a single channel, comprising setting up a new connection, allocating a new time slot if there is an unused time slot on a channel frequency, selecting an used time slot for the new connection to share with an existing connection if there is not an unused time slot on the channel frequency, and selecting a different training sequence code for the new connection if the used time slot on the channel frequency has been selected for the new connection to share with an existing connection. | 05-09-2013 |
20130114477 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING RESPONSE INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - The present invention relates to a method for transmitting response information on downlink data through multiple information blocks to be bundled in a wireless system in a time division duplex (TDD) mode. The method for transmitting response information according to the present invention comprises the following steps: coding response information on the downlink data; scrambling the coded response information; and transmitting the scrambled response information to a base station, wherein, if a portion of the bits of the coded response information are information bits that indicate ACK/NACK on the downlink data, the scrambling step involves scrambling the coded response information using a specific scrambling sequence, and the specific scrambling sequence includes information on the number of information blocks to be bundled. | 05-09-2013 |
20130114478 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR SELECTING USER TERMINAL SO AS TO ENHANCE RECIPROCITY ERROR CALIBRATION BETWEEN UPLINK AND DOWNLINK - The present invention provides a method and a device for selecting user terminal so as to enhance calibration for reciprocity error between uplink and down-link, in the purpose of enhancing the accuracy of calibration for reciprocity error between uplink and downlink in TDD system. Wherein, the method comprises the following steps: obtaining channel quality related information between a plurality of first user terminals and a first base station, wherein said channel quality related information is used for indicating channel qualities between said plurality of first user terminals and said first base station; selecting, at least one first user terminal as a calibration user terminal for calibrating said reciprocity error between uplink and downlink, according to said channel quality related information. | 05-09-2013 |
20130121216 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SOFT BUFFER MANAGEMENT FOR HARQ OPERATION - Certain aspects of the present disclosure propose a method and an apparatus for calculating maximum number of hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) processes per component carrier and/or number of soft buffer bits for HARQ operation by taking into account the subframes which are available for a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) for a user equipment (UE) or a group of UEs. In the proposed method, the subframes that are not available for a PDSCH for at least a UE (either by specification or by configuration) may not be considered in calculating the number of soft buffer bits. | 05-16-2013 |
20130121217 | MULTI-MODE SPLIT BAND DUPLEXER ARCHITECTURE - The present disclosure relates to a split-band duplexer architecture that takes advantage of a relationship between a frequency division duplex (FDD) transmit band, an FDD receive band, and a time division duplex (TDD) band, which has frequencies located between FDD transmit band frequencies and FDD receive band frequencies. As such, by splitting the FDD receive and transmit bands into two sub-bands, two separate sub-band duplexers may be used to fully support the FDD receive and transmit bands. Further, a passband of one of the sub-band duplexers may be widened to support the TDD band while transmitting, and a passband of the other of the sub-band duplexers may be widened to support the TDD band while receiving. By using sub-band duplexers, isolation margins and insertion loss margins may be increased, which may allow use of standard filter components, such as surface acoustic wave (SAW) filters. | 05-16-2013 |
20130128780 | USER EQUIPMENT USING HYBRID AUTOMATIC REPEAT REQUEST - A user equipment comprises a transmitter and an adaptive modulation and coding controller. The transmitter is configured to transmit data over an air interface in a single transmission time interval with a first specified modulation and coding scheme, where the single transmission time interval has a plurality of transport block sets. In response to receiving a repeat request for retransmission of at least one particular transport block set, the transmitter retransmits the at least one of the particular transport block sets. The adaptive modulation and coding controller is configured to change the specified modulation and coding scheme to a second specified modulation and coding scheme, enabling a combining of a particular transport block set transmitted at the first specified modulation and coding scheme with a retransmitted version of the particular transport block set transmitted at the second specified modulation and coding scheme. | 05-23-2013 |
20130128781 | Method and Device for Implementing Synchronization Between Different Systems - The present invention provides a method and a device for implementing synchronization between different systems. The method includes setting a starting time of an LTE TDD frame, where the starting time set for the LTE TDD frame is later than a starting time set for a WiMAX frame. The LTE TDD frame is transmitted after the starting time of the LTE TDD frame arrives. The WiMAX frame adopts a subframe ratio structure of 29:18, the LTE TDD frame adopts a subframe ratio structure of subframe configuration 1, and an UpPTS time slot and a last uplink symbol of a last uplink subframe which are in the LTE TDD frame are in a status of being knocked off. | 05-23-2013 |
20130136038 | EQUIPMENT FOR FEMTOCELL TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A femtocell telecommunication system equipment comprising: a base apparatus structured to provide a first information signal and control signals; an electrical conductor based transmission line connected to said base apparatus; a bidirectional conversion apparatus adapted to receive/transmit from/on the transmission line the first signal and the control signals; the bidirectional apparatus comprising: a processing module structured to process the first signal to generate a second information signal and vice-versa; the second signal being adapted to be transmitted/received by an antenna device connectable to the bidirectional apparatus. | 05-30-2013 |
20130136039 | Microwave Backhaul System Having a Double Capacity Link - An all outdoor communication unit (ODU) microwave backhaul system and a split ODU microwave backhaul system, each configured to support a dual channel wireless link, are provided. Each microwave backhaul system includes an ODU having a processor configured to improve a quality of data (having a first and a second communication channel) by performing mathematical manipulation techniques on the data, a conversion, block configured to perform digital-to-analog and analog-to-digital conversions of the data, and a duplexer configured to facilitate substantially simultaneous communication of the first and second communication channels over the dual channel wireless link by optimizing a frequency separation between the first and second communication channels. Each microwave backhaul system also includes a modem assembly, located at either the ODU or at an indoor communication unit (IDU), which is configured to substantially simultaneously drive the first and second communication channels over the dual channel wireless link. | 05-30-2013 |
20130136040 | LTE WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD FOR TRANSCEIVING WIRELESS DEVICE DATA - The present invention relates to an LTE wireless communication method for transceiving wireless device data. In one embodiment, this is accomplished by a plurality of base transceiver station (BTS) linked by a network over which the base transceiver stations communicate, wherein the network includes at least one leaf BTS and at least two hub BTS, and wherein hub BTS include a first hub BTS and a second hub BTS, checking periodically for control signal by all the BTS, wherein the control signals are periodically exchanged by all the BTS through wireless channel, transparently, down-linking user traffic towards a user equipment append to the leaf BTS from the first hub BTS to the leaf BTS in the first communication area using a first frequency band and up-linking the user traffic from the user equipment append to the leaf BTS using wireless channel between second hub BTS and leaf BTS. | 05-30-2013 |
20130136041 | Automatic Guard Period Adjustment in Time Division Duplexed Wireless Communication - The present invention is directed to methods for adjusting a guard period in a cellular wireless communication system, to a base station adapted to adjust a guard period, and to a network management entity for adjusting a guard period. One method comprises the steps: obtaining (S | 05-30-2013 |
20130142090 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING DIVERSITY SERVICE ANTENNA IN PORTABLE TERMINAL - An apparatus and method configure a diversity antenna in a portable terminal. The apparatus includes a first antenna, a second antenna, a first communication unit for processing a first communication scheme signal communicated through the first antenna, a second communication unit for processing a second communication scheme signal communicated through the second antenna, and a control unit for configuring the first antenna as a diversity antenna for the second communication unit when the first communication unit is not driven. | 06-06-2013 |
20130148552 | BASE STATION AND METHOD FOR ALLOCATING COMMUNICATION RESOURCE THEREOF, USER DEVICE AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A base station communicates with a user device in the mode of time division duplexing based on the orthogonal frequency division multiplexing scheme. The physics transmission resource used for communicating between the station and device is divided into a plurality of continuous frames in the time domain, each containing a plurality of sub-frames. The base station can include: a period determination device, for determining the period of the current frame, composed of a predetermined number of frames in a plurality of frames; a judgment device, for determining whether each sub-frame in the current frame is marked as the first or second state; a communication control device, for permitting the base station to communicate with the user device on the sub-frame when it is in the first state, forbidding communication only concerned with the user device performed by the base station on the sub-frame when it is in the second state. | 06-13-2013 |
20130155914 | RESOURCE ALLOCATION FOR PUCCH FORMAT 1B WITH CHANNEL SELECTION IN AN LTE-A TDD SYSTEM - Embodiments of methods and apparatus for resource allocation for physical uplink control channels are described herein. Other embodiments may be described and claimed. | 06-20-2013 |
20130155915 | USER EQUIPMENT, PDSCH A/N TRANSMITTING METHOD THEREOF, TRANSMISSION/RECEPTION POINT, AND PDSCH A/N RECEIVING METHOD THEREOF - The present invention relates to a system that includes a transmission/reception point and a user equipment having different configurations in inter-band and performs a TDD (Time Division Duplex) method. | 06-20-2013 |
20130155916 | RESOURCE SELECTION FOR TRANSMISSION OF MULTIPLE ACK/NACK ON PUCCH CHANNEL - In a method of operating a communication network ( | 06-20-2013 |
20130155917 | Dynamic sub-frame configuration method and apparatus in time division duplex system - The present application discloses a dynamic sub-frame configuration method in the TDD system. The method includes: in the case that the uplink and downlink sub-frame configuration of a cell and the uplink and downlink sub-frame configuration of its neighboring cell are different in the configuration of a sub-frame, a part of resources on the sub-frame are made to be silent for the cell, and the resources on the sub-frame corresponding to the resources not silenced on the sub-frame for cell are made to be silent for the neighboring cell; or, a part of resources on the sub-frame are made to be silent for the neighboring cell, and the resources on the sub-frame corresponding to the resources not silenced on the sub-frame for the neighboring cell are made to be silent for the cell. The present application further provides a dynamic sub-frame configuration apparatus in the TDD system. Not only can the problem that inter-cell interference is introduced during sub-frame switching in the TDD system be solved, but also the normal uplink and downlink measurement can be guaranteed, without affecting ACK/NACK is feedback and HARQ process, and meantime the frequency spectrum utilization ratio is increased. | 06-20-2013 |
20130163484 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING SIGNALS BY USING A PRESET FRAME STRUCTURE IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to an apparatus and a method for transmitting/receiving signals by using a preset frame structure in a wireless communication system. As there are difficulties ensuring the link capacity and quality for a high speed moving object with the existing frame structure and the antenna arrangement and communication system based on the existing scheme, a new frame structure needs to be proposed. According to one example of those newly proposed frame structures, one frame is composed of 8 subframes, each of the 8 subframes being composed of orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA) symbols in a range of 11 to 14, and the cyclic prefix (CP) length of the frame is ⅛ or less of an effective symbol length (e.g., ⅛, 1/16, 1/31, 1/64). | 06-27-2013 |
20130163485 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR ALLOCATING BACKHAUL LINK RESOURCE - Embodiments of the present invention provide a method and a device for allocating a backhaul link resource. The method includes: selecting, by a first base station, at least one subframe in an uplink (UL) frequency band in a frequency division duplex (FDD) wireless communication system; and allocating the selected at least one subframe as a backhaul link resource between the first base station and a second base station. With the method, the device and the system for allocating a backhaul link resource according to the embodiments of the present invention, a subframe is selected in an unexhausted frequency band in existing bandwidth resources and allocated to a wireless backhaul link. Therefore, the existing bandwidth resources are released, resources are allocated to wireless backhaul links, and costs of the communication system are saved. | 06-27-2013 |
20130170406 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, RADIO BASE STATION APPARATUS AND MOBILE TERMINAL APPARATUS - Provided are a radio communication system, a radio base station apparatus and a mobile terminal apparatus to which duplex schemes are applied effectively in a communication system of which a frequency band is formed with a plurality of fundamental frequency blocks. In the radio communication system of which a frequency band allocated to radio communication between the radio base station apparatus and the mobile terminal apparatus is configured by adding or deleting fundamental frequency blocks, the fundamental frequency blocks of the frequency band have at least a first fundamental frequency block and a second fundamental frequency block, the first fundamental frequency block is used to perform FDD-based radio communication and the second fundamental frequency block is used to perform TDD-based or half duplex FDD-based radio communication. | 07-04-2013 |
20130170407 | Method and User Equipment for Mapping ACK/NACK Response Messages - The present invention provides as method and a user UE for mapping ACK/NACK response messages. The method comprises the UE determining number L of bits of ACK/NACK response messages according to predetermined conditions, wherein, the predetermined conditions include at least one of: a number of downlink component carriers or cells that are allocated to the UE by a base station, and a transmission mode of each of the downlink component carriers; and the UE mapping the ACK/NACK response messages to the L bits so as to handle them correctly. | 07-04-2013 |
20130176917 | Method of Handling Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request Acknowledgement Responses in Wireless Communication System - A method of handling hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) acknowledgement responses in a network of a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method comprises assigning resources for a plurality of physical hybrid indicator channels (PHICHs) and a plurality of extended physical hybrid indicator channels (ePHICHs); and transmitting a HARQ acknowledgement response to a communication device of the wireless communication system on a channel selected from the plurality of PHICHs and the plurality of ePHICHs, after receiving an uplink transmission from the communication device. | 07-11-2013 |
20130176918 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING HARQ-ACK INFORMATION BASED ON TRANSMISSION DIVERSITY - A method for transmitting HARQ-ACK information based on transmission diversity is provided. The method includes configuring two component carriers, referred to as Cells, for a User Equipment (UE); when a base station configures the UE to transmit HARQ-ACK information adopting the transmission diversity technique, the base station indicates dynamically whether an other Cell is scheduled in the same subframe via a PDCCH scheduling a PDSCH of one Cell, so as to enable the UE to know the number of Cells scheduled in the same downlink subframe by the base station, and to generate HARQ-ACK information based on the number of Cells. Unnecessary spatial bundling of the HARQ-ACK information may be avoided, unnecessary downlink data retransmission is reduced and throughput of downlink data is improved. | 07-11-2013 |
20130176919 | TRANSMISSION METHOD AND DEVICE IN LONG TERM EVOLUTION TIME DIVISION DUPLEX SYSTEM - A transmission method in a Long Term Evolution time division duplex system can carry out reconfiguration for half-frame structures. According to the coverage range requirements of the system, it performs flexible configuration of the number of special time slot areas and the downlink pilot time slots, guard intervals or uplink pilot time slots included therein, and so can support different coverage ranges. A base station and user terminal using above method in the Long Term Evolution time division duplex system. | 07-11-2013 |
20130176920 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING A PLURALITY OF PIECES OF RECEIPT ACKNOWLEDGEMENT INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided is a method and apparatus for transmitting acknowledgement/not-acknowledgement (ACK/NACK) of a user equipment to which a plurality of cells are assigned in a wireless communication system operating with time division duplex (TDD). The method includes: receiving a plurality of codewords via the plurality of serving cells; generating ACK/NACK information indicating reception acknowledgement for each codeword; bundling the generated ACK/NACK information; and transmitting the bundled ACK/NACK information, wherein the bundling is sequentially performed on a part or entirety of the generated ACK/NACK information until an amount of the ACK/NACK information is less than or equal to a predetermined transmission amount. | 07-11-2013 |
20130182618 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING APERIODIC SRS IN TDD SYSTEM - Disclosed are a method and a device for transmitting an aperiodic SRS in a TDD system. In the technical solution of the present invention,a symbol is defined for the transmission of the aperiodic SRS in a special subframe in the TDD system. This avoids a scenario in which the transmission position of the aperiodic SRS is undefined when a plurality of symbols that can be used to transmit the aperiodic SRS are available in an uplink pilot time slot (UpPTS). The problem of transmitting aperiodic SRS in a TDD system special subframe is thus solved. The modification to corresponding instruction messages is not extensive, and there is no overuse of system resources. | 07-18-2013 |
20130182619 | Enhanced Physical Uplink Control Channel Format Resource Allocation for Time Division Duplex Mode - In one aspect thereof the exemplary embodiments provide a method that includes, when in a time division duplex mode of operation with a user equipment, allocating physical uplink control channel resources by reserving physical uplink control channel resources with a granularity of one acknowledge/negative acknowledge (ACK/NACK) bundle; and sending an indication of the allocated physical uplink control channel resources from a network access node to the user equipment. | 07-18-2013 |
20130188530 | Full-Duplex Deployment In Wireless Communications - The specification and drawings present a new method, apparatus and software related product (e.g., a computer readable memory) for configuring/implementing by a network/network element a partial full-duplex in time dependent operational mode for wireless communications between UEs and the network/network element, e.g., in LTE systems. The time dependent partial full-duplex may further include bandwidth allocations for the full-duplex and half-duplex time intervals. In the half-duplex time periods, undesirable interference and self-interference effects during signal detection by the UEs and/or eNBs may be reduced to an advantage. The network may configure a time dependence of the partial full-duplex operational mode for wireless communications between UEs and the network, wherein during at least one time interval the network configures a full-duplex operational mode and during at least one other time interval the network configures a half-duplex operational mode for the wireless communications between the UEs and the network. | 07-25-2013 |
20130188531 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR NETWORK ENERGY SAVINGS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Disclosed herein are methods and apparatus for network energy savings in a wireless communication system, such as the 3GPP LTE system. Particularly, one such method reduces power consumption in a base station by selectively muting or disabling downlink transmissions of certain control signal symbols in one or more subframes or frames. The disclosed methods and apparatus can apply independently or in combination in both FDD and TDD systems. | 07-25-2013 |
20130188532 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING PHYSICAL UPLINK SHARED CHANNEL SIGNAL IN CELLULAR RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM SUPPORTING CARRIER AGGREGATION SCHEME - An apparatus and a method for transmitting/receiving a Physical Uplink Shared CHannel (PUSCH) signal in a cellular radio communication system supporting a Carrier Aggregation (CA) scheme are provided. In the PUSCH transmission method, a User Equipment (UE) transmits a PUSCH signal to a Base Station (BS) based on an UpLink (UL)/DownLink (DL) Configuration, wherein, for a Time Division Duplexing (TDD) scheme, if the UE is configured with more than one serving cell, UL/DL Configurations of at least two serving cells are different, and a serving cell is one of a primary cell and a secondary cell, a UL/DL Configuration for the serving cell is set as a UL-reference UL/DL Configuration based on a pair formed by a UL/DL Configuration for another serving cell and the UL/DL Configuration for the serving cell. | 07-25-2013 |
20130188533 | Dynamic Direction Changing in Time Division Duplex Radios - In accordance with some embodiments, in a time division duplex system, the transmission direction may be changed dynamically, for example in response to instantaneous traffic conditions. Particularly in some embodiments an eNodeB or base station may, in response to instantaneous traffic conditions, change the direction of transmission in certain subframes. In some embodiments this can be done in a way which is backwards compatible with prior generations of Long-Term Evolution (LTE) radio systems. | 07-25-2013 |
20130188534 | Methods and Devices for Communicating on a Radio Channel Based on Jointly Encoding a Preamble Format with Random Access Configuration - The invention relates to devices and methods for transmitting data on a radio channel comprising to jointly encode a preamble format with a first random access configuration, forming an extended random access configuration. The extended random access configuration is then transmitted on the radio channel. | 07-25-2013 |
20130188535 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING RECEPTION CONFIRMATION IN WIRELESS SYSTEM - Provided are a method and an apparatus for transmitting a reception confirmation in a wireless system. A terminal determines at least one downlink sub-frame for ACK/NACK feedback from each of a plurality of serving cells and determines the number of ACK/NACK bits for the plurality of serving cells. The terminal generates bundled ACK/NACK bits by arraying the ACK/NACK bits in the ascending order of the cell index of the plurality of serving cells, and transmits the bundled ACK/NACK bits. | 07-25-2013 |
20130194980 | DEVICES FOR RECONFIGURING UPLINK AND DOWNLINK ALLOCATIONS - A User Equipment (UE) for reconfiguring uplink and downlink (UL-DL) allocations is described. The UE includes a processor and instructions stored in memory that is in electronic communication with the processor. The UE determines whether at least one subframe is convertible over a default Time Domain Duplexing (TDD) UL-DL configuration. If at least one subframe is convertible, then the UE determines a first reference UL-DL configuration and a second reference UL-DL configuration. The UE also sends any hybrid automatic repeat request acknowledgement (HARQ-ACK) information corresponding to a Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH) based on the first reference configuration. The UE further determines a Physical Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH) schedule based on the second reference UL-DL configuration. The UE additionally receives any hybrid automatic repeat request acknowledgement (HARQ-ACK) information corresponding to a Physical Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH) based on the second reference UL-DL configuration. | 08-01-2013 |
20130194981 | System and Method for Supporting Inter-Band Carrier Aggregation with Different UL/DL TDD Configurations - In some implementations, a method of wireless communications between a wireless communications network and wireless user equipment includes receiving, using a primary Time Division Duplex (TDD) configuration, data on a primary component carrier in a first frequency band. Using a secondary TDD configuration, data on a secondary component carrier is received in a second frequency band different from the first frequency band. A Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request (HARQ) for data received on the secondary component carrier is transmitted using a supplemental TDD configuration. A transmission or retransmission on the secondary component carrier uses a supplemental TDD configuration as well. The supplemental TDD configuration is different from the secondary TDD configuration. Furthermore, an uplink supplemental configuration may be different from a downlink supplemental configuration. | 08-01-2013 |
20130194982 | INTERFERENCE MANAGEMENT FOR DYNAMIC UPLINK AND DOWNLINK CONFIGURATION - An apparatus and method for managing interference to facilitate allocation of a dynamic uplink and downlink configuration are disclosed herein. Determining whether a first cell causes interference less than a pre-determined threshold level to one or more neighboring cells or whether flexible subframes of radio frames associated with the one or more neighboring cells operate as downlink subframes. In response to the determining condition being met, allocating a first flexible subframe of a first radio frame associated with the first cell to operate as a downlink subframe at normal transmit power level. In response to the determining condition not being met, allocating the first flexible subframe of the first radio frame associated with the first cell as one of a downlink subframe operating in a reduced transmit power level or as an uplink subframe. | 08-01-2013 |
20130194983 | METHOD FOR EFFECTIVELY TRANSMITTING CONTROL SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of performing HARQ performed by a user equipment (UE) is provided. The method includes receiving a bundling indicator which indicates the number of bundled downlink subframes, determining whether at least one bundled downlink subframe is missed by comparing the bundling indicator with the number of detected bundled downlink subframes, generating a representative ACK/NACK signal when no bundled downlink subframe is missed, and transmitting the representative ACK/NACK signal on an uplink channel. Recovery capability is maximized and the packet loss is reduced in such a situation that less number of ACK/NACK signals are fed back than that of downlink packets. | 08-01-2013 |
20130201885 | Short Random Access Channel (RACH) Disabling in TDD-LTE - In TDD-LTE wireless systems, an additional fourth preamble for the random access channel, called short RACH, may be used. If short RACH signaling is to be used, the random access preamble is transmitted in the uplink pilot time slot (UpPTS) field in the special subframe. The location of the uplink pilot time slot (UpPTS) is next to a downlink subframe. Therefore, interference from neighbor base stations may interfere with the short RACH preamble within the uplink pilot time slot. The interference to the short RACH will prevent the eNodeB from detecting the short RACH preamble and thus prevent the UE from accessing the network. An interference level on an Uplink Pilot Time Slot (UpPTS) may be measured and when the interference level exceeds a threshold value a User Equipment (UE) is instructed to disable short Random Access Channel (RACH) signaling. The UE may then be instructed to enable normal RACH. When the interference level falls below the threshold value the UE is instructed to resume short RACH signaling | 08-08-2013 |
20130208633 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING ACK/NACK FEEDBACK INFORMATION - Disclosed are a method and an apparatus for transmitting ACK/NACK feedback information. By applying the technical solution of the present invention, when ACK/NACK feedback information is transmitted based on an ACK/NACK mapping table with a PUCCH format 1b with channel selection scheme, the problem of inconsistent detection results due to inconformity of the transmission scheme by a base station and a user equipment (UE) in the process of feeding back the ACK/NACK feedback information can be avoided, so as to implement a rollback of LTE Rel-8 PUCCH format 1a/1b. | 08-15-2013 |
20130208634 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK AND DOWNLINK DATA IN TDD SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus for transmitting uplink/downlink data on Time Division Duplexing (TDD) carriers are provided. The method includes transmitting to a base station in a Primary Cell (PCell) and a Secondary Cell (SCell), a TDD Uplink-Downlink (UL-DL) configuration of the PCell having a DL subframe super-set or UL subset that are common in the SCell and the PCell and a TDD UL-DL configuration differing from each other, receiving data at a first subframe in the SCell, and transmitting, when a UL subframe set of the SCell is a subset of a UL subframe of the PCell, a feedback corresponding to the data at a subframe predefined in association with the first subframe in the PCell according to the TDD UL-DL configuration of the SCell. The method supports both the self-scheduling and cross-carrier scheduling of the UE using carriers of different TDD configurations. | 08-15-2013 |
20130208635 | METHOD AND SYSTEM WHEREIN TIMESLOTS ALLOCATED FOR COMMON CONTROL CHANNELS MAY BE REUSED FOR USER TRAFFIC - A network apparatus for use in a wireless time division duplex (TDD) code division multiple access communication system includes a processor configured to allocate a time slot in a frame for a plurality of cells for transmission of data over a forward access channel (FACH). Each of the plurality of cells is allocated a different time slot in the frame for transmission of the data over the FACH. | 08-15-2013 |
20130208636 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TIME DIVISION DUPLEX COMMUNICATION - Embodiments provide a method and apparatus for performing time division duplex communication, such as may be performed over a wireless communications network. In the embodiments a first circuit pathway is used to transmit a first radio frequency signal in a transmission mode and a second circuit pathway is used to receive a second radio frequency signal in a reception mode. In the reception mode, the first radio frequency signal is switched to an alternate circuit pathway. This may be performed by a radio frequency integrated circuit or by other control circuitry. Switching to an alternate circuit pathway reduces leakage of the first radio frequency signal into the second radio frequency signal. | 08-15-2013 |
20130215801 | TIME VARYING CHANNELS HAVING PILOTS - A wireless communication unit for recovering transmit data comprises a receiver for receiving a signal comprising a data payload and at least two pilots, wherein at least a first pilot type of the at least two pilots is different to a second pilot type of the at least two pilots. The wireless communication unit further comprises a processor arranged to: extract at least one pilot of the first pilot type from the received signal; and recover the data payload from the received signal using the extracted at least one pilot of the first pilot type. | 08-22-2013 |
20130215802 | Transmitting methods of a signal on a random access channel in a wireless communication system - A transmitting method of a signal on a random access channel in a wireless communication system, comprises the steps that: a terminal transmits a preamble on the random access channel with a set time length ahead of the end position of an uplink pilot time slot, and the length of the preamble is the length of two symbols without a cyclic prefix. Another transmitting method of a signal on a random access channel in a wireless communication system, comprises the steps that: a terminal transmits a cyclic prefix and a preamble on the random access channel with a set time length ahead of the end position of an uplink pilot time slot, and the length of the preamble is the length of two symbols without a cyclic prefix. The methods can avoid the interference of the preamble to the data of the uplink subframe, and can improve the coverage area of the random access channel and the work efficiency of the time division duplex system. | 08-22-2013 |
20130215803 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates a method for a terminal to transmit acknowledgement information including determining a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) format and resource, in which acknowledgement information is transmitted in response to a downlink transmission in a downlink sub-frame set including M (M≧1) downlink sub-frame; and transmitting the acknowledgement information using the PUCCH format and resource in one uplink sub-frame. Here, one or more serving cells including one PCell and at least one SCell are configured to the terminal. In the determining step, the acknowledgement information may be transmitted using a PUCCH format 1a/1b, when a semi-persistent scheduling release physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) does not exist in the downlink sub-frame set, and one physical downlink shared channel, which is indicated through the detection of a corresponding PDCCH having a downlink assignment index value of one, exists in the downlink sub-frame set. | 08-22-2013 |
20130215804 | Base Station Subsystem, a RBS Part and a TMA Part and Methods Thereof for Synchronizing the RBS Part and the TMA Part - A base station subsystem ( | 08-22-2013 |
20130223295 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND CHANNEL TRANSMISSION/RECEPTION METHOD THEREOF - A method for transmitting a physical channel in a Time Division Duplex (TDD) communication system capable of carrier aggregation is provided for supporting aggregation of carriers having different TDD configurations. The communication method of a terminal in a TDD radio communication system accomplishing broadband through carrier aggregation of primary and secondary cells, of which aggregated carriers have different TDD Uplink-Downlink (UL-DL) configurations, includes receiving Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH) through the secondary cell, and transmitting acknowledgement information corresponding to the PDSCH to a base station, where acknowledgement information is transmitted on a Physical Uplink Control CHannel (PUCCH) of the primary cell. | 08-29-2013 |
20130223296 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REBALANCING THE SIZES OF THE DOWNLINK (DL) ASSOCIATION SETS FOR COMPONENT CARRIERS HAVING DIFFERENT TIME DIVISION DUPLEX SUBFRAME CONFIGURATIONS - Methods, apparatus and computer program products are provided for rebalancing the sizes of downlink (DL) association sets for component carriers having different time division duplex subframe configurations. A method is provided that includes determining DL subframes that are included in a DL association set for each of a plurality of component carriers. In an instance in which the number of acknowledgement (ACK)/negative acknowledgement (NACK) bits corresponding to the DL subframes included in the DL association sets for respective component carriers differ by at least a predetermined amount, the method modifies the number of ACK/NACK bits corresponding to the DL subframes that are included in the DL association sets for each of the respective component carriers. The method may also cause transmission of the ACK/NACK bits in accordance with the DL association sets, as modified, via the respective component carriers. Corresponding apparatus and computer program products are also provided. | 08-29-2013 |
20130223297 | METHOD, DEVICE AND SYSTEM FOR SOLVING CHANNEL COLLISION - The present invention relates to a method, device and system for solving channel collision, which are applied to a Long Term Evaluation Advanced (LTE-A) system. The method includes: receiving control information transmitted by a base station; transmitting uplink data to the base station according to the control information; and receiving decoding results on the uplink data from the base station, and determining the resource location of a Physical Hybrid ARQ Indicator Channel (PHICH) according to the control information, thereby determining the decoding result corresponding to a User Equipment (UE) itself. The implementation of the embodiments of the present invention can avoid the problem of collision the channel resources of the PHICH determined by the UE when the LTE-A has to be compatible with the LTE. | 08-29-2013 |
20130223298 | COMMUNICATION METHOD AND DEVICE IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - According to the invention, a wireless device communicates with a base station by applying a first downlink-uplink (DL-UL) setting that sets a plurality of downlink subframes and a plurality of uplink subframes at different times. The wireless device communicates with the base station by using at least one auxiliary subframe when receiving a second UL-DL setting from the base station. | 08-29-2013 |
20130223299 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING ACK/NACK IN TDD-BASED WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Disclosed are a method and a device for transmitting an ACK/NACK in a time division duplex (TDD)-based wireless communication system. A terminal receives an uplink grant that includes uplink resource allocation and piggyback information, and determines an ACK/NACK response for at least one downlink transmission block according to said piggyback information. The terminal multiplexes the ACK/NACK response with an uplink transport block and transmits the multiplexed ACK/NACK response. | 08-29-2013 |
20130223300 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR ACK/NACK TRANSMISSION IN TDD-BASED WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided are a method and a device for ACK/NACK transmission in a TDD (Time Division Duplex)-based wireless communication system. The terminal receives a SPS downlink transmission block on a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) without a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH), and receives a downlink transmission block on the PDSCH that is indicated by the PDCCH having a downlink assignment index (DAI). The terminal transmits a 2-bit ACK/NACK regarding the SPS downlink transmission block and the downlink transmission block on an uplink control channel. | 08-29-2013 |
20130229953 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR INDICATING SYNCHRONIZATION SIGNALS IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - A base station in a heterogeneous network is configured to communicate with a plurality of base stations via a backhaul link and configured to communicate with a plurality of subscriber stations. The base station includes a transmit path configured to transmit data, reference signals, synchronization signals and control elements to at least one of the plurality of subscriber stations. The base station also includes processing circuitry configured to map primary synchronization signals (PSS) and secondary synchronization signals (SSS) onto each of a carrier of a first carrier type and a carrier of a second carrier type. The PSS and SSS on the second carrier type are mapped onto different time locations than in the first carrier type. In addition, the PSS/SSS are mapped onto consecutive resource elements (REs) on each of the carrier of the first type and the carrier of the second type. | 09-05-2013 |
20130229954 | FREQUENCY SYNTHESIZER ARCHITECTURE IN A TIME-DIVISION DUPLEX MODE FOR A WIRELESS DEVICE - A dual frequency synthesizer architecture for a wireless device operating in a time division duplex (TDD) mode is disclosed. In an exemplary design, the wireless device includes first and second frequency synthesizers. The first frequency synthesizer generates a first oscillator signal used to generate a first/receive local oscillator (LO) signal at an LO frequency for the receiver. The second frequency synthesizer generates a second oscillator signal used to generate a second/transmit LO signal at the same LO frequency for the transmitter. The two frequency synthesizers generate their oscillator signals to obtain receive and transmit LO signals at the same LO frequency when the wireless device operates in the TDD mode. | 09-05-2013 |
20130229955 | FREQUENCY SCAN METHOD FOR DETERMINING THE SYSTEM CENTER FREQUENCY FOR LTE TDD - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for wireless communication are provided in which a set of time intervals is obtained from a received radio frequency signal. A power profile is determined for a frequency spectrum segment in each time interval. A first list is used to identify frequency spectrum segments that exhibit a power or energy profile over a range of frequencies associated with a downlink channel bandwidth, and a second list is used to identify frequency spectrum segments that have a total or average energy greater than a threshold energy relative to a noise floor. An absolute radio frequency channel number (ARFCN) of a wireless communication system is determined based on the time intervals identified in the first and second lists. | 09-05-2013 |
20130229956 | TDD Sector Control Systems and Methods - Systems and methods are described for controlling transmission in a wireless network. In these systems and methods a sequence of time zones may be provided whereby each time zone can be allocated to one of a plurality of base stations. For each base station dead times in the sequence are identified in which the base station is prohibited from transmitting and receiving. The dead times for the base station may correspond to transmit or receive zones of at least one other base station. The dead times can be interleaved with transmit zones and receive zones assigned to the base station. Configuration and duration of the dead times may be selected to reduce interference between base stations. Base stations can support different wireless transmission systems including OFDM and OFDMA systems and others. | 09-05-2013 |
20130235768 | HANDLING SCHEDULING REQUEST COLLISIONS WITH AN ACK/NACK REPETITION SIGNAL - Systems and methods for handling of scheduling request collisions with an ACK/NACK repetition signal are provided. A pending scheduling request may be refrained from being transmitted due to the collision. The SR counter may be refrained from incrementing and the SR prohibit timer may be refrained from starting such that additional latency is not introduced into the scheduling request procedure. Alternatively, a pending scheduling request may be transmitted with the ACK/NACK repetition signal in the same subframe when the collision occurs. The ACK/NACK repetition signal may be transmitted on the SR PUCCH resource to indicate a positive scheduling request. If there is no pending scheduling request to be transmitted, the ACK/NACK repetition signal may be transmitted on the ACK/NACK PUCCH resource. | 09-12-2013 |
20130235769 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR ENABLING NON-DESTAGGERED CHANNEL ESTIMATION - Certain aspects of the present disclosure relate to techniques and apparatus for enabling non-destaggered channel estimation. In aspects, a method for wireless communications is provided including determining a first channel impulse response (CIR) based on a first set of received reference signals staggered in time, determining a second CIR based on a second set of received reference signals from the same sub-frame time slot, wherein a reference signal is associated with one of a plurality of virtual transmit antenna ports, and aligning the first CIR and the second CIR based, at least in part, on a time tracking loop (TTL) timing offset. | 09-12-2013 |
20130242813 | UPLINK CONTROL CHANNEL RESOURCE MAPPING IN CARRIER AGGREGATION SYSTEMS - Certain aspects of the present disclosure describe determining a downlink (DL) hybrid automatic repeat request (HARD) timing linkage between a first component carrier and a second component carrier, the first component carrier having a different uplink (UL) and DL configuration than the second component carrier. A derived downlink association set can be determined. A PUCCH resource in a subframe can be identified based on a first downlink association set associated with the first component carrier and the derived downlink association set. | 09-19-2013 |
20130242814 | UPLINK CONTROL CHANNEL RESOURCE COLLISION RESOLUTION IN CARRIER AGGREGATION SYSTEMS - Systems, methods, and apparatuses of a wireless communications network include identifying a resource collision between uplink channels for acknowledgement/negative acknowledgement (ACK/NACK) signaling of a first component carrier and a second component carrier. An indicator representative of the ACK/NACK signaling of the first component carrier and the second component carrier can be identified. | 09-19-2013 |
20130242815 | UPLINK CONTROL CHANNEL RESOURCE COLLISION AVOIDANCE IN CARRIER AGGREGATION SYSTEMS - Systems, apparatuses, and methods of a wireless communications network include identifying a first downlink control channel. The possibility of an acknowledgement/negative acknowledgement (ACK/NACK) resource collision on a first uplink control channel is determined for a first component carrier and a second uplink control channel for a second carrier component. A second downlink control channel can be identified to avoid the ACK/NACK resource collision. | 09-19-2013 |
20130242816 | HARQ/ACK CODEBOOK SIZE DETERMINATION - Embodiments of the present disclosure describe devices, methods, computer-readable media and systems configurations for determining a hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ)-acknowledgment (ACK) codebook in wireless communication networks. | 09-19-2013 |
20130242817 | UPLINK CONTROL CHANNEL RESOURCE MAPPING FOR AN ENHANCED PDCCH IN LTE SYSTEMS - An enhanced physical down link control channel (ePDCCH) for Long Term Evolution (LTE) systems is described that is constructed using enhanced control channel elements (eCCEs). Techniques are also described by which user equipment (UE) may be implicitly allocated uplink resources for transmitting acknowledgements to data received via downlink resources allocated by an ePDCCH. | 09-19-2013 |
20130242818 | Techniques for Timers Associated with Powering Receiver Circuitry at a Wireless Device - Examples are disclosed for timers associated with powering receiver circuitry at a wireless device or user equipment. The examples include separately defining one or more timers based on different time division duplex (TDD) configurations. The different TDD configurations may be used for communications between user equipment and serving cells supported by one or more base stations such as evolved node Bs (eNBs) in a Long Term Evolution (LTE) wireless network. The defined timers may be used by the user equipment to selectively power receiver circuitry. Other examples are described and claimed. | 09-19-2013 |
20130242819 | SCHEDULING TIMING DESIGN FOR A TDD SYSTEM - Disclosed is a method of transmitting, from an enhanced Node B (eNB), an indication of an uplink/downlink (UL-DL) subframe configuration of a scheduling cell and a scheduled cell in a wireless time-division duplex (TDD) system. Embodiments include identifying the type of the UL-DL subframe configuration of the scheduling cell and determining a UL-DL subframe configuration to use for UL resource allocation of the scheduled cell. Other embodiments include identifying a reference UL-DL subframe configuration to use for UL resource allocation of the scheduled cell. | 09-19-2013 |
20130242820 | DIGITAL FILTER CONTROL FOR FILTER TRACKING SPEEDUP - A method for speeding up a filter tracking speed includes scaling filter coefficients based at least in part on an uplink/downlink configuration in a time division duplex (TDD) or a multimedia broadcast single frequency network (MBSFN) system. The method also includes applying scaled filter coefficients during at least one downlink subframe to control a filter tracking speed. | 09-19-2013 |
20130242821 | Apparatus and Method to Reduce Interference between Frequency-Division Duplex and Time-Division Duplex Signals in a Communication System - An apparatus, method and system to reduce interference between frequency-division duplex and time-division duplex signals in a communication system. In one embodiment, an apparatus includes a processor ( | 09-19-2013 |
20130242822 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING ACK/NACK IN A TDD-BASED WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided are a method and an apparatus for transmitting ACK/NACK in a time division duplex (TDD)-based wireless communication system. A terminal receives zero or more downlink transmission blocks in M downlink subframes from a first serving cell, and determines an ACK/NACK state {HARQ-ACK(1), HARQ-ACK(2), HARQ-ACK(3), HARQ-ACK(4)} for the first serving cell. The terminal determines an ACK/NACK response based on said ACK/NACK state, and transmits the ACK/NACK response in an uplink subframe. | 09-19-2013 |
20130242823 | Sub-Frame Configuration - Transmitting an indication of a default configuration for a sub-frame having a downlink transmission portion and an uplink transmission portion; transmitting an indication of a preferred configuration for said sub-frame; and scheduling transmissions to and/or from a communication device according to said preferred sub-frame configuration. | 09-19-2013 |
20130250820 | MULTI-MODE POWER AMPLIFIER ARCHITECTURE - Radio frequency (RF) circuitry, which includes a time division duplex (TDD)/frequency division duplex (FDD) driver stage, a TDD final stage, an FDD final stage, and power directing circuitry, is disclosed. The power directing circuitry is coupled between the TDD/FDD driver stage and the TDD final stage, and is further coupled between the TDD/FDD driver stage and the FDD final stage. | 09-26-2013 |
20130250821 | RESOURCE ALLOCATION METHOD AND DEVICE IN MULTI-NODE SYSTEM - Provided are a resource allocation method and device in a multi-node system comprising a plurality of nodes and a base station which is connected to each of the plurality of nodes and controls same. The method comprises: partitioning wireless resources which the base station can use; and allocating the partitioned wireless resources to the plurality of nodes, respectively, wherein the wireless resources allocated to the plurality of nodes, respectively, have different frequency bands or frame structures between the nodes which may cause interference. | 09-26-2013 |
20130250822 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING SIGNAL IN TDD-BASED WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided are a method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving a signal of a user equipment in a time division duplex (TDD)-based carrier aggregation system. The method includes: receiving a downlink grant for at least one subframe of a secondary cell via a subframe of a primary cell; and receiving downlink data in the at least one subframe of the secondary cell on the basis of the downlink grant, wherein the primary cell and the secondary cell are set to different downlink (DL)-uplink (UL) configurations among DL-UL configurations indicating how a downlink subframe and an uplink subframe are configured in a radio frame, and wherein the downlink grant includes a downlink subframe index (DSI) indicating the at least one subframe of the secondary cell. | 09-26-2013 |
20130258913 | TDD PIPELINE PROCESSING - Pipeline automatic gain control (AGC) processing is conducted by a mobile device when preparing for reception of one or more synchronization signals in a cell, when the mobile device has no knowledge of a timing and/or configuration of the synchronization signals in the cell. The mobile device triggers selection of a particular set of pipeline AGC processing operations and sets an amplifier with an amplifier gain setting determined by the selected set of pipeline AGC processing operations. | 10-03-2013 |
20130258914 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING ACK/NACK IN TDD-BASED WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided are a method and apparatus for transmitting positive-acknowledgement (ACK)/negative-acknowledgement (NACK) in a time division duplex (TDD)-based wireless communication system. A user equipment receives an uplink grant which includes an uplink resource assignment and an uplink downlink assignment index (DAI), determines an ACK/NACK payload size on the basis of a value of the uplink DAI, and generates an ACK/NACK response for the at least one downlink transport block. The user equipment multiplexes the ACK/NACK response on an uplink transport block, and transmits the multiplexed ACK/NACK response. | 10-03-2013 |
20130265913 | FRAMING FOR AN ADAPTIVE MODULATION COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A system and method for mapping a combined frequency division duplexing (FDD) Time Division Multiplexing (TDM)/Time Division Multiple Access (TDMA) downlink subframe for use with half-duplex and full-duplex terminals in a communication system. Embodiments of the downlink subframe vary Forward Error Correction (FEC) types for a given modulation scheme as well as support the implementation of a smart antenna at a base station in the communication system. Embodiments of the system are also used in a TDD communication system to support the implementation of smart antennae. A scheduling algorithm allows TDM and TDMA portions of a downlink to efficiently co-exist in the same downlink subframe and simultaneously support full and half-duplex terminals. | 10-10-2013 |
20130265914 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING ACK/NACK IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM BASED ON TDD - Provided is a method of transmitting ACK/NACK in a TDD-based wireless communication system. The method includes: receiving M downlink subframes associated with an uplink subframe n in each of two serving cells; determining four candidate resources based on the M downlink subframes received in each of the two serving cells; and transmitting an ACK/NACK response for the M downlink subframes by using one resource selected from the four candidate resources in the uplink subframe n, wherein the two serving cells includes a first serving cell and a second serving cell, and wherein among the four candidate resources, a first resource and a second resource are associated with a PDSCH or a SPS release PDCCH for releasing semi-persistent scheduling received in the first serving cell, and a third resource and a fourth resources are associated with a PDSCH received in the second serving cell. | 10-10-2013 |
20130265915 | SCHEDULER SYSTEM FOR SIMULTANEOUS TRANSMIT AND RECEIVE - A wireless communication system and method schedules a beginning of an uplink transmission from a wireless device to a network transceiver with a first predetermined period of time after an end of a downlink transmission from the network transceiver device to the wireless device is scheduled. The uplink transmission and the downlink transmission comprise the same carrier frequency. The first predetermined period of time is related to a time required for the wireless device to switch from between receive and transmit modes. A beginning a downlink transmission from the network transceiver to the wireless device is scheduled with a second predetermined period of time after an end of an uplink transmission from the wireless device to the network transceiver is scheduled. The second predetermined period of time is related to a time required for the wireless device to switch between transmit and receive modes. | 10-10-2013 |
20130265916 | COORDINATED SCHEDULING FOR TIME DIVISION DUPLEX NETWORK - The invention relates to Coordinated Scheduling for a Time Division Duplex (TDD) network. In a method for User Equipment (UE) scheduling by a base station in a TDD network, the base station receives scheduling decision from at least one neighboring cell of the base station, and schedules a UE among a plurality of UEs in the serving cell of the base station based on the scheduling decision from the at least one neighboring cell and based on smart antenna information. The inter-cell interference is suppressed and therefore the network performance is improved. | 10-10-2013 |
20130272169 | HARQ FOR DYNAMIC CHANGE OF THE TDD UL/DL CONFIGURATION IN LTE TDD SYSTEMS - Systems, methods, and apparatuses are directed to reconfiguring a time division duplex (TDD) uplink/downlink (UL/DL) configuration. A first TDD UL/DL configuration can be identified for a first radio frame. A second TDD UL/DL configuration can be identified for a second radio frame adjacent the first radio frame. The second TDD UL/DL configuration can be identified based, at least in part, on one or more subframes of the second TDD UL/DL configuration that can communicate hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) acknowledgement/negative acknowledgement (ACK/NACK) indicators for corresponding subframes of the first TDD UL/DL configuration. | 10-17-2013 |
20130272170 | ADAPTIVE UL-DL TDD CONFIGURATIONS IN A HETEROGNEOUS NETWORK - Technology for adapting uplink-downlink (UL-DL) time-division duplexing (TDD) subframe configurations in a heterogeneous network (HetNet) is disclosed. One method can include a reference enhanced Node B (eNB) determining a preferred adaptive UL-DL configuration. The eNB can receive node configuration information for at least one neighboring node. The eNB can reconfigure an adaptive UL-DL configuration for at least one of the reference eNB and the at least one neighboring node based on the node configuration information and sounding reference signal (SRS) subframe scheduling of the reference eNB and the at least one neighboring eNB. | 10-17-2013 |
20130272171 | BASE STATION AND COMMUNICATION RESOURCE ALLOCATION METHOD THEREOF, AND USER EQUIPMENT AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A base station (BS) and communication resource allocation method thereof, and a user equipment (UE) and communication control method thereof are disclosed. BS communicates with UE in a time division duplex manner based on orthogonal frequency division multiplexing OFDM scheme. A period in which each subframe resides is determined, and the period is composed of at least one subframe sequence, the subframe sequence accords with the same subframe allocation mode. According to the allocation mode, each subframe in each period is determined to be signed as a first state subframe or as a second state subframe, wherein the second state is different from the first state. Each subframe of the period is signed as the first state subframe or the second state subframe according to the allocation mode. The subframes signed as the first subframes are continuous and include at least one uplink subframe and at least one downlink subframe. | 10-17-2013 |
20130272172 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More particularly, the present invention relates to a method and apparatus for transmitting uplink control information in the event that a plurality of cells is constructed, wherein the method comprises the following steps: receiving a PDCCH and/or a PDSCH; generating acknowledgement information on the PDCCH and/or PDSCH; and, if acknowledgement information transmission timing and channel state information transmission timing collide with each other, dropping the channel state information and transmitting only the acknowledgement information, or transmitting the acknowledgement information, or transmitting the acknowledgement information and the channel state information together in accordance with a predetermined condition. | 10-17-2013 |
20130272173 | TECHNIQUES FOR UPLINK POWER CONTROL - Examples are disclosed for determining, at a base station, separate open loop power control factors for one or more uplink interference patterns based on received time division duplex configuration information received from one or more neighboring base stations. In some examples, the separate open loop power control factors may be communicated to wireless devices coupled with the base station. For these examples, the wireless devices may adjust transmit power controls responsive to receiving the separate open loop power control factors. Other examples are described and claimed. | 10-17-2013 |
20130272174 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR CONFIGURING FRAMES FOR DEVICE COOPERATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Disclosed are a method and a device for transmitting uplink (UL) data in a wireless communication system. A cooperative device receives said UL data from a source device through a listening interval which is set within a TDD frame of said cooperative device, and transmits said UL data received from said source device to a base station through a UL subframe within the TDD frame of said cooperative device. At this time, said listening interval is overlapped with the UL subframe within the TDD frame of said source device. | 10-17-2013 |
20130279377 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR DATA TRANSMISSION BASED ON CARRIER AGGREGATION (CA) TECHNOLOGY - The present invention discloses a method and device for data transmission based on carrier aggregation (CA) technology. The method and device are used for ensuring that user equipments can work normally, when the multiple cells aggregated from the user equipments supporting CA technology have different time division duplex (TDD) uplink/downlink (UL/DL) configurations. The method includes: a base station configures at least two time division duplex uplink/downlink carrier TDD UL/DL configuration collections for the user equipments, wherein each TDD UL/DL configuration collection includes at least one cell; the base station respectively configures one cell in each TDD UL/DL configuration collection to be an especial cell (Ecell). | 10-24-2013 |
20130286902 | FLEXIBLE SPECIAL SUBFRAME CONFIGURATION FOR TDD IN LTE - Dynamically changing uplink-downlink configurations in adjacent cells in a TDD networks introduces interference to special subframes between downlink and uplink transmissions. Adaptation is disclosed of different special subframe configurations for certain subframes based on different communication environment characteristics experienced on the special subframes. The different special subframe configurations may be differ among special subframe within the same or in a different radio frames or may be applied to a corresponding subframe in a neighboring cell. Over time, as changes to the communication environment are detected, the special subframe configurations may adapt to the communication environment characteristics. | 10-31-2013 |
20130286903 | Interference Cancellation for Full-Duplex Communications - A communications apparatus used in a wireless full duplex system is disclosed. The communications apparatus includes a receiver chain connected to an antenna and an interference cancelling chain. One or more cancellation signals generated by the interference cancelling chain are fed back to the receiver chain prior to the first baseband amplifier which uses the first automatic gain control and the second automatic gain controller. Other methods and systems also are disclosed. | 10-31-2013 |
20130286904 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR TDD RECONFIGURATION - Transmission of control data by a user equipment (UE) in circumstances following a TDD subframe reconfiguration from an evolved node B (eNB) may result in a conflict with a scheduled transmission of the control data. In one example, a UE may modify periodicity, content, priority, or other aspects of channel state information (CSI) or sounding reference signals (SRS) to resolve any conflicts resulting from a TDD subframe reconfiguration and to ensure transmission of the CSI or SRS. In another example, a UE may detect a hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) conflict resulting from a TDD subframe reconfiguration. In such example, the UE may determine and apply a HARQ soft buffer size for a HARQ process or determine and apply a codebook size for a HARQ process in carrier aggregation to resolve such HARQ conflict. | 10-31-2013 |
20130286905 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More particularly, the present invention relates to a method and apparatus for transmitting uplink control information when TDD and a plurality of cells are configured, and comprises the following steps: receiving one or more of at least one PDCCH signal and at least one PDSCH signal; generating for each of the cells reception reply information on one or more of the at least one PDCCH signal and the at least one PDSCH signal; and transmitting the reception reply information for each of the plurality of cells which are connected. | 10-31-2013 |
20130286906 | METHOD FOR SIGNALING A SUBFRAME PATTERN FOR PREVENTING INTER-CELL INTERFERENCE FROM OCCURRING IN HETEROGENEOUS NETWORK SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR THE SAME - A method for setting an almost blank subframe (ABS) pattern in a base station of a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method comprises receiving an ABS bitmap pattern from a neighboring base station; setting the ABS pattern of the base station by repeating the ABS bitmap pattern within a previously set number of radio frames; receiving an offset value indicating an application start point of an updated ABS bitmap pattern and an application start of the updated ABS bitmap pattern from the neighboring base station; and setting the ABS pattern of the base station by repeating the updated ABS bitmap pattern from a start subframe of a specific radio frame indicated by the offset value. | 10-31-2013 |
20130294296 | DYNAMIC BAND SELECTION FOR INTERFERENCE MINIMIZATION IN DIRECT DEVICE TO DEVICE COMMUNICATIONS - Systems and methods are disclosed for selecting resources for direct device to device (D2D) communications in a cellular communication network. Preferably, resources for the direct D2D communications are selected to minimize, or at least substantially reduce, interference that results from the direct D2D communications in the cellular communication network. In general, either an uplink resource or a downlink resource of the cellular communication network is selected for a direct D2D communication link between a first wireless device and a second wireless device in order to minimize, or at least substantially reduce, interference caused to a third wireless device that uses the same uplink and downlink resources in the same and/or a neighboring cell of the cellular communication network. | 11-07-2013 |
20130294297 | Method of Handling Resource Allocation in TDD System and Related Communication Device - A method of handling resource allocation for a network of a wireless communication system comprises transferring from a first uplink (UL)/downlink (DL) configuration to a second UL/DL configuration in a first frame; and performing a triggered transmission or reception with a communication device of the wireless communication system in a subframe of a second frame according to the first UL/DL configuration. | 11-07-2013 |
20130294298 | Framing Mechanism For Time-Division-Duplex OFDM Communication Systems - The present disclosure outlines mechanisms, systems, methods, techniques and devices that reposition a RMC symbol in a TDD frame. In one aspect, a method queues data transmission units (DTUs) for transmission in a TDD OFDM communication system, with each of the DTUs occupying a single symbol partially or fully, or multiple symbols, of a series of symbols in a TDD frame. The method also forms a management symbol for transmission in a k | 11-07-2013 |
20130294299 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROCESSING A HARQ ACK/NACK SIGNAL - The present invention relates to a method and apparatus for processing a HARQ ACK/NACK signal. The method for processing a HARQ ACK/NACK signal according to the present invention comprises the following steps: bundling predetermined HARQ ACK/NACK signals from among a plurality of HARQ ACK/NACK signals; ordering transmission-object HARQ ACK/NACK signal including the bundled HARQ ACK/NACK signals; segmenting the ordered transmission-object HARQ ACK/NACK signals; and channel-coding the segmented transmission object HARQ ACK/NACK signals according to the ordered sequence. The method for processing a HARQ ACK/NACK signals according to the present invention may be performed in a terminal which transmits a HARQ ACK/NACK signal through a PUCCH format 3 in a TDD (Time Division Duplex) environment. | 11-07-2013 |
20130301489 | METHOD, SYSTEM AND APPARATUS OF TIME-DIVISION-DUPLEX (TDD) UPLINK-DOWNLINK (UL-DL) CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT - Some demonstrative embodiments include devices, systems and/or methods of Time-Division Duplexing (TDD) Uplink-Downlink (UL-DL) configuration management. For example, a node may communicate a message including a cell identifier identifying a first cell controlled by the node, and a TDD configuration update to update at least one other node, which controls at least one second cell, with a TDD UL-DL configuration allocated by the node for communication within the first cell. | 11-14-2013 |
20130301490 | SCHEDULING AND HYBRID AUTOMATIC REPEAT REQUEST (HARQ) TIMING INDICATION FOR AN UPLINK-DOWNLINK (UL-DL) RECONFIGURATION - Technology for reconfiguring an uplink-downlink (UL-DL) time-division duplexing (TDD) configuration timing is disclosed. In an example, a user equipment (UE) for reconfiguring an uplink-downlink (UL-DL) time-division duplexing (TDD) configuration timing can have computer circuitry configured to: Decode a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) for downlink control information (DCI) including a timing indication field (TIF); and reconfigure a channel timing for a semi-static UL-DL TDD configuration using the TIF. The channel timing can include a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) timing, a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) scheduling timing, or a PUSCH HARQ timing. | 11-14-2013 |
20130301491 | SCHEDULING SYNCHRONIZATION SIGNALS IN A NEW CARRIER TYPE - Technology is discussed for supporting the incorporation of a Primary Synchronization Signal (PSS) and/or a Secondary Synchronization Signal (SSS) within in a New Carrier Type (NCT) for a Component Carrier (CC). Guidelines for incorporating the PSS and/or the SSS in the NCT are discovered, together with potential collisions with other signals that can be avoided for various scenarios. In some examples, various guidelines and potential collisions discovered herein, for various scenarios, inform approaches to incorporating the PSS and/or the SSS based on the positioning of the PSS and/or the SSS. In other examples, other signals, such as DeModulation Reference Symbols (DMRS) are reconfigured to allow incorporation of the PSS and the SSS. | 11-14-2013 |
20130301492 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING FRAME CONFIGURATION INFORMATION IN TDD WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for transmitting Time Division Duplexing (TDD) configuration information by an evolved Node B (eNB) in a TDD wireless communication system are provided. The method includes determining a changed TDD configuration indicating a transmission direction of a plurality of sub-frames constituting a frame; generating a system information element including dynamic TDD configuration information indicating the changed TDD configuration; transmitting a system information block including the dynamic TDD configuration information; and sending a Media Access Control (MAC) message including information indicating whether a change in TDD configuration is activated. | 11-14-2013 |
20130308503 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION AND USER EQUIPMENT, AND METHOD FOR RECEIVING UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION AND BASE STATION - Disclosed are a method and a UE for transmitting uplink control information, and a method and a BS for receiving uplink control information. According to the present invention, a time-frequency resource for the UL transmission, which collides with the DL transmission by the neighbor cell, can be removed or reduced to mitigate inter-cell interference. | 11-21-2013 |
20130315111 | Method And Apparatus Of Wireless Communication Using Directional Antennas - A method is provided, in which a base station allocates pilot signals to mobile terminals in a cell, obtains CSI from uplink pilot signals transmitted by mobile terminals, uses the CSI to precode messages, and transmits the messages in conformance with a TDD protocol. The CSI is obtained by comparing the pilot signal received from each mobile terminal to a known pilot signal associated with that mobile terminal. The known pilot signals are associated with respective mobile terminals according to a pilot signal reuse pattern in which adjacent cells are allocated mutually orthogonal reuse groups of mutually orthogonal pilot signals, and mobile terminals within a given cell are limited to transmitting only pilot signals allocated to that cell. | 11-28-2013 |
20130315112 | SYSTEM AND METHODS FOR CELLULAR/SATELLITE NETWORK COEXISTENCE - A method for satellite and cellular network coexistence includes dividing a predetermined time period into a plurality of time slots, designating a first time as an active communication time for at least one antenna of a first base station, designating a second time slot as a silent time for the least one antenna, initiating RF transmissions from the at least one antenna and cellular devices attached to the at least one antenna during the first time slot, and terminating the RF transmissions from the at least one antenna and cellular devices attached to the at least one antenna prior to the start of the second time slot, wherein the at least one antenna does not transmit RF signals for the duration of the second time slot. | 11-28-2013 |
20130315113 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR SCHEDULING IN CARRIER AGGREGATION SYSTEM - Provided are a method and apparatus for scheduling in a carrier aggregation system. The method includes: transmitting information for indicating a plurality of secondary cells to be scheduled through a joint coded control channel by using a higher layer signal; transmitting a separate coded control channel for scheduling a primary cell; and transmitting one joint coded control channel for scheduling the plurality of secondary cells, wherein the separate coded control channel is a control channel for scheduling one data channel transmitted through the primary cell, and the joint coded control channel is a control channel for scheduling the plurality of data channels transmitted through the plurality of secondary cells. | 11-28-2013 |
20130315114 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR SCHEDULING IN CARRIER AGGREGATE SYSTEM - According to one embodiment, a scheduling method of a base station (BS) in a carrier aggregation system includes: transmitting uplink-downlink (UL-DL) configuration information on a time division duplex (TDD) frame used in a second serving cell through a first serving cell; and communicating with a user equipment (UE) through a subframe of the second serving cell configured by the UL-DL configuration information, wherein the first serving cell and the second serving cell are serving cells allocated to the UE. | 11-28-2013 |
20130315115 | METHOD FOR RECEIVING AND TRANSMITTING ACK/NACK INFORMATION, USER EQUIPMENT, AND BASE STATION - The present invention provides a method and an apparatus for mitigating/eliminating interference between adjacent cells by configuring a subframe subset, in which the downlink transmission/reception of a specific cell to be user equipment-specific is limited. According to the present invention, the transmission/reception of a downlink signal for a specific user equipment in the subframe in which the downlink transmission/reception of the specific cell is limited, thereby mitigating/eliminating interference from an uplink of a different cell with the downlink of the specific cell from a base station to the specific user equipment. | 11-28-2013 |
20130322301 | MACRO-FEMTO INTER-CELL INTERFERENCE MITIGATION - A method, system, and apparatus is provided for interference calibration. A second mobile terminal may be configured to send timing information to a network interface in an uplink channel of a second communication system. The network interface may be configured to communicate with a first mobile terminal in a downlink channel in a first communication system; estimate the uplink channel using the timing information to form a channel estimation; and adjust the downlink channel to the first mobile terminal using the channel estimation. | 12-05-2013 |
20130322302 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR UPDATING THE UE CAPABILITY IN AN E-UTRAN - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for wireless communication are provided. The apparatus transmits a first set of capabilities to a first cell. The first set of capabilities is for communication with the first cell. The apparatus transmits information associated with a second set of capabilities to the first cell. The second set of capabilities is for communication with a second cell. The apparatus moves from the first cell to the second cell. The apparatus communicates with the second cell based on the transmitted information. | 12-05-2013 |
20130322303 | RADIO NETWORK NODE AND A METHOD THEREIN - A method in a radio network node for communicating with a user equipment (UE) during communication between the radio network node and a radio base station in a radio communications network. The radio network node serves the UE within a cell and communicates with the radio base station and the UE over a frequency spectrum in a time division duplexing configuration. The radio network node sets up a first connection over a first part of the frequency spectrum to the radio base station, and a second connection to the UE over the first or a second part of the frequency spectrum. The second part of the frequency spectrum is solely used for communication with UEs within the cell. The radio network node then communicates simultaneously with the UE and the radio base station over respective connections in a time slot of a reference time configured by the radio communications network. | 12-05-2013 |
20130322304 | TRANSMISSION METHOD AND RECEPTION METHOD FOR DOWNLINK SIGNAL, USER EQUIPMENT, AND BASE STATION - The present invention provides a DL grant transmission/reception measure for a cross-CC scheduling, when cells operating in different TDD DL-UL configurations from each other are merged. In addition, the present invention provides a measure for transmitting/receiving uplink ACK/NACK information for DL data transmitted according the DL grant. | 12-05-2013 |
20130322305 | METHOD, SYSTEM, AND DEVICE FOR WORKING ON TDD CELL - Embodiments of the present application relate to the technical field of radio communication, and particularly to a method, system, and device for working on a TDD cell for enabling a UE to work on an asymmetric TDD cell. According to the embodiments of the present application, the method comprises: A network side device determining uplink parameter information of the asymmetric TDD cell; and the network side device putting the uplink parameter information into system information and sending the system information to a terminal to instruct the terminal to work on the corresponding asymmetric TDD cell according to the system information. In the embodiments of the present application, the uplink parameter information is added to the system information so that the terminal can work on the asymmetric TDD cell according to the system information, thereby improving the efficiency of the terminal. | 12-05-2013 |
20130322306 | Method and apparatus for processing baseband uplink and downlink sub-frames - The present disclosure provides a method and an apparatus for processing baseband uplink and downlink sub-frames. The method is for serial processing of uplink sub-frames and downlink sub-frames at a base station side of an LTE-TDD system, wherein a length of time slots for processing each sub-frame meets formulae | 12-05-2013 |
20130322307 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING SIGNAL AND DEVICE THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More particularly, the present invention relates to a method for transmitting uplink control information and a device therefor, the method comprising the steps of: forming a plurality of serving cells each having different UL-DL configurations; receiving one or more signals requiring a HARQ-ACK response from M(M≧1) number of subframes; and executing the process for transmitting the HARQ-ACK response to the one or more signals in a specific subframe corresponding to the M number of subframes, wherein, only when the specific subframe is set as an uplink in all of the plurality of serving cells, the HARQ-ACK response to the one or more signals are transmitted through the specific subframe. | 12-05-2013 |
20130322308 | Method and system for providing service from TDD cell to terminal - The disclosure discloses a method for providing a service from a Time Division Duplex (TDD) cell to a terminal, which includes: configuring a cell of which frequency bands can interfere a Frequency Division Duplex (FDD) uplink frequency band and a cell of which frequency bands can interfere an FDD downlink frequency band in cells provided by an eNB as an uplink cell only for transmitting uplink data and a downlink cell only for transmitting downlink data respectively on an eNB of a TDD system in advance, and storing configuration information of the uplink and downlink cells in the eNB; transmitting the configuration information of the uplink and downlink cells to a UE by the eNB; receiving, by the UE, the configuration information of the uplink and downlink cells, and transmitting data with the eNB by at least one of the uplink and downlink cells. The disclosure further discloses a system for providing a service from a TDD cell to a terminal, so as to not only avoid interference between the frequency bands of the FDD and TDD systems and implement coexistence of the FDD and TDD systems, but also fully utilize spectrum resources, ensure the high utilization rate of the spectrum resources and save resources. | 12-05-2013 |
20130329612 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR CONTROLLING INTERFERENCE BETWEEN CELLS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More particularly, the present invention relates to a method and a device for a serving cell to control the interference between cells in a time division duplex (TDD) wireless communication system, the method comprising the steps of: transmitting to a neighbor cell subframe allocation information for indicating one or more uplink (UL) subframes; and limiting UL transmission activity in the one or more of the UL subframes. | 12-12-2013 |
20130336173 | EMBMS SERVICE CONTINUITY DURING UE MOBILITY - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for wireless communication are provided. The apparatus receives an MBMS service from a first cell based on first cell MBSFN service configuration information of the first cell. The apparatus switches from being served by the first cell to a second cell. The apparatus attempts to receive the MBMS service from the second cell by utilizing the first cell MBSFN service configuration information prior to obtaining second cell MBSFN service configuration information of the second cell. | 12-19-2013 |
20130336174 | OPERATIONAL CONSTRAINTS IN LTE FDD SYSTEMS USING RF AGILE BEAM FORMING TECHNIQUES - Methods and systems having improved capabilities are described for providing communications to a plurality of cellular mobile devices through generating m different sets of fixed position patterns of N RF beams across the ten contiguous one-millisecond LTE sub-frames of each LTE time-division duplexing (TDD) frame from an agile beam forming antenna system of a cellular LTE base transceiver station. The cellular LTE base transceiver station is in RF TDD communication with the plurality of cellular mobile devices within a cell coverage area of the cellular LTE base transceiver station. Each RF beam covers a sub-area of the cell coverage area where the m times N RF beam patterns cover the area of the cell coverage area. The value of m is 1≦m≦3 and each one of the m sets of N RF beam patterns is generated in one or more of the non-S one-millisecond sub-frames of an LTE frame. The m sets of N RF beams are generated across any ten contiguous one-millisecond sub-frames. The value of m is determined at least in-part from a selected LTE TDD uplink/downlink (U/D) configuration. | 12-19-2013 |
20130336175 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DUPLEX IN COGNITIVE RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided is a method for duplex in a cognitive radio communication system, including: collecting radio environment information including information of usable radio resources; determining a duplex scheme for each radio resource based on the radio environment information; and allocating at least one of the radio resources to information to be transmitted and received, depending on characteristics of the information. | 12-19-2013 |
20130336176 | BASEBAND DATA TRANSMISSION AND RECEPTION IN AN LTE WIRELESS BASE STATION EMPLOYING PERIODICALLY SCANNING RF BEAM FORMING TECHNIQUES - The present disclosure is related to a large-scale broadband wireless network capable of providing a very high wireless data capacity, wherein one aspect of the system utilizes a periodic beam forming system. When a wireless base station cell operates a periodic beam forming system, it is necessary to locate each user served by the cell within a sub-area covered by one of the m times N RF beams generated by the system. Methods for locating users within RF beam sub-areas are disclosed herein, where a user may be scheduled for transmission or reception only when an RF beam is focused on the sub-area that covers the user location. The present disclosure pertains to the systems and methods that may be used to process transmissions of and receptions by the baseband system of an LTE wireless base station that employs a periodic beam forming RF and antenna system. | 12-19-2013 |
20130336177 | DYNAMIC UPLINK/DOWNLINK CONFIGURATION FOR TIME DIVISION DUPLEX - A method and apparatus which allows dynamic TDD UL/DL configuration that is able to adapt to an instantaneous traffic situation. The values of at least one uplink/downlink configuration indication bit in a predetermined region in a received downlink time division duplex subframe of wireless data transmission are examined. A time division duplex uplink/downlink configuration for a predetermined configuration period is determined based on the examined values. | 12-19-2013 |
20130336178 | TDD Data Transmission on Multiple Carriers with Sub Frames Reserved for Predetermined Transmission Directions - Apparatus and method for communication are provided. The apparatus includes a controller for controlling the transmission and reception of data on one or more carriers utilizing Time Division Duplexing and frames including sub frames, where multiple carriers utilized by different apparatuses are synchronized with each other and a predetermined number of sub frames of each frame are reserved for predetermined transmission directions and a scheduler for allocating the rest of the sub frames carrier specifically either in downlink or uplink direction. | 12-19-2013 |
20130343238 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING MULTIPLE RECEPTION CONFIRMATIONS IN TIME DIVISION DUPLEX SYSTEM - Provided is a method for transmitting ACK/NACK (acknowledgement/not-acknowledgement) of a terminal having a plurality of configured serving cells in a wireless communication system, which operates by means of TDD (time division duplex). The method comprises the following steps: setting the plurality of serving cells; receiving a codeword from at least one serving cell from the set plurality of service cells; and transmitting reception acknowledgement information which expresses reception confirmation of the code word, wherein when the terminal receives the code word through a first serving cell only from the set plurality of serving cells, the reception acknowledgement information is transmitted according to a first transmission method, wherein the first transmission method is a method for transmitting the ACK/NACK when the terminal is set with only one serving cell. | 12-26-2013 |
20130343239 | DATA TRANSMISSION IN CARRIER AGGREGATION WITH DIFFERENT CARRIER CONFIGURATIONS - Techniques are provided for aggregating carriers with different carrier configurations. The carriers may include both time division duplex (TDD) and frequency division duplex (FDD) carriers which may be configured such that control information for both carrier types is conveyed by the TDD carrier. In one aspect, an association between a set of subframes, including both TDD and FDD subframes, is determined. The association may operate to distribute control information for the FDD carrier over uplink subframes of the TDD carrier to achieve a load balancing. Alternatively, the association may operate to minimize a hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) feedback delay. The TDD carrier may provide resource grants for the aggregated carriers and the association may be used to identify subframes from both carriers which may be scheduled in a given DL subframe. | 12-26-2013 |
20130343240 | Wireless Communication Apparatus, Mobile Wireless Communications Control Method, And Wireless Station - A wireless communication apparatus for performing transmission and reception by using a Time Division Duplexing method is disclosed. The wireless communication apparatus includes a receiving part configured to output a timing signal based on a received timing signal, a transmitting part configured to transmit a timing signal based on the timing signal received by the receiving part, a control part configured to increase a reception opportunity for the receiving part to receive the timing signal and decrease a transmission opportunity for the transmitting part to transmit the timing signal as the accuracy of the timing signal received by the receiving part becomes lower. | 12-26-2013 |
20130343241 | METHOD TO SUPPORT AN ASYMMETRIC TIME-DIVISION DUPLEX (TDD) CONFIGURATION IN A HETEROGENEOUS NETWORK (HETNET) - A method to support an asymmetric time-division duplex (TDD) configuration at a macro node in a heterogeneous network (HetNet) is disclosed. The method at the macro node comprises transmitting a half blank subframe (HBS) of a downlink subframe during an uplink subframe of a low power node in the HetNet. An effective transmission range of the macro node can overlap with an effective transmission range of the low power node. The downlink subframe and the uplink subframe can occur on a substantially same carrier frequency. The HBS can have a reduced transmission power during an uplink control channel or a random access channel of the uplink subframe of a mobile device transmission to the low power node. | 12-26-2013 |
20130343242 | METHOD FOR RECEIVING DOWNLINK CONTROL INFORMATION AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING SAME, USER EQUIPMENT AND BASE STATION - Abstract: The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More particularly, the present invention, when cells each operating in different TDD DL-UL configurations are merged, provides a plan for setting a UL grant transmission/reception timing for a cross-CC scheduling. In addition, the present invention, according to the UL grant timing, provides a base station for transmitting UL grant to a user equipment, and a user equipment for receiving the UL grant from the base station. | 12-26-2013 |
20130343243 | METHOD FOR RECEIVING ACK(ACKNOWLEDGEMENT)/NACK (NEGATIVE ACK) INFORMATION AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING SAME, USER EQUIPMENT AND BASE STATION - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More particularly, the present invention, when cells each operating in different TDD DL-UL configurations are merged, provides a plan for setting a downlink ACK/NACK transmission/reception timing for a cross-CC scheduling. In addition, the present invention, according to the downlink ACK/NACK transmission/reception timing, provides a base station for transmitting a ACK/NACK channel to a user equipment, and a user equipment for receiving the ACK/NACK channel from the base station. | 12-26-2013 |
20130343244 | DUAL MODE RADIO FOR FREQUENCY DIVISION DUPLEXING AND TIME DIVISION DUPLEXING COMMUNICATION MODES - Dual mode radio for frequency division duplexing and time division duplexing communication modes. In some embodiments, dual mode radio for frequency division duplexing and time division duplexing communication modes includes a multi-mode communication unit for wireless communication, in which the multi-mode communication unit allocates access for a time based communication mode and a frequency based communication mode; and a processor configured to implement at least in part the multi-mode communication unit. In some embodiments, the time based communication mode includes a time division duplexing (TDD) communication mode, and the frequency based communication mode includes a frequency division duplexing (FDD) communication mode. | 12-26-2013 |
20140003301 | METHOD AND APPARATUS USING MODIFIED SUBFRAMES | 01-02-2014 |
20140003302 | HARQ-ACK HANDLING FOR UNINTENDED DOWNLINK SUB-FRAMES | 01-02-2014 |
20140003303 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING SIGNAL AND DEVICE THEREFOR | 01-02-2014 |
20140003304 | SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR INTERFERENCE SUPPRESSION USING MACRODIVERSITY IN MOBILE WIRELESS NETWORKS | 01-02-2014 |
20140003305 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REBALANCING THE SIZES OF THE DOWNLINK (DL) ASSOCIATION SETS FOR COMPONENT CARRIERS HAVING DIFFERENT TIME DIVISION DUPLEX SUBFRAME CONFIGURATIONS | 01-02-2014 |
20140010128 | SELECTION OF ACKNOWLEDGMENT TIMING IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - Disclosed is a method including communicating, by a mobile device, with a base station via first and second component carriers having different frequency bands and time division duplexing (TDD) configurations. The method may include receiving one or more downlink transmissions via the second component carrier. The method may include selecting a hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) timing sequence based on the TDD configurations of the first and second component carriers. The method may include transmitting one or more positive acknowledgment and/or negative acknowledgement (ACK/NACK) signals, associated with the one or more downlink transmissions, according to the selected HARQ timing sequence. Other embodiments may be described and claimed. | 01-09-2014 |
20140010129 | EFFICIENT REDUCTION OF INTER-CELL INTERFERENCE USING RF AGILE BEAM FORMING TECHNIQUES - In embodiments of the present disclosure improved capabilities are described for reducing inter-cell interference in a large area broadband LTE wireless network utilizing RF agile beam forming antennas, where the reduced inter-cell interference is realized by arranging the sets of rotating RF beams in each cell such that adjacent RF beam sub-areas in the same or in different cells are not illuminated at the same time. The reduction in inter-cell interference results in reduced interference noise for users located near the edges of cells, thereby allowing them to be assigned higher data rates. Also, the same set of sub-carriers can be assigned by adjacent cells to users located in the RF beam sub-areas at the cell boundaries, thereby allowing the complete set of LTE sub-carriers to be assigned to any user at any time, without requiring additional cell-to-cell communications. | 01-09-2014 |
20140016518 | Method and System for a Greedy User Group Selection with Range Reduction in TDD Multiuser MIMO Downlink Transmission - Certain aspects of a method and system for processing signals in a communication system may include maximizing system capacity for a communication system, based on a signal for a user within a search range and at least one other signal for one other user within the search range. The search range may be generated by sorting a plurality of signals based on a channel gain corresponding to each of the plurality of signals. The signal for the user may be selected from the search range corresponding to a channel gain that is greater than a channel gain corresponding to a remaining portion of the search range. | 01-16-2014 |
20140016519 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING DATA IN A WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM AND BASE STATION FOR SAME - The present invention relates to a method for transmitting/receiving data in a Time Division Duplex (TDD) wireless access system supporting multiple cells, and a base station for same. In more detail, on the basis of a multi-cell TDD uplink-downlink configuration, the method includes confirming whether a collision subframe occurs, which is caused when an uplink subframe of a first cell and a downlink subframe of a second cell exists in the same time interval; and performing cross cell scheduling on the second cell through the first cell according to a TDD uplink-downlink configuration of the first cell. When data transmission is scheduled in the collision subframe by cross cell scheduling, by changing the transmission position of an uplink or a downlink according to the cross cell scheduling, the scheduled data are transmitted in the collision subframe. | 01-16-2014 |
20140016520 | METHOD WHEREIN A BASE STATION TRANSMITS AND RECEIVES TDD CONFIGURATION INFORMATION REGARDING A PLURALITY OF CCS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM SUPPORTING A PLURALITY OF THE CCS, AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - The method of transmitting a TDD (time division duplex) configuration information on a plurality of component carriers (CC) by a base station in a wireless communication system supporting a plurality of the CCs according to the present invention includes determining at least one first CC index to be configured with an uplink-downlink configuration, which is identical with a uplink-downlink configuration of at least one CC configured to a different base station, among a plurality of the CCs configured to the base station; and configuring a CC corresponding to a frequency band of the determined at least one first CC index among a plurality of CCs configured to at least one user equipment with the uplink-downlink configuration, wherein the CC corresponding to the determined at least one first CC index is a CC configured to an identical frequency band between the base station and the different base station. | 01-16-2014 |
20140016521 | ASYMMETRIC TDD IN FLEXIBLE USE SPECTRUM - A method according to an embodiment of the invention includes receiving and transmitting signals over a time division duplex (TDD) communication path. Signals are received over the TDD communication path via a first portion of a first frequency band. The first frequency band is adjacent to a second frequency band and to a third frequency band. The first frequency band is different from the second frequency band and from the third frequency band. A first frequency division duplex (FDD) communication path can be operable in the second frequency band. A second FDD communication path can be operable in the third frequency band. Signals are transmitted over the TDD communication path via a second portion of the first frequency band that is different from the first portion of the first frequency band. | 01-16-2014 |
20140016522 | METHOD FOR EFFECTIVELY TRANSMITTING CONTROL SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of performing HARQ performed by a user equipment (UE) is provided. The method includes receiving a bundling indicator which indicates the number of bundled downlink subframes, determining whether at least one bundled downlink subframe is missed by comparing the bundling indicator with the number of detected bundled downlink subframes, generating a representative ACK/NACK signal when no bundled downlink subframe is missed, and transmitting the representative ACK/NACK signal on an uplink channel. Recovery capability is maximized and the packet loss is reduced in such a situation that less number of ACK/NACK signals are fed back than that of downlink packets. | 01-16-2014 |
20140022959 | TRANSMITTER, RECEIVER AND METHOD FOR ESTIMATING VARIABLE FRAME STRUCTURE USING PREAMBLE SIGNALS - A transmitter for estimating a variable frame structure using preamble signals is provided, and the transmitter includes a subcarrier location modulator configured to modulate locations of subcarriers into predetermined locations based on information about a variable frame structure in an attempt to transmit preamble signals; and an Inverse Fast Fourier Transform (IFFT) unit configured to perform IFFT on the preambles carried on the subcarriers of which locations are modulated and wirelessly transmit the preamble signals on which IFFT has been performed. | 01-23-2014 |
20140022960 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING HARQ-ACK FEEDBACK INFORMATION BY A USER EQUIPMENT IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method are provided for transmitting Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest ACKnowledgment (HARQ-ACK) feedback information by a User Equipment (UE) in a wireless communication system, when Component Carriers (CCs) configured for the UE include a Frequency Division Duplexing (FDD) CC and a Time Division Duplexing (TDD) CC. The method includes determining a HARQ-ACK timing and a CC for transmitting the HARQ-ACK feedback information, based on a composition structure of the CCs configured for the UE, and transmitting the HARQ-ACK feedback information on a Physical Uplink Control CHannel (PUCCH) or a Physical Uplink Shared CHannel (PUSCH) of the determined CC, based on the determined HARQ-ACK timing. | 01-23-2014 |
20140022961 | UPLINK POWER CONTROL METHOD, USER EQUIPMENT, AND BASE STATION - Provided is a method for mitigating inter-cell interference generated by the collision of UL transmissions and DL transmissions between adjacent cells in an asymmetric time division duplex (TDD) communication system. The present invention removes or reduces time-frequency resources for UL transmissions which collide with DL transmissions of an adjacent cell, and thus can mitigate inter-cell interference. | 01-23-2014 |
20140022962 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING SIGNAL AND DEVICE THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More particularly, the present invention relates to a method for transmitting an uplink signal in a wireless communication system supporting a carrier merge, and a device therefor, the method comprising the steps of: setting a first cell having a first TDD UL-DL configuration and a second cell having a second TDD UL-DL configuration; receiving data through a DL subframe of the first cell; and transmitting reception response information on the data through a UL subframe of the second cell, wherein the relationship between the DL subframe and the UL subframe is determined by a parameter value set in a specific TDD UL-DL configuration inside a TDD UL-DL configuration set, and the specific TDD UL-DL configuration is the TDD UL-DL configuration having the least number of DL subframes from one or more TDD UL-DL configurations, in which subframes set as a DL in the first cell or the second cell are all set as DLs. | 01-23-2014 |
20140022963 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING SIGNAL AND DEVICE THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More particularly, the present invention relates to a method comprising: setting a first cell having a first TDD UL-DL configuration and a second cell having a second TDD UL-DL configuration; receiving a PHICH signal in a subframe #(n−L) of the first cell, or receiving a PDCCH signal in a subframe #(n−K) of the first cell; and transmitting a PUSCH signal in a subframe #n of the second cell, corresponding to the PHICH signal or the PDCCH signal, wherein the relationship between the subframes #(n−L), #(n−K), and #n is determined in consideration of a parameter value set in a specific TDD UL-DL configuration, which is the TDD UL-DL configuration having the least number of UL subframes from TDD UL-DL configuration(s), in which subframes set as UL in the first or second cell are all set as ULs. | 01-23-2014 |
20140022964 | Method for Transmitting Information in Time Division Duplexing System, User Equipment, and Base Station - The present invention discloses a method for transmitting information in a TDD system, a user equipment, and a base station, and belongs to the TDD field. The method for transmitting information includes receiving, by a UE and on a first carrier of a TDD system, an uplink scheduling grant sent by a base station. The method includes sending, by the UE and in a first sub-frame on a second carrier, a scheduled PUSCH. The method further includes receiving, by the UE and in a second sub-frame, a PHICH. The the first carrier and the second carrier have different TDD uplink/downlink configurations, the second sub-frame has a backward compatible PHICH resource, and on the first carrier or the second carrier, the backward compatible PHICH resource is a PHICH resource which is identifiable to a UE in a TDD system whose version is lower than that of the TDD system. | 01-23-2014 |
20140022965 | SINGLE CHANNEL FULL DUPLEX WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - A single channel full duplex wireless communication system includes a processor, a transmitter, a receiver, a secondary transmission path, a combining element, a primary transmission feedback path and a secondary transmission feedback path. The transmitter transmits a transmission signal via a transmission path. The receiver receives a received signal via a reception path. The transmitter and the receiver utilize one channel to transmit and receive signals. The transmission signal causes self-interference. The processor estimates a first transfer function and feeds the secondary transmission path with the transmission signal adjusted by the first transfer function to reduce the transmission signal leaked to the reception path. The combining element combines the transmission signal with the adjusted secondary transmission path signal to remove the self-interference. The primary transmission feedback path output is modified by a second transfer function. The secondary transmission feedback path output is modified by a third transfer function. | 01-23-2014 |
20140022966 | FLEXIBLE SUBFRAMES - The technology disclosed provides the ability for a subframe to be configured as a “flexible” subframe. As a result, at least three different types of subframes in a TDD system may be configured: a downlink (“DL”) subframe, an uplink (“UL”) subframe, and a “flexible” subframe. While the DL and UL subframes are preconfigured for each frame instance, the flexible subframes are dynamically allocated to be an uplink subframe in one instance of a frame and a downlink subframe in another instance of the frame. | 01-23-2014 |
20140022967 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - A wireless communication system is disclosed. A method for transmitting uplink control information in a wireless communication system supporting carrier aggregation and operating in TDD includes: generating a first HARQ-ACK (hybrid automatic repeat request-acknowledgement) set for a first cell using a value M; generating a second HARQ-ACK set for a second cell using the value M; and transmitting a bit value corresponding to a third HARQ-ACK set including the first HARQ-ACK set and the second HARQ-ACK set in an uplink subframe n, wherein M=max(M1, M2), max(M1, M2) representing a value being equal to or larger than not smaller between M1 and M2, wherein M1 corresponds to the number of downlink subframes corresponding to the uplink subframe n in the first cell, and M2 corresponds to the number of downlink subframes corresponding to the uplink subframe n in the second cell, wherein the first cell and the second cell have different UL-DL configurations. | 01-23-2014 |
20140029483 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TDD VIRTUAL CELL SELECTION - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for wireless communication are provided. The apparatus may be a UE. The UE may search for one or more cells during each of a number of search periods, select a first cell that has been detected in at least two of the search periods, and determine an LNA gain based on information associated with the first cell. | 01-30-2014 |
20140029484 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL CHANNEL IN INTRA-CELL CARRIER AGGREGATION SYSTEM - A control channel transmission method and an apparatus for facilitating control channel transmission in an intra-cell carrier aggregation system by applying Frequency Division Duplexing (FDD) cell's uplink control channel transmission timing for transmitting the uplink control channel corresponding to the TDD cells' downlink data are provided. The control channel transmission method and apparatus of the present disclosure are capable of transmitting/receiving data of the cells operating in the different duplexing modes simultaneously, resulting in improvement of peak data rate. | 01-30-2014 |
20140029485 | SIMULTANEOUS BIDIRECTIONAL TRANSMISSION FOR RADIO SYSTEMS - Disclosed are methods, systems, and apparatus for maximizing the spectral efficiency of a communications spectrum by providing a means to transmit information continuously in both directions of a radio link on the same center frequency at any given time. One embodiment may be directed to a method of communicating in a point-to-point radio system. The method may include receiving a first signal at a first antenna of a radio head. The first signal may include a transmitted data signal and interfering signals. The method continues by determining a correction signal from a transmitter of the radio head and processing the first signal to remove the interfering signals using the correction signal, and sending a second signal using a second antenna. The first and second signals may be sent and received at substantially the same time. | 01-30-2014 |
20140029486 | METHOD, BASE STATION AND USER EQUIPMENT FOR SUBFRAME CONFIGURATION IN TIME DIVISION DUPLEX SYSTEM - Disclosed are a method, a base station and a user equipment for subframe configuration in a time division duplex system. The method comprises: a base station determining a subframe number of a flexible subframe in a radio frame; the base station determining a feature of the flexible subframe corresponding to the subframe number, where the feature indicates that the flexible subframe is an uplink subframe or a downlink subframe; and the base station sending to a user equipment a first signaling via a downlink control channel, where the first signaling includes the feature of the flexible subframe corresponding to the subframe number. | 01-30-2014 |
20140029487 | DUPLEX OPERATION IN A CELLULAR COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A cellular communication system comprises a first base station serving at least a first user equipment. The base station comprises functionality for transmitting a base station duplex capability message to user equipments using a transmission format which is common to a plurality of duplex modes. A first user equipment comprises a transceiver which receives the base station duplex capability message. A RACH characteristics processor determines at least one transmit characteristic for an access message in response to the base station duplex capability message and a RACH transmit controller controls the transmission of an access message to the first base station in response to the at least one transmit characteristic. | 01-30-2014 |
20140029488 | METHOD, BASE STATION AND MOBILE STATION FOR TDD OPERATION IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method, NodeB and User Equipment for TDD operation in a communication system operating in TDD mode in a frequency band allocated for FDD operation. Preferably, operation is in TDD uplink and downlink mode in a first frequency band designated or normally used for FDD uplink communication, and in TDD downlink-only mode in a second frequency band designated or normally used for FDD downlink communication. The invention provides the following advantages: Provides a flexible method to deploy a time division duplex architecture in frequency division duplex spectrum. Allows flexible use of system capacity by adjusting the uplink and downlink capacity split. Removes previous FDD duplex restrictions. | 01-30-2014 |
20140029489 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DEFINING HARQ FUNCTIONALITY FOR CELLS HAVING DIFFERENT TIME DIVISION DUPLEX SUBFRAME CONFIGURATIONS - Methods, apparatus and computer program products are provided for defining the HARQ functionality for primary and secondary cells having different TDD UL/DL subframe configurations so as to reduce or eliminate instances in which the feedback is blocked and the UL grant is missed. For example, a method is provided that includes providing for communications via a primary cell and at least one secondary cell in a time division duplex (TDD) network that supports carrier aggregation in accordance with different TDD uplink (UL)/downlink (DL) subframe configurations. In this example, the method also defines at least one of: (i) UL or DL hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) timing, (ii) a maximum number of DL HARQ processes, (iii) a number of UL HARQ processes or (iv) an UL HARQ process mapping to be the same for each of the primary and secondary cells having different TDD UL/DL subframe configurations. | 01-30-2014 |
20140029490 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING DATA IN WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM AND BASE STATION FOR SAME - In the present invention, a method for transmitting/receiving data in a wireless access system and a base station for same are disclosed. More particularly, the method comprises the following steps: setting a cell group per at least one cell having an identical uplink-downlink configuration, if a plurality of cells are set to a user equipment; performing via a first cell cross-cell scheduling with regard to a second cell, which belongs to a cell group that is different from that including the first cell, according to the uplink-downlink configuration of the first cell; confirming the occurrence of a collision subframe, in which an uplink subframe and a downlink subframe exist simultaneously in the same time interval, in two cells performing the cross-cell scheduling; and transmitting/receiving data with the user equipment when scheduled in the collision subframe due to the cross-cell scheduling, by modifying a transmission position of the uplink or the downlink according to the cross-cell scheduling. | 01-30-2014 |
20140036737 | UPLINK SIGNALING FOR COOPERATIVE MULTIPOINT COMMUNICATION - A method of operating a wireless communication system is disclosed (FIG. | 02-06-2014 |
20140036738 | METHOD FOR SUPPORTING A DYNAMIC-TIME DIVISION DUPLEX (D-TDD) DOWNLINK-UPLINK CONFIGURATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - Disclosed is a method for supporting a dynamic-time division duplex (D-TDD) downlink-uplink configuration in a wireless communication system and to an apparatus therefor. A method in which a first network node supports a dynamic-time division duplex (D-TDD) downlink-uplink configuration according to one embodiment of the present invention comprises a step of selecting two or more TDD downlink-uplink configurations from among a plurality of predefined TDD downlink-uplink configurations based on a predetermined rule so as to establish a set of TDD downlink-uplink configurations, wherein the predetermined rule may enable the selection of two or more TDD downlink-uplink configurations from a number of downlink subframe durations constituted by subframes other than a downlink subframe, or from a number of uplink subframe durations constituted by subframes other than an uplink subframe. | 02-06-2014 |
20140036739 | METHOD, BASE STATION AND MOBILE STATION FOR TDD OPERATION IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method, NodeB and User Equipment for TDD operation in a communication system operating in TDD mode in a frequency band allocated for FDD operation. Preferably, operation is in TDD uplink and downlink mode in a first frequency band designated or normally used for FDD uplink communication, and in TDD downlink-only mode in a second frequency band designated or normally used for FDD downlink communication. The invention provides the following advantages: Provides a flexible method to deploy a time division duplex architecture in frequency division duplex spectrum. Allows flexible use of system capacity by adjusting the uplink and downlink capacity split. Removes previous FDD duplex restrictions. | 02-06-2014 |
20140036740 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR SETTING BACKHAUL LINK SUBFRAME IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM HAVING CARRIER AGGREGATION TECHNIQUE APPLIED THERETO - Disclosed in the present invention is a method for a base station to set a backhaul link subframe for a relay node in a wireless communication system, to which a carrier aggregation technique is applied. More particularly, the present invention comprises the steps of: determining one of the plurality of subframe settings as a first subframe setting for a main component carrier allocated to the relay node; composing subframe setting candidates for one or more subcomponent carriers allocated to the relay node, one the basis of the determined first subframe setting; and determining a second subframe setting for each of the one or more subcomponent carriers, using the composed subframe setting candidates, wherein a subframe aggregation according to the first subframe setting and subframe aggregations according to each of the subframe setting candidates do not overlap when downlink subframes and uplink subframes of the different component carriers are identical, and a downlink subframe aggregation according to the second subframe setting is included in a downlink subframe aggregation according to the first subframe setting. | 02-06-2014 |
20140036741 | DOWNLINK POWER CONTROL FOR MULTIPLE DOWNLINK TIME SLOTS IN TDD COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A method for downlink power control for use in a spread spectrum time division communication system having time slots for communication, implemented in a user equipment, includes receiving data in a command per coded composite transport channel (CCTrCH) transmitted over a plurality of time slots. An interference power for each time slot of the plurality of time slots is measured and a single power command for the entire CCTrCH is transmitted in response to a signal to interference ratio of the received CCTrCH and the measured interference power measurement for each time slot. A subsequent data is received in the CCTrCH communication having a transmission power level for each downlink communication time slot set individually in response to the interference power measurement for that time slot and the single power command for the entire CCTrCH. | 02-06-2014 |
20140036742 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING FOR DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION VIA CELLS HAVING DIFFERENT TIME DIVISION DUPLEX SUBFRAME CONFIGURATIONS - Methods and apparatus are disclosed that facilitate discontinuous reception via a primary cell and one or more secondary cells that have different TDD UL/DL subframe configurations including overlapping subframes, such as in an instance in which a UL subframe of a secondary cell overlaps with a corresponding DL subframe of the primary cell. A method may define an active state of a primary cell to be larger than an active state of a secondary cell in a TDD network that supports carrier aggregation. The method may also provide for discontinuous reception via the primary cell and the secondary cell in accordance with different TDD UL/DL subframe configurations and also in accordance with the respective active states of the primary and secondary cells. | 02-06-2014 |
20140044024 | METHODS AND APPARATUSES FOR CONTROLLING AND SCHEDULING DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATIONS - At least one example embodiment discloses a method of controlling direct user equipment communications. The method includes receiving reports from a first user equipment (UE) and a second UE, respectively, the first and second UEs communicating with a serving base station, determining at least one control channel and at least one data channel for a direct communication between the first UE and the second UE, allocating at least one resource block for the direct communication link between the first UE and the second UE based on the determining and transmitting a configuration message to the first UE and the second UE, the configuration message indicating the allocated resource block and permitting at least one of the first UE and the second UE to determine parameters of the direct communication link. | 02-13-2014 |
20140044025 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING HARQ-ACK - An apparatus and a method are provided for transmitting a Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest ACKnowledgement (HARQ-ACK) in a Time Division Duplexing (TDD) Carrier Aggregation (CA) system, wherein the duplex direction of a sub frame may change flexibly. According to the method, a UE receives configuration information from a base station for each cell working under a CA mode; determines a distribution of fixed sub frames and flexible sub frames in each cell; determines timing of a HARQ-ACK for downlink transmission in each cell; and transmits the HARQ-ACK, based on the determined timing of the HARQ-ACK for each cell. | 02-13-2014 |
20140050125 | METHOD FOR DYNAMIC CHANGE OF DOWNLINK/UPLINK ALLOCATION IN LTE-TDD SYSTEMS - A method of dynamically adjusting the downlink-uplink allocation in a TDD system, includes: transmitting a downlink-uplink allocation signal to at least one user device, wherein the allocation signals specifies a set of flexible subframes within a radio frame that can be flexibly configured as either downlink or uplink subframes; determining if a HARQ feedback signal falls within a flexible subframe; and re-assigning the HARQ feedback signal to be transmitted in a non-flexible subframe within the radio frame. | 02-20-2014 |
20140050126 | Frame Structure for a Multi-Hop Wireless System - A wireless network includes a base station which can serve terminals directly, or via multi-hop transmission paths via relay stations. The base station transmits a downlink sub-frame which includes a first set of frame control information and a second set of frame control information. The second set of frame control information occupies a different position within the downlink sub-frame compared to the first set of frame control information. A relay station is able to transmit a downlink sub-frame to a terminal, or another relay station, while still being able to receive a set of frame control at a different time during the downlink sub-frame. The invention is especially useful in a wireless network in which the downlink transmissions of a base station and a relay station are synchronized to one another and where the downlink transmissions of a base station and relay station occupy the same, or similar, frequency bearer. | 02-20-2014 |
20140050127 | ENHANCED NODE B AND METHOD FOR CONFIGURING AN EXTENSION CARRIER - An apparatus and method for providing configuration information relating to an extension carrier within a wireless communications network is disclosed herein. In one embodiment, each enhanced node B (eNodeB) transmits the configuration information within the downlink subframes of at least one radio frame, wherein the configuration information is transmitted on the downlink shared channel (DL-SCH) included in the radio frame. In another embodiment, each eNodeB transmits the configuration information within a radio resource control (RRC) signaling included in at least one radio frame to select ones of the user equipments (UEs) in response to the system load relative to the select UE's request. | 02-20-2014 |
20140050128 | METHOD AND A SYSTEM FOR AVOIDING INTERFERENCES IN FREQUENCY DIVISION DUPLEX OPERATING AREAS - The method comprises coordinating the use of radio resources between different network elements including a macro base station and SCENs deployed in the coverage area of the macro base station, operating in FDD mode, by means of the sending of messages between part or all of the network elements through a synchronized TDD air interface, unidirectionally, by broadcasting, or bidirectionally, through dedicated channels. | 02-20-2014 |
20140050129 | Method and Apparatus for Cell Reselection for a Wireless Communication Device - A method and apparatus for cell reselection for a wireless communication device are disclosed. | 02-20-2014 |
20140050130 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING DATA IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND BASE STATION FOR SAME - In the present invention, a method for transmitting/receiving data in a wireless communication system supporting carrier aggregation/multiple cells and a base station for same are disclosed. More particularly, the method comprises: receiving from the e Node B through a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) of a first cell resource allocation information, which is set as a flag value indicating uplink resource allocation information, when performing cross-cell scheduling on a second cell through a first cell, according to an uplink-downlink configuration of the first cell from a plurality of cells which are set to a user equipment; determining the resource allocation information as a downlink resource allocation information, when the resource allocation information is received from a subframe perspective in which an uplink transmission time is not defined, based on the uplink-downlink configuration of the second cell; receiving the uplink resource allocation information from the e Node B via a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH), according to the downlink resource allocation information; and transmitting to the e Node B via a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) of the second cell uplink data, according to the uplink resource allocation information. | 02-20-2014 |
20140050131 | WIRELESS RESOURCE ALLOCATION METHOD AND WIRELESS RESOURCE ALLOCATION DEVICE, AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Inter-cell interference is avoided in a cellular system operated in a TDD scheme. An order of a plurality of configurations are rearranged in the ascending order of the number of downlink sub frames and in the descending order of the number of uplink sub frames, and configurations are switched between neighboring cells according to the rearranged order when different configurations are used in the neighboring cells. Further, an order of at least some configurations is further rearranged so that interference between adjacent configurations is reduced while maintaining the ascending order of the number of downlink sub frames. | 02-20-2014 |
20140056184 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - A wireless communication system is disclosed. A method for transmitting uplink control information in a wireless communication system supporting carrier aggregation and operating in TDD includes: generating a first HARQ-ACK (hybrid automatic repeat request—acknowledgement) set for a first cell using a value M; generating a second HARQ-ACK set for a second cell using the value M; and transmitting a bit value corresponding to a third HARQ-ACK set including the first HARQ-ACK set and the second HARQ-ACK set in an uplink subframe n, wherein M=max(M1, M2), max(M1, M2) representing a value being equal to or larger than not smaller between M1 and M2, wherein M1 corresponds to the number of downlink subframes corresponding to the uplink subframe n in the first cell, and M2 corresponds to the number of downlink subframes corresponding to the uplink subframe n in the second cell, wherein the first cell and the second cell have different UL-DL configurations. | 02-27-2014 |
20140056185 | COMMUNICATION METHOD AND DEVICE USED FOR TIME DIVISION DUPLEX SYSTEM - Embodiments of the present invention, relating to the field of communications technologies, provide a communication method and device used for a time division duplex system. The communication method includes: adjusting a first uplink-downlink subframe configuration to a second uplink-downlink subframe configuration, where there is an intersection between subframes corresponding to the second uplink-downlink subframe configuration and subframes corresponding to the first uplink-downlink subframe configuration, where the intersection is a set of subframes having a same subframe index and a same subframe type, and the intersection includes at least one uplink subframe and at least one downlink subframe; and communicating, by the user equipment, according to a timing relationship same as a timing relationship corresponding to the first uplink-downlink subframe configuration, with the base station in the at least one uplink subframe and the at least one downlink subframe comprised in the intersection. | 02-27-2014 |
20140056186 | METHODS, DEVICES AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCTS FOR INTERFERENCE REDUCTION IN TDD SYSTEMS ALLOWING ALLOCATION OF FLEXIBLE SUBFRAMES FOR UPLINK OR DOWNLINK TRANSMISSION - The present invention proposes methods, devices and computer program products in relation to interference reduction, in particular for control channels in TDD systems allowing allocation of flexible subframes for uplink or downlink transmission. In relation thereto, a format of data transmission in flexible subframes in the uplink and/or downlink is modified. | 02-27-2014 |
20140056187 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CODING OF HARQ-ACK TRANSMISSION IN TDD SYSTEMS WITH DOWNLINK CARRIER AGGREGATION - Methods and apparatus are provided for a User Equipment (UE) configured with multiple cells in a DownLink (DL) of a Time Division Duplex (TDD) communication system to determine the coding method for acknowledgement information bits as a function of their number, to apply bundling to the acknowledgement information bits when their number exceeds a first predetermined value, and to partition the acknowledgement information bits, possibly together with other control information bits, into two separate codewords when their total number exceeds a second predetermined value. | 02-27-2014 |
20140056188 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method for receiving a downlink control signal in a TDD-based wireless communication system, and to an apparatus therefor. The method comprises receiving a downlink signal via a downlink interval in a specific frame including the downlink interval, a guard interval and an uplink interval. A combination of the downlink interval, the guard interval and the uplink interval is given using configuration information on the specific subframe. When the configuration information is given such that the length of the downlink interval is larger than a specific value, detecting a first type of PDCCH is performed in the specific subframe. When the configuration information is given such that the length of the downlink interval is equal to or smaller than the specific value, detecting the first type of PDCCH is skipped in the specific subframe. | 02-27-2014 |
20140056189 | TDD BASE STATION FOR CODE GROUP SYNCHRONIZATION - A time division duplex (TDD) base station having a code group out of N code groups includes circuitry configured to transmit a primary synchronization code along with a plurality of secondary synchronization codes. The plurality of synchronization codes are quadrature phase shift keying modulated and number less than (log | 02-27-2014 |
20140056190 | Reducing Interference Caused by an Atmospheric Duct in a Wireless Communication System - A first base station ( | 02-27-2014 |
20140064159 | Method and Apparatus for Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request Signaling - In one aspect, the teachings herein provide a method and apparatus for extending certain HARQ feedback procedures introduced in LTE Rel-10, which were defined for CA configurations involving TDD serving cells of the same UL/DL configuration, to the new, more complex CA configurations introduced in Rel-11, which involve the aggregation of interband TDD serving cells with differing UL/DL configurations. Such reuse enables reliant and efficient HARQ feedback signaling in LTE Rel-11, without substantially increasing the specification or implementation complexity of HARQ feedback signaling in LTE Rel-11, despite the decidedly more complex CA configurations introduced in LTE Rel-11. | 03-06-2014 |
20140071860 | Setting Timers when Using Radio Carrier Aggregation - The present invention relates to a method of a user equipment (UE) using discontinuous reception (DRX) and time division duplex (TDD) carrier aggregation of at least a first and a second cell, the first cell | 03-13-2014 |
20140071861 | Method and apparatus for detecting synchronization position of lte cell - The present invention provides a method and an apparatus for detecting a synchronization position of an LTE cell. A part of sampling points are selected from all sampling points of received data, where the received data is generated by filtering a local sequence from a base station; correlation operations are carried out on the part of the sampling points, and multiple first correlation results and multiple pieces of first position information that correspond to the part of the sampling points are obtained; and a maximum first correlation result is determined among at least one first correlation result greater than a preset threshold in the multiple first correlation results, and a piece of first position information, which corresponds to the maximum first correlation result, is taken as a synchronization position. | 03-13-2014 |
20140071862 | UPLINK TRANSMISSION METHOD AND APPARATUS IN INTER-ENB INTER-DUPLEX CARRIER AGGREGATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus are provided for transmitting uplink signals including feedback for use in scheduling at different evolved Node Bs (eNBs) without intermodulation interference, especially in cases where the User Equipment (UE) is connected to an inter-duplex inter-eNB system in which the cooperation between eNBs is very slow or non-existent. | 03-13-2014 |
20140071863 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DATA TRANSMISSION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A data transmitter for a wireless communication system is provided. Said apparatus comprises an OFDM (Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing) symbol generating part that generates a plurality of OFDM symbols, a frame configuration part that configures a frame comprising includes said plurality of OFDM symbols, and a transmission part that transmits said plurality of OFDM symbols based on said frame that has been configured. Said frame is divided into a plurality of sub-frames, the number of OFDM symbols that are included in an optional sub-frame is any one of 5, 6, and 7, and the bandwidth of said wireless communication system is 8.75 MHz. Based on a new frame configuration, new parameter requirements may be satisfied taking backward compatibility into account. | 03-13-2014 |
20140078941 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR EXECUTING HARQ IN TDD-BASED WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided are a method and a device for executing a hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) of a terminal in a time division duplex (TDD)-based wireless communication system. The method comprises the steps of: receiving an uplink grant for a first subframe of a second serving cell through a first serving cell; transmitting uplink data in the first subframe on the basis of the uplink grant; receiving an acknowledgement/not-acknowledgement (ACK/NACK) for the uplink data through the first serving cell; and, when the ACK/NACK signal is a NACK, transmitting a retransmission data for the uplink data in a second subframe of the second serving cell. | 03-20-2014 |
20140078942 | TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING UPLINK CONTROL CHANNEL - The disclosure is related to transmitting a control channel, multiplexing an uplink control channel, and multiplexing a sounding reference signal for user equipment configured with carrier aggregation. | 03-20-2014 |
20140078943 | Relay Transmission Method and Apparatus - A relay transmission method and apparatus are provided. The method includes: configuring a subframe of a Time Division Duplex relay frame for a subframe of relay link), where the configuring the subframe of the TDD relay frame for the subframe of relay link includes: configuring a downlink subframe of the TDD relay frame for a DL subframe of relay link, and/or configuring the DL subframe of the TDD relay frame for an uplink subframe of relay link, and/or configuring a UL subframe of the TDD relay frame for the UL subframe of relay link; and performing relay transmission according to the subframe of relay link. When data is transmitted, a subframe that can be used for relay link transmission is configured, data transmission performed by using relay link complies with inherent constraints of a TDD frame structure in the prior art. | 03-20-2014 |
20140078944 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More particularly, the present invention relates to a method for transmitting uplink control information in a wireless communication system that supports carrier aggregation and operates in a TDD system, and to an apparatus therefor. The system comprises the steps of: generating a first set of hybrid automatic repeat request acknowledgement (HARQ-ACK) associated with a first component carrier (CC); generating a second set of HARQ-ACK associated with a second CC; and transmitting 4-bit information corresponding to the first set of HARQ-ACK and the second set of HARQ-ACK on a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH). | 03-20-2014 |
20140086110 | METHOD FOR COUNTING TIMER FOR RETRANSMISSION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - A method for operating a timer at a user equipment in a Time Division Duplex (TDD) communication system is disclosed. The present invention includes steps of configuring a DRX (Discontinuous Reception) retransmission timer; and start the DRX retransmission timer to monitor consecutive PDCCH (Physical Downlink Control CHannel) subframes, wherein the DRX retransmission timer specifies the maximum number of the consecutive PDCCH-subframes until a DL (Downlink) retransmission is received in aggregated cells. | 03-27-2014 |
20140086111 | METHODS AND DEVICES FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING SYNCHRONOUS CHANNELS AND BROADCASTING CHANNELS - A method for multiplexing synchronous signals on specific OFDM symbols to form P-SCH and the S-SCH channels is provided. The present application further discloses a method for transmitting P-BCH. | 03-27-2014 |
20140086112 | METHODS FOR DYNAMIC TDD UPLINK/DOWNLINK CONFIGURATION - A method and apparatus for Time Division Duplex (TDD) operation in a wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) are disclosed. The method includes receiving a first TDD uplink (UL)/downlink (DL) configuration for a serving cell, receiving a second TDD UL/DL configuration for the serving cell, receiving an indication of directions to use for subframes with conflicting directions between the first TDD UL/DL configuration and the second TDD UL/DL configuration, using the first TDD UL/DL configuration for timing of UL scheduling and UL Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request (HARQ), using the second TDD UL/DL configuration for timing of DL scheduling and DL HARQ, and determining a direction for each subframe with conflicting directions based on the received indication, wherein on a condition that the determined direction for a subframe with conflicting directions is DL, receiving in the subframe in the DL. | 03-27-2014 |
20140086113 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING CONTROL CHANNEL IN DYNAMIC TIME DIVISION DUPLEX SYSTEM - A method and system for transmitting and receiving a control channel in a dynamic Time Division Duplex (TDD) system. Upon receiving a control signal DCI for a first Hybrid Automatic Retransmission Request (HARQ) process from a Node B, a User Equipment (UE) determines whether TDD configuration is changed in a radio frame to which the DCI is to be applied. If the TDD configuration is changed, the UE determines from the DCI whether retransmission for the first HARQ process is required. If the retransmission required, the UE interprets some bits of a Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) field in the DCI as a target HARQ process index for the first HARQ process. As a result, the most is made of available UL data channel resources, contributing to an increase in the capacity of the dynamic TDD system and a reduction in packet delays of the UE. | 03-27-2014 |
20140086114 | CHANNEL QUALITY INDICATOR METHOD, AND ASSOCIATED SYSTEM, BASE STATION, AND USER EQUIPMENT - It would be to provide a method which will work with future versions of LTE-A, be backwards compatible and alleviate interference to signals for basic system operation. The method includes generating one or more Reference Signals associated with the one or more Channel Quality Indicators, and includes mapping the one or more Channel Quality Indicator-Reference Signals to the last symbol of the second slot of the one or more subframes. | 03-27-2014 |
20140086115 | ASYMMETRIC TDD IN FLEXIBLE USE SPECTRUM - A method according to an embodiment of the invention includes receiving and transmitting signals over a time division duplex (TDD) communication path. Signals are received over the TDD communication path via a first portion of a first frequency band. The first frequency band is adjacent to a second frequency band and to a third frequency band. The first frequency band is different from the second frequency band and from the third frequency band. A first frequency division duplex (FDD) communication path can be operable in the second frequency band. A second FDD communication path can be operable in the third frequency band. Signals are transmitted over the TDD communication path via a second portion of the first frequency band that is different from the first portion of the first frequency band. | 03-27-2014 |
20140086116 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING SIGNALS WITH A TERMINAL IN TDD WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided are a method and apparatus for transmitting/receiving signals with a terminal in a time division duplex (TDD) system. The method comprises: a scheduling information and pattern information receiving step, wherein a second subframe is scheduled within a first subframe; and a step for transmitting/receiving signals with a base station from the second subframe, wherein the second subframe is used as a downlink subframe if scheduling information is a downlink grant which schedules a downlink data channel, the second subframe is used as an uplink subframe if scheduling information is an uplink grant which schedules an uplink data channel, and the pattern information is information indicating positions of time gaps to prevent interference in the second subframe. | 03-27-2014 |
20140086117 | Control Signalling in Carrier Aggregation System - There is provided a timing entity for a communication network which includes a base station and a user equipment capable of communicating with each other over at least two carriers which have different temporal configuration of its uplink and downlink resources. The timing entity includes a control entity adapted for determining timing data defining a timing of a control signalling transmission which is related to a data transmission on a first carrier and which uses a resource of a first type on the second carrier. According to an embodiment the timing data specify for the control signalling transmission a time slot in which there is available a resource of the first type on the second carrier for the control signalling transmission. The control entity may be implemented in a base station and/or a user equipment. | 03-27-2014 |
20140086118 | Discontinuous Reception for Carrier Aggregation - Methods and apparatuses for carrier aggregation with discontinuous reception is disclosed. At least two different time division duplexing configurations can be communicated from serving cells to a device, the subframes of the at least two different configurations being counted for purposes of operating at least one timer function according to a predefined rule of counting. Discontinuous communications by the serving cells with the device are controlled based on the predefined rule of counting such that at least one timer function associated with discontinuous reception from the serving cells is operated based on the counting. | 03-27-2014 |
20140086119 | METHOD FOR USER EQUIPMENT TRANSRECEIVING SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method for transceiving signals between a user equipment and a base station in a wireless communication system, and to an apparatus for same. More particularly, a method for the user equipment transceiving the signal in the wireless communication system, which is operated by a time division duplex (TDD), comprises the steps of: monitoring a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) with respect to a special frame; and receiving a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) that corresponds to the PDCCH from the special subframe, when a PDCCH having downlink allocation information of the special subframe is detected, wherein the PDSCH is received by at least one orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) symbol from a plurality of OFDM symbols that correspond to a defined guard period (GP) and an uplink pilot time slot (UpPTS) within the special subframe, according to a TDD uplink-downlink configuration. | 03-27-2014 |
20140092784 | Extension Carrier for ARQ - According to one or more embodiments described and claimed herein, HARQ acknowledgements, re-transmissions, and related signaling (e.g., channel quality reports) are performed on a Re-transmission Extension Carrier (REC) separate from the primary downlink traffic carrier(s). In various embodiments, as explained herein, the REC may comprise an aggregated wireless communication network channel, which may be cross-channel scheduled or may have its own scheduler. The REC may be Frequency Domain Duplex (FDD) or Time Domain Duplex (TDD). The REC may be dedicated to a main downlink carrier, or may be shared across a plurality of aggregated component carriers. The REC may be transmitted from the same base station as one or more associated main carriers, or from a different base station. A shared REC may be operated in cooperative or contention modes. The REC may be implemented in unlicensed spectrum. | 04-03-2014 |
20140092785 | Methods and Apparatus for Enabling Further L1 Enhancements in LTE Heterogeneous Networks - A network element in a first cell in a wireless telecommunication network is provided. The network element comprises a processor configured such that the network element provides uplink and downlink grants in the first cell, wherein the first cell is a low-power cell within the coverage area of a second, high-power cell, and wherein the first cell acts as a secondary cell and the second cell acts as a primary cell in a carrier aggregation mode, and wherein at least one uplink control signal is received by one of only the first cell or both the first cell and the second cell. | 04-03-2014 |
20140092786 | HYBRID AUTOMATIC REPEAT REQUEST (HARQ) MAPPING FOR CARRIER AGGREGATION (CA) - Technology to dynamically alter hybrid automatic retransmission re-quest (HARQ) mapping for carrier aggregation (CA) is disclosed. In an example, a user equipment (UE) operable to dynamically alter hybrid automatic retransmission re-quest (HARQ) mapping for carrier aggregation (CA) can include computer circuitry configured to: Determine a secondary HARQ bundling window size for a secondary cell (SCell), when a primary HARQ bundling window size for a primary cell (PCell) is zero; determine a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) resource for transmission of a HARQ-ACKnowledge (ACK) feedback using the secondary HARQ bundling window size; and transmit the HARQ-ACK feedback in the PUCCH resource. | 04-03-2014 |
20140092787 | PERIODIC CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION REPORTING FOR TIME DIVISION DUPLEX (TDD) CARRIER AGGREGATION SYSTEMS - Technology for periodic channel state information (CSI) reporting is disclosed. One method can include a user equipment (UE) identifying a configured CSI reporting instance for a secondary cell to report the periodic CSI to a node based on a CSI reporting configuration of the secondary cell. The UE can determine that the configured CSI reporting instance of the secondary cell used to report the periodic CSI does not correspond with an uplink (UL) subframe of a primary cell. The UE can transmit the periodic CSI report for the secondary cell, to the node, using a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) on the secondary cell when the periodic CSI reporting instance for the secondary cell does not correspond with the UL subframe of the primary cell and an UL-SCH (Uplink Shared Channel) is available in a subframe that corresponds to the periodic CSI reporting instance of the secondary cell. | 04-03-2014 |
20140092788 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING DATA IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A data transceiving method of a terminal in a mobile communication system is provided. The data transceiving method includes receiving a Time Division Duplex (TDD) configuration modification message including TDD configuration modification time information from a base station, modifying a TDD configuration based on the TDD configuration modification time information, transmitting, to the base station, at least one of a data channel and a response channel by taking into consideration a transmission period between the data channel and the response channel. and the transmission period is determined for mapping first subframes for transmitting at least one of a data channel and a response channel before the TDD configuration modification, onto second subframes for transmitting at least one of a data channel and a response channel after the TDD configuration modification. | 04-03-2014 |
20140092789 | PHICH-less Operation for Uplink-Downlink Configuration Zero - Various communication systems may benefit from techniques for handling inter-band carrier aggregation (CA). For example, systems of the third generation partnership project (3GPP) long term evolution (LTE) advanced (LTE-A) may benefit from a uplink (UL) downlink (DL) configuration zero handling, particularly in cases where there is no physical hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) indicator channel (PHICH). For example, certain embodiments may be applicable to inter-band CA having different UL/DL configuration in use. A method can include triggering in a downlink subframe a first physical uplink shared channel transmission in a first hybrid automatic repeat request process. The method can also include triggering in the downlink subframe a second physical uplink shared channel transmission in a second hybrid automatic repeat request process. The secondary cell can be configured with time division duplex uplink/downlink configuration number zero. The triggerings can be performed by means of a single uplink grant but without a hybrid automatic repeat request indicator. | 04-03-2014 |
20140092790 | RESOURCE ALLOCATION IN COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - An exemplary embodiment discloses a multi-subframe physical uplink control channel PUCCH resource arrangement for PUCCH format 1a/1b resource allocation for enhanced physical downlink control channel EPDCCH in time division duplex TDD transmission. A definition of a semi-static offset for each EPDCCH set is extended by considering multiple downlink subframes, and a dynamic offset mechanism is enhanced to avoid resource collision between multiple DL subframes. | 04-03-2014 |
20140092791 | Systems and Methods for Processing Time-Division Signals and Frequency-Division Signals - System and methods are provided for processing time-division signals and frequency-division signals using a multi-mode transceiver. The example system includes a power amplifier, a switching component, and a duplexer. The power amplifier is configured to receive a first time-division signal from the transceiver and to generate an amplified time-division signal based on the first time-division signal if the transceiver is in a time-division mode. The power amplifier is further configured to receive a first frequency-division signal from the transceiver and to generate an amplified frequency-division signal based on the first frequency-division signal if the transceiver is in a frequency-division mode. The switching component is configured to receive the amplified time-division signal from the power amplifier, and to output the amplified time-division signal for transmission. The duplexer configured to receive the amplified frequency-division signal from the switching component, and to output a transmission signal for transmission. | 04-03-2014 |
20140092792 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND DEVICE THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. In particular, the present invention relates to a method for receiving a downlink control channel in a wireless communication system, and a device therefore, more particularly, to the method and a device therefore, the method comprising the steps of: receiving an upper layer signal including a plurality of frequency resource sets; receiving a subframe carrying a plurality of downlink control channel candidates; and monitoring the plurality of control channel candidates in one specific frequency resource set from the plurality of frequency resource sets, for the downlink control channel, wherein the one specific frequency resource set is determined according to the type or the characteristic of the subframe. | 04-03-2014 |
20140092793 | METHOD FOR SETTING SUBFRAME IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method for setting a subframe in a wireless communication system and to an apparatus for same. More particularly, the method for setting the subframe in the wireless communication system that is operated by a time division duplex (TDD), comprises the steps of: setting at least one uplink subframe and at least one downlink subframe according to an uplink-downlink (UL-DL) configuration; receiving resetting information with respect to a specific uplink subframe from the at least one uplink subframes; and setting the specific uplink subframe so as to include a first section for an uplink and a second section for a downlink. | 04-03-2014 |
20140092794 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING A SIGNAL, AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. Specifically, a method for transmitting an uplink signal in a wireless communication system supporting carrier aggregation includes the steps of: setting a first cell of a first time division duplex (TDD) uplink (UL)-downlink (DL) configuration, and a second cell of a second TDD UL-DL configuration; receiving data over a DL subframe of the first cell; and transmitting a control signal over a UL subframe of the second cell in response to the received data, wherein a relationship of the DL subframe and UL subframe is determined by parameter values set in a specific TDD UL-DL configuration in a TDD WL-DL configuration set, the specific TDD UL-DL configuration has the minimum number of DL subframes from among one or more of TDD UL-DL configurations in which subframes set as a DL or X are all set as the DL in the first cell or the second cell, the subframes set as X have different subframe directions in the first cell and the second cell at a corresponding subframe timing, and the uses thereof are limited in either the first cell or the second cell. | 04-03-2014 |
20140098719 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING HARQ PROCESS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus for performing hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) in a wireless communication system is provided. UEs that use the same application for D2D communications form a sharing group so that reliability of transmission of a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) and a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) among terminals that perform the D2D communications is guaranteed. In addition, among the terminals that perform the D2D communications, uplink transmission points in time determined in accordance with TDD configuration are checked and determined (calculated) so that the PUSCH and the PUCCH are correctly transmitted and received. | 04-10-2014 |
20140098720 | Methods, Devices and Computer Program Products for Interference Reduction in TDD Systems Allowing Allocation of Flexible Subframes for Uplink or Downlink Transmission - Methods, devices and computer program products in relation to interference reduction are presented, in particular for devices comprising a transceiver module configured for TDD operation in a network environment wherein a partition of subframes of channels are configurable to be flexibly assigned for downlink or uplink transmission while other subframes are fixedly configured for either uplink or downlink transmission. Aspects of such devices encompasses a controller module configured to determine those subframes that are flexibly assigned and configured for downlink transmission, identify, among those determined subframes, a subframe carrying a control channel, and restrict physical resources for the control channel in the identified subframe. The invention also addresses corresponding receiving devices and terminals as well as associated methods. | 04-10-2014 |
20140098721 | COMMUNICATION METHOD AND DEVICE IN TIME DIVISION DUPLEXING SYSTEM - Embodiments of the present invention relate to a communication method and a device in a time division duplexing system. The communication method in a time division duplexing system includes: notifying a user equipment of an uplink-downlink configuration of a radio frame; specifying a part of downlink subframes corresponding to the uplink-downlink configuration of the radio frame as MBSFN subframes; and sending first information to the user equipment, where the first information is used to indicate that multicast areas of the MBSFN subframes are used for uplink communication or downlink communication. | 04-10-2014 |
20140105075 | BASE STATION AND METHOD FOR CONFIGURING SUB-FRAMES FOR RELAY-NODE OPERATIONS - A frame structure for support of large delay spread deployment scenarios (e.g., cellular system operation in large cell sizes or low frequency bands) is generally presented. In this regard a method is introduced comprising partitioning a radio frame into a plurality of equal-sized (or non-equal-sized) sub-frames to simplify system implementation. Other embodiments are also disclosed and claimed. | 04-17-2014 |
20140105076 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. In more detail, the present invention relates to a method and device for transmitting uplink control information in a wireless communication system that supports carrier merging and operates in TDD, and the method comprises the following steps: receiving at least one or more than one PDCCH and more than one PDSCH from a plurality of downlink sub frames according to a UL-DL configuration: determining a bit number of reception response information on the at least one of more than one PDCCH and more than one PDSCH by using a value indicated by a predetermined 2-bit field in a DCI format for UL scheduling; and transmitting the reception response information through PUSCH corresponding to the DIC format. | 04-17-2014 |
20140105077 | TIME DIVISION DUPLEX TDD COMMUNICATION METHOD, BASE STATION, AND USER EQUIPMENT - The present invention discloses a time division duplex TDD communication method, including: reserving, by a base station, in a second subframe, acknowledgment channel resources for each subframe in a first subframe set, where acknowledgement channel resources reserved for at least two subframes in the first subframe set completely or partly overlap; and transmitting, by the base station, in the first subframe set, data with a first user equipment. By using the method of the present invention, because acknowledgement channel resources reserved for at least two subframes in the first subframe set completely or partly overlap, overheads of acknowledgment channel resources reserved for the first subframe set are small when there are a large quantity of subframes in the first subframe set. | 04-17-2014 |
20140112215 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A technique for enabling utilization of a one-way link in wireless communication systems of the type using whitespaces is disclosed. A wireless communication system ( | 04-24-2014 |
20140112216 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING INTER-CELL INTERFERENCE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention pertains to a wireless communication system, and more particularly, to a method for transmitting an uplink (UL) signal in a time division duplex (TDD) wireless communication system and an apparatus therefor, and the method comprises the following steps: receiving information limiting UL transmission activity from a serving cell; and transmitting a UL subframe in consideration of the information, wherein signal transmission of specific time-frequency resources corresponding to the information in the UL subframe is limited. | 04-24-2014 |
20140112217 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR COMMUNICATION IN TDD SYSTEM - Provided are a method and an apparatus for communication in a TDD (Time Division Duplex) system. A terminal is notified of a change in a first UL-DL setup from a base station during a first change period and receives a second UL-DL setup updated during a second change period. The terminal refreshes a buffer for an ongoing HARQ (Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest) process on the basis of the first UL-DL setup according to the reception of the second UL-DL setup. | 04-24-2014 |
20140112218 | METHOD FOR IMPLEMENTING HYBRID AUTOMATIC REPEAT REQUEST, USER EQUIPMENT, AND BASE STATION - Embodiments of the present invention provide a method for implementing hybrid automatic repeat request, a user equipment, and a base station. The method includes: determining first indication information and second indication information separately according to feedback information of each downlink subframe of a primary cell and that of a secondary cell that need to be sent in a same uplink subframe of the primary cell, where the first indication information is used to indicate first feedback information of each downlink subframe of the primary cell that needs to be sent in the uplink subframe, and the second indication information is used to indicate second feedback information of each downlink subframe of the secondary cell that needs to be sent in the uplink subframe; sending mapping information of the first indication information and the second indication information in the uplink subframe. | 04-24-2014 |
20140112219 | DATA TRANSMISSION METHOD BASED ON CROSS-CARRIER SCHEDULING, USER EQUIPMENT, AND BASE STATION - Embodiments of the present invention provide a data transmission method based on cross-carrier scheduling. The method includes: determining a first downlink subframe according to a timing relationship of an uplink HARQ of a reference uplink and downlink configuration, where the first downlink subframe is used to indicate timing of sending uplink scheduling grant information of a first uplink subframe of a scheduled cell; transmitting the uplink scheduling grant information in a subframe of a scheduling cell corresponding to the first downlink subframe, under a circumstance that the subframe of the scheduling cell corresponding to the first downlink subframe is a downlink subframe, where an uplink and downlink configuration of the scheduling cell and an uplink and downlink configuration of the scheduled cell are different; and receiving or sending uplink data in the first uplink subframe. In the present invention, the cross-carrier scheduling may be implemented effectively. | 04-24-2014 |
20140119246 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR CARRIER AGGREGATION - A User Equipment (UE) for performing carrier aggregation is described. The UE includes a processor and instructions stored in memory that is in electronic communication with the processor. The UE determines an uplink control information (UCI) transmission cell in a wireless communication network with at least one frequency-division duplexing (FDD) cell and at least one time-division duplexing (TDD) cell. The UE also selects a first cell for FDD and TDD carrier aggregation. The UE further determines a set of downlink subframe associations for the first cell that indicate at least one UCI transmission uplink subframe of the UCI transmission cell. The UE additionally sends Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH) Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request Acknowledgement/Negative Acknowledgement (HARQ-ACK) information in the UCI transmission uplink subframe of the UCI transmission cell. | 05-01-2014 |
20140119247 | ADAPTIVE MAINTENANCE OF UPLINK TIME ALIGNMENT - A method for wireless communication is disclosed. A time alignment timer is started. It is determined when the time alignment timer will expire. A time alignment request subframe that is prior to the time alignment timer expiring is identified. Uplink time alignment is requested in the time alignment request subframe. | 05-01-2014 |
20140119248 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING DATA TRAFFIC IN A TDD SYSTEM THAT USES MULTI-COMPONENT CARRIERS - The present invention relates to a method and apparatus for controlling data traffic in a time-division duplex (TDD) system that uses multi-component carriers. The method for controlling data traffic in a TDD system that uses multi-component carriers according to one embodiment of the present invention comprises the steps of: a base station transmitting, to a user equipment, a wireless signal including data through one or more component carriers among a component carrier group including a first element carrier which is a primary cell (PCell) and a second element carrier (SCell) which is a secondary cell, wherein the Pcell and the Scell consist of uplink and downlink subframes in a time division duplex system; and the base station receiving, from the user terminal, a wireless signal including response control information for the data through the second component carrier. | 05-01-2014 |
20140119249 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING SIGNALS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and a method for allocating resources for transmitting an HARQ ACK/NACK signal for a downlink subframe using a PUCCH format 3 in a time division duplex (TDD) system using a single carrier are provided. Since the resources are allocated through a resource indicator transmitted using a power control field transmitted on a PDCCH of the downlink subframe, the resources for transmitting the HARQ ACK/NACK signal may be allocated by effectively using resources allocated to a duplicately transferred control signal. | 05-01-2014 |
20140126432 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR ENABLING PEER-TO-PEER (P2P) COMMUNICATION IN LTE TIME DIVISION DUPLEX (TDD) SYSTEM - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for wireless communication are provided. The apparatus receives a configuration indicating multicast broadcast single frequency network (MBSFN) subframes within a radio frame. The configuration indicates a number of symbols of an MBSFN subframe for receiving a wide area network (WAN) control signal and remaining symbols of the MBSFN subframe dedicated for peer-to-peer communication. The apparatus communicates with a peer via the symbols dedicated for peer-to-peer communication. Alternatively, the apparatus receives a configuration indicating a portion at a beginning and/or end of a guard period of a special time division duplex (TDD) subframe. The portion is reserved for an uplink timing advance and/or switching from transmission to reception and/or reception to transmission. The configuration also indicates a remaining portion of the guard period of the special TDD subframe for peer-to-peer communication. The apparatus communicates with a peer via the remaining portion. | 05-08-2014 |
20140126433 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More particularly, the present invention relates to a method and an apparatus for transmitting uplink control information in the wireless communication system, which supports carrier aggregation and operates by a TDD, and comprises the steps of: receiving periodic information for reporting CSI; generating A/N information with respect to at least one cell from a plurality of cells to transmit from an uplink subframe n; and performing an action for transmitting the CSI information from the uplink subframe n according to the periodic information, wherein the CSI information and the A/N information are transmitted from the uplink subframe n through the same physical channel when a specific condition is satisfied, and only the A/N information is transmitted from the uplink subframe n when the specific condition is not satisfied, wherein the specific condition is Mp=0, and the A/N information comprising only A/N with respect to a first piece of specific downlink data that is received through a specific SCell, wherein the Mp expresses the number of downlink subframes that corresponds to the uplink subframe n with respect to a PCell. | 05-08-2014 |
20140126434 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND PROCESSING CONTROL INFORMATION IN TIME DIVISION DUPLEX SYSTEM USING MULTI-COMPONENT CARRIER - Provided is a method and apparatus for scheduling subframes of two component carriers (CCs) in a time division duplex (TDD) system using a multi-CC. | 05-08-2014 |
20140126435 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SUPPORTING COMMUNICATION IN PICO NETWORKS - Techniques for extending coverage of a wireless communication network (e.g., a cellular network) to indoor and other locations are described. A wireless device may communicate with a base station in a wireless network via downlink and uplink frequency channels in a licensed frequency band using frequency division duplexing (FDD). The wireless device may communicate with a piconet base station (PBS) in a pico network (piconet) via the uplink frequency channel using time division duplexing (TDD). The PBS may communicate with the wireless device on the uplink frequency channel and may exchange data with the wireless network via a wireline communication link. The PBS may forward data received from the wireless device to the wireless network and may also forward data received from the wireless network for the wireless device to the wireless device. The PBS may receive paging messages from the wireless network for the wireless device and may forward the paging messages to the wireless device. | 05-08-2014 |
20140133369 | Method and Apparatus for Operation with Carrier Aggregation of Time Division Duplex Cells - According to the network-side teachings herein, transmission adaptations taken with respect to a secondary serving cell provide improved operation in the context of serving a half-duplex wireless device having a carrier aggregation configuration involving primary and secondary cells with different Time Division Duplex (TDD) uplink/downlink configurations. Transmission adaptations are taken with respect to a normal downlink subframe in a secondary cell that is time-wise overlapped by a special subframe in the primary cell. Similarly, improved operations are obtained on the device-side according to reception adaptations taken with respect to normal downlink subframes in a secondary cell that are overlapped by special subframes in the primary cell. Non-limiting improvements include better channel estimation and link adaptation, improved scheduling, and revised timings for the transmission and reception of user or control data targeting the device. | 05-15-2014 |
20140133370 | PUCCH RESOURCE DETERMINATION FOR EPDCCH - Methods, systems, and devices are described for indexing control channel elements to determine uplink channel resources. Downlink control messages may be monitored in a set of downlink subframes. The monitoring may include monitoring physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) messages in at least one of the subframes and monitoring enhanced physical downlink control channel (EPDCCH) messages in at least one of the subframes. A downlink control message may be received in at least one subframe. The downlink control message may include an EPDCCH message. An index for enhanced control channel elements (ECCEs) may be determined based at least in part on the set of downlink subframes. The determined index of the ECCEs may be used to identify uplink control channel resources. The ECCEs may be indexed in a manner that is specific to a cell in a wireless communication system, or which is configured for a particular mobile device. | 05-15-2014 |
20140133371 | APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING DOWNLINK CONTROL INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM AND METHOD THEREOF - Disclosed are an apparatus for transmitting and receiving downlink control information in a TDD (time division duplex) wireless access system and method thereof. The present invention includes performing a blind decoding on a transmitting region of e-PDCCH (enhanced physical downlink control channel) transmitted by being multiplexed with PDSCH (physical downlink shared channel) and receiving the DCI through the blind decoding of the e-PDCCH. In particular, a last symbol of the transmitting region of the e-PDCCH in a special subframe is configured in accordance with a configuration of the special subframe. | 05-15-2014 |
20140140251 | DATA TRANSMISSION METHOD AND DEVICE IN CARRIER AGGREGATION SYSTEM - Disclosed are a data transmission method and device in a carrier aggregation system, used for realizing the data transmission of UE which does not support uplink and downlink transmission simultaneously in a carrier aggregation system which uses different TDD uplink and downlink configurations. The data transmission method in a carrier aggregation system provided in the present application includes: an eNB performing data transmission with specific user equipment (UE) according to the time division duplex (TDD) uplink and downlink sub-frame configuration employed by a specific component carrier in a carrier aggregation system by means of a component carrier in the carrier aggregation system, wherein said specific UE is TDDUE which does not support simultaneously performing uplink data transmission and downlink data transmission in an identical sub-frame. | 05-22-2014 |
20140146720 | CONTROL CHANNEL RESOURCE ALLOCATION METHOD AND APPARATUS - Embodiments of the present invention disclose a control channel resource allocation method and apparatus, where the control channel resource allocation method includes: determining a VRB number corresponding to a first physical downlink control channel or a serial number of the first CCE for the first physical downlink control channel to transmit DCI, where the first physical downlink control channel includes an S-PDCCH or an R-PDCCH; and obtaining, according to the VRB number or the serial number of the first CCE, an offset, and a PUCCH parameter, a PUCCH format 1a or 1b resource number corresponding to the first physical downlink control channel. | 05-29-2014 |
20140153448 | Interference Management for Time Division Duplex Operation - Communication systems may benefit from various interference management procedures. For example, uncoordinated time division duplex systems may benefit from flexible time division duplex operation that includes an interference management procedure that may be applicable to various carriers. A method may include determining a way in which a subframe in a frame structure will be used within a predetermined or undetermined amount of time. The method may also include communicating the way the subframe will be used to an affected device. | 06-05-2014 |
20140153449 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING ACK/NACK IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided are a method and a device for transmitting an acknowledgement/not-acknowledgement (ACK/NACK) of a terminal which is set with a plurality of serving cells. The method comprises the steps of: receiving data in a subframe n of a second serving cell; and transmitting an ACK/NACK signal for the data in a subframe n+k | 06-05-2014 |
20140153450 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING A SIGNAL OF A TERMINAL IN A TIME DIVISION WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of transmitting data for uplink coverage for improvement of a wireless communication system by a terminal improving uplink data transmission reliability so as to be capable of successful data transmission. A method for transmitting and receiving a signal of a terminal in a time division wireless communication system of the present invention includes receiving a TTI bundling setting command from a base station, confirming whether a TTI bundling number is included in the TTI bundling setting command, determining the time when a signal is transmitted and received according to the TTI bundling number, when the TTI bundling number is included and determining the time when a signal is transmitted and received according to a preset TTI bundling number, when the TTI bundling number is not included. | 06-05-2014 |
20140153451 | METHOD, SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR SENDING AND RECEIVING FEEDBACK INFORMATION - The present invention relates to the technical field of wireless communication, particularly relates to a method, system and apparatus for sending and receiving feedback information, to be used for transmitting the feedback information after the aggregation of carriers with different time division duplex (TDD) uplink and downlink configurations. The method of an embodiment of the present invention comprises: determining a dedicated feedback timing relationship by using a user equipment (UE) aggregating carriers with different TDD uplink/downlink configurations; the UE transmitting the feedback information corresponding to the downlink data on the primary carrier according to the determined dedicated feedback timing relationship. Because the feedback information can be transmitted after the aggregation of carriers with different TDD uplink and downlink configurations, thus the transmission efficiency and system performance after the aggregation of carriers with different TDD uplink and downlink configurations are improved. | 06-05-2014 |
20140153452 | METHOD FOR TRANSCEIVING DATA IN A WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM, AND BASE STATION AND TERMINAL FOR SAME - Disclosed are a method for transceiving data in a wireless access system, and a base station and terminal therefor. More particularly, the present invention relates to a method for transceiving data, and to a base station device for the method, wherein the method comprises the steps of: transmitting, in a single first subframe, a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) including downlink scheduling information on each terminal; and transmitting, in a plurality of second subframes, a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) relevant to said PDCCH to each terminal. The PDCCH supports a carrier aggregation that includes a field indicating said plurality of second subframes in which said PDSCH is transmitted. | 06-05-2014 |
20140153453 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR LIMITING A DOWNLINK SUBFRAME IN A TDD MODE - The present description relates to a method and apparatus for limiting a downlink subframe in a time division duplex (TDD) mode. The method for limiting a downlink subframe in a TDD mode according to one embodiment of the present description enables a base station, which controls a cell operating in a TDD scheme, to: transmit cell-specific TDD uplink-downlink configuration information and terminal-specific TDD uplink-downlink configuration information of the cell to a user terminal having low power consumption; and transmit uplink allocation information or response control information to the data previously received from the user terminal in a first downlink subframe according to the cell-specific TDD configuration information and terminal-specific TDD configuration information provided to the user terminal. The terminal-specific TDD configuration information indicates one or more candidate subframes which are portions of downlink subframes in the cell. | 06-05-2014 |
20140153454 | METHOD FOR RESOURCE MANAGEMENT IN A CELLULAR COMMUNICATION NETWORK AND RESOURCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM - A method for resource management in a cellular communication network, wherein the network includes at least one base station per cell for a plurality of cells that operates in TDD (Time Division Duplex) transmission mode, wherein the base stations implement a respective UL/DL configuration mode in which frames are composed of a specific sequence of downlink DL, uplink UL and special S subframes, is characterized in that the base stations are operated such that neighboring base stations with adjacent and/or overlapping coverage areas employ different UL/DL configuration modes, wherein interference between neighboring base stations is taken account of by implementing power control on a subframe basis. Furthermore, a resource management system for use in a cellular communication network is described. | 06-05-2014 |
20140161000 | TIMING OFFSET CORRECTION IN A TDD VECTORED SYSTEM - A method in a time-division duplex (TDD) transceiver coupled to a subscriber line, the method comprising receiving a discrete multitone (DMT) signal from a second transceiver after a period of inactivity on the subscriber line, wherein the DMT signal comprises a plurality of pilot tones, and determining a timing offset between the transceiver and the second transceiver based on the plurality of pilot tones. | 06-12-2014 |
20140161001 | Resource Allocation for Flexible TDD Configuration - There is determined a first uplink-downlink configuration for subframes in a frame, which in various examples is fixed or dynamically allocated. A second uplink-downlink configuration is semi-statically allocated such as in system information. When mapping automatic repeat request signaling for a first user equipment which is dynamically allocated an uplink-downlink configuration, at least some downlink subframes mapped by the second uplink-downlink configuration are excluded by the mapping. In one example, UL resources mapped from a first group DL subframes are indexed according to the second configuration, and then UL resources mapped from a second group of DL subframes are indexed according to the first configuration, and the excluded DL subframes are within the first group and excluded from the second group and the automatic repeat request signaling is in an uplink resource mapped from the second group. | 06-12-2014 |
20140161002 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR OPERATING SUPPLEMENTARY CELLS IN LICENSED EXEMPT SPECTRUM - A method and apparatus for operating supplementary cells in licensed exempt (LE) spectrum. An aggregating cell operating in a frequency division duplex (FDD) licensed spectrum is aggregated with a LE supplementary cell operating in a time sharing mode for uplink (UL) and downlink (DL) operations. The LE supplementary cell may be an FDD supplementary cell dynamically configurable between an UL only mode, a DL only mode, and a shared mode, to match requested UL and DL traffic ratios. The LE supplementary cell may be a time division duplex (TDD) supplementary cell. The TDD supplementary cell may be dynamically configurable between multiple TDD configurations. A coexistence capability for coordinating operations between the LE supplementary cell with other systems operating in the same channel is provided. Coexistence gaps are provided to measure primary/secondary user usage and permit other systems operating in the LE supplementary cell channel to access the channel. | 06-12-2014 |
20140161003 | Mechanism for Enhancing Power Control in Time Division Based Communications - There is provided a mechanism for conducting power control in a time division based communication. Subframes of a frame structure of the time division based communication are classified into at two or more classification sets, each classification set comprising at least one subframe. For each of the classification sets, power control related parameters are selected in accordance with the interference on the respective subframes. On the basis of the selected power control related parameters, a power control parameter set is configured defining a power control setting for each subframe of the frame structure. A UE receiving the power control parameter set applies the power control related parameters in the power control. | 06-12-2014 |
20140169238 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR HYBRID AUTOMATIC REPEAT REQUEST OPERATION IN A HETEROGENEOUS NETWORK ARCHITECTURE - Methods, systems and apparatus are provided for camping, assisted serving cell addition or removal, and discontinuous reception (DRX) in networks having a macro cell and at least one assisted serving cell. In other aspects, enhancements to Layer 1 channels and uplink timing alignments are provided in networks having a macro cell and at least one assisted serving cell. In further aspects, assisted serving cell Layer 2 architecture and transport channels are provided in networks having a macro cell and at least one assisted serving cell. In further aspects, collaborated HARQ solutions are provided in networks having a macro cell and at least one assisted serving cell. | 06-19-2014 |
20140169239 | System and Method for Terminal Cooperation Based on Sparse Multi-Dimensional Spreading - System and method embodiments are provided to achieve efficient Direct Mobile Communications (DMC) and device-to-device (D2D) communications for terminal based groups with improved spectrum efficiency, reduced interference, and virtual full duplex operation mode. The embodiments include a distributed mechanism for D2D communications that enables one or more cooperating UEs (CUEs) to help one or more target UEs (TUEs) with limited additional signaling overhead and relatively simple implementation. The mechanism comprises a grantless multi-dimensional multiplexing scheme that uses low density spreading (LDS) over time, frequency, and/or space domains to enable data forwarding between multiple half-duplex terminals or UEs while allowing the UEs to operate in virtual full-duplex mode. | 06-19-2014 |
20140169240 | Access Control Method, User Equipment, Access Network, and Communications System - Embodiments of the present invention disclose an access control method, a user equipment, an access network, and a communications system. System information includes an uplink interference parameter and an access threshold. It is determined whether the uplink interference parameter is smaller than the access threshold. If the uplink interference parameter is smaller than the access threshold, uplink access is initiated to the access network. If the uplink interference parameter is not smaller than the access threshold, after a delay time, current system information is re-obtained and it is again determined whether the uplink interference parameter is smaller than the access threshold. | 06-19-2014 |
20140169241 | RADIO BASE STATION AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - An eNB assigns, to a UE, a pair of a PDSCH resource and a PUSCH resource that overlaps, in frequency band, with the PDSCH resource; and derives antenna weight that should be applied to the PDSCH resource, on the basis of a DMRS transmitted from the UE by using the PUSCH resource. When the assignment of the PUSCH is changed to another UE, the eNB derives the antenna weight, on the basis of a past uplink reference signal transmitted from the UE in a past time zone earlier than the PUSCH resource and in a frequency band overlapping with the frequency band of the PDSCH resource. | 06-19-2014 |
20140169242 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More particularly, the present invention relates to a method for transmitting uplink control information in a wireless communication system that supports carrier aggregation and operates in a time division duplex (TDD) scheme, the method comprising a step of transmitting a hybrid automatic repeat request-acknowledgement (HARQ-ACK) for each component carrier (CC) according to a specific parameter; wherein if the specific parameter is smaller than a specific value, the HARQ-ACK for each CC is individually transmitted, and if the specific parameter is equal to or larger than the specific value, the HARQ-ACK for each CC is transmitted using the specific number of bit values corresponding to said HARQ-ACK. The present invention also relates to an apparatus for the method. | 06-19-2014 |
20140177484 | Multi- Channel Broadband Re-configurable RF Front End for Software Defined Radio / Cognitive Radio - Multi-channel broadband re-configurable RF Front End for Software Defined Radio/Cognitive Radio. The RF front end helps improve spectrum sensing for better spectrum utilization. The RF front end comprising of multiple channels of reconfigurable transmitters and receivers, Tx/Rx switch, reference section, control section and power section is described. The RF front-end transceiver comprises of multiple channels and adapts its parameters based on the radio environment. The RF front end works on wide bandwidth and reconfigures its parameters. | 06-26-2014 |
20140177485 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR INTERFERENCE MITIGATION IN TIME DIVISION DUPLEX SYSTEMS - Methods and apparatus at an evolved Node B (eNB) and user equipment (UE) in cells operating in time division duplex with a first configuration and having a neighbor cell eNB operating in time division duplex with a second configuration, the methods and apparatus: identifying potential eNB-to-eNB; UE-to-UE; eNB-to-UE; and UE-to-eNB interference. Further methods and apparatus to report interference including enumerated interference types to neighbor cell eNBs. Further, methods and apparatus for interference mitigation. | 06-26-2014 |
20140177486 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR IDENTIFYING INTERFERENCE TYPE IN TIME DIVISION DUPLEX SYSTEMS - Methods and apparatus at an evolved Node B (eNB) and user equipment (UE) in cells operating in time division duplex with a first configuration and having a neighbor cell eNB operating in time division duplex with a second configuration, the methods and apparatus: identifying potential eNB-to-eNB; UE-to-UE; eNB-to-UE; and UE-to-eNB interference. Further methods and apparatus to report interference including enumerated interference types to neighbor cell eNBs. Further, methods and apparatus for interference mitigation. | 06-26-2014 |
20140177487 | Override of Multi-TTI Scheduling Messages - The embodiments herein relate to a method in a network node ( | 06-26-2014 |
20140177488 | METHOD FOR USER EQUIPMENT TRANSRECEIVING SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method for receiving a signal between a user equipment and a base station in a wireless communication system, and to an apparatus for same. More particularly, a method for the user equipment receiving the signal in the wireless communication system, which is operated by a time division duplex (TDD), comprises the steps of: confirming a subframe which is reconfigured as a downlink, from a plurality of subframes that are configured according to a TDD uplink-downlink configuration; and receiving the signal from the subframe, which is reconfigured, wherein an index of the last orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) symbol, from which the signal can be received, is decided in the subframe that is reconfigured. | 06-26-2014 |
20140177489 | Carrier Synchronization Method, Circuit, and System - Embodiments of the present invention provide a carrier synchronization method, circuit, and system. The method includes performing n times frequency multiplication on a received signal; performing narrowband filtering at least twice and rectangular wave shaping at least twice on the signal obtained after the n times frequency multiplication; and performing n times frequency division on the signal obtained after the filtering and shaping, to restore a carrier signal. The variable n is a positive integer greater than or equal to 4. | 06-26-2014 |
20140177490 | RADIO BASE STATION AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD | 06-26-2014 |
20140177491 | Base Station, Terminal, System And Method For Data Transmitting In Time-Division Duplex System - A base station, a terminal, a system and methods for performing data transmission in a Time Division Duplex (TDD) system are disclosed. One of the methods includes: the base station sending an uplink scheduling grant signaling to the terminal on a carrier m, and after receiving uplink data sent by the terminal through a Physical Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH) on a carrier n, the base station sending an ACK/NACK feedback signaling corresponding to the PUSCH to the terminal on the carrier m; wherein, m≠n; a timing relationship between a subframe by which the base station sends the uplink scheduling grant signaling and/or the ACK/NACK feedback signaling and a subframe where the PUSCH is located is identical with a Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request (HARQ) timing relationship corresponding to an uplink/downlink configuration of the carrier m or the carrier n. | 06-26-2014 |
20140177492 | METHOD OF AND APPARATUS FOR INFORMING DYNAMIC UPLINK AND DOWNLINK CONFIGURATION IN HETEROGENEOUS NETWORK - The invention discloses a method and device, in a central processing unit of a control device of a pico cell or a macro cell of a heterogeneous network based upon a time division duplex system, for instructing a user equipment to perform dynamic uplink and downlink resource configuration. In the method, the central processing unit indicates whether a dynamic uplink and downlink configuration is triggered for the user equipment by using a bit reserved in broadcast channel signaling; allocates a resource of a sub frame in a frame for downlink control information in physical downlink control channel signaling when the dynamic uplink and downlink configuration is triggered for the user equipment, wherein a location of the subframe in the frame corresponds in a one-to-one manner to a dynamic uplink and downlink configuration type currently adopted for the user equipment, and the location of the sub-frame in the frame indicates a dynamic uplink and downlink configuration type currently adopted for the user equipment; and transmits the physical downlink control channel signaling including the frame to the user equipment. | 06-26-2014 |
20140185494 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR COEXISTENCE OF MULTIPLE COLLOCATED RADIOS - An apparatus may include a set of transceivers comprising three or more transceivers each operable to communicate via a wireless communications standard different from each other transceiver and a driver to output an enable signal when a first transceiver of the set of transceivers is active. The apparatus may also include a processor circuit and a real-time frame synchronization module operable on the processor circuit to receive a first frame synchronization input signal to delineate first receive and first transmit periods of a radio frame of a first transceiver of the set of transceivers, and to generate a frame synchronization signal to align receive and transmit periods of each of a multiplicity of additional transceivers of the set of transceivers to the respective first receive and first transmit periods of the first transceiver. Other embodiments are disclosed and claimed. | 07-03-2014 |
20140192685 | DYNAMIC SELECTION OF SPECTRUM ACCESS IN A SPECTRUM SHARING CONTEXT - Briefly, in accordance with one or more embodiments, a wireless system may be controlled to operate via time-division duplexing (TDD) in a first mode and operate via frequency-division duplexing (FDD) in a second mode. The mode of operation may be selected based at least in part on the available spectrum not utilized by a primary spectrum holder (PSH) in the vicinity of the wireless system. In one or more embodiments, control of operation between TDD and FDD, or between different realizations of the same duplex scheme, may be implemented by a cloud spectrum broker/controller, and in one or more alternative embodiments, control of operation between TDD and FDD may be implanted by the operator of the wireless system as an alternative spectrum holder (ASH). | 07-10-2014 |
20140192686 | Methods and Apparatus for Multiple Connectivity in a TDD System - A wireless communication system ( | 07-10-2014 |
20140192687 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Disclosed are a method and apparatus for transmitting uplink control information in a wireless communication system. A method for transmitting uplink control information by a terminal in a wireless communication system may comprise the steps of: receiving, from a base station, information on a primary cell (Pcell) and at least one secondary cell (Scell) configured for said terminal; and transmitting the uplink control information through the specific Scell configured for said terminal when said Pcell and said Scell are set to different time division duplex (TDD) downlink (DL)/uplink (UL) configurations and said terminal is set to simultaneously transmit a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) and a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH). | 07-10-2014 |
20140192688 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More particularly, the present invention relates to a method and an apparatus for transmitting uplink control information in the wireless communication system, which supports carrier aggregation and operates by a TDD, and comprises the steps of: deciding HARQ-ACK bit numbers for each cell from a plurality of cells; composing a HARQ-ACK payload comprising HARQ-ACK bit(s) for each of the plurality of cells; and transmitting the HARQ-ACK payload from a subframe n through a PUSCH. | 07-10-2014 |
20140198689 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR MIXED SIGNAL SPREAD SPECTRUM RECEIVING TECHNIQUE - An apparatus and method for mixed signal spread spectrum receiving and spectrum aggregation in a receiver having at least one antenna respectively receiving at least one signal are provided. The method includes modulating the at least one signal received by the receiver with at least one unique orthogonal pseudorandom (PN) code, downconverting the at least one modulated signal into at least one baseband signal, combining the at least baseband signal into an overlaid baseband signal and filtering the overlaid baseband signal, converting the overlaid baseband signal from an analog signal into a digital baseband signal, splitting the digital baseband signal into a plurality of signal paths each having the entirety of the digital baseband signal, applying one of the at least one unique orthogonal PN code to each of the plurality of signal paths, and multiplexing the plurality of signal paths into a combined digital baseband signal. | 07-17-2014 |
20140198690 | Method of Remapping Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request Timeline in Time Division Duplex Uplink-Downlink Reconfiguration - A method of remapping Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request (HARQ) timeline in Time Division Duplex (TDD) uplink-downlink (UL-DL) reconfiguration, for a communication device in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method includes being reconfigured from a first TDD UL-DL configuration in a first radio frame to a second TDD UL-DL configuration in a second radio frame, determining a TDD UL-DL reference configuration according to UL subframe allocations of the first and second TDD UL-DL configurations in the first radio frame, and performing HARQ processes of the first TDD UL-DL configuration according to a HARQ timeline of the TDD UL-DL reference configuration during the first and second radio frames. | 07-17-2014 |
20140204809 | Cell Identity Design for LTE-Advanced - A method for generating a synchronization signal is provided. The method comprises using a number other than 63 as an N | 07-24-2014 |
20140204810 | ARO VALUES IN PUCCH RESOURCE ALLOCATION FOR EPDCCH IN TDD - Methods, apparatuses, and computer program products for defining ARO values in TDD are provided. One method includes defining acknowledgement (Ack)/negative acknowledgement (Nack) resource offset (ARO) values in time division duplex (TDD) with a first set of values and a second set of values. The first set of values contains negative values and is used to offset hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) acknowledgment (ACK) resource determination so that HARQ-ACK is transmitted on physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) resources corresponding to another downlink subframe, and the second set of values contains values between −2 and 2. | 07-24-2014 |
20140204811 | METHOD FOR FEEDING BACK DIFFERENT UPLINK-DOWNLINK CONFIGURATION RATIOS FOR LTE-A TDD - Provided is a method for feeding back different uplink-downlink configuration ratios for LTE-A TDD. For an asymmetric uplink and downlink sub-frame in a carrier aggregation scenario, the uplink sub-frame of each component carrier only feeds back Ack/Nack of the downlink sub-frame PDSCH of the current carrier, not feeding back Ack/Nack of other carriers. Also proposed is another method for feeding back different uplink-downlink configuration ratios for LTE-A TDD. For an asymmetric uplink and downlink sub-frame in a carrier aggregation scenario, Ack/Nack of the downlink sub-frame of each component carrier is fed back by the uplink sub-frame of the closest auxiliary cell with the minimum auxiliary cell index value after at least four sub-frames, allowing Ack/Nack of a plurality of carriers to be transmitted on other carriers. The present invention takes advantage of the asymmetry characteristic of uplink sub-frames of different sub-frame configuration ratios, which can reduce the maximum value of Ack/Nack of the downlink sub-frame PDSCH fed back in the uplink sub-frame, decreasing the time delay in feeding back Ack/Nack of the downlink sub-frame to the eNB. | 07-24-2014 |
20140204812 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR INDICATING CONTROL CHANNEL - Disclosed are a method and device for indicating a control channel. The method for indicating a control channel includes: channelization processing is performed on indication information indicating the control channel, wherein the control channel is a newly added control channel area or a control channel on a resource which is newly carved out of resources reserved for PDSCH and is for transmitting control information; and the processed indication information is sent to UE. By applying the disclosure, the current problem that the UE cannot detect the newly added downlink control channel can be solved. | 07-24-2014 |
20140204813 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSCEIVING SIGNALS - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More particularly, the present invention relates to a method and to an apparatus for the method, wherein the method is configured such that a base station, in which cross-carrier scheduling through a first component carrier (CC) is set, transmits a downlink signal in a TDD wireless communication system in which the first CC and a second CC are aggregated, wherein the method comprises a step of transmitting a control channel signal during a specific subframe timing during which the second CC is set as a downlink. The transmitting step involves transmitting the control channel signal through a control channel region of the first CC when the first CC is set as a downlink in the specific subframe timing, and transmitting the control channel signal through a control channel region of the second CC when the first CC is set as an uplink during the specific subframe timing. | 07-24-2014 |
20140211670 | Wireless Network Synchronization - Provided are various implementations of a wireless network synchronization solution. In one implementation, such a solution includes a mobile communication device including a receiver for use with the wireless network. The receiver is configured to receive a downlink communication from the wireless network, to detect a primary synchronization signal (PSS) at a PSS subframe symbol of the downlink communication, and to detect a secondary synchronization signal (SSS) at an SSS subframe symbol of the downlink communication. The receiver is further configured to identify the downlink communication as being duplexed using one of a first duplexing mode and a second duplexing mode when the PSS subframe symbol follows the SSS subframe symbol, and to identify the downlink communication as being duplexed using the other of the first duplexing mode and the second duplexing mode when the PSS subframe symbol precedes the SSS subframe symbol. | 07-31-2014 |
20140211671 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL CHANNEL IN INTRA-CELL CARRIER AGGREGATION SYSTEM - The present disclosure relates to a method and an apparatus for transmitting a control channel in an intra-cell carrier aggregation system. The method includes establishing a connection with a base station through a Primary cell (Pcell) of a Time Division Duplex (TDD) scheme and a Secondary cell (Scell) of a Frequency Division Duplex (FDD) scheme. The method also includes receiving data through the Scell before a timing configured as an uplink sub-frame according to a TDD UpLink-DownLink (UL-DL) configuration of the Pcell. The method also includes transmitting a feedback of the received data through the Pcell in a feedback sub-frame. By the method, a feedback for a data can be effectively transferred. | 07-31-2014 |
20140211672 | METHOD, SYSTEM, ACCESS POINT AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT FOR ENHANCING THE USABLE BANDWIDTH BETWEEN OF A TELECOMMUNICATIONS NETWORK AND A USER EQUIPMENT - A method for enhancing usable bandwidth between an access point of a radio access network of a telecommunications network and a User Equipment of a subscriber of the telecommunications network, in which the User Equipment and the access point are configured to mutually communicate based on a standardized mobile communication technology using carrier aggregation of at least a first communication carrier having a first carrier frequency and a second communication carrier having a second carrier frequency. The first carrier frequency is a standardized and licensed frequency and is related to the standardized mobile communication technology. The second carrier frequency is an unlicensed frequency. | 07-31-2014 |
20140219142 | AGILE DUPLEXING WIRELESS RADIO DEVICES - Radio devices having separate transmission and reception reflectors for transmitting and receiving wireless signals that detect interference in a transmission channel and may be automatically or manually switch duplexing schemes when reflections, radar or other interference is detected. These devices typically include both a transmission antenna reflector and a receiving transmitter reflector, which may be connected or formed of a single housing, that are operatively coupled to radio circuitry for transmission and reception of wireless signals. Interference, and particularly reflected signals between the transmitter and receiver, are avoided by including a detector coupled to either (or both) reflectors that monitors the transmitting frequency channel; reflections and/or radar signals may be detected and may trigger switching (manual or automatic switching) to a different duplexing modes such as frequency-division duplexing (FDD), time-division duplexing (TDD), etc. | 08-07-2014 |
20140219143 | SELECTION OF ACKNOWLEDGMENT TIMING IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - Disclosed is a method including communicating, by a mobile device, with a base station via first and second component carriers having different frequency bands and time division duplexing (TDD) configurations. The method may include receiving one or more downlink transmissions via the second component carrier. The method may include selecting a hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) timing sequence based on the TDD configurations of the first and second component carriers. The method may include transmitting one or more positive acknowledgment and/or negative acknowledgement (ACK/NACK) signals, associated with the one or more downlink transmissions, according to the selected HARQ timing sequence. Other embodiments may be described and claimed. | 08-07-2014 |
20140219144 | METHOD AND APARATUS FOR CONTROLLING PERFORMANCE IN A RADIO NODE - Controlling performance in a Time Division Duplex (TDD) radio node is provided. The TDD radio node having multiple parallel branches and antennas for radio transmission of signals propagating through a transmit chain in each of the branches before emission from the antennas. A signal generator generates a signal that propagates through each branch. A signal tapper taps the signal from each of the branches after the transmit chain. A control unit determines a timing of the tapped signal from each of the branches, and monitors timing alignment of the branches based on the determined timing of tapped signals. If it is discovered that there is a timing misalignment between the branches that exceeds a preset acceptable limit, a transmission delay can be adjusted for at least one of the branches to reduce the misalignment. | 08-07-2014 |
20140233437 | Frame Structure for Filter Bank Multi-Carrier (FBMC) Waveforms - A unified frame structure for filter bank multi-carrier (FBMC) and orthogonal frequency division multiplexed (OFDM) waveforms may allow FBMC and OFDM frames to be communicated over a common channel without significant inter-frame gaps. The unified frame structure may set an FBMC frame duration to an integer multiple of an OFDM frame element duration to enable alignment of FBMC frames and OFDM frames in the time domain. The unified frame structure may also map control channels in the FBMC and OFDM frames to common resource locations so that the respective control channels are aligned in the time and/or frequency domains. The unified frame structure may also share synchronization channels between FBMC and OFDM frames. Additionally, overhead in an FBMC time division duplexed (TDD) communications channel can be reduced by overlapping time windows appended to FBMC blocks. | 08-21-2014 |
20140233438 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE, METHOD AND COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM - An electronic device, a method, and a computer-readable medium. The electronic device includes a circuitry configured to receive a radio communication signal for another device, configured to determine, based on the radio communication signal, one or more features that can reflect the difference between an uplink transmission mode and a downlink transmission mode, and configured to judge whether the radio communication signal is for the uplink transmission or the downlink transmission according to the one or more features. | 08-21-2014 |
20140233439 | DOWNLINK-UPLINK CONFIGURATION DETERMINATION - Uplink and downlink traffic for a plurality of user equipments UEs in a cell is differentially weighted according to traffic type, and that weighted traffic total is used to select one uplink-downlink configuration for a radio frame from among A>1 possible uplink-downlink configurations. The weighting may use a priority factor or traffic class identifier that corresponds to the traffic type. In one embodiment the configuration selection is autonomous, and may be made to maximize throughput in the cell or to minimize a number of subframes that overlap with neighbor cells. In another embodiment there is a cooperation; one access node selects multiple candidate configurations which its neighbor cells score for their own acceptability and return the score tables to the original access node, who makes the final selection using the neighbors' score tables. Specific examples are in the context of the E-UTRAN/LTE system. | 08-21-2014 |
20140241219 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR COEXISTENCE OF PEER TO PEER COMMUNICATION WITH LTE WWAN COMMUNICATION ON DOWNLINK - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for wireless communication are provided. A UE for wireless communication determines resource elements, within at least one resource block in a downlink subframe, that carry reference signals from a base station. The UE maps at least one of data or control information to the at least one resource block, punctures the at least one of the data or the control information from the resource elements determined to carry the reference signals, and transmits the at least one resource block to a second UE. | 08-28-2014 |
20140241220 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL CHANNEL DEPENDING ON UE CAPABILITY IN INTRA-CELL CARRIER AGGREGATION SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus for transmitting a control channel when cells have different duplex structures in an intra-cell carrier aggregation system are provided. The method of transmitting and/or receiving a control channel by an evolved Node B (eNB) in a wireless communication system includes receiving capability information of a User Equipment (UE) from the UE, transmitting scheduling information to the UE, transmitting downlink data according to the transmitted scheduling information, and receiving an uplink control channel for the downlink data from the UE based on the capability information of the UE. | 08-28-2014 |
20140241221 | METHOD FOR CHANNEL ASSIGNMENTS IN WIRELESS SYSTEMS - A wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) includes circuitry configured to receive first information from a wireless network, the first information indicating a first pattern of time intervals in which the WTRU is to monitor a plurality of control channels; not monitor the plurality of control channels in time intervals outside the first pattern of time intervals; and receive second information from the wireless network, the second information indicating a second pattern of time intervals in which the WTRU is to transmit control information on a control channel. | 08-28-2014 |
20140241222 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More particularly, the present invention relates to a method in which a terminal performs communication in a TDD-based wireless communication system having a plurality of CCs aggregated therein, the method comprising: a step of performing an uplink transmission or a downlink reception in each subframe on a first CC according to a first UL-DL configuration; and a step of performing an uplink transmission or a downlink reception in each subframe on a second CC according to a second UL-DL configuration. If the configuration of the subframe of the first CC is [U, D] and the configuration of the subframe of the second CC is [U, U] in subframes #k and #k+1, the subframe #k+1 of the second CC is set to X. The present invention also relates to an apparatus for the method. | 08-28-2014 |
20140241223 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, RADIO BASE STATION APPARATUS, USER TERMINAL, AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - According to the present invention, even when the ratio between uplink subframes and downlink subframes is changed in each component carrier in TDD carrier aggregation, it is still possible to prevent a decrease in capacity. With the radio communication method according to the present invention, a radio base station apparatus generates a downlink control channel signal containing downlink control information including carrier indicator field information, and transmits the downlink control channel signal to a user terminal, and the user terminal receives the downlink control channel signal, and executes signal processing with respect to the downlink signal in accordance with the downlink control information. In this case, the carrier indicator field information is information which associates a carrier index and the index of a secondary cell subframe to be scheduled. | 08-28-2014 |
20140247758 | METHOD FOR CONFIGURING TRANSMISSION RESOURCE, RELATED DEVICE, AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Embodiments of the present disclosure related to a method for configuring a transmission resource, a related device, and a communication system. The method for configuring a transmission resource includes: notifying, by an access device, a user equipment of an uplink-downlink configuration change period, where the uplink-downlink configuration change period is less than a system message change period; and sending, by the access device, a first message to the user equipment, where the first message carries an uplink-downlink configuration indication corresponding to the uplink-downlink configuration change period, so that the user equipment updates, according to the uplink-downlink configuration indication, an uplink-downlink configuration used by the user equipment. The solutions according to the embodiments of the present disclosure help to improve flexibility for configuring a transmission resource and a utilization rate of a frequency spectrum resource. | 09-04-2014 |
20140254438 | Method and Apparatus for Resource Management, Low-Bandwidth User Equipment, and User Equipment - A method and an apparatus for resource management, and a low-bandwidth user equipment. The method for resource management includes: determining, according to a system downlink transmission bandwidth or according to a system downlink transmission bandwidth and a maximum downlink transmission bandwidth of a low-bandwidth user equipment, a downlink transmission resource configured by a cell for the low-bandwidth user equipment. The method and apparatus for resource management proposed in the present invention are intended to solve a problem that a low-bandwidth user equipment accesses a broadband system, and enable, through resource management, a low-bandwidth user equipment and a common user equipment to coexist on a same frequency band without causing a waste of a dedicated frequency band resource. | 09-11-2014 |
20140254439 | METHOD AND APPARATUS USING MODIFIED SUBFRAMES - The herein disclosed apparatus, systems, and methods use Almost Blank Subframes (ABS) to manage interference between D2D and WAN transmissions. In particular, an eNodeB is disclosed comprising a controller module operable to obtain an indicator of a need for a quiescent subframe, and to select responsively thereto a subframe of a communication frame, and allocate the selected subframe as an Almost Blank Subframe (ABS). The base station includes a transceiver module operable to communicate the ABS over an air interface, and to send a misinformation signal to another eNodeB device indicating the ABS is not almost blank. | 09-11-2014 |
20140269450 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR TIMESLOT ASSIGNMENT IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - A mobile station in a communications system includes hardware and software stored on a tangible computer readable medium that, during operation, cause the mobile station to receive a timeslot assignment from a wireless network and operate based on the received timeslot assignment. The timeslot assignment may be based on whether a timing advance offset is used by the wireless network. The mobile station may also receive an indication from the wireless network, indicating whether a timing advance offset is used by the wireless network. The mobile station may subsequently operate based on the received indication. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269451 | TRANSMISSION OF SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNALS FOR ADAPTIVELY CONFIGURED TDD COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Methods and apparatus of a base station or a User Equipment (UE) in communication with each other are provided. The UE is configured by the base station for operation with an adapted Time Division Duplex (TDD) UpLink-DownLink (UL-DL) configuration. A process enabling transmission of a Sounding Reference Signal (SRS) from the UE to the base station and a process for the base station to determine parameters for a DL transmission to the UE are provided. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269452 | TRANSMISSION OF ACKNOWLEDGEMENT INFORMATION IN ADAPTIVELY CONFIGURED TDD COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Methods and apparatus of a base station or a User Equipment (UE) in communication with each other are provided. The UE is configured by the base station for operation with an adapted Time Division Duplex (TDD) UpLink-DownLink (UL-DL) configuration. A process enabling transmission of acknowledgement information from the UE for communication in two different sets of DL Transmission Time Intervals (TTIs) is provided. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269453 | COMPUTING AND TRANSMITTING CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION IN ADAPTIVELY CONFIGURED TDD COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Methods and apparatus of a base station or a User Equipment (UE) in communication with each other are provided. The UE is configured by the base station for operation with an adapted Time Division Duplex (TDD) UpLink-DownLink (UL-DL) configuration. A process enabling transmission of Channel State Information (CSI) from the UE for communication in two different sets of DL Transmission Time Intervals (TTIs) is provided. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269454 | UPLINK POWER CONTROL IN ADAPTIVELY CONFIGURED TDD COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Methods and apparatus of a base station or a User Equipment (UE) in communication with each other are provided. The UE is configured by the base station for operation with an adapted Time Division Duplex (TDD) UpLink-DownLink (UL-DL) configuration. A process enabling UL power control for transmissions of various channels or signals from the UE in two different sets of UL Transmission Time Intervals (TTIs) and a process enabling receptions of data transport blocks by the base station in two different sets of UL TTIs are provided. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269455 | METHOD FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION BASED ON RELAY AND APPARATUS FOR THE SAME - Methods for wireless communications based on relay and apparatuses for the same are disclosed. The method for a terminal to transmit signals comprises receiving scheduling information from a base station connected to the terminal; generating uplink data based on the scheduling information; performing punctuation on a data symbol positioned in a region through a downlink synchronization signal is transmitted in the generated uplink data; and transmitting the punctured uplink data. Therefore, the terminal may acquire synchronization signal easily, and perform neighbor cell search correctly based on the acquired synchronization signal. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269456 | Method, an Apparatus and a Computer Program Product for Flexible TDD Configuration - The invention relates to the radio interface between an apparatus for wireless communication and a network element, comprising flexible uplink/downlink configuration for time division duplex. The method comprises detecting a parameter indicating interference in a subframe of a time division duplex configuration; assigning a priority Physical Resource Block set for a flexible subframe; and scheduling the connection for a wireless apparatus according to the priority Physical Resource Block set. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269457 | Method and Apparatus for Handling the TDD Tail Problem for an ABS Pattern - An interference problem for UE retransmissions at the end of a Sequence Frame Number pattern, in a system wherein a macro base station ( | 09-18-2014 |
20140269458 | DEVICE AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING TDD DOWNLINK DATA IN AN LTE SYSTEM - A device for transmitting TDD downlink data in an LTE system includes: a data buffer sequentially loading IP data irregularly delivered from a layer 3 processing unit; a transmission control unit providing instructions for the creation of an ordinary downlink sub-frame PDU queue and a special sub-frame PDU queue at a ratio appropriate to UL/DL configuration information and sequentially delivering the data loaded in the ordinary downlink sub-frame PDU queue and the special sub-frame PDU queue to a layer 1 processing unit in the order prescribed in UL/DL configuration and in the loaded order; and an ordinary downlink sub-frame PDU queue creating unit and a special sub-frame PDU queue creating unit which create the ordinary downlink sub-frame PDU queue and the special sub-frame PDU queue according to the instructions of the transmission control unit and load the data loaded in the data buffer. | 09-18-2014 |
20140286205 | DUPLEXING IN LONG TERM EVOLUTION (LTE) CELLULAR NETWORKS - A duplexing method is provided that combines aspects of Frequency Division Duplex (FDD) and Time Division Duplex (TDD) methods in a network, such as a Long Term Evolution (LTE) network. The duplexing method may be implemented on an existing FDD network by replacing the FDD uplink (UL)-only radio frame with a full TDD radio frame having dynamically allocable UL and downlink (DL) sub-frames. Alternatively, the duplexing method may be implemented on an existing TDD network by adding a second frequency to pair with an existing frequency over which a FDD DL-only radio frame can be run. | 09-25-2014 |
20140286206 | TDM-BASED RESOURCE PARTITION BETWEEN TWO RADIO BASE STATIONS - The present disclosure discloses a method of Time Division Multiplexing (TDM)-based resource partition between two radio base stations (RBSs) with which a User Equipment (UE) is to perform dual connectivity and an associated radio network node. The method comprises the step of forming at least two non-overlapping Uplink (UL) subframe sets and at least two non-overlapping Downlink (DL) subframe sets. The method further comprises the step of allocating at least one of the UL subframe sets and at least one of the DL subframe sets exclusively to each of the RBSs. | 09-25-2014 |
20140286207 | APPARATUS AND METHOD OF PERFORMING CHANNEL ESTIMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus of performing channel estimation in a wireless communication system are provided. The method includes determining a channel response value of a midamble sequence included in a downlink slot, detecting a first channel response value of a window allocated to a user and a second channel response value of a window allocated to at least one other user based on the channel response value of the midamble sequence, determining whether a Base Station (BS) of a current cell uses beamforming based on the first and second channel response values, and combining the first and second channel response values and using the combined channel response value for signal detection if it is determined that the BS does not use beamforming. | 09-25-2014 |
20140286208 | GENERATION OF HARQ-ACK INFORMATION AND POWER CONTROL OF HARQ-ACK SIGNALS IN TDD SYSTEMS WITH DOWNLINK OF CARRIER AGGREGATION - Methods and apparatus are provided for a User Equipment (UE) configured to have multiple cells in a DownLink (DL) of a Time Division Duplex (TDD) communication system so as to determine a power of an acknowledgement signal that the UE transmits in a control channel and to determine a number of acknowledgement information bits that the UE multiplexes with data information bits in a data channel. A transmission power of the control signal is determined based on DL Assignment Index (DAI) Information Elements (IEs) in DL Scheduling Assignments (SAs) that the UE detects through multiple transmission time intervals and through the multiple configured DL cells. The number of acknowledgement information bits in the data channel is determined based on a DAI IE of an UpLink (UL) SA associated with the transmission of the data channel. | 09-25-2014 |
20140286209 | ALLOCATING RESOURCES FOR SHARED AND NON-SHARED DOWNLINK WIRELESS RESOURCES - Sending information to user equipment (UE) indicating which time slots are not for use by a downlink shared channel is provided. Downlink shared channel resources in shared channel time slots are allocated for UEs. The UEs are subsequently sent downlink shared channel data in the shared channel time slots and sent non-downlink shared channel data to UEs in non-shared channel time slots. | 09-25-2014 |
20140293842 | HARQ TIMING DESIGN FOR A TDD SYSTEM - Disclosed are methods and apparatuses related to receiving one or more indications of time division duplex (TDD) uplink/downlink (UL/DL) configurations for two consecutive radio frames. Based on the indications of the TDD UL/DL configurations, a reference TDD UL/DL configuration may be identified for one or more Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest (HARD) processes. | 10-02-2014 |
20140293843 | DOWNLINK SIGNALING FOR ADAPTATION OF AN UPLINK-DOWNLINK CONFIGURATION IN TDD COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - An apparatus includes a User Equipment (UE) having a receiver and a decoder. The receiver is configured to receive, from an eNodeB (eNB), a signal indicating a configuration of a period to receive one or more Physical Downlink Control CHannels (PDCCHs) in respective one or more Transmission Time Intervals (TTIs). Each of the one or more PDCCHs conveys a same Downlink Control Information (DCI) format. The DCI format includes at least one field indicating a first Time Division Duplexing (TDD) UpLink-DownLink (UL-DL) configuration in a first cell for DL data receptions or UL data transmissions. A TDD UL-DL configuration includes ten TTIs each having a respective serial index from 0 to 9. The receiver is also configured to receive, from the eNB, at least one PDCCH of the one or more PDCCHs. The decoder is configured to decode the DCI format conveyed by the at least one PDCCH in a second cell. The period is a multiple of ten TTIs, and the one or more TTIs are in a last ten TTIs of the period. | 10-02-2014 |
20140293844 | DYNAMIC TDD CONFIGURATION METHOD AND A BASE STATION USING THE SAME - Accordingly, the present disclosure is directed to a dynamic time division duplex (TDD) configuration method and a base station using the same method. According to one of the exemplary embodiments, the present disclosure is directed to A dynamic TDD configuration method, applicable to a base station, and the method includes the steps of transmitting a current time division duplex (TDD) configuration, selecting a dynamic TDD configuration based on the current TDD configuration after transmitting the current TDD configuration, and transmitting the dynamic TDD configuration, wherein, the dynamic TDD configuration is a subset of an allowable set comprising one or more possible TDD configurations by which each downlink subframe of the current TDD configuration is not re-configured to a uplink subframe by the dynamic TDD configuration selected from the allowable set. | 10-02-2014 |
20140293845 | Scheduling Apparatus and Method for a TDD Communication System - The present invention relates to a scheduling apparatus ( | 10-02-2014 |
20140293846 | USER EQUIPMENT AND BASE STATION USING DYNAMIC TDD CONFIGURATION MECHANISM - The present disclosure is directed to a user equipment and a base station which use a dynamic time division duplex (TDD) configuration mechanism. The present disclosure proposes implementing the dynamic TDD mechanism by imposing a restriction to the dynamic TDD configurations to adhere to a set of allowable dynamic TDD configurations. The uplink and downlink HARQ timing reference configurations could be derived from the set of allowable dynamic TDD configurations. The set of allowable TDD configurations, the uplink HARQ timing reference configuration and the downlink HARQ timing reference configuration could be derived based on specific rules. The maximum number of downlink HARQ processes for TDD would follow the downlink HARQ timing reference configuration. | 10-02-2014 |
20140301255 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR CONFIGURATION SIGNALING - A User Equipment (UE) for receiving time-division duplexing (TDD) uplink/downlink (UL/DL) configurations is described. The UE includes a processor and instructions stored in memory that is in electronic communication with the processor. The UE receives a first TDD UL/DL configuration for a cell and secondary configuration information that includes at least a second TDD UL/DL configuration for the cell. | 10-09-2014 |
20140301256 | Uplink Power Control Enhancement for Dynamic Time Division Duplex Uplink-Downlink Reconfiguration - Systems, methods, apparatuses, and computer program products for power control enhancement are provided. One method includes retrieving, by an eNB, subframe type information in connection with uplink (UL)/downlink (DL) configuration. The method then includes simultaneously indicating, using physical layer signaling, at least one of the subframe type information and/or corresponding power control parameter set to a user equipment. In one example, the subframe type information and/or the corresponding power control parameter set may be indicated in reused bits of a transmit power command (TPC). | 10-09-2014 |
20140307594 | Dual-Tier Wireless Communication System - Systems and methods for communicating data over a dual-tier wireless communication system are provided. A dual-tier wireless communication system comprises an upper tier cell-free large-scale antenna system including a plurality of service-antennas distributed in a designated coverage area for providing wireless access service to mobile terminals, and a lower tier of one or more concentrated large-scale antenna system arrays arranged within a plurality of cells of the designated coverage area for providing backhaul service to the plurality of service-antennas. The upper tier and the lower tier operate in disjoint frequency bands with respect to each other. | 10-16-2014 |
20140307595 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR EMPLOYING MULTIPLE SUBFRAME CONFIGURATIONS FOR HARQ OPERATIONS - Certain aspects of the present disclosure relate to methods and apparatus for employing multiple subframe configurations. A UE may identify a first reference subframe configuration (RSC) to use as a reference for hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) operations for transmissions on an uplink, and a second RSC to use as a reference for HARQ operations for transmissions on a downlink. The UE may communicate with at least a node on the uplink and the downlink based on the first and second RSCs. In aspects, a base station (BS) may identify a first RSC to use as a reference for HARQ operations for transmissions on an uplink, identify a second RSC to use as a reference for HARQ operations for transmissions on a downlink, and communicate with at least one UE on the uplink and the downlink based on the first and second RSCs. | 10-16-2014 |
20140307596 | HARQ/ACK CODEBOOK SIZE DETERMINATION - Embodiments of the present disclosure describe devices, methods, computer-readable media and systems configurations for determining a hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ)-acknowledgment (ACK) codebook in wireless communication networks. | 10-16-2014 |
20140307597 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING TRANSCEIVING OF PHYSICAL CHANNELS IN TIME DIVISION DUPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Disclosed are a method and an apparatus for controlling the transceiving of physical channels in a time division duplex (TDD) communication system. The method comprises: a step of determining whether a point of time of HARQ ACK/NACK transmission in component carrier #1 and a point of time of the transmission of another signal in component carrier #2 coupled with the component carrier #1 are overlapped with each other; and a step of preferentially transmitting or receiving a HARQ ACK/NACK signal when the points of time of transmission are overlapped with each other. Thus, the method and the apparatus of the present invention may prevent transceiving error or transmission delay of data or a control channel. | 10-16-2014 |
20140307598 | COMMUNICATION CONTROL DEVICE, COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD, TERMINAL DEVICE, PROGRAM, AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL SYSTEM - Provided is a communication control device that controls radio communication conducted by a terminal device according to a time-division duplex (TDD) scheme on a radio communication network, the communication control device including a configuration section that configures, for each frame that includes a plurality of subframes, a link direction configuration expressing a link direction per subframe for the radio communication. The configuration section configures a timing of control signaling in a second link direction which is associated with data transmission in a first link direction in the radio communication, and which is opposite to the first link direction, independently of the configured link direction configuration. | 10-16-2014 |
20140313948 | FRAME STRUCTURE AND SIGNALING ARRANGEMENT FOR INTERFERENCE AWARE SCHEDULING - Frame structures and signaling arrangements for interference aware scheduling may be applicable to a local area radio system to complement existing wide area cellular systems, like GSM/UMTS/HSPA/LTE. In certain embodiments a method is provided including preparing a frame for transmission in a wireless communication system. The method can also include incorporating an interference report into the frame. The interference report is directly associated with a corresponding resource. The method can further include transmitting the interference report within the frame in the wireless communication system. | 10-23-2014 |
20140313949 | SIGNALING AND PROCEDURE DESIGN FOR CELLULAR CLUSTER CONTENDING ON LICENSE-EXEMPT BANDS - The specification and drawings present a new method, apparatus and software related product (e.g., computer readable memory) for implementing a device-to-device communication of cellular, e.g., LTE, wireless devices on a shared band (e.g., ISM 2.4 GHz band), including the signaling and procedure design for contending or coordinating with the already existing radio systems (e.g., WLAN systems). | 10-23-2014 |
20140313950 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - A method and device for transmitting uplink control information in a wireless communication system supporting carrier aggregation and operating in TDD are discussed. The method includes transmitting hybrid automatic repeat request acknowledgements (HARQ-ACKs) feedback bits o(0),o(1),o(2),o(3) on a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH), wherein the HARQ-ACKs feedback bits corresponds to HARQ-ACK(0), HARQ-ACK(1), HARQ-ACK(2), and HARQ-ACK(3) associated with a first component carrier (CC) and HARQ-ACK(0), HARQ-ACK(1), HARQ-ACK(2), and HARQ-ACK(3) associated with a second CC. | 10-23-2014 |
20140321337 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK CONTROL CHANNEL BY TERMINAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for transmitting an uplink control channel by a terminal in a wireless communication system that supports a plurality of serving cells for the terminal, comprises a step of receiving information on a plurality of serving cells include a P-cell and at least one S-cell constructed for the terminal and timing division duplex (TDD) downlink/uplink setup information for each of the plurality of serving cells, and a step of, in case of transmitting the plink control channel via a specific subframe interval, transmitting the uplink control channel through a first S-cell allocated as an uplink subframe with respect to the specific subframe interval when it is determined, based on the TDD downlink/uplink setup information, that the specific subframe interval is allocated as a downlink subframe with respect to the P-cell. | 10-30-2014 |
20140321338 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR APPLYING PUSCH/PHICH SCHEDULING TIMING IN INTER-BAND TDD TRANSMISSION SCHEMES - The present invention relates to a method and apparatus for applying PUSCH/PHICH scheduling timing in inter-band TDD transmission schemes. According to an embodiment of the present invention, the method for applying PUSCH/PHICH scheduling timing in inter-band TDD transmission schemes by a base station for controlling two or more different TDD bands includes the steps of: selecting a reference Physical Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH)/Physical Hybrid ARQ Indicator Channel (PHICH) scheduling the timing of a UE, which supports cross-carrier scheduling by using two or more serving cells; transmitting instruction information for instructing the selected reference PUSCH/PHICH scheduling timing to the UE; and allocating an uplink and/or transmitting a PHICH to the UE according to the reference PUSCH/PHICH scheduling timing. | 10-30-2014 |
20140328225 | COEXISTENCE DETECTION OF WIFI NETWORKS USING IDLE INTERVALS IN A TDD SYSTEM - A process includes determining an unallocated communication frame of a first radio access technology (RAT) using a dedicated physical channel (DPCH) with a time division multiplexing scheme. Measurements are then performed to identify for a second RAT during a time allocated to the unallocated communication frame. | 11-06-2014 |
20140328226 | DATA TRANSMISSION METHOD AND DEVICE - The embodiments of the present invention relate to the field of wireless communication technology, especially relate to a data transmission method and device, which are used for supporting the signal reception and transmission between other entities other than the communication between a user device and a base station in the premise of being applied to the signal reception and transmission between the user device and the base station. The signal transmission method provided by the embodiments of the present invention comprises the following: the user device determines the sub-frames belonging to the first set and the sub-frames belonging to the second set in the wireless frames, wherein each sub-frame only belongs to one set; the user device communicates with the resident cell base station by using the sub-frames in the first set, and communicates with the entities other than the resident cell base station by using the sub-frames in the second set. As the sub-frames in the wireless frames are divided into two kinds of sets with different use, so that in the premise of being applied to the signal reception and transmission between the user device and the base station, the signal reception and transmission between other entities can be supported. | 11-06-2014 |
20140328227 | METHOD, BASE STATION, AND SYSTEM FOR SYNCHRONIZING LTE-TDD NETWORK AND WIMAX NETWORK - A method, a base station, and a system are provided for synchronizing an LTE-TDD network and a WiMAX network. The method includes: synchronizing the LTE-TDD network and the WiMAX network with a same clock source; determining a frame format of the WiMAX network; determining a half-frame format of the LTE-TDD network according to the frame format of the WiMAX network, and determining a delay time between a frame header of the half-frame format of the LTE-TDD network and a frame header of the frame format of the WiMAX network, so that the LTE-TDD network and the WiMAX network are synchronized. | 11-06-2014 |
20140328228 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING TRANSMISSION MODE INFORMATION ON USER TERMINAL IN INTER-BAND TDD TRANSMISSION SCHEME - The present invention relates to a method of receiving transmission mode information on a user terminal in an inter-band TDD transmission scheme. The present invention includes, at a base station controlling two or more bands with different time division duplex (TDD) settings, receiving a user terminal function information message that includes transmission mode function information on the user terminal in the two or more bands, and setting an element carrier aggregation environment of the user terminal to match the transmission mode function information, wherein the transmission mode function information includes information on whether the user terminal operates in a full duplex of half-duplex mode in the two or more bands. | 11-06-2014 |
20140328229 | COMMUNICATION METHOD AND WIRELESS DEVICE IN TDD-BASED WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided are a communication method and a wireless device in a time division duplex (TDD)-based wireless communication system. A wireless device receives a setting for a first special (S) subframe of a first cell to which a first timing advance (TA) is applied and a setting for a second S subframe of a second cell to which a second TA is applied. When a downlink (DL) reception and an uplink (UL) transmission are duplicated, the wireless device varies at least one of the settings among the first S subframe and second S subframe. | 11-06-2014 |
20140334350 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR CELL MEASUREMENT - Methods and apparatus for cell measurement. An example method in a network device includes receiving configuration information including at least one of multimedia broadcast single frequency network (MBSFN) configuration or time division duplex (TDD) configuration for an evolved universal terrestrial radio access network (E-UTRAN) and transmitting the configuration information to a user equipment, wherein the network device is associated with a radio access technology different from E-UTRAN. | 11-13-2014 |
20140334351 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR SIGNALING REFERENCE CONFIGURATIONS - A user equipment (UE) for receiving time-division duplexing (TDD) uplink/downlink (UL/DL) configurations is described. The UE includes a processor and instructions stored in memory that is in electronic communication with the processor. The UE receives a primary TDD UL/DL configuration for a serving cell and reconfiguration information. The UE determines a downlink (DL)-reference TDD UL/DL configuration based on the primary TDD UL/DL configuration and the reconfiguration information. The UE determines an uplink (UL)-reference TDD UL/DL configuration based on the primary TDD UL/DL configuration and the reconfiguration information. The UE performs Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH) operations based on the DL-reference TDD UL/DL configuration. The UE performs Physical Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH) operations based on the UL-reference TDD UL/DL configuration. | 11-13-2014 |
20140334352 | CELL CLUSTER COORDINATION - The present application describes embodiments of a method for coordinating cells in a cluster. One embodiment of the method includes sending, from a first base station, information identifying a first time division duplex (TDD) subframe configuration associated with the first base station. This embodiment of the method also includes receiving, at the first base station, an acknowledgment indicating that a second base station received the information. This embodiment of the method further includes sending, from the first base station and in response to receiving the acknowledgment, information indicating modification of the first TDD subframe configuration to a second TDD subframe configuration. | 11-13-2014 |
20140334353 | DYNAMIC TIME DIVISION DUPLEXING METHOD AND APPARATUSES USING THE SAME - The present disclosure proposes a dynamic time division duplexing (TDD) method applicable to a user equipment and a control node, and apparatuses using the same method. Accordingly, the present disclosure proposes a base station (BS) which transmits to a least one user equipment (UE) a system information block (SIB) having a first modification period, and the base station may transmit a TDD uplink-downlink subframe configuration during the first modification period. The BS also configures for at least one UE a second modification period which is in an integer divisor of the first modification period and could be within the first modification period so that the BS may transmit a second TDD uplink-downlink subframe configuration in the second modification period. As the second modification period is shorter than the first modification period and is periodically scheduled, the BS may alter the current TDD uplink-downlink subframe configuration dynamically at a faster rate. | 11-13-2014 |
20140334354 | System and Method for TDD Configuration for D2D Open Discovery - Embodiments are provided to support device-to-device (D2D) communications in a time-division duplexing (TDD) communications system, and ensure that D2D discovery signals are transmitted by user devices on an uplink subframe when there is a TDD frame configuration change. In an embodiment, a user device receives form the network a TDD frame configuration selected from a set of available TDD frame configurations according to the TDD configuration. The device further receives a D2D discovery configuration for a discovery time interval. The user device then allocates a transmission resource a D2D discovery signal within the discovery time interval according to the D2D discovery configuration. The user device is also configured to receive from another device a second D2D discovery signal during the discovery time interval in accordance with the TDD configuration and the D2D discovery configuration. | 11-13-2014 |
20140334355 | Dynamic Reconfiguration of Uplink Transmission in a TDD Wireless Communication System - Embodiments of the invention use signaling mechanisms that enable dynamic reconfiguration of the UL/DL resource partitioning by user equipment (UE) in a TDD wireless communication system, such as the 3GPP TDD Long Term Evolution (TD-LTE) system. The dynamic reconfiguration of the UL/DL resource partitioning disclosed herein may also be applied to any other TDD wireless system employing dynamic reconfiguration of the TDD UL/DL configuration. | 11-13-2014 |
20140334356 | RESOURCE MANAGEMENT METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING INTERFERENCE BETWEEN CELLS - An exemplary embodiment of the present invention provides a resource management method performed by a coordinator for controlling interference between cells. The coordinator receives a channel state of a second base station neighboring a first base station from the first base station. The coordinator partitions a resource based on the channel state. The coordinator allocates the partitioned resource to the first base station. In addition, the coordinator transmits a first message requesting resource management to be set to the first base station. Here, the first message includes information on the allocated resource. | 11-13-2014 |
20140334357 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING SIGNAL AND DEVICE THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More particularly, the present invention relates to a method and a device therefor, the method comprising: setting a first cell having a first TDD UL-DL configuration and a second cell having a second TDD UL-DL configuration; receiving data through a DL subframe of the first cell; and transmitting reception response information on the data through a UL subframe of the second cell, wherein the relationship between the DL subframe and the UL subframe is determined by a parameter value set in a specific TDD UL-DL configuration, which is the TDD UL-DL configuration having the least number of DL subframes from TDD UL-DL configuration(s), in which subframes set as a DL in the first or second cell are all set as DLs. | 11-13-2014 |
20140334358 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING SIGNAL AND DEVICE THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More particularly, the present invention relates to a method and a device therefor, the method comprising: setting a first cell having a first TDD UL-DL configuration and a second cell having a second TDD UL-DL configuration; receiving data through a DL subframe of the first cell; and transmitting reception response information on the data through a UL subframe of the second cell, wherein the relationship between the DL subframe and the UL subframe is determined by a parameter value set in a specific TDD UL-DL configuration, which is the TDD UL-DL configuration having the least number of DL subframes from TDD UL-DL configuration(s), in which subframes set as a DL in the first or second cell are all set as DLs. | 11-13-2014 |
20140334359 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR CARRIER AGGREGATION - A User Equipment (UE) for performing carrier aggregation is described. The UE includes a processor and instructions stored in memory that is in electronic communication with the processor. The UE determines an uplink control information (UCI) transmission cell in a wireless communication network with at least one frequency-division duplexing (FDD) cell and at least one time-division duplexing (TDD) cell. The UE also selects a first cell for FDD and TDD carrier aggregation. The UE further determines a set of downlink subframe associations for the first cell that indicate at least one UCI transmission uplink subframe of the UCI transmission cell. The UE additionally sends Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH) Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request Acknowledgement/Negative Acknowledgement (HARQ-ACK) information in the UCI transmission uplink subframe of the UCI transmission cell. | 11-13-2014 |
20140334360 | BASEBAND DATA TRANSMISSION AND RECEPTION IN AN LTE WIRELESS BASE STATION EMPLOYING PERIODICALLY SCANNING RF BEAM FORMING TECHNIQUES - The present disclosure is related to a large-scale broadband wireless network capable of providing a very high wireless data capacity, wherein one aspect of the system utilizes a periodic beam forming system. When a wireless base station cell operates a periodic beam forming system, it is necessary to locate each user served by the cell within a sub-area covered by one of the m times N RF beams generated by the system. Methods for locating users within RF beam sub-areas are disclosed herein, where a user may be scheduled for transmission or reception only when an RF beam is focused on the sub-area that covers the user location. The present disclosure pertains to the systems and methods that may be used to process transmissions of and receptions by the baseband system of an LTE wireless base station that employs a periodic beam forming RF and antenna system. | 11-13-2014 |
20140341091 | DYNAMIC TDD OPERATION METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR USE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus are provided for signal transmission and reception in a Time Division Duplex (TDD) system. The method includes receiving, from a base station, first configuration information including an uplink reference Uplink-Downlink (UL-DL) configuration; receiving, from the base station, second configuration information including a downlink reference UL-DL configuration; receiving, from the base station, third configuration information including an equivalent UL-DL configuration based on the first configuration information and the second configuration information; and communicating signals with the base station based on the third configuration information. | 11-20-2014 |
20140341092 | Method and Related Communication Device for Handling Communication between Time Division Duplex Devices - A method of handling communication between time division duplex (TDD) devices for a network in a wireless communication system includes selecting at least two subframes to be used for a device to device (D2D) communication between a first user equipment (UE) and a second UE in the wireless communication system; indicating to the first UE to use a first subframe of the at least two subframes as an uplink subframe for the D2D communication and use a second subframe of the at least two subframes as a downlink subframe for the D2D communication; and indicating to the second UE to use the first subframe of the at least two subframes as a downlink subframe for the D2D communication and use the second subframe of the at least two subframes as an uplink subframe for the D2D communication. | 11-20-2014 |
20140341093 | METHOD FOR SETTING DOWNLINK TRANSMISSION POWER IN WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM, AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - Disclosed are a method for setting downlink transmission power in a wireless access system supporting an environment in which an amount of uplink resources and an amount of downlink resources dynamically change, and an apparatus therefore. Specifically, the method comprises the steps of: classifying resources to be used for downlink transmission into a plurality of sets; setting downlink transmission power to be different for each of the plurality of classified sets; and transmitting a downlink signal by using the set downlink transmission power. | 11-20-2014 |
20140341094 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING SIGNAL AND DEVICE THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More particularly, the present invention relates to a method for transmitting uplink control information and a device therefor, the method comprising the steps of: forming a plurality of serving cells each having different UL-DL configurations; receiving one or more signals requiring a HARQ-ACK response from M(M≧1) number of subframes; and executing the process for transmitting the HARQ-ACK response to the one or more signals in a specific subframe corresponding to the M number of subframes, wherein, only when the specific subframe is set as an uplink in all of the plurality of serving cells, the HARQ-ACK response to the one or more signals are transmitted through the specific subframe. | 11-20-2014 |
20140341095 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING SIGNAL AND DEVICE THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More particularly, the present invention relates to a method for transmitting uplink control information and a device therefor, the method comprising the steps of: forming a plurality of serving cells each having different UL-DL configurations; receiving one or more signals requiring a HARQ-ACK response from M(M≧1) number of subframes; and executing the process for transmitting the HARQ-ACK response to the one or more signals in a specific subframe corresponding to the M number of subframes, wherein, only when the specific subframe is set as an uplink in all of the plurality of serving cells, the HARQ-ACK response to the one or more signals are transmitted through the specific subframe. | 11-20-2014 |
20140341096 | EFFICIENT CONTROL INFORMATION TRANSMISSION METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SUPPORTING MULTIPLE ANTENNA TRANSMISSION TECHNIQUE - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system and provides an efficient control information transmission method and apparatus for supporting a multiple antenna transmission technique. A method is provided for transmitting downlink hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) information related to an uplink multiple codeword transmission and includes receiving the uplink multiple codeword transmission, generating HARQ information related to each of the multiple codewords based on a result of decoding each of the multiple codewords, modulating the HARQ information, and transmitting the modulated HARQ information via one or more physical HARQ indicator channels (PHICHs). | 11-20-2014 |
20140348036 | POWER CONTROL OF PHYSICAL UPLINK CONTROL CHANNEL FOR LONG TERM EVOLUTION - ADVANCED TIME DIVISION DUPLEX - Methods and apparatus are directed towards controlling power of physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) format 1b for advanced time division duplex. If HARQ-ACK bundling is not applied, then n | 11-27-2014 |
20140348037 | METHOD FOR UPDATING SYSTEM INFORMATION, ACCESS NETWORK EQUIPMENT AND USER EQUIPMENT - Embodiments of the present invention provide a method for updating system information, an access network equipment, and a user equipment. Embodiments of the present invention can avoid the problem that, in the prior art, the user equipment is unable to correctly receive updated system information in that a subframe, configured by the user equipment supporting a half duplex data transmission mode in a system information receiving window corresponding to updated system information, may include an uplink subframe, or may further include an idle subframe, thus enhancing reliability of acquiring system information and reliability of data transmission. | 11-27-2014 |
20140348038 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, RADIO BASE STATION APPARATUS, USER TERMINAL AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - The present invention is designed to prevent the decrease of capacity even when the ratio of uplink subframes and downlink subframes is changed in each component carrier in TDD carrier aggregation. With the radio communication method according to the present invention, a radio base station apparatus generates a downlink control channel signal containing downlink control information including carrier indicator field information, and transmits the downlink control channel signal to a user terminal, and the user terminal receives the downlink control channel signal and executes signal processing with respect to the downlink signal in accordance with the downlink control information. In this case, the carrier indicator field information is information which associates a carrier index and the number of subframes to schedule victim subframes. | 11-27-2014 |
20140348039 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSRECEIVING CELL-SELECTIVE SIGNALS IN MULTICOMPONENT CARRIER SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method and device for transreceiving cell-selective signals in a multi-component carrier system. The present invention provides a method for transreceiving cell-selective signals, and the method comprises the steps of: configuring, in a terminal, a sub serving cell belonging to a first band; setting one of the sub serving cell and a main serving cell as a mute serving cell and the other as a valid serving cell, in an inconsistent subframe in which a first TDD uplink/downlink configuration of the sub serving cell is different from a second TDD uplink/downlink configuration of the main serving cell belonging to a second band that is different from the first band; and transreceiving a scheduled signal to and from the set valid serving cell. | 11-27-2014 |
20140348040 | Semi-Full-Duplex Single-Carrier Transmission Technique - There are provided measures for enabling a semi-full-duplex single-carrier transmission technique. Such measures may exemplarily comprise classifying each one of served terminals into one of two transmission groups, assigning an uplink-downlink configuration of a frame structure for time division duplex communication for each one of the two transmission groups such that uplink subframes for one transmission group and downlink subframes of the other transmission group coincide with each other, and scheduling uplink and downlink transmissions for the served terminals on a single carrier according to the assigned uplink-downlink configurations for the two transmission groups. | 11-27-2014 |
20140348041 | COMMUNICATIONS IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - A network device that sends resource allocation information associated with a physical uplink control channel is disclosed. The physical uplink control channel and a physical uplink shared channel may have different resources. The network device may receive, at times that the physical uplink shared channel is not received, a signal over the physical uplink control channel in relation to the sent resource allocation information. | 11-27-2014 |
20140355493 | MULTICAST SERVICE USING UNICAST SUBFRAME - A system and method for multicast servicing in a unicast subframe is disclosed. The method using an evolved Node B (eNodeB) comprises the operation of setting up a multicast service on each of a plurality of user equipments (UEs) in a multicast group using a multicast identifier. The operation of allocating unicast data channel resources for the multicast group using unicast control channel information coded by the multicast identifier follows. The method using a UE comprises the operation of receiving a multicast identifier for a multicast group from an eNodeB, wherein the multicast identifier is shared among a plurality of UEs in the multicast group. The operation of receiving unicast control channel information coded by the multicast identifier from the eNodeB follows. The next operation of the method is extracting control channel information for allocating unicast data channel resources from the received unicast control channel information using the multicast identifier. | 12-04-2014 |
20140355494 | Overhearing - A method for use by a base station of a communication network is provided, the base station belonging to a first group of base stations and the communication network comprising the first group of base stations and second and third groups of base stations. The base station provides access to the communication network for user equipments by communicating with the user equipments via an air interface. The method comprising allocating (S | 12-04-2014 |
20140355495 | METHOD AND RADIO NODE FOR CONTROLLING CHANGE OF COMMUNICATION MODE - Method and radio node ( | 12-04-2014 |
20140355496 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR COMMUNICATING SIGNALING INFORMATION - A wireless subscriber communication unit is provided for operation in a cellular communication system having a plurality of shared uplink and downlink transmission resources, each divided into sets of mutually exclusive resources. The shared uplink transmission resources are defined in terms of codes and timeslots. The communication unit comprises a receiver, control, and transmitter unit. The receiver unit receives scheduling information including an assignment of a scheduled uplink transmission resource from the shared uplink transmission resources from a network infrastructure apparatus. The control unit derives an uplink resource identifier related to the scheduled uplink transmission resource from the received scheduling information. The transmitter unit transmits an uplink transmission, which includes the uplink resource identifier, using the scheduled uplink transmission resource. The control unit receives a downlink transmission associated with the uplink transmission on a downlink transmission resource determined from at least one of the received scheduled uplink resource or identifier. | 12-04-2014 |
20140362744 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMISSION BY TIME DIVISION DUPLEXING (TDD) DEVICES USING MULTIPLE ANTENNAS - TDD devices may transmit using multiple antennas. First and second antennas having first and second receive conditions may receive a communication. In an aspect, first and second transmit conditions for the first and second antennas may be determined based on the first and second receive conditions. In an aspect, the first and second transmit conditions may be compared to select the first or second antenna for transmissions. In an aspect, the first and second receive conditions may be compared to select the first or second antenna for transmissions. In an aspect, first and second transmission conditioning values, which may determine transmission powers, may be determined based on the first and second receive conditions. A first transmission chain, associated with an active RAT or carrier, and a second transmission chain, associated with an inactive RAT or carrier, may be activated to send transmissions from the first and second antennas. | 12-11-2014 |
20140362745 | CENTRAL PROCESSING UNIT AND METHODS FOR SUPPORTING COORDINATED MULTIPOINT TRANSMISSION IN AN LTE NETWORK - Embodiments of a central processing unit and methods for supporting coordinated multi-point (CoMP) transmissions in a 3GPP LTE network with non-ideal backhaul links are generally described herein. In some embodiments, the CPU may be arranged for scheduling and assigning resources for subordinate enhanced node Bs (eNBs) over the backhaul links for CoMP transmissions. The scheduling may include an additional number of HARQ processes to compensate, at least in part, for backhaul link latency. | 12-11-2014 |
20140362746 | Method And Device for Sending Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request Acknowledge Information - Disclosed are a method and device for sending hybrid automatic repeat request acknowledge information. The method includes: in a TDD system, configuring a terminal to employ a PUCCH format 1b with channel selection method to send HARQ-ACK information; bundling the HARQ-ACK information of downlink subframes of serving cells in a bundling window corresponding to a specified uplink subframe to obtain HARQ-ACK information to be sent by the serving cells; and sending the HARQ-ACK information over an uplink subframe via the PUCCH or PUSCH. By way of bundling the HARQ-ACK information of downlink subframes of serving cells in a bundling window corresponding to a specified uplink subframe, the disclosure can realize sending the HARQ-ACK information when serving cells with different uplink and downlink configurations are aggregated. | 12-11-2014 |
20140362747 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. In particular, the present invention relates to a method and apparatus for transmitting control information by means of a terminal in a CA-based wireless communication system, including the steps of: forming first and second cells that include different subframe configurations, wherein the second cell includes TDD UL-DL configuration #0; receiving a UL grant by means of the first cell; and transmitting data corresponding to the UL grant by means of the second cell. | 12-11-2014 |
20140369242 | METHODS OF UL TDM FOR INTER-ENODEB CARRIER AGGREGATION - One or more embodiments provide a method implemented in a user equipment (UE) used in a wireless communications system. The method includes transmitting an indication to a base station that the UE is capable of transmitting on a single uplink carrier frequency and downlink carrier aggregation. The method also includes receiving an uplink carrier frequency switching pattern from the base station. The method also includes switching uplink carrier frequencies based on the uplink carrier frequency switching pattern. | 12-18-2014 |
20140369243 | Frequency Synchronization Method for Nodes in a Downlink Coordinated Multiple Point Transmission Scenario - Techniques are disclosed for synchronizing frequency among a cluster of coordinated transmission points cooperating in a coherent joint transmission. In some embodiments, one transmission point is set ( | 12-18-2014 |
20140369244 | PERIODIC CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION REPORTING FOR TIME DIVISION DUPLEX (TDD) CARRIER AGGREGATION SYSTEMS - Technology for reporting periodic channel state information (CSI) is disclosed. One method can include determining a reporting period (N | 12-18-2014 |
20140376421 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More particularly, the present invention relates to a method and an apparatus for transmitting uplink control information in the wireless communication system, which supports carrier aggregation and operates by a TDD, and comprises the steps of: generating a first HARQ-ACK set with respect to a first cell by using an L1 value; generating a second HARQ-ACK set with respect to a second cell by using an L2 value; and transmitting bit values, which correspond to the first and second HARQ-ACK sets are transmitted through a PUSCH from a subframe n, wherein L1=min (M1, W) and L2=min (M2, W) when the value (W) of a UL DAI corresponding to the PUSCH is 1 or 2, and L1=L2=W when the value (W) of the UL DAI corresponding to the PUSCH is 3 or 4, wherein min (A, B) represents a smaller number from A and B, M1 corresponds to the number of downlink subframes that correspond to an uplink subframe n with respect to the first cell, M2 corresponds to a the number of downlink subframes that correspond to the uplink subframe n with respect to the second cell, wherein the first cell and the second cell have different UL-DL configurations. | 12-25-2014 |
20140376422 | Method and system for processing downlink control information - A method and a system for processing downlink control information are disclosed, in which downlink control information for the subframe n may be transmitted in a subframe n or the downlink control information for the subframe n may be transmitted in a subframe n−1. By means of technology for processing control channel information provided by the disclosure, a region where the downlink control information is transmitted is added, and space division technology can be fully utilized, so that a load of a Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH) is reduced, the interference between control channels is reduced, and the capacity of the control channel is enlarged. | 12-25-2014 |
20140376423 | COEXISTING WIRELESS SYSTEMS - The present invention provides a method of cancelling interference caused by a transmitter of a first wireless system to a receiver of a second wireless system, the transmitter and receiver being operative in adjacent frequency bands. The method comprises receiving a signal at the second wireless system that is corrupted by interference caused by a wireless transmission from the first wireless system; providing the second wireless system with transmitted symbols of the wireless transmission from the first wireless system; and processing the signal received at the second wireless system using the transmitted symbols of the wireless transmission in order to cancel the interference. | 12-25-2014 |
20140376424 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided are a method and an apparatus for transmitting uplink control information performed by a user equipment in a wireless communication system. The method comprises the steps of: receiving a first parameter for indicating whether to simultaneously transmit a first combination of an acknowledgement/negative-acknowledgement (ACK/NACK) and a channel quality indicator (CQI), and a second parameter for indicating whether to multiplex a second combination of an ACK/NACK and the CQI and transmitting same as a second physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) format; and multiplexing the first combination of the ACK/NACK or the second combination of ACK/NACK with the CQI and transmitting same as a first PUCCH format or the second PUCCH format, based on the first parameter and the second parameter. | 12-25-2014 |
20140376425 | Random Access Channel Enhancement for Carrier Aggregation with Different Uplink/Downlink Configuration - The present invention relates to methods, apparatuses and a computer program product for random access channel enhancement for carrier aggregation with different uplink/downlink configuration. The present invention includes detecting, at a user equipment, a downlink control channel in a specific downlink subframe on a first component carrier, receiving, at the user equipment, a downlink shared channel on the first component carrier, and transmitting, after a predetermined period, a random access channel in a specific uplink subframe on a second component carrier, the specific uplink subframe overlapping the specific downlink subframe on the first component carrier. | 12-25-2014 |
20150009870 | MAPPING SPECIAL SUBFRAMES IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - Methods, apparatuses, and systems are described related to mapping special subframes in a wireless communication network. In embodiments, an eNB may assign demodulation reference signals (DM-RSs) and/or cell-specific reference signals (CRSs) to a downlink pilot time slot (DwPTS) of a special subframe responsive to a determined configuration of the special subframe. In embodiments, an eNB may bundle the DwPTS or an uplink pilot time slot (UpPTS) of the special subframe with another subframe for scheduling. In embodiments, a UE may estimate a channel associated with the special subframe based on DM-RSs and/or CRSs transmitted in another subframe. In embodiments, an eNB may exclude the DwPTS from scheduling for certain special subframe configurations if a new carrier type (NCT) is used. In embodiments, an eNB may exclude certain special subframe configurations from use for NCT communications. Other embodiments may be described and claimed. | 01-08-2015 |
20150009871 | RESOURCE ALLOCATION IN A RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of using resource blocks in a communication system with a plurality of Base Stations (BSs), including assigning resource blocks to a first BS, the first BS communicating to a second BS a message comprising information about at least one resource block assigned to the first BS and not planned to be used by the first BS, and the second BS receiving the message. Optionally, the second BS using the at least one resource block. Related apparatus and methods are also described. | 01-08-2015 |
20150009872 | METHOD FOR TRANSRECEIVING SIGNAL AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More particularly, the present invention provides a method for carrying out a hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) in a wireless communication system supporting carrier aggregation, and to an apparatus for same, comprising the steps of: setting a first cell having a first time division duplex (TDD) uplink-downlink (UL-DL) configuration and a second cell having a second TDD UL-DL configuration; receiving data through a DL subframe of the first cell; and saving at least a portion of the data to a HARQ soft buffer when decoding of the data is unsuccessful, wherein the size of the HARQ soft buffer is determined on the basis of the number of HEAR processes of the first cell, and the number of HARQ processes of the first cell is determined on the basis of the number of subframes of which the first cell is the DL within a specific HARQ round trip time (RTT), wherein at least one subframe of which the first cell is the DL and the second cell is the UL is excluded when determining the number of the HARQ processes of the first cell. | 01-08-2015 |
20150009873 | RADIO FREQUENCY TRANSMIT-RECEIVE APPARATUS, TERMINAL, AND METHOD - Embodiments of the present invention provide a radio frequency transmit-receive apparatus, a terminal, and a method. The radio frequency transmit-receive apparatus according to the present invention includes: a first antenna unit, a duplexer, a radio frequency unit, and a signal selecting unit. The embodiments of the present invention can solve a problem of inflexible uplink and downlink resource configuration in a radio frequency transmit-receive apparatus in the prior art. | 01-08-2015 |
20150016311 | PHYSICAL UPLINK CONTROL CHANNEL (PUCCH) RESOURCE ALLOCATION (RA) FOR A HYBRID AUTOMATIC RETRANSMISSION RE-QUEST-ACKNOWLEDGE (HARQ-ACK) TRANSMISSION - Technology to provide conditional physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) resource allocation in time division duplex (TDD) for a hybrid automatic retransmission request-acknowledge (HARQ-ACK) transmission in a subframe n is disclosed. In an example, a user equipment (UE) can include computer circuitry configured to: Receive a downlink control channel within a prior specified subframe, wherein the prior specified subframe occurs in time before the subframe n; recognize a downlink control channel type received within the prior specified subframe is a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) or an enhanced physical downlink control channel (EPDCCH); determine a PUCCH resource for the HARQ-ACK transmission using a lowest control channel element (CCE) index of the PDCCH when the received downlink control channel type is the PDCCH; and determine the PUCCH resource for the HARQ-ACK transmission using a lowest enhanced CCE (ECCE) index of the EPDCCH when the received downlink control channel type is the EPDCCH. | 01-15-2015 |
20150016312 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR COVERAGE ENHANCEMENT FOR A RANDOM ACCESS PROCESS - Methods and apparatus are provided for a User Equipment (UE) and a base station in communication with each other to determine parameters for a Random Access (RA) process. The base station informs the UE through a System Information Block (SIB) of a number of resource sets for RA preamble transmission by the UE. Each resource set is associated with a number of repetitions for a RA preamble transmission, with a maximum number of RA preamble transmissions, and with a number of repetitions the base station transmits a response to a RA preamble reception. The SIB also informs an association between a range of path-loss values and a number of RA preamble repetitions. The UE determines a number of repetitions for a first RA preamble transmission from its path-loss measurement. | 01-15-2015 |
20150016313 | TUNABLE DUPLEXER ARRANGEMENT CONFIGURED FOR TDD OPERATION - RF duplexing and methods of operating the same are described herein. In one embodiment, an RF duplexing system may include a control circuit and a duplexer with a first tunable RF filter and second tunable RF filter. The control circuit is operable in a full duplexing transmission mode and a half duplexing transmission mode. The control circuit tunes the first tunable RF filter in the full duplexing transmission mode so that the first tunable RF filter defines a transmission passband and tune the second tunable RF filter so that the second tunable RF filter defines a receive passband. Also, the control circuit tunes one of the tunable RF filters so that the tunable RF filter defines the passband while the other tunable RF filter enhances the passband. In this manner, the tunable RF filters in the duplexer are both utilized to get better performance during the half duplexing mode. | 01-15-2015 |
20150016314 | METHOD OF TDD PRECODING - An iterative precoding method for a TDD data transmission system includes a transmitter provided with N transmit antenna(s) (N≧1), and a receiver provided with M receive antennas (M≧2). A series of precoders L | 01-15-2015 |
20150016315 | METHOD FOR TRANSRECEIVING SIGNALS AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More particularly, the present invention relates to a method for transmitting an uplink signal in a wireless communication system supporting carrier aggregation (CA), and to an apparatus for same, comprising the steps of: establishing a first cell having a first time division duplex (TDD) uplink-downlink (UL-DL) configuration and a second cell having a second TDD UL-DL configuration; receiving data through a DL subframe of the first cell; and transmitting reception reply information with respect to the data through a UL subframe of the second cell. | 01-15-2015 |
20150016316 | Method and system for allocating dynamic frame structure of TDD system, and Evolved NodeB - The present disclosure discloses a method for allocating a dynamic frame structure of a Time Division Duplexing (TDD) LTE system, including the steps that: an Evolved NodeB (eNB) sends a Radio Resource Control (RRC) information of entering a state of dynamically allocating the frame structure to a User Equipment (UE), and sends the configuration information of the frame structure in a Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH); and after receiving the information, the UE detects the configuration information of the frame structure in the PDCCH, and allocates the frame structure to be adopted in the next configuration period according to the detected configuration information. Moreover, the present disclosure may further disclose a system for allocating a dynamic frame structure of a TDD system and an eNB. Through the solution of the present disclosure, the variation period of the frame structure of the TDD system can be shortened and the transmission of asymmetrical service can be supported better. | 01-15-2015 |
20150016317 | METHOD FOR CONTROLLING TRANSMISSION POWER OF SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - In the present invention, disclosed is a method for a terminal, which receives a downlink signal from a first base station and transmits an uplink signal to a second base station, transmitting a sounding reference signal (SRS) in a wireless communication system. More specifically, the method comprises the steps of: receiving from the first base station downlink control information including a triggering message of a first SRS; determining transmission power of the first SRS on the basis of the downlink control information; and transmitting the first SRS to the first base station with the transmission power that is determined, wherein a transmission power control command field, which is included in the downlink control information, is applied to a closed loop parameter for determining the transmission power of the first SRS. | 01-15-2015 |
20150016318 | METHOD FOR OPERATING HARQ TO CHANGE DYNAMIC RESOURCE OF WIRESS RESOURCE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - The present application discloses a method for executing a hybrid automatic repeat and request (HARQ) process from a particular layer at a receiving end in a wireless communication system. Specifically, the method comprises the steps of: receiving predetermined information regarding one or more HARQ processes from a subordinate layer so as to change a configuration of a previously configured first uplink/downlink subframe configuration to a configuration of a second uplink/downlink subframe configuration; and processing one or more HARQ processes on the basis of the predetermined information when changing to the second uplink/downlink subframe configuration, wherein the one or more HARQ processes are HARQ processes, from among the HARQ processes linked to the first uplink/downlink subframe configuration, which cannot be linked to the second uplink/downlink subframe configuration. | 01-15-2015 |
20150023227 | FULL DUPLEX DIRECT MODE INDIVIDUAL AND GROUP CALLING USING ADJACENT TIME SLOTS IN A TDMA SYSTEM - A method for enabling full duplex direct mode calls between radios in an N:1 slotting ratio TDMA radio system includes detecting a request for a full duplex direct mode call at a first radio, transmitting in a particular slot of a first recurring time slot of N recurring time slots on a first single frequency one of a call request and a call header identifying the call as a full duplex call. Subsequently transmitting, by the first radio, during a plurality of subsequent first recurring time slots, outbound voice and/or data transmissions. And receiving, during a plurality of second recurring time slots of the N recurring time slots, each second recurring timeslot positioned immediately adjacent a respective first recurring time slot in an interleaved manner, inbound voice and/or data transmissions from the second radio and playing back the inbound voice and/or data transmission at the first radio. | 01-22-2015 |
20150023228 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR CARRIER AGGREGATION - A User Equipment (UE) for performing carrier aggregation is described. The UE includes a processor and instructions stored in memory that is in electronic communication with the processor. The UE determines a duplex method of each serving cell for frequency-division duplexing (FDD) and time-division duplexing (TDD) carrier aggregation. At least one serving cell is a TDD cell and at least one serving cell is a FDD cell. The UE also determines physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request Acknowledgement/Negative Acknowledgement (HARQ-ACK) transmission timing for a serving cell. When a primary cell is a TDD cell, the PDSCH HARQ-ACK transmission timing for the serving cell is determined based on a downlink (DL) association set for the serving cell. The UE further sends PDSCH HARQ-ACK information based on the PDSCH HARQ-ACK transmission timing. | 01-22-2015 |
20150023229 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR CARRIER AGGREGATION - A User Equipment (UE) for performing carrier aggregation is described. The UE includes a processor and instructions stored in memory that is in electronic communication with the processor. The UE determines a duplex method of each serving cell for frequency-division duplexing (FDD) and time-division duplexing (TDD) carrier aggregation. At least one serving cell is a TDD cell and at least one serving cell is a FDD cell. The UE also determines physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request Acknowledgement/Negative Acknowledgement (HARQ-ACK) transmission timing for a serving cell. When a primary cell is a TDD cell, the PDSCH HARQ-ACK transmission timing for the serving cell is determined based on a downlink (DL) association set for the serving cell. The UE further sends PDSCH HARQ-ACK information based on the PDSCH HARQ-ACK transmission timing. | 01-22-2015 |
20150023230 | DUAL SIM DUAL ACTIVE SUBSCRIBER IDENTIFICATION MODULE WITH A SINGLE TRANSMIT CHAIN AND DUAL OR SINGLE RECEIVE CHAIN - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product are provided. The apparatus may be configured to establish a first call for a first subscription, and accept a second call for a second subscription while maintaining the first call. A single RF transmit chain may be scheduled for uplink transmissions associated with the first call and uplink transmissions associated with the second call. A timesharing schedule for the transmit chain may determine timing for the uplink transmissions associated with the first call is transmitted and when the uplink transmissions associated with the second call is transmitted on the transmit chain. Downlink transmissions associated with the first and second calls may be received using different receive chain. Downlink transmissions associated with the first and second calls may be received using the same receive chain. | 01-22-2015 |
20150023231 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSCEIVING CHANNEL RELATED TO TERMINAL THAT SUPPORTS HALF DUPLEX TRANSMISSION IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Disclosed are a method and an apparatus for transceiving a channel related to a terminal that supports half duplex transmission in a mobile communication system. The terminal receives scheduling information on multi-carriers having different TDD configurations from a base station, determines whether to receive a downlink channel for a plurality of different subframes of each multi-carrier including at least one special subframe, and transceives a channel to/from the base station depending on whether the downlink channel is received or not. | 01-22-2015 |
20150023232 | VIRTUAL FULL DUPLEX NETWORK COMMUNICATIONS - A half-duplex wireless network device is structured to transmit and receive information over a unique pattern of one or more transmission slots and one or more reception slots within each of a sequence of communication frames to accomplish virtual full-duplex communication. | 01-22-2015 |
20150029910 | DYNAMICAL TIME DIVISION DUPLEX UPLINK AND DOWNLINK CONFIGURATION IN A COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK - A technology is disclosed for a user equipment (UE) that is operable to dynamically change an uplink/downlink (UL/DL) configuration in a communications network. A radio resource control (RRC) connection can be requested with an enhanced node B (eNode B). A UE Capability Information information element (IE) can be communicated to the eNode B to indicate an enhanced interference mitigation and traffic adaptation (eIMTA) capability of the UE to support an eIMTA time duplex domain (TDD) UL/DL reconfiguration functionality. An eIMTA configuration information can be received at the UE information within a RRCConnectionSetup message or a RRCConnectionReconfiguration message. | 01-29-2015 |
20150029911 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING COMMON CHANNEL COVERAGE USING BEAMFORMING ANTENNAS - A wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) includes circuitry configured to receive information from a base station indicating an assignment of periodic time slots to transmit sounding signals and circuitry configured to transmit sounding signals to the base station in the assigned periodic time slots in response to the received information, wherein a timing of transmission of the sounding signals in response to the received information differs between a time division duplex mode and a frequency division duplex mode, and wherein the transmitted sounding signals are distinguishable from sounding signals from other WTRUs. | 01-29-2015 |
20150029912 | USER EQUIPMENT, PDSCH A/N TRANSMITTING METHOD THEREOF, TRANSMISSION/RECEPTION POINT, AND PDSCH A/N RECEIVING METHOD THEREOF - The present invention relates to a system that includes a transmission/reception point and a user equipment having different configurations in inter-band and performs a TDD (Time Division Duplex) method. | 01-29-2015 |
20150036558 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING SIGNALS OF USER EQUIPMENT (UE) CONFIGURED TO PERFORM D2D COMMUNICATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for transmitting a signal by a device-to-device (D2D) user equipment (UE) configured to perform D2D communication in a wireless communication system includes transmitting a signal after application of a first timing advance (TA) value for D2D communication, wherein the first timing advance (TA) value for the D2D communication is associated with a second timing advance (TA) value applied when the UE transmits an uplink signal to a base station (BS). | 02-05-2015 |
20150036559 | Method and Device for Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request of Dynamic Frame Structure - The present disclosure discloses method for Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request (HARQ) of a dynamic frame structure, including: determining, by a system device, that a predefined sub-frame of a current frame contains Downlink Control Information (DCI) indicating a frame structure; in all Time Division Duplexing (TDD) frame structures, selecting a corresponding HARQ timing for each data sub-frame between the predefined sub-frame of the current frame and the predefined sub-frame of a next frame; and receiving or sending a HARQ feedback according to the selected HARQ timing. The present disclosure also discloses a HARQ device of a dynamic frame structure. Through the solution of the present disclosure, during switching the dynamic frame structure of a TDD system, a corresponding HARQ timing can be selected for each data sub-frame in each frame, thus increasing NN resolution and real-time performance, ensuring a quantity of a HARQ process, and reducing transmission delay and blocking rate. | 02-05-2015 |
20150036560 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCE FOR DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNEL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - Disclosed is a method for a base station to transmit a downlink control channel to a terminal in a time division duplex (TDD)-based wireless communication system. Specifically, the method comprises determining the number of basic resource allocation units for each resource block pair for a downlink control channel on the basis of the type of a sub-frame during which the downlink control channel is transmitted; mapping, by basic resource allocation unit, control information for the terminal to a transmission resource; and transmitting, to the terminal, the downlink control channel comprising the control information, wherein, if the type of the sub-frame is the type in which a downlink transmission interval and a uplink transmission interval coexist, then the number of basic resource allocation unit for each resource block pair is determined on the basis of the length of the downlink transmission interval. | 02-05-2015 |
20150036561 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ENHANCING COVERAGE - Embodiments of the disclosure provide a method and apparatus for enhancing coverage in a TDD system, wherein there is at least one TDD UL/DL configuration for subframes in the TDD system, and the at least one UL/DL configuration comprises at least one special subframe and at least one normal subframe. In the method according to embodiments of the present invention, whether a special subframe is to be applied in TTI bundling is determined first, and then a message with an indication indicating that a special subframe is to be applied in TTI bundling is sent to a UE in response to determining that a special subframe is to be applied in TTI bundling, such that the UE transmits TTI bundling packets on at least one special subframe. | 02-05-2015 |
20150043390 | DYNAMIC CELL CLUSTERING - In some implementations, a method for dynamic cell clustering includes splitting, by an initial central coordinator, the cluster into two or more clusters in response to a message from a small cell in a cluster. The initial cluster includes a plurality of cells, including the small cell, with each cell assigned a same Time Division Duplex (TDD) configuration. | 02-12-2015 |
20150043391 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR RECONFIGURATION SIGNALING - A User Equipment (UE) for receiving time-division duplexing (TDD) uplink/downlink (UL/DL) configurations is described. The UE includes a processor and instructions stored in memory that is in electronic communication with the processor. The UE decodes UL/DL reconfiguration signaling on a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) or enhanced physical downlink control channel (EPDCCH). The UE also determines if the UL/DL reconfiguration signaling is correctly decoded. The UE further sends feedback for the UL/DL reconfiguration signaling and physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) hybrid automatic repeat request acknowledgement/negative acknowledgement (HARQ-ACK) information in an uplink subframe corresponding to the PDSCH HARQ-ACK information. | 02-12-2015 |
20150043392 | DYNAMIC CONFIGURATION OF SUBFRAMES IN A RADIO COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - The technology disclosed provides the ability for a subframe to be dynamically configured in time division duplex (TDD) communications between a UE radio terminal and a radio network node. A frame structure includes one or more subframes preconfigured as a downlink subframe, one or more subframes preconfigured as an uplink subframe, and one or more dynamically configurable subframes. Each dynamically configurable subframe includes a guard time period and at least a downlink part for transporting a dynamically configurable amount of downlink information, and in some embodiments, uplink information. A configuration for dynamically configurable subframes is determined for transmission and/or reception between the UE radio terminal and the radio network node. | 02-12-2015 |
20150043393 | RETRANSMISSION METHOD FOR TIME DIVISION DUPLEXING SELF-ADAPTIVE FRAME STRUCTURE, AND NETWORK SIDE DEVICE - A retransmission method for a time division duplexing self-adaptive frame structure, and a network side device relate to a technology of dynamically allocating uplink and downlink sub-frames in an LTE-advance (3GPP Release11) TDD communication system. The method comprises: during transmission of a TDD self-adaptive frame, for an uplink sub-frame, if a frame structure, of which an RTT period of PHICH and PUSCH of the uplink sub-frame is 10 ms, corresponding to the uplink sub frame is found in 7 types of defined frame structures, then sending PHICH data on a corresponding downlink sub-frame in the found frame structure, and sending retransmission data on the corresponding uplink sub-frame in the found frame structure. The solution ensures HARQ compatibility of an uplink data channel of R10UE. In addition, A/N feedback of the PDSCH is configured according to the uplink A/N resolution, thereby improving retransmission performance. | 02-12-2015 |
20150043394 | DOWNLINK CONTROL SIGNALLING TRANSMISSION METHOD AND DEVICE - The invention relates to the field of communications and provides a method of and apparatus for transmitting downlink control information, and the method includes: for transmission of DCI over any carrier, determining DAI information fields in uplink scheduling DCI and downlink scheduling DCI to be carried over the carrier and an HARQ process number information field in the downlink scheduling DCI dependent upon PDSCH HARQ feedback scheme currently in use; and determining a UL index information field in the uplink scheduling DCI to be carried over the carrier dependent upon a PUSCH scheduling scheme currently in use, so that an appropriate DCI design scheme is provided for an application scenario of across-system carrier aggregation to thereby satisfy a demand for the use of an evolved process in an LTE system and improve effectively the performance of the system. | 02-12-2015 |
20150043395 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DATA TRANSMISSION - Provided are a method and apparatus for data transmission. In the method, frequency spectrum aggregation is performed on multiple first frequency spectrums corresponding to multiple systems; and data are transmitted on a second frequency spectrum formed through the frequency spectrum aggregation performed on the multiple first frequency spectrums. Through the technical solution provided, the frequency spectrum aggregation of multiple systems is implemented, and the frequency spectrum utilization of a communication system is improved. | 02-12-2015 |
20150043396 | DYNAMIC SIGNALING OF THE DOWNLINK AND UPLINK SUBFRAME ALLOCATION FOR A TDD WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus for use in a wireless communication network, comprising a processing resource configured to determine a time interval for periodic time division duplex (TDD) Uplink/Downlink (UL/DL) reconfiguration windows, generate a UL/DL reconfiguration command to indicate a dynamic TDD UL/DL allocation change, and encode the UL/DL reconfiguration command in a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) data, and a radio front end (RF) interface coupled to the processing resource and configured to cause the encoded UL/DL reconfiguration command to be transmitted to a first of a plurality of wireless user equipment (UEs) in a first of the UL/DL reconfiguration windows, wherein the encoded UL/DL reconfiguration command is transmitted via a PDCCH to provide a fast TDD UL/DL reconfiguration. | 02-12-2015 |
20150043397 | Method of Handling Communication Operation and Related Communication Device - A method of handling a communication operation for a communication device comprising performing a reception in a first subframe of a time-division duplexing (TDD) carrier from a network; and performing a transmission for responding the reception via a second subframe of a uplink (UL) carrier to the network; wherein the UL carrier is a frequency-division duplexing (FDD) UL carrier, or is another TDD carrier with an UL/downlink (DL) configuration where all subframes are UL subframes. | 02-12-2015 |
20150043398 | Techniques for Device-to-Device Communications - Examples may include techniques to enable user equipment (UE) to establish a device-to-device (D2D) communication link for D2D communications with another UE. In some examples, the D2D communications may occur when either both or at least one UE is within a coverage area for a wireless wide area network (WWAN). In some other examples, both UEs may be outside of the coverage area and may utilize a third UE to provide or relay information for use to establish the D2D communication link. | 02-12-2015 |
20150043399 | DEVICES FOR REPORTING UPLINK INFORMATION - A user equipment (UE) for reporting information is described. The UE includes a processor and instructions stored in memory that is in electronic communication with the processor. The UE selects a reference cell having a reference uplink-downlink (UL-DL) configuration. The UE also selects a first uplink subframe from the reference cell. The UE further selects a first subframe set from a first cell having a first UL-DL configuration. The first UL-DL configuration is different than the reference UL-DL configuration. The UE additionally determines a first set of associations between the first subframe set and the first uplink subframe. The UE further aggregates information corresponding to the reference cell and information corresponding to the first cell based on the first set of associations to produce aggregated information. The UE also reports the aggregated information on an uplink reporting cell. | 02-12-2015 |
20150043400 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND CHANNEL TRANSMISSION/RECEPTION METHOD THEREOF - A method for transmitting a physical channel in a Time Division Duplex (TDD) communication system capable of carrier aggregation is provided for supporting aggregation of carriers having different TDD configurations. The communication method of a terminal in a TDD radio communication system accomplishing broadband through carrier aggregation of primary and secondary cells, of which aggregated carriers have different TDD Uplink-Downlink (UL-DL) configurations, includes receiving Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH) through the secondary cell, and transmitting acknowledgement information corresponding to the PDSCH to a base station, where acknowledgement information is transmitted on a Physical Uplink Control CHannel (PUCCH) of the primary cell. | 02-12-2015 |
20150043401 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND CHANNEL TRANSMISSION/RECEPTION METHOD THEREOF - A method for transmitting a physical channel in a Time Division Duplex (TDD) communication system capable of carrier aggregation is provided for supporting aggregation of carriers having different TDD configurations. The communication method of a terminal in a TDD radio communication system accomplishing broadband through carrier aggregation of primary and secondary cells, of which aggregated carriers have different TDD Uplink-Downlink (UL-DL) configurations, includes receiving Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH) through the secondary cell, and transmitting acknowledgement information corresponding to the PDSCH to a base station, where acknowledgement information is transmitted on a Physical Uplink Control CHannel (PUCCH) of the primary cell. | 02-12-2015 |
20150049652 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR FEEDING BACK APERIODIC CSI IN FLEXIBLE TDD RECONFIGURATION SYSTEM - The present disclosure provides a method for feeding back aperiodic CSI in a flexible TDD reconfiguration cell. The method includes a UE receiving information about signaling transmitted from an eNB to acquire locations of subframes corresponding to CH and CL, wherein CH and CL correspond to different subframe sets, respectively. The method also includes the UE detects UL DCI information carrying an aperiodic CSI request, on a CSI request subframe. The method also includes the UE feeds back aperiodic CSI specific to a corresponding CSI subframe set to the eNB, on a corresponding UL subframe. The embodiments of the present disclosure, according to another aspect, provide a terminal. According to the solutions disclosed in the present disclosure, the terminal acquires indication information of CSI subframe sets during feeding back the aperiodic CSI, by implicitly or explicitly defining the CSI subframe sets, so as to trigger aperiodic CSI feedback specific to CH and CL in a flexible TDD reconfiguration cell, thus improving the system performance. | 02-19-2015 |
20150049653 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR HANDLING UE BEHAVIOR IN INTER-BAND CARRIER AGGREGATION WITH CELL SPECIFIC TDD CONFIGURATION - A method and system to handle behavior of a carrier aggregation capable User Equipment (UE) that does not support simultaneous reception and transmission in overlapped Downlink (DL)-Uplink (UL) sub frames during inter-band Carrier Aggregation (CA) for cell specific TDD configuration is disclosed. The method specifies whether the UE is allowed or not allowed to monitor the PDCCH sub frames during overlap of DL-UL sub frames by signaling the UE with a resultant TDD configuration that is applicable to component carriers of the PCell and one or more SCells. The method also addresses handling of the DRX timers by defining the active time for common DRX operation by the UE for all component carriers. The method enhances the 3GPP specification to enable UE to better handle reception and transmission during overlap of DL-UL sub frames in cell specific TDD configuration during inter-band CA. | 02-19-2015 |
20150049654 | TIME-DIVISION DUPLEXING COMMUNICATION METHOD, SYSTEM AND DEVICE - The embodiments of the present invention relate to the technical field of wireless communications, and particularly, to a time-division duplexing communication method, system and device, which are used for solving the problem in the prior art that there is no uplink or downlink HARQ sequential relationship for a dynamic uplink and downlink subframe distribution solution. A time-division duplexing uplink data sending method in the embodiments of the present invention comprises: through a subframe n in a wireless frame, user equipment receiving indication information which comes from the network side; and according to the indication information, when it is determined that PUSCH data is required to be sent to the network side, sending the PUSCH data through at least one uplink subframe after the subframe n, the subframe n being a downlink fixed subframe or a special subframe. Proposed is an uplink and downlink HARQ sequential relationship for a dynamic uplink and downlink subframe distribution solution, so that a dynamic TDD system can transmit uplink and downlink data. | 02-19-2015 |
20150049655 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR ACK/NACK TRANSMISSION IN TDD-BASED WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method is described of reporting control information in a wireless communication system. A user equipment (UE) supporting at least one cell including a primary cell selects a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) format among a plurality of PUCCH formats including a first PUCCH format and a second PUCCH format. The first PUCCH format is selected if the UE receives a first physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) in one of M downlink time division duplex (TDD) subframes on the primary cell. The UE receives a second PDSCH with a downlink assignment index (DAI) in one of the M downlink TDD subframes on the primary cell. The UE does not receive a first physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) corresponding to the first PDSCH on the primary cell. The UE receives a second PDCCH corresponding to the second PDSCH, and transmits a positive-acknowledgement/negative-acknowledgement (ACK/NACK) signal by using the selected PUCCH format. | 02-19-2015 |
20150055516 | MITIGATING INTERFERENCE BETWEEN CO-LOCATED WIRELESS TECHNOLOGIES - An apparatus has a first communication module that is compatible with a first wireless communication technology, and a second communication module that is compatible with a second, different, wireless communication technology. Transmissions by each communication module may contribute to interference at the other communication module. In one example, a Block Acknowledgement Request is transmitted by the apparatus during a downlink period of the second communication module so that the Block Acknowledgement transmitted in response is received during the downlink period. In another example, the apparatus calculates a maximum size of A-MPDU to receive and notifies an access point of that maximum size. In a further example, the apparatus, having notified an access point of operation in a power save mode, polls the access point for buffered frames at the start of a downlink period of the second communication module. | 02-26-2015 |
20150055517 | METHOD FOR RESOURCE MANAGEMENT IN A TDD CELLULAR COMMUNICATION NETWORK AND RESOURCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM - A method for resource management in a cellular communication network, wherein said network includes at least one base station per cell for a plurality of cells that operates in TDD (Time Division Duplex) transmission mode, each base station having a respective coverage area is characterized in that said base stations are operated such that spatial zones exist—overlap areas—in which the coverage areas of at least two of said base stations overlap, wherein UEs within an overlap area utilize UL and/or DL resources from those of the respective base stations that best match their particular traffic demands in the UL and/or in the DL. Furthermore, a corresponding resource management system for use in a cellular communication network is disclosed. | 02-26-2015 |
20150055518 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING OR RECEIVING UPLINK SIGNAL - The present invention relates to a method for user equipment transmitting an uplink signal in a time division duplex (TDD) wireless communication system, according to one embodiment. The method comprises: detecting a downlink control signal; and transmitting the uplink signal on the basis of uplink-related control information which is included in the downlink control signal that is detected, wherein a transmission power value is reported on the basis of an indicator, which indicates reporting of the transmission power value of the uplink signal at a specific time. | 02-26-2015 |
20150055519 | HARQ FEEDBACK IMPLEMENTATION METHOD AND DEVICE - Disclosed are an HARQ feedback implementation method and device. The method comprises: according to a TDD uplink/downlink reference configuration, dividing all downlink subframes contained in an FDD downlink carrier into two types, wherein the downlink subframes of the first type correspond to downlink subframes or/and special subframes in the TDD uplink/downlink reference configuration, and the downlink subframes of the second type correspond to the uplink subframes in the TDD uplink/downlink reference configuration; feeding back ACK/NACK information corresponding to the downlink subframes of the first type according to the timing sequence relationship in the TDD uplink/downlink reference configuration; and feeding back the ACK/NACK information corresponding to a downlink subframe m of the downlink subframes of the second type on an uplink subframe first meeting a preset condition after a subframe m+3 in the TDD uplink/downlink reference configuration. Thus, ACK/NACK information corresponding to downlink data can be accurately fed back in time, thereby performing accurate data retransmission, and then effectively guaranteeing the system performance. | 02-26-2015 |
20150055520 | BASE STATION AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - A control unit | 02-26-2015 |
20150055521 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR AGGREGATING CARRIERS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method and a device for aggregating carriers in a wireless communication system. In the method, a first carrier is configured, and a second carrier is configured in addition to the first carrier. The first carrier is a time division duplex (TDD) carrier for which an uplink subframe and a downlink subframe are positioned at different times in a frame, and the second carrier is a carrier only for an uplink, which consists of uplink subframes. | 02-26-2015 |
20150055522 | METHOD FOR PROCESSING PDSCH DATA - An embodiment of the present invention provides a method for processing Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH) data, to be applied in a system, which supports to adjust uplink and downlink (UL-DL) configurations for Time Division Multiplexing (TDD) dynamically. The method includes: receiving, by a User Equipment (UE), a System Information Block 1 (SIB1); obtaining, by the UE, from the SIB1 a TDD UL-DL configuration employed by the UE in current system, in which the UE doesn't support dynamic service adaption; determining, by the UE, subframe type of subframe 6, wherein the subframe type of subframe 6 is a special subframe or a normal downlink subframe; and determining, by the UE, number of Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) symbols used for PDSCH transmission within subframe 6, based on the subframe type of subframe 6, and processing the PDSCH data of subframe 6. By adopting the technical solution provided by embodiments of the present invention, in a system which supports to dynamically adjust the TDD UL-DL configurations, a UE may be enabled to explicitly learn number of OFDM symbols used for the PDSCH transmission within subframe 6. Meanwhile, the UE and an evolved Node B (eNB) may be enabled not to confuse the number of OFDM symbols used for the PDSCH transmission. | 02-26-2015 |
20150055523 | UL-DL INTERFERENCE MANAGEMENT FOR TDD eIMTA - Uplink-downlink (UL-DL) interference management may benefit various communication systems, such as communication systems of the third generation partnership project (3GPP) long term evolution advanced (LTE-Advanced) release 12 (Rel-12). More specifically, certain methods and apparatuses may provide LTE time division duplex (TDD) enhancement for DL-UL Interference Management and Traffic Adaptation (TDD eIMTA). A method can include determining whether to activate or deactivate TDD eIMTA, or other dynamic TDD, in a cell. The method can also include informing at least one neighbor cell regarding a decision to activate or deactivate TDD eIMTA or other dynamic TDD. | 02-26-2015 |
20150055524 | METHOD, SYSTEM AND APPARATUS OF TIME-DIVISION-DUPLEX (TDD) UPLINK-DOWNLINK (UL-DL) CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT - Some demonstrative embodiments include devices, systems and/or methods of Time-Division Duplexing (TDD) Uplink-Downlink (UL-DL) configuration management. For example, a node may communicate a message including a cell identifier identifying a first cell controlled by the node, and a TDD configuration update to update at least one other node, which controls at least one second cell, with a TDD UL-DL configuration allocated by the node for communication within the first cell. | 02-26-2015 |
20150063177 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. A method for transmitting channel state information (CSI) by a user equipment in a wireless communication system includes receiving a CSI-reference signal (CSI-RS), determining overhead of a common reference signal (CRS) resource element based on the same antenna port number as an antenna port number associated with the CSI-RS, and transmitting the CSI calculated based on the CSI-RS and the overhead of the CRS resource element. | 03-05-2015 |
20150063178 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR REDUCING IN-DEVICE COEXISTENCE (IDC) INTERFERENCE - Systems and methods are provided for avoiding in-device coexistence interference on a user equipment. A first wireless communication circuitry and a second wireless communication circuitry operate concurrently on the user equipment. The second wireless communication circuitry detects an operational status of the first wireless communication circuitry, and determines if the operational status is transmission or reception. In response to determining that the operational status is transmission, the second wireless communication circuitry avoids receiving data. In response to determining that the operational status is reception, the second wireless communication circuitry avoids transmitting data. | 03-05-2015 |
20150063179 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - A method and a communication device are described for transmitting uplink control information in a wireless communication system supporting carrier aggregation. At least one of a plurality of physical downlink control channels (PDCCHs) indicating downlink semi-persistent scheduling (SPS) release or physical downlink shared channels (PDSCHs) is received in a plurality of downlink subframes according to an uplink (UL) downlink (DL) configuration for time division duplex (TDD). A PDCCH with a downlink control information (DCI) format for UL scheduling including a 2-bit field is received. Acknowledgement (ACK)/negative acknowledgement (NACK) information corresponding to the at least one PDCCH indicating downlink SPS release or the PDSCHs is transmitted through a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) based on the received PDCCH with the DCI format for UL scheduling. | 03-05-2015 |
20150063180 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD SUPPORTING HARQ, USER EQUIPMENT, AND BASE STATION - The present invention provides a wireless communication method supporting hybrid automatic repeat request. The method includes: sending first hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) process quantity indication information to a user equipment UE; and if second HARQ process quantity indication information is further sent to the UE, determining a second HARQ process quantity according to the second HARQ process quantity indication information, and performing data transmission with the UE according to the determined second HARQ process quantity. Correspondingly, the present invention further provides a base station and the user equipment. In the present invention, the base station and the user equipment can perform data communication with the UE based on different HARQ timing relationships and HARQ process quantities, thereby being capable of better supporting UEs adopting different functional characteristics. | 03-05-2015 |
20150071134 | DEVICE AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING RANDOM ACCESS PREAMBLE - Base Station (BS) and User Equipment (UE) apparatuses for configuring a Random Access CHannel (RACH), and methods thereof, are provided. The method for a BS to configure a RACH includes generating configuration information on RACH resources, transmitting the configuration information on the RACH resources to a UE, receiving a random access preamble multiplexed on a plurality of continuous RACH resources from the UE, extracting the random access preamble multiplexed on the plurality of continuous RACH resources, and detecting the extracted random access preamble. The method for a UE to configure a RACH includes receiving configuration information on RACH resources from a BS, selecting occupied RACH resources among a plurality of continuous RACH resources, generating a random access preamble, multiplexing the generated random access preamble on the selected RACH resources, and transmitting the random access preamble on the selected RACH resources to the BS. | 03-12-2015 |
20150078220 | HIGH INTERFERENCE INDICATOR FOR TIME DIVISION DUPLEX WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Embodiments of the claimed subject matter provide embodiments of methods for supporting dynamic sub frame re-configuration in a time division duplex wireless communication system. One embodiment includes transmitting, from a first base station to a second base station, a message indicating that the first base station is configured for scheduling uplink transmissions from first user equipment in one or more subframes of a time division duplex frame. The message is transmitted when the second base station is configured for downlink transmission to second user equipment in the subframe(s). | 03-19-2015 |
20150078221 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR AGGREGATING CARRIERS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - The present invention relates to a method and apparatus for aggregating carriers in wireless communication systems. In the method, a first carrier is set up, and a second carrier is added in addition to the first carrier. In addition, the first carrier is a time division duplex (TDD) carrier for which an uplink subframe and a downlink subframe are positioned at different times in a frame, and the second carrier is a carrier only for a downlink that consists of downlink subframes. | 03-19-2015 |
20150078222 | SIGNAL-TRANSCEIVING METHOD, AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More particularly, the present invention relates to a method and apparatus for transmitting an uplink signal in a time division duplex (TDD)-based wireless communication system. The method comprises the steps of receiving scheduling information for data transmission in a first uplink subframe, and transmitting uplink data based on the scheduling information. The uplink data transmission period includes the first uplink subframe, and further includes, if the second subframe immediately before the first uplink subframe is a subframe including a downlink period, a guard period and an uplink period, and if a predetermined condition is satisfied, an uplink period of a second subframe. | 03-19-2015 |
20150078223 | METHOD FOR TRANSCEIVING SIGNALS, AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More particularly, the present invention relates to a method for a terminal to perform a HARQ process in which a scheduling cell of a first UL-DL configuration and a P-scheduling cell of a second TDD UL-DL configuration are set in a wireless communication system that supports carrier aggregation (CA), as well as to an apparatus for the method. The method comprises the steps of: receiving a UL grant through the scheduling cell; transmitting data corresponding to the UL grant through the P-scheduling cell according to the HARQ timing of a specific UL-DL configuration; and receiving data acknowledgement information through the scheduling cell according to the HARQ timing of the specific UL-DL configuration. | 03-19-2015 |
20150078224 | TECHNIQUES AND CONFIGURATIONS ASSOCIATED WITH MACHINE TYPE COMMUNICATION IN ENHANCED COVERAGE MODE - Embodiments of the present disclosure describe systems and methods for enhanced coverage machine type communication (MTC). Various embodiments may include systems and methods for scheduling a starting subframe, timing sequence, or resource for various transmissions with repetition to achieve a coverage extension target for MTC. Other embodiments may be described and/or claimed. | 03-19-2015 |
20150078225 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION - A method is described for transmitting uplink control information at a communication apparatus configured with a plurality of cells including a Primary Cell (PCell) and a Secondary Cell (SCell) in a wireless communication system operating in a Time Division Duplex (TDD) mode. One or more downlink signals requiring Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest Acknowledgement (HARQ-ACK) feedback are received in a set of subframes. Reception response information about the one or more downlink signals is transmitted through a Physical Uplink Control CHannel (PUCCH) on a subframe configured for Scheduling Request (SR) transmission. When a predetermined condition is not satisfied, the reception response information and SR information are multiplexed and transmitted using a first HARQ-ACK PUCCH resource. When the predetermined condition is satisfied, for a positive SR, the reception response information includes information about an ACK count for the one or more downlink signals and is transmitted using a SR PUCCH resource. | 03-19-2015 |
20150085711 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR HARQ OPERATION AND SCHEDULING IN JOINT TDD AND FDD CARRIER AGGREGATION - A method at a user equipment for hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) operation, the user equipment operating on a primary carrier having a first duplex mode and on at least one secondary carrier having a second duplex mode, the method using HARQ timing of the first duplex mode if the timing of the first duplex mode promotes acknowledgement opportunities over using HARQ timing of the second duplex mode; and using HARQ timing of the second duplex mode if the timing of the second duplex mode promotes acknowledgement opportunities over using HARQ timing of the first duplex mode. | 03-26-2015 |
20150085712 | DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION CONFIGURATION - A configuration of a discontinuous reception (DRX) operation is provided at a user equipment (UE) to handle dynamic uplink-downlink configuration changes. | 03-26-2015 |
20150085713 | HARQ TIMELINES FOR TDD-FDD CARRIER AGGREGATION - Disclosed embodiments include an end-to-end UE and eNB HARQ protocol design for various TDD−FDD joint operation wireless network configurations. Designs for timing of HARQ feedback in response to PDSCH and PUSCH transmissions (or simply, PDSCH and PUSCH) include both HARQ feedback from a UE, and HARQ feedback from an eNB. The PUSCH HARQ timeline embodiments also include both self-scheduling and cross-carrier scheduling scenarios for PUSCH transmissions. In addition, designs for the cross-carrier scheduling scenarios contemplate an FDD scheduling cell or a TDD scheduling cell. | 03-26-2015 |
20150085714 | Method for sending hybrid automatic repeat request acknowledgement message and user equipment - The disclosure discloses a method for sending a Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request Acknowledgement (HARQ-ACK) message in a Time Division Duplex (TDD) system and a User Equipment (UE), in order that the UE feeds back the HARQ-ACK message of each downlink serving cell and downlink subframe in Physical Uplink Control Channel (PUCCH) format 1b with channel selection in the TDD system. When there are more than 1 downlink subframes in a downlink subframe window corresponding to an uplink subframe, the feedback mode when the UE feeds back the HARQ-ACK message in format 1b with channel selection is determined through the configuration of the high layer or according to the result about whether the UE receives the Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH) from a secondary downlink serving cell. In feedback mode 1, the UE adopts the mapping table defined by Long Term Evolution Advanced (LTE-A) (Rel-10), generates the HARQ-ACK message in the mapping table by a time domain bundling method, and determines the corresponding PUCCH resources in the mapping table by a preset new PUCCH resource determining method. | 03-26-2015 |
20150085715 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING SIGNAL ON SPECIAL SUB-FRAME IN TDD SYSTEM - A method for configuring a special sub-frame of Long Term Evolved (LTE) Time Division Duplex (TDD) is provided. The method includes transmitting, by a base station a new signaling to configure special sub-frame configuration and related control parameters for the new User Equipment (UE); scheduling, by the base station, the uplink or downlink transmission of the new UE on the special sub-frame according to the special sub-frame configuration contained in the new signaling; performing, by the base station and the UE of the new version. downlink or uplink transmission on the special sub-frame according to the special sub-frame configuration contained in the new signaling and the scheduling of the base station. The base station may fully utilize available downlink resources, so as to increase resource utilization rate. | 03-26-2015 |
20150085716 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING UPLINK POWER CONTROL IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention provides an apparatus and method for uplink signal power control in a dynamic Time Division Duplexing (TDD) cell. According to the method, after accessing a dynamic TDD cell, a User Equipment (UE) receives from an evolved NodeB (eNB) an uplink power control parameter which has been adjusted for a conflict uplink sub-frame. | 03-26-2015 |
20150085717 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR COVERAGE ENHANCEMENTS OF BROADCAST CHANNELS - Methods and apparatus are provided for a base station to transmit and for a UE to detect broadcast information when the UE operates in a Coverage Enhancement (CE) mode. The base station transmits repetitions of signaling conveying broadcast information in one or more subframes of each frame in a quadruple of frames. The transmission is intermittent in time. To detect the broadcast information, the UE blindly combines and decodes the repetitions of signaling assuming their existence. The base station informs the pattern for the intermittent transmissions of the signaling to UEs connected to the base station or to other base stations. | 03-26-2015 |
20150085718 | SIMPLIFIED FDD-TDD CARRIER AGGREGATION - Methods, systems, and devices are described for multi-carrier communications involving one or more TDD component carriers and one or more FDD component carriers in a wireless communications network. Some described embodiments are directed to systems and methods for multi-carrier communications for a half-duplex device. The described methods, systems, and devices may simplify multi-carrier communications, such as the determination of hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) and/or scheduling timing with FDD+TDD carrier aggregation. | 03-26-2015 |
20150085719 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR SUBFRAME OFFSET - A user equipment (UE) is described. The UE determines a duplex method of each serving cell for frequency-division duplexing (FDD) and time-division duplexing (TDD) carrier aggregation. At least one serving cell is a TDD cell and at least one serving cell is a FDD cell. The UE also determines a subframe offset. The UE further determines physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request Acknowledgement/Negative Acknowledgement (HARQ-ACK) transmission timing for a serving cell. When a primary cell is a TDD cell, the PDSCH HARQ-ACK transmission timing for the serving cell is determined based on a downlink (DL) association set with the subframe offset for the serving cell. The UE additionally sends PDSCH HARQ-ACK information based on the PDSCH HARQ-ACK transmission timing. | 03-26-2015 |
20150085720 | REDUCED DELAY HARQ PROCESS TIMELINE FOR FDD-TDD CARRIER AGGREGATION - Methods, systems, and devices for multi-carrier scheduling in wireless communications networks. The described techniques may be employed to minimize hybrid automatic repeat requests (HARQ) delay in a wireless communications network utilizing one or more TDD component carriers and one or more FDD component carriers. Scheduling of TDD uplink (UL) and downlink (DL) may be determined based on an FDD component carrier. A number of HARQ processes may be determined for a TDD component carrier based on DL/UL configuration of the TDD component carrier. Scheduling may include overwriting certain HARQ transfers. The described techniques may apply to any TDD DL/UL configuration. | 03-26-2015 |
20150085721 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ENHANCING UL HARQ PROCESS - A method for determining an uplink hybrid automatic repeat request (UL HARQ) timeline of a time-division duplex (TDD) uplink-downlink (UL-DL) configuration is disclosed herein. The method for determining the UL HARQ timeline includes the following steps: allocating a subframe of the TDD UL-DL configuration for transmission of an UL HARQ ACK/NACK message or of an UL grant message; and forming an equivalent uplink subframe from a downlink subframe by configuring the downlink subframe as a multicast-broadcast single frequency network (MBSFN) subframe or from a special subframe in the TDD UL-DL configuration for transmission of data in response to the UL HARQ NACK message or to the UL grant message. | 03-26-2015 |
20150085722 | PHYSICAL UPLINK CONTROL CHANNEL (PUCCH) RESOURCE ALLOCATION (RA) FOR A HYBRID AUTOMATIC RETRANSMISSION RE-QUEST-ACKNOWLEDGE (HARQ-ACK)TRANSMISSION - Technology to provide physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) resource allocation in time division duplex (TDD) for a hybrid automatic retransmission request-acknowledge (HARQ-ACK) transmission in a subframe n is disclosed. In an example, a user equipment (UE) can include first circuitry configured to detect a downlink control channel within a prior specified subframe that is received in time before the subframe n. The UE can include second circuitry configured to: determine that the downlink control channel detected within the prior specified subframe is one of a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) or an enhanced physical downlink control channel (EPDCCH); and determine one of a legacy PUCCH resource for the HARQ-ACK transmission when the downlink control channel detected within the prior specified subframe is the PDCCH or an enhanced PUCCH resource for the HARQ-ACK transmission when the downlink control channel detected within the prior specified subframe is the EPDCCH. | 03-26-2015 |
20150085723 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD, BASE STATION, AND TERMINAL - In one method, a base station sends configuration notification information to a terminal, so as to notify the terminal to set at least one radio frame meet a first subframe configuration, where the first subframe configuration includes N−1 downlink subframes, one special subframe, and zero uplink subframe. In another method, third radio frame configuration information is sent to a terminal, and second dynamic subframe indication information is sent to the terminal, so that at least one fourth radio frame is set to meet a third subframe configuration, or is set to meet a fourth subframe configuration, or at least one fifth radio frame is set to meet a fourth subframe configuration, where the third subframe configuration includes zero downlink subframe, zero special subframe, and N uplink subframes, and the fourth subframe configuration includes zero downlink subframe, one special subframe, and N−1 uplink subframes. | 03-26-2015 |
20150092626 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING UPLINK CONTROL CHANNEL INFORMATION - At least one example embodiment discloses a method of receiving uplink control information in a communication system having at least a first and a second cell in communication with a user equipment (UE), the first cell being using a time-division duplex (TDD) carrier and configured to communicate using TDD transmissions and the second cell using a frequency-division duplex carrier and configured to communicate using FDD transmissions, one of the first and second cells being a primary serving cell to the UE. The method includes receiving uplink control channel information on the frequency-division duplex carrier independent of which one of the first and second cells is the primary serving cell. | 04-02-2015 |
20150092627 | BASE STATION AND METHOD FOR PERFORMING TDD BASE STATION UPLINK/DOWNLINK SUBFRAME CONFIGURATION - The invention discloses a base station and a method of configuring TDD uplink-downlink subframes for base stations, and the method includes: determining a coupling loss between every two of base stations in a preset region; clustering the base stations in the preset region according to the coupling loss between every two of the base stations; and the base stations configuring TDD uplink-downlink subframes according to results of clustering, wherein the base stations in the same cluster are configured with the same TDD uplink-downlink subframe configuration, and the base stations in different clusters are configured with the same TDD uplink-downlink subframe configuration or different TDD uplink-downlink subframe configurations. The invention can lower interference across time slots due to flexible configuration of TDD subframes and optimize the performance of a TDD network system. | 04-02-2015 |
20150092628 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PUCCH RESOURCE MAPPING - A method for PUCCH resource mapping is provided, which includes in a traffic adaptive TDD system, classifying downlink sub-frames within a binding window into sub-frames of a first category and sub-frames of a second category, when feeding back HARQ-ACK (Hybrid Automatic Repeat request- Acknowledgement) for a downlink sub-frame, performing PUCCH (Physical Uplink Control Channel) resource mapping for a sub-frame of the first category in accordance with LTE/LTE-A, and performing PUCCH resource mapping for a sub-frame of the second category according to a specified order of sub-frames. | 04-02-2015 |
20150092629 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING HARQ BASED ON DYNAMIC CHANGE OF WIRELESS RESOURCES IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method for a terminal to transceive a signal through a base station and a predetermined carrier in a time division duplex (TDD) communication system. In detail, the method includes the steps of: receiving, from the base station, information on dynamically changeable uplink/downlink subframe settings; selecting a representative uplink/downlink subframe setting from among the uplink/downlink subframe settings; and performing a hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) operation according to the representative uplink/downlink subframe setting. | 04-02-2015 |
20150092630 | UE Enhancement in FDD-TDD Joint Operation Networks - To support the new characteristics where FDD carriers and TDD carriers provide different services with different QoS or with different coverage or with different mobility robustness, UE enhancements of FDD-TDD network are proposed. In one embodiment, a dual mode UE in idle mode camps on a source cell and determines a target cell based on the cn domain and/or additional paging information contained in an enhanced paging message. In another embodiment, a dual mode UE may establish an RRC connection with a source cell with TDD carrier, and later is handover or redirected to a target cell supporting voice over IMS. The handover or redirection is based on the cn domain and/or the additional paging information contained in the enhanced paging message. | 04-02-2015 |
20150092631 | COMMUNICATION METHOD - A communication method applicable for a LTE TDD system is disclosed. The communication method includes: if a radio frame has a plurality of UL sub-frames, adopting a flexible TTI bundling operation on at least one of the UL sub-frames in the radio frame; and when the radio frame is changed from a first configuration into a second configuration, the HARQ timing for a eNB to transmit ACK/NACK messages for the bundled UL sub-frames is the same as the HARQ timing for the eNB to transmit ACK/NACK messages for the last sub-frame of the bundled UL sub-frames in the second configuration. | 04-02-2015 |
20150092632 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF UPLINK SCHEDULING AND HARQ TIMING - The present invention relates to an apparatus and method for controlling an uplink (UL) scheduling and Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest (HARQ) timing supported in a TDD-FDD CA environment. The method includes receiving, on a first serving cell, at least one of a first UL grant and a first Physical HARQ Indicator Channel (PHICH) about a second serving cell through a cross-carrier scheduling, and receiving, on the second serving cell, at least one of a second UL grant and a second PHICH about the second serving cell through a self scheduling. According to aspects of the present invention, in a TDD-FDD carrier aggregation deployment environment, an efficient UL scheduling/HARQ operation may be performed for a UE in which a cross-carrier scheduling is configured. Further, in order to satisfy high data rate required by a UE, data transmission efficiency may be enhanced in accordance with the purpose of carrier aggregation. | 04-02-2015 |
20150092633 | GENERATION OF HARQ-ACK INFORMATION AND POWER CONTROL OF HARQ-ACK SIGNALS IN TDD SYSTEMS WITH DOWNLINK OF CARRIER AGGREGATION - Methods and apparatus are provided for a User Equipment (UE) configured to have multiple cells in a DownLink (DL) of a Time Division Duplex (TDD) communication system so as to determine a power of an acknowledgement signal that the UE transmits in a control channel and to determine a number of acknowledgement information bits that the UE multiplexes with data information bits in a data channel. A transmission power of the control signal is determined based on DL Assignment Index (DAI) Information Elements (IEs) in DL Scheduling Assignments (SAs) that the UE detects through multiple transmission time intervals and through the multiple configured DL cells. The number of acknowledgement information bits in the data channel is determined based on a DAI IE of an UpLink (UL) SA associated with the transmission of the data channel. | 04-02-2015 |
20150092634 | DEVICES FOR SENDING AND RECEIVING FEEDBACK INFORMATION - A User Equipment (UE) for sending feedback information is described. The UE includes a processor and instructions stored in memory that is in electronic communication with the processor. The UE determines a primary cell (PCell) feedback parameter corresponding to a PCell. The UE also determines a secondary cell (SCell) feedback parameter corresponding to an SCell. The SCell feedback parameter is different from the PCell feedback parameter. The UE further performs Physical Uplink Control Channel (PUCCH) Format 1b channel selection based on the PCell feedback parameter and the SCell feedback parameter. The UE additionally sends Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request Acknowledgement/Negative Acknowledgement (HARQ-ACK) information based on the channel selection. | 04-02-2015 |
20150092635 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING A SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNAL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - A method for receiving an aperiodic sounding reference signal (SRS) from a user equipment (UE) at a base station in a time division duplex (TDD) communication system. The method according to one embodiment includes transmitting downlink control information (DCI) including a request of the aperiodic SRS to the UE. The downlink control information includes information for receiving downlink data using multiple antennas from the base station by the user equipment. The method according to the embodiment further includes receiving the aperiodic SRS from the UE in response to the request. | 04-02-2015 |
20150098368 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR INVOKING A RESPONSE OF THE CURRENT TDD SUBFRAME CONFIGURATION - The invention provides a method and apparatus for invoking a response of a current TDD subframe configuration. First, the first base station sends to the second base station a first message for invoking a response of a current TDD subframe configuration of the second base station. Second, the second base station receives the first message from the first base station and then sends to the first base station a second message in response to the first message, the second message including the current TDD subframe configuration of the second base station. Third, the first base station receives the second message from the second base station and acquires the current TDD subframe configuration of the second base station from the second message. The first message can be a LOAD INFORMATION message, wherein the LOAD INFORMATION message comprises a TDD subframe assignment invoke included in an Invoke Indication IE, and the TDD subframe assignment invoke is used for indicating the invoke of the response of the current TDD subframe configuration of the second base station. | 04-09-2015 |
20150098369 | REFERENCE SIGNAL DESIGN FOR SPECIAL SUBFRAME CONFIGURATIONS - Example embodiments are directed towards a base station, and corresponding method therein, for transmitting reference signals in a TOD wireless communications network, if a transmission format Is a Demodulation Reference Signal (DMRS) based format, the base station may transmit, to a user equipment, reference signals according a time and frequency Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplex: (OFDM) grid featuring a special subframe configuration with a 6;6;2 timing ratio, where a DMRS: pattern is spanned among four time and frequency OFDM symbols. | 04-09-2015 |
20150098370 | Method of Handling HARQ Resource for FDD Carrier and Related Communication Device - A method of determining hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) resource of a uplink (UL) subframe of a frequency-division duplexing (FDD) carrier for an advanced communication device comprises determining an association index according to an operation of the FDD carrier; determining a new association set according to the association index and an association set of the UL subframe of a UL/downlink (UL/DL) configuration; and determining the HARQ resource of the UL subframe according to the association index and the new association set. | 04-09-2015 |
20150098371 | TTI-BUNDLING AND SPS OPERATION IN LTE TDD - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for wireless communication are provided. The apparatus receives a semi-persistent scheduling (SPS) message indicating transmission of a first packet during a first period of a first hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) process, and a configuration for TTI-bundled transmission. The apparatus transmits a first TTI-bundled packet on the first resources during the first period of the first HARQ process. The apparatus identifies second resources for transmitting a second TTI-bundled packet during a second period of the first HARQ process based on the SPS message. The apparatus determines whether to offset transmission of the second TTI-bundled packet to a period of a second HARQ process when at least one of the second resources for transmitting the second TTI-bundled packet overlaps with at least one resource used for retransmitting the first TTI-bundled packet according to the first HARQ process. | 04-09-2015 |
20150103702 | FRAME FORMAT IN COMMUNICATIONS - A method for selecting a frame format in a communications system is disclosed. A network apparatus (AP) predefines a TDD data frame structure such that a TDD frame has a predefined frame duration defining an uplink-downlink switching point periodicity. The frame duration defines a maximum time in which a half-duplex apparatus performs a cycle transmit-receive-transmit and/or a cycle receive-transmit-receive. An uplink-downlink ratio is adjustable on a symbol level in the TDD frame. The TDD frame is partitioned into one or more of a guard period, a downlink portion and an uplink portion. | 04-16-2015 |
20150103703 | Resource Allocation In Different TDD Configurations With Cross Carrier Scheduling - A downlink resource grant is on a first component carrier having a first downlink to uplink DL/UL subframe configuration, and cross schedules to a second component carrier having a different second DL/UL subframe configuration. If a first set SI of downlink subframes associated with a subframe n of the first DL/UL subframe configuration only partially overlaps with a second set S2 of downlink subframes associated with the subframe n of the second DL/UL subframe configuration, then explicit signaling is utilized to select whether uplink radio resources in subframe n for channel selection are implicitly or explicitly allocated. If instead SI does not only partially overlap SI, then a default rule is utilized for allocating the uplink radio resources in subframe n for channel selection. In different examples the explicit signaling is higher layer signaling which configures a UE; or a predetermined state in a field of the PDCCH. | 04-16-2015 |
20150103704 | Switching Between Downlink and Uplink - Communications of a time division duplex radio frame provided with at least one special subframe including at least one pilot period is provided such that at least one special subframe is used for signalling of critical control information. Other subframes of the radio frame than the at least one special subframe are flexibly allocated for use as downlink and uplink subframes of the radio frame. | 04-16-2015 |
20150103705 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - A method for transmitting uplink control information by a user equipment in a wireless communication system supporting carrier aggregation of a plurality of cells and operating in a time division duplex (TDD). The method according to one embodiment includes receiving, by the user equipment, downlink signals on the plurality of cells, each of the downlink signals requiring a hybrid automatic repeat request acknowledgement (HARQ-ACK) response; and transmitting, by the user equipment, the uplink control information including at least one per-cell HARQ-ACK bit for each cell in an uplink subframe via a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH). When a reference uplink-downlink (UL-DL) configuration for performing the receiving and the transmitting belongs to a first UL-DL configuration set on each of the plurality of cells, a number of the at least one per-cell HARQ-ACK bit for each cell is determined using a value of min (W, Mc). Min (W, Mc) denotes a smallest value of W and Mc, W denotes a value indicated by 2-bit downlink assignment index (DAI) information included in downlink control information corresponding to the PUSCH, and Mc denotes a number of downlink subframes corresponding to the uplink subframe for each cell. | 04-16-2015 |
20150103706 | METHOD OF INTERFERENCE COORDINATION IN TIME DIVISION DUPLEXING SYSTEM, BASE STATION, AND SYSTEM - An interference coordination method in TDD systems, an apparatus, and a system are disclosed in embodiments of this invention, which relate to the communication field. The method provided in the embodiment of this invention comprises: receiving by an interfered cell a uplink-downlink configuration of an interfering cell sent from the interfering cell; generating by the interfered cell interference indication information for subframes in the interfered cell in a direction opposite to the signal transmission direction in the interfering cell, according to a uplink-downlink configuration of the interfered cell and the uplink-downlink configuration of the interfering cell; sending by the interfered cell the uplink-downlink configuration of the interfered cell and the interference indication information to the interfering cell, to enable the interfering cell to perform interference coordination according to the uplink-downlink configuration of the interfered cell and the interference indication information. | 04-16-2015 |
20150109971 | USER EQUIPMENT AND BASE STATION HAVING DYNAMIC RESOURCE ALLOCATION MECHANISM AND MULTIPLE CONNECTIONS - The present disclosure proposes a dynamic resource allocation mechanism for a user equipment and a base station having multiple connections. According to one of the exemplary embodiment, the present disclosure proposes a user equipment (UE) which includes at least but not limited to a transmitter and a receiver for transmitting and receiving data respectively and a processing circuit coupled to the transmitter and the receiver and is configured for establishing a first connection with a first base station by using the transmitter and the receiver, establishing a second connection with a second base station by using the transmitter and the receiver, receiving through the receiver a dynamic time division duplexing (TDD) subframe configuration from either the first base station and the second base station, wherein the dynamic TDD subframe configuration is not received from a system information block (SIB), and operating according to the dynamic TDD subframe configuration. | 04-23-2015 |
20150109972 | COVERAGE ENHANCEMENT AND SEMI-PERSISTENT SCHEDULING SUPPORT IN LTE-TDD SYSTEMS - Flexible Transmission Time Interval (TTI) bundling sizes may be used to provide efficient use of the radio spectrum in LTE-TDD communications. Different uplink/downlink frame configurations may be associated with different TTI bundling sizes. In one implementation, each of the frames may include uplink data that is transmitted via TTI bundles of a particular length in which the total number of uplink subframes corresponding to each of the packets is equal to a multiple of the particular length of the TTI bundles. Semi-Persistent Scheduling (SPS) may be used to transmit control information relating to transmission of the frames. | 04-23-2015 |
20150109973 | Channel State Information (CSI) Report Subsets Under Flexible Time Division Duplex (TDD) UL/DL Configuration - A method for flexible time division duplex (TDD) UL/DL configuration is provided. The method includes designating all subframes in a time division duplex configuration as downlink subframes, with the exception of any subframes scheduled for uplink data and control transmission. The method then includes monitoring downlink control channels in the subframes designated as downlink subframes, and defining at least two different channel state information (CSI) report subframe subsets according to interference levels. | 04-23-2015 |
20150109974 | System and Method for Reference Signal Transmission to Avoid Collision - A method of wireless communications for use with user equipment, comprising identifying a subframe in a radio frame in which a synchronizing signal is to be transmitted, and transmitting a reference signal to the user equipment in a subframe other than the identified subframe. | 04-23-2015 |
20150109975 | COMMUNICATION METHOD FOR PERFORMING DYNAMIC RADIO DORMANT MECHANISM - A communication method for a communication station to transmit time division duplex frames includes transmitting a capability of supporting a dynamic radio dormant mechanism to one or more communication devices; collecting at least one of a traffic information, an energy policy, an energy status and an interference policy for determining whether one or more predetermined dormant criteria are met; transmitting one or more signaling messages to the one or more communication devices to perform the dynamic radio dormant mechanism; and stopping at least one of a transmission of a downlink traffic in a downlink subframe configured to be dormant and a reception of an uplink traffic in an uplink subframe configured to be dormant. Each of the time division duplex frames comprises a plurality of subframes. | 04-23-2015 |
20150109976 | APPARATUS AND METHODS OF TIME DOMAIN MULTIPLEXING SOLUTIONS FOR IN-DEVICE COEXISTENCE - Embodiments of systems and methods for time domain multiplexing solutions for in-device coexistence are generally described herein. Other embodiments may be described and claimed. | 04-23-2015 |
20150117271 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING HYBRID AUTOMATIC REPEAT REQUEST ACKNOWLEDGE INFORMATION - A method and apparatus for transmitting HARQ-ACK information are provided. The method includes: in a CA TDD system, when uplink-downlink configurations of aggregated serving cells are different, and a mode of PUCCH format 1b with channel selection is configured to be used to feed back the HARQ-ACK, determining, according to a timing relationship between the PDSCH and the HARQ-ACK information complied by a secondary serving cell, a set of downlink subframes of aggregated serving cells in a feedback window corresponding to an uplink subframe; and determining, according to the relationship between the sets of downlink subframes of the aggregated serving cells in a feedback window corresponding to uplink subframe, the transmission mode of the HARQ-ACK information of the serving cells and the used PUCCH resources when transmitting the HARQ-ACK information; and on the determined PUCCH resources, transmitting the HARQ-ACK information by using the determined transmission mode of the HARQ-ACK information. | 04-30-2015 |
20150117272 | CARRIER AGGREGATION FEEDBACK METHOD, DEVICE AND SYSTEM FOR DIFFERENT TDD UPLINK/DOWNLINK CONFIGURATIONS - Disclosed are a carrier aggregation feedback method, device and system relating to communication technologies. The number M of subframes requiring ACK/NACK feedback in a current uplink subframe is determined according to a TDD uplink/downlink configuration that corresponds to each carrier and is used for determining a timing relationship based on which a UE reports ACK/NACK feedback information of the carrier, and then ACK/NACK feedback information transmitted by a terminal device in the current uplink subframe and a candidate channel resource used for channel selection are determined according to the value of M, so as to transmit the ACK/NACK feedback information in the candidate channel resource by using PUCCH format 1b in combination with channel selection. | 04-30-2015 |
20150117273 | UPLINK/DOWNLINK CONFIGURATION METHOD AND DEVICE IN SYSTEM USING TIME DIVISION DUPLEX COMMUNICATION MODE - Disclosed are an uplink-downlink configuration method and device in a system using a time division duplex communication mode, which relate to the technical field of wireless communications and are used for optimizing a configuration solution of an uplink/downlink subframe allocation manner. In the present invention, the method comprises: a central node device receiving reference information which is used for configuring an uplink-downlink configuration and sent by a transmission node device managed by the central node device; the central node device configuring the uplink-downlink configuration according to the received reference information; and the central node device sending the information about the configured uplink-downlink configuration to the corresponding transmission node device or to the corresponding transmission node device and a terminal. The configuration solution of the uplink-downlink configuration in the present invention is more optimized. | 04-30-2015 |
20150117274 | Network Node and Method Therein for HARQ Processes in a D2D Communication - In accordance with an example embodiment of the present invention, disclosed is a method and an apparatus thereof for handling a conflict resolution between storage requirements of multiple applications sharing the same data. A conflict resolution function resolves the conflicts in several steps and the result is either a coordinated merge of the different applications' storage requirements in multiple groups according to their needs and/or a controlled reduction of the relevance of some of the storage requirements for some applications. | 04-30-2015 |
20150117275 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION CONSIDERING TDD-FDD CA - The present disclosure relates to an apparatus and method for configuring a DCI format for a TDD-FDD CA environment and an FDD-TDD CA environment. According to aspects, an HARQ process number field, a DAI filed in a downlink DCI format, and a DAI field in an uplink DCI format are differently configured for the TDD-FDD CA environment and the FDD-TDD CA environment. | 04-30-2015 |
20150117276 | RESOURCE SELECTION FOR TRANSMISSION OF MULTIPLE ACK/NACK ON PUCCH CHANNEL - In a method of operating a communication network ( | 04-30-2015 |
20150117277 | DATA TRANSMISSION METHOD AND SYSTEM - A data transmission method and system are provided. The data transmission method includes: transmitting, by a BBU, frequency domain data obtained by performing a multi-antenna MIMO coding, to a RRU via a CPRI; receiving, by the RRU, the frequency domain data transmitted by the BBU, via the CPRI; and performing, by the RRU, an OFDM symbol generation processing on the frequency domain data received via the CPRI, to convert the frequency domain data into time domain data. With this method, a rate of the CPRI can be significantly lowered, and a bandwidth of the CPRI can be dynamically adjusted in the communication system according to the load and the usage of frequency resources, thereby lowering the bandwidth of the CPRI. | 04-30-2015 |
20150124664 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF CONTROLLING DOWNLINK HARQ TIMING - The present disclosure relates to an apparatus and method for controlling a downlink (DL) Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest (HARQ) timing in a system supporting a TDD-FDD joint operation and an FDD-TDD joint operation environment. A base station transmits a PDSCH and a UE transmits an HARQ response in response to the PDSCH. In the TDD-FDD joint operation, the interval between the PDSCH transmission and the HARQ response may be determined based on an FDD mode configuration when the PDSCH is transmitted through a TDD-based primary serving cell. | 05-07-2015 |
20150124665 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF CONTROLLING PERIODIC CSI REPORTING - Exemplary embodiments of the present invention relates to an apparatus and method for performing periodic CSI reporting available in a system supporting a TDD-FDD aggregation operation and an FDD-TDD aggregation operation. A periodicity and an offset for periodic reporting of channel quality indicator and precoding matrix indicator may be determined based on the cell type of a primary serving cell for a TDD-FDD carrier aggregation and an FDD-TDD carrier aggregation. | 05-07-2015 |
20150124666 | METHOD FOR EFFECTIVELY TRANSMITTING CONTROL SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of performing HARQ performed by a user equipment (UE) is provided. The method includes receiving a bundling indicator which indicates the number of bundled downlink subframes, determining whether at least one bundled downlink subframe is missed by comparing the bundling indicator with the number of detected bundled downlink subframes, generating a representative ACK/NACK signal when no bundled downlink subframe is missed, and transmitting the representative ACK/NACK signal on an uplink channel. Recovery capability is maximized and the packet loss is reduced in such a situation that less number of ACK/NACK signals are fed back than that of downlink packets. | 05-07-2015 |
20150124667 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION - A method for transmitting uplink control information at a communication apparatus in a time division duplex (TDD) wireless communication system. The method according to one embodiment includes receiving at least one physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) or at least one physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH); and generating reception response information for the at least one PDCCH or the at least one PDSCH. When the reception response information and channel status information are configured to be transmitted in a same subframe, if a certain condition is satisfied, the reception response information and the channel status information are transmitted together using a first physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) format. The certain condition includes a first condition of a single PDCCH transmission only on a primary cell (PCell) that has a downlink assignment index (DAI) initial value and indicates a semi-persistent scheduling (SPS) release being present. | 05-07-2015 |
20150124668 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR POWER EFFICIENT BROADCASTING AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A method and apparatus for content multicasting and broadcasting and data unicasting in a broadband multicarrier wireless communication system. A base station is configured to transmit, and a mobile station is configured to receive, a sequence of consecutive frames. The frames comprise two types: frames containing time-frequency resources for content multicasting and broadcasting via a single frequency network, and frames containing time-frequency resources for data unicasting without the use of a single frequency network. The two types of frames are intermixed in accordance with an intermixing configuration pattern. The intermixing configuration pattern is indicated by a bit-map contained in a scheduling signal. | 05-07-2015 |
20150131494 | HYBRID AUTOMATIC REPEAT REQUEST-ACKNOWLEDGE (HARQ-ACK) CODEBOOK GENERATION FOR INTER-BAND TIME DIVISION DUPLEX (TDD) CARRIER AGGREGATION (CA) - Technology to determine a Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest-ACKnowledge (HARQ-ACK) codebook size for inter-band time division duplex (TDD) carrier aggregation (CA) is disclosed. In an example, a user equipment (UE) operable to determine a HARQ-ACK codebook size for inter-band TDD CA can include computer circuitry configured to: Determine a HARQ bundling window for inter-band TDD CA including a number of downlink (DL) subframes using HARQ-ACK feedback; divide the HARQ bundling window into a first part and a second part; and calculate the HARQ-ACK codebook size based on the first part and the second part. The first part can include DL subframes of configured serving cells that occur no later than the DL subframe where a downlink control information (DCI) transmission for uplink scheduling on a serving cell is conveyed, and the second part can include physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) subframes occurring after the DCI transmission of the serving cells. | 05-14-2015 |
20150131495 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR IMPLEMENTING TIME DIVISION DUPLEX CONFIGURATION OF SECONDARY SERVING CELL, AND BASE STATION - A method and a system for implementing time division duplex configuration of a secondary serving cell are provided. A primary base station receives time division duplex TDD configuration information of a secondary serving cell and an identity of the secondary serving cell from a secondary base station, where the TDD configuration information of the secondary serving cell is allocated by the secondary base station to the secondary serving cell. The primary base station sends the TDD configuration information of the secondary serving cell and the identity of the secondary serving cell to a terminal, so that the terminal determines an uplink-downlink subframe allocation of the secondary serving cell according to the TDD configuration information. | 05-14-2015 |
20150131496 | HARQ-ACK HANDLING FOR UNINTENDED DOWNLINK SUB-FRAMES - Disclosed in some examples is a method for providing a HARQ response in an LTE network for a PUCCH format 1b. The method includes receiving one or more downlink assignments of a bundling window over a wireless downlink control channel; setting a reception status for each sub-frame of a downlink data channel in the bundling window based on whether the sub-frame on the downlink data channel was associated with a particular one of the received downlink assignments and based upon whether the sub-frame was successfully received; setting a reception status of sub-frames of the downlink data channel in the bundling window that did not have a corresponding downlink assignment to a predetermined value; and transmitting a response, the response based upon the reception statuses set by the response module. | 05-14-2015 |
20150139048 | DYNAMIC ACCESS MANAGEMENT OF WIRELESS COMMUNICATION RESOURCES - A system that incorporates the subject disclosure may include, for example, determining interference at a receiver of a wireless mobile device based on an updated indication of receiver performance at a receiver frequency. A wireless interference pattern is determined based on wireless emitters operating at a number of emitter frequencies. Distances are determined between the wireless mobile device and at least some of the wireless emitters, and an interference source is identified based on both of the wireless interference pattern and the distances. After determining the interference source, one of the emitter frequency, the receive frequency, or a combination thereof, is reassigned to a new frequency. The frequency reassignment is based on the interference pattern and separation distances and results in a modification to the interference pattern. Other embodiments are disclosed. | 05-21-2015 |
20150139049 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR SPECTRUM SENSING IN COGNITIVE RADIO SYSTEM - The cognitive radio cell acquires a scheme dividing frequency band resources into a number of sub-bands and corresponding silent period time frequency pattern, when performing silence on the sub-band which the cognitive radio cell works on according to the silence period time position of each sub-band defined in the silent period time frequency pattern, spectrum sensing on corresponding sub-band is implemented by radio spectrum sensing system or cognitive radio cell. | 05-21-2015 |
20150139050 | SPECTRUM ALLOCATION METHOD AND DEVICE - Embodiments of the present invention relate to a spectrum allocation method and device. The method includes: determining, by a first base station, according to first broadcast information sent by at least one second base station, usage of a preferred frequency band of the at least one second base station; and determining, by the first base station, according to the usage of the preferred frequency band of the at least one second base station, use of the preferred frequency band of the at least one second base station by the first base station. Therefore, it is implemented that a spectrum resource utilization ratio is improved. | 05-21-2015 |
20150146586 | USER TERMINAL, RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD AND RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention is designed to allow effective allocation of PUCCH resources, even when the ratio between uplink subframes and downlink subframes is changed in each cell, in CA by TDD. A user terminal communicates with a radio base station by means of TDD, in a communication band that is broadbanded by CA between a first cell and a second cell, and has a receiving section that receives downlink control information for the first cell and downlink control information for the second cell, allocated to a downlink control channel of the first cell, a retransmission control determining section that determines retransmission control for downlink signals transmitted from each cell, a transmitting section that feeds back retransmission control signals to the radio base station using the PUCCH of the first cell, and a resource selection section that selects the PUCCH resources to feed back the retransmission control signals, and, when the ratio of DL subframes is higher in the second cell than in the first cell, the resource selection section determines the PUCCH resources to allocate the retransmission control signals that correspond to the first cell and the second cell to, by different methods. | 05-28-2015 |
20150146587 | COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD, RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, RADIO BASE STATION AND USER TERMINAL - The present invention is designed to reduce the deterioration of communication quality even when different DL/UL configurations are applied between neighboring transmitting/receiving points (radio base stations). A radio communication method in a radio communication system, in which a plurality of radio base stations that communicate with a user terminal by means of time division duplexing each change the DL/UL configuration independently, includes the steps in which each radio base station generates a control signal that designates the number and positions of subframes to be allocated for DL and/or UL transmission among subframes constituting a radio frame, and transmits the control signal to the user terminal on a downlink control channel of a specific subframe constituting the radio frame. | 05-28-2015 |
20150146588 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING HARQ ACK/NACK - Provided is a method and apparatus for transmitting an HARQ ACK/NACK. The method includes: in a TDD-FDD CA scheme; recognizing a 2-bit downlink (DL) downlink assignment index (DAI) field configured in a DL downlink control information (DCI) format, the DL DCI format indicating a Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH) transmission on the second serving cell, and the 2-bit DL DAI field indicating that ten downlink subframes for the second serving cell are associated with one uplink subframe; in response to received data, generating a Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest (HARQ) Acknowledgement/Negative Acknowledgement (ACK/NACK) signal, the HARQ ACK/NACK signal being indexed based on a value of the 2-bit DL DAI field; and transmitting the HARQ ACK/NACK signal through one uplink subframe of the first serving cell. | 05-28-2015 |
20150295607 | Intermediate-Frequency Analogue-to-Digital Conversion Device - Provided is an intermediate-frequency analogue-to-digital conversion device, including: a gain attenuation module, a gain amplification module, a filter and an analogue-to-digital conversion module. The gain attenuation module is configured to perform attenuation processing on a received intermediate-frequency signal. The gain amplification module is connected to the gain attenuation module, and configured to perform amplification processing on a signal that is output from the gain attenuation module. The filter is a variable filter, connected to the gain amplification module, and configured to perform filter processing on a signal that is amplified by a gain amplifier. The analogue-to-digital conversion module is connected to the filter, and configured to convert a signal that is filtered by the filter into a digital signal. The technical solution solves the technical problem in the related art and achieves the technical effect of improving the universality of the intermediate-frequency analogue-to-digital conversion device. | 10-15-2015 |
20150295681 | Method and Device for Sending Answer Information - Disclosed are a method and device for sending answer information, wherein, when a frequency division duplex (FDD) and a time division duplex (TDD) aggregate, where a TDD cell serves as a primary serving cell and a FDD cell works as a secondary serving cell, a user equipment (UE) groups downlink subframes of the FDD secondary serving cell, and different downlink subframe groups use different hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) timing relationships, determines uplink subframes where HARQ-ACK acknowledgment messages corresponding to physical downlink shared channels (PDSCHs) of the downlink subframe groups are transmitted, and sends the HARQ-ACK messages on the determined uplink subframes. | 10-15-2015 |
20150295743 | METHOD AND USER EQUIPMENT FOR TRANSRECEIVING TDD - According to one embodiment of the present invention, suggested is a method for user equipment transreceiving a time division duplex. The method comprises the steps of: receiving from a cell first information on a downlink (DL)-uplink (UL) subframe configuration according to the TDD; receiving second information on whether to apply a third cyclic prefix (CP), which has a reduced length compared to a first CP and a second CP; and depending on the first information, determining whether to apply the third CP to the downlink subframe and the uplink subframe according to the second information. | 10-15-2015 |
20150296502 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE WITH MULTI-MODE RADIO CAPABILITIES - A radio device includes a radio circuit for establishing radio communications with plural network types. The radio circuit includes a cellular mode for conducting wireless communications with a cellular subscriber network; and a whitespace mode for conducting wireless communications using one or more whitespace channels identified in a current whitespace channel list obtained from a whitespace management database. | 10-15-2015 |
20150296509 | METHOD FOR TRANSCEIVING CONTROL SIGNAL, AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a method for transmitting a signal by a terminal in a wireless communication system in which a plurality of cells including first and second cells are combined, and to an apparatus therefor. The method includes the steps of: receiving a first physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) through a first cell and a second PDSCH through a second cell in a specific time period; and transmitting a control signal providing instructions for an acknowledgement (ACK)/negative acknowledgment (NACK)response to the first PDSCH and an ACK/NACK response to the second PDSCH, wherein when the first PDSCH includes a random access response, the ACK/NACK response to the first PDSCH or the first cell is determined as a discontinuous transmission (DTX) or NACK. | 10-15-2015 |
20150303951 | Multiplexer - A multiplexer is disclosed configured between a transceiving antenna and a receiving channel and as a transmitting channel; the transceiving antenna, the receiving channel and the transmitting channel are shared by signals of at least two modes; the multiplexer includes a combiner module, as well as transmitting filter modules, receiving filter modules and amplifier modules in one-to-one correspondence with the signals of various modes; each transmitting filter module is used to select a signal of a corresponding model from the signals to be transmitted through the transmitting channel to to the transceiving antenna; each receiving filter module is used to select a signal of a corresponding mode from the signals received by the transceiving antenna to transmit to the amplifier module connected thereto; the signal of the corresponding mode is transmitted to the combiner module after amplified by the amplifier module; the combiner module performs combination processing, and transmits to the receiving channel. The embodiments of the present invention solve the problem of how multi-mode signals share a transmitting channel, a receiving channel and a transceiving antenna by the above technical scheme. | 10-22-2015 |
20150304087 | SELECTION OF ACKNOWLEDGMENT TIMING IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - Disclosed is a User Equipment device configured to select a suitable acknowledgement timing configuration in a time division duplex-frequency division duplex (TDD-FDD) carrier aggregation (CA) enabled wireless network, comprising establishing, by a user equipment (UE), a connection to a primary serving cell (PCell) and a secondary serving cell (SCell) of a base station, the PCell having a first TDD or first FDD configuration, the SCell having a second FDD or second TDD configuration, receiving, by the UE, downlink data through the PCell and SCell, categorizing a type of downlink data subframe in use by the SCell, selecting, by the UE, a hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) timing configuration based on the type of downlink data subframe for use by the SCell, and transmitting acknowledgement information associated with the downlink data according to the selected hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) timing configuration on PCell. Other embodiments may be described and claimed. | 10-22-2015 |
20150304092 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR AGGREGATING PLURALITY OF CELLS - According to one embodiment of the present invention, there is provided a method for aggregating a plurality of cells. According to the method, a first cell may determine whether to add one or a plurality of second cells for user equipment. Here, a maximum number of cells are determined depending on a number of cells that belong to the first cell and the one or the plurality of second cells and whose reference configuration has been set as a specific Time Division Duplex (TDD) UL-DL configuration and a number of cells that have been actually set as the specific TDD UL-DL configuration. Also, the first cell may transmit a configuration for adding one or a plurality of second cells to the user equipment based on the determined maximum number of cells. | 10-22-2015 |
20150304095 | NODE AND METHOD FOR DOWNLINK SCHEDULING AND HYBRID AUTOMATIC REPEAT REQUEST TIMING - Some of the example embodiments are directed towards a base station for determining a control timing configuration in order to provide a subframe timing setting for configuring downlink HARQ-ACK control timing for a cell serving a user equipment in a multiple cell communications network. The user equipment is served a TDD based cell and a FDD based cell. Some example embodiments are directed towards the user equipment the control timing configuration as discussed above. | 10-22-2015 |
20150304096 | Downlink Subframe Shortening in Time-Division Duplex (TDD) Systems - A guard period for switching between uplink and downlink subframes is created by shortening a downlink subframe, i.e., by not transmitting during one or more symbol intervals at the end of the subframe. A grant message includes signaling indicating when a shortened subframe is being transmitted. An example method is implemented in a receiving node configured to receive data from a transmitting node in subframes having a predetermined number of symbol intervals. In an LTE system, this receiving node may be a UE, and the subframes are downlink subframes. This example method includes determining | 10-22-2015 |
20150304854 | METHOD OF SPECTRUM DETECTION AND DESIGN OF DETECTION FRAME STRUCTURE IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The invention provides a method of spectrum detection in a user equipment of a communication system, the method including: for each detection period, detecting a signal from a target system in a specific downlink detection sub-frame of each frame in a detection duration; and sending a detection result to a base station at the end of the detection duration. The specific downlink detection sub-frame is a sub-frame #4 or #9 in a downlink/uplink sub-frame configuration 1; a sub-frame #4 or #9 in a configuration 2; a sub-frame #7 in a configuration 3; a sub-frame #4 or #7 in a configuration 4; and a sub-frame #3, #4, #7 or #9 in a configuration 5 of a TDD system. The specific downlink detection sub-frame is any other downlink sub-frame than sub-frames #0 and #5 in an FDD system. There is further provided a method of spectrum detection in a base station of a communication system, the method including: receiving detection result(s) from one or more user equipments; and determining whether one or more frequency bands of a target system are available according to the detection result(s). | 10-22-2015 |
20150304855 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR CONCURRENT SPECTRUM USAGE WITHIN ACTIVELY USED SPECTRUM - Systems and methods are described to concurrently utilize actively used spectrum for new TDD or FDD networks, and also for enabling Distributed-Input Distributed Output (DIDO) techniques to be used with both the new networks and the existing networks in the same spectrum. | 10-22-2015 |
20150304994 | TRANSMISSION METHOD AND RECEPTION METHODOF DOWNLINK SIGNAL AND CHANNEL, TERMINAL THEREOF, AND BASE STATTION THEREOF. - The present invention relates to a method for transmitting and receiving downlink signal and channel, a terminal therefor and a base station therefor, the method comprising a method for a terminal to transceiver an aperiodic sounding reference signal comprising the steps of: receiving, via a higher layer signaling, two or more parameters for determining a time-frequency resource with which aperiodic sounding signal is transmitted; receiving, via PDCCH and/or EPDCCH, an index designating a parameter set comprising a part of the parameters; receiving, via PDCCH and/or EPDCCH, a signal triggering the aperiodic sounding reference signal; and transmitting the aperiodic sounding reference signal by frequency-hopping to a part of the frequency region within the overall frequency range of interest, frequency hopping being by means of the time-frequency resource corresponding to the parameter received via the higher layer signaling and the parameter included in the parameter set received via the PDCCH and/or the EPDCCH. | 10-22-2015 |
20150305010 | Information Transmission Method and Apparatus - The present invention provides an information transmission method and apparatus. The information transmission method includes: obtaining, by a terminal, subframe configuration information of at least two serving cells, and transmitting, by the terminal according to HARQ timing relationships respectively corresponding to the at least two serving cells, information with a network side device in uplink subframes and/or downlink subframes indicated by the subframe configuration information; where the at least two serving cells include at least one first serving cell. | 10-22-2015 |
20150305016 | Transmission Method and User Equipment for Physical Uplink Control Channel - The present invention provides a method and user equipment for transmitting a physical uplink control channel. The method includes: in a carrier aggregation scenario, based on a predetermined rule, the transmission of the Physical Uplink Control Channel (PUCCH) is switched between a secondary component carrier and a primary component carrier, or the transmission of the PUCCH is only in the primary component carrier, which is selected by the user equipment (UE); and the UE transmitting the PUCCH in the selected component carrier. The present invention reduces the feedback time delay of uplink control information, and improves the utilization of uplink resources. | 10-22-2015 |
20150305057 | METHODS AND ARRANGEMENTS FOR RESOURCE ALLOCATION - A user equipment, a network node and methods thereof for timing of scheduling of resources in a frequency division duplex system are disclosed. The user equipment and network node operate in a frequency division duplex communication system. The network node determines ( | 10-22-2015 |
20150305058 | Non-Consecutive Subframes In Multi-TTI Scheduling Messages - The embodiments herein relate to method in a network node ( | 10-22-2015 |
20150312005 | Methods and devices for reporting and issuing frequency band extension capability - Methods and devices for reporting and issuing a band extension capability are provided. A terminal side receives terminal capability query information from a network side, determines band interval lists to which each band supported by the terminal side belongs, and reports the supported bands through cells corresponding to the band interval lists to which each band belongs; and the network side determines band interval lists to which each band supported by the network side belongs when issuing a band capability supported by the network side, and issues the supported bands through cells corresponding to the band interval lists to which each band belongs. By the solutions of the disclosure, the bands belonging to different band interval lists can be reported and issued through different cells, and the problem of limitations to the number of the bands during the reporting and issuing of the bands is solved. | 10-29-2015 |
20150312889 | METHOD FOR CONFIGURING A HARQ RTT TIMER IN A CARRIER AGGREGATION SYSTEM AND A DEVICE THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More specifically, the present invention relates to a method and a device for configuring a HARQ RTT timer in a carrier aggregation system, the method comprising: configuring a plurality of cells including at least one FDD (Frequency Division Duplex) serving cell and at least one TDD (Time Division Duplex) serving cell; transmitting data in a subframe n via a SCell (Secondary Cell) being a FDD serving cell of the plurality of cells; and re-transmitting the data in a subframe m via the SCell, if a PCell (Primary Cell) is a TDD serving cell of the plurality of cells, wherein m is equal to or greater than n+k+4, wherein k is an interval between downlink transmission and transmission of associated HARQ (Hybrid-ARQ) feedback. | 10-29-2015 |
20150312905 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING SIGNAL USING TIME DIVISION DUPLEX MODE IN WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM, AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - Disclosed are a method for transmitting and receiving a signal according to a time division duplex mode by using the setting of multiple subframes for one cell in a wireless access system, and an apparatus for supporting the same. According to one embodiment of the present invention, a method for transmitting and receiving a signal of a base station using a time division duplex (TDD) mode in a wireless access system may comprise the steps of: determining the setting of a first subframe allocated to a first terminal and the setting of a second subframe allocated to a second terminal, among the setting of multiple subframes operating at one carrier frequency; transmitting information indicating the first terminal and the second terminal, respectively; and receiving a signal from the first terminal according to the first subframe setting while transmitting a signal to the second terminal according to the second subframe setting. | 10-29-2015 |
20150312936 | CONTROL SIGNALLING METHOD - According to an exemplary embodiment, a control signalling method in a wireless communications system for reducing false positives, the method comprising: lengthening cyclic redundancy check (CRC) information by assigning at least one predetermined value to at least one downlink control information (DCI) field. As a result, it is possible to reduce the probability of false positive. | 10-29-2015 |
20150318974 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR UTILIZING A RECONFIGURATION TIMER FOR UPDATING TDD CONFIGURATION - In aspects, methods and apparatus for utilizing a reconfiguration timer for updating TDD configuration are provided. Certain aspects of the present disclosure propose methods and apparatus for improving system performance while using adaptive uplink-downlink reconfiguration in a time division duplex (TDD) system. For certain aspects, a reconfiguration timer may be utilized along with a signaling scheme, in order to enjoy benefits of the adaptive uplink-downlink reconfiguration with minimum signaling overhead. | 11-05-2015 |
20150319746 | TECHNIQUES FOR ENABLING AND PERFORMING HARQ TRANSMISSIONS IN A D2D COMMUNICATION BETWEEN WIRELESS DEVICES IN A WIRELESS TELECOMMUNICATIONS NETWORK - A method performed by a network node for enabling Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest (HARQ) transmissions in a device-to-device (D2D) communication between a first wireless device and a second wireless device in a wireless telecommunications network is provided. The first and the second wireless device are served by the network node, which transmits information to at least the first and second wireless device indicating transmission resources to be used when transmitting a HARQ acknowledgement (A/N) transmission for a received data transmission in the D2D communication. The network node determines a Time-Division Duplexing (TDD) configuration for data transmissions in the D2D communication between the first and the second wireless device, and transmits the determined TDD configuration to the first and second wireless device. | 11-05-2015 |
20150326305 | Framing Mechanism For Time-Division-Duplex OFDM Communication Systems - The present disclosure outlines mechanisms, systems, methods, techniques and devices that reposition a RMC symbol in a TDD frame. In one aspect, a method queues data transmission units (DTUs) for transmission in a TDD OFDM communication system, with each of the DTUs occupying a single symbol partially or fully, or multiple symbols, of a series of symbols in a TDD frame. The method also forms a management symbol for transmission in a k | 11-12-2015 |
20150326378 | Spectrum Enhancement and User Equipment Coexistence through Uplink/Downlink Decoupling for Time Division Duplexing and through Non-Continuous Frame Structures for Frequency Division Duplexing - Mobile devices, base stations, and/or relay stations may implement methods for decreasing required guard bands while also minimizing Adjacent Channel Leakage Ratio, when multiple mobile devices communicate over different respective adjacent specified frequency bands. For communications over at least one specified frequency band of the different respective adjacent frequency bands, a first bandwidth of uplink communications and/or a second bandwidth of downlink communications may be adjusted to differ from each other, and/or a communications bandwidth within the specified frequency band may be adjusted to be of a first size during a first portion of a specified data transmission period and to be of a second size during a second portion of the specified data transmission period, when at least some of the communications over the specified frequency band take place at frequencies adjacent to frequencies at which at least some of the communications take place over another specified frequency band. | 11-12-2015 |
20150327076 | APPARATUS, METHOD AND BASE STATION FOR CLUSTERING SMALL CELLS IN TDD NETWORKS - The present application discloses an apparatus and a method for clustering small cells in TDD networks and a base station including the apparatus. The apparatus includes: an information acquiring unit, configured to acquire a transmitting feature among the small cells in the TDD networks and uplink traffic and/or downlink traffic of each small cell; and a clustering unit, configured to clustering the small cells based on the transmitting feature among the small cells and the uplink traffic and/or downlink traffic of each small cell acquired by the information acquiring unit, to obtain at least one small cell cluster. | 11-12-2015 |
20150327128 | USER EQUIPMENT, BASE STATION AND METHOD FOR HANDOVER - The present disclosure relates to a method in a User Equipment (UE) for use in handover from its serving base station to a neighboring base station. The method includes: performing one or more downlink quality measurements of the neighboring base station on one or more downlink subframes in a TDD configuration of the neighboring base station to obtain a downlink quality measurement result; and transmitting said downlink quality measurement result to the serving base station for enabling the serving base station to determine whether to trigger the handover or not. | 11-12-2015 |
20150327202 | METHOD AND DEVICE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - There is provided a method and device in a wireless communication system, the method comprising: a cell information interacting step of interacting information about a first cell and a second cell having interference with each other between the first cell and the second cell to determine a source cell and a target cell among the first cell and the second cell, wherein the target cell performs synchronization with the source cell being a synchronization source; an initial synchronizing step of performing initial frame-level synchronization by the target cell with the source cell being the synchronization source; a synchronization information interacting step of interacting information about a synchronization subframe position between the source cell and the target cell to determine a synchronization subframe position configurable for both the source cell and the target cell; and a symbol-level synchronizing step of performing symbol-level synchronization between the source cell and the target cell according to the determined synchronization subframe position. According to the disclosure, it is possible to realize synchronization among cells belonging to different operators and/or adopting different synchronizing manners. | 11-12-2015 |
20150327229 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR UPLINK SCHEDULING IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided is a method for performing an uplink scheduling by an evolved Node B (eNB) in a wireless communication system that includes sending signaling information to User Equipment (UE) including synchronous Hybrid Automatic Repeat request (HARQ) timing information of Physical Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH), with the synchronous HARQ timing information determined based on information of grouping of uplink and downlink configurations and receiving PUSCH information sent by the UE based on timing information. The transmission of PUSCH in a dynamic TDD system can be effectively regulated, and the UE can identify the group of current configurations by receiving signaling, determining synchronous HARQ timing relation of scheduled PUSCH to implement scheduling of PUSCH in a dynamic TDD system with minor modification of the system. | 11-12-2015 |
20150327250 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and user equipment (UE) for transmitting Acknowledgement/Negative Acknowledgement (ACK/NACK) information in a wireless communication system. The UE determines a Physical Uplink Control Channel (PUCCH) format and a PUCCH resource through which ACK/NACK information for downlink transmission in a downlink subframe set including M (M>1) downlink subframes is to be transmitted. The UE transmits the ACK/NACK information using the PUCCH format and the PUCCH resource in one uplink subframe. More than one serving cell is configured for the UE and the more than one serving cell includes one Primary Cell (PCell) and at least one Secondary Cell (SCell). The ACK/NACK information is transmitted using a PUCCH format 1b, when the ACK/NACK information corresponds to one Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH) without a corresponding Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH) received only on the PCell in the downlink subframe set. | 11-12-2015 |
20150327252 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - A wireless communication system is disclosed. A method for transmitting uplink control information in a wireless communication system supporting carrier aggregation and operating in TDD includes: generating a first HARQ-ACK (hybrid automatic repeat request-acknowledgement) set for a first cell using a value M; generating a second HARQ-ACK set for a second cell using the value M; and transmitting a bit value corresponding to a third HARQ-ACK set including the first HARQ-ACK set and the second HARQ-ACK set in an uplink subframe n, wherein M=max(M1, M2), max(M1, M2) representing a value being equal to or larger than not smaller between M1 and M2, wherein M1 corresponds to the number of downlink subframes corresponding to the uplink subframe n in the first cell, and M2 corresponds to the number of downlink subframes corresponding to the uplink subframe n in the second cell, wherein the first cell and the second cell have different UL-DL configurations. | 11-12-2015 |
20150327255 | CARRIER AGGREGATION OF CARRIERS WITH SUBFRAME RESTRICTIONS - Embodiments contemplate enabling relay node uplink control information transmission on an interface between a relay node and a donor eNodeB (DeNB) in one or more subframes. Embodiments contemplate techniques to avoid restrictions on uplink transmissions on a cell (perhaps due to subframe configuration), such as on a primary cell, where the restrictions may make relay node uplink control information transmission difficult (if not impossible) on the interface between a relay node and a donor eNodeB (DeNB). Embodiments also contemplate that resources on the interface between the relay node and the donor eNodeB may be scheduled across one or more component carriers or serving cells. | 11-12-2015 |
20150327257 | UPLINK DATA RECEIVING METHOD AND APPARATUS OF WIRELESS TRANSCEIVER DEVICE - The present invention provides an uplink data receiving method and apparatus of wireless transceiver device. The method includes: obtaining a wireless channel state parameter of neighboring wireless transceiver device of the device; obtaining downlink data sent by the neighboring wireless transceiver device in a cross slot with the device; reestablishing an interference signal according to the wireless channel state parameter and the downlink data; and removing the interference signal from an uplink data signal received by the device. By reestablishing the interference signal of the neighboring wireless transceiver device on an uplink data signal received by the device in the cross slot, and removing the interference signal from the uplink data signal received by the device, cross slot interference may be eliminated without influencing the flexible allocation of a dynamic TDD system on wireless resources. | 11-12-2015 |
20150327263 | SUBFRAME CONFIGURATIONS FOR LTE TDD SYSTEMS - Certain aspects of the present disclosure propose techniques for transmitting uplink transmissions in special subframes for LTE TDD systems. Certain aspects provide a method that generally includes determining a region of uplink transmissions in uplink pilot timeslot (UpPTS), wherein the UpPTS comprises three or more symbols allocated for uplink transmissions, and transmitting in the UpPTS. | 11-12-2015 |
20150327280 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR IN-DEVICE CO-EXISTENCE INTERFERENCE AVOIDANCE FOR DUAL CONNECTIVITY - Systems and methods disclosed herein provide in-device co-existence interference avoidance for a wireless communication device in dual connectivity with a master node and a secondary node. Time-division multiplexing (TDM) assistance information sent by the wireless communication device is forwarded from the master node to the secondary node. The master node and/or the secondary node uses the TDM assistance information to determine a TDM solution for the in-device co-existence interference in the wireless communication device. | 11-12-2015 |
20150327324 | TDD RECONFIGURATION WITH CONSIDERATION OF DTX/DRX - Methods, systems, and devices are described for discontinuous transmission and/or discontinuous reception in time division duplex (TDD) systems that may have data transmission formats dynamically reconfigured. An initial uplink-downlink (UL-DL) configuration for TDD communication between an eNB and user equipment (UE) may be established. This initial UL-DL configuration may be reconfigured to a different UL-DL configuration for one or more UEs in communication with the eNB. When a UE switches to discontinuous reception (DRX) mode, it may monitor control information from the eNB during DRX on periods, a frequency of the DRX on periods based on a reference UL-DL configuration irrespective of any reconfiguration of UL-DL configuration for a particular UE. In some aspects, a UE that is operating in a UL-DL reconfiguration mode may, upon entering DRX mode, autonomously discontinue operating in the UL-DL re-configuration mode. | 11-12-2015 |
20150333871 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR SENDING AND RECEIVING ACKNOWLEDGEMENT FEEDBACK INFORMATION - Disclosed are a method and a device for sending and receiving acknowledgement feedback information, which relate to the field of wireless communications, and are applicable to solving the problem of transmitting acknowledgement feedback information of downlink data in the case of aggregation of a time division duplex (TDD) carrier and a frequency division duplex (FDD) carrier. In this solution, a terminal receives configuration signaling sent by a network side, where the configuration signaling instructs to divide M downlink carriers for carrier aggregation into information about N downlink carrier groups, and to configure one uplink carrier for each downlink carrier group; the uplink carrier used for sending acknowledgement feedback information corresponding to downlink data is determined according to the configuration signaling, and the acknowledgement feedback information corresponding to the downlink data is sent to the network side according to a determination result after the downlink data is received. This application solves the problem of how to receive acknowledgement feedback information in the case of aggregation of the TDD carrier and the FDD carrier. | 11-19-2015 |
20150333873 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR SETTING BACKHAUL LINK SUBFRAME IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM HAVING CARRIER AGGREGATION TECHNIQUE APPLIED THERETO - Disclosed in the present invention is a method for a base station to set a backhaul link subframe for a relay node in a wireless communication system, to which a carrier aggregation technique is applied. More particularly, the present invention comprises the steps of: determining one of the plurality of subframe settings as a first subframe setting for a main component carrier allocated to the relay node; composing subframe setting candidates for one or more subcomponent carriers allocated to the relay node, one the basis of the determined first subframe setting; and determining a second subframe setting for each of the one or more subcomponent carriers, using the composed subframe setting candidates, wherein a subframe aggregation according to the first subframe setting and subframe aggregations according to each of the subframe setting candidates do not overlap when downlink subframes and uplink subframes of the different component carriers are identical, and a downlink subframe aggregation according to the second subframe setting is included in a downlink subframe aggregation according to the first subframe setting. | 11-19-2015 |
20150333877 | Mitigating Cross-Link Interference When Using Reconfigurable TDD - Methods and apparatus are provided for mitigating cross-link interference. The method is implemented by a base station of a wireless communication system, the base station serving user terminals in a first cell. The method comprises selecting (610) a primary time division duplex, TDD, configuration designating uplink and downlink subframes for communication with the user terminals in the first cell, and determining (620) uplink subframes of the primary TDD configuration that are overlapping in time with downlink subframes of a TDD configuration used in a second cell. The method also comprises transmitting (630), to a user terminal in the first cell, a request to use a supplemental TDD configuration for transmitting uplink control information, wherein uplink subframes of the supplemental TDD configuration are not overlapping in time with downlink subframes of the TDD configuration used in the second cell. | 11-19-2015 |
20150333892 | METHOD FOR EFFECTIVELY TRANSMITTING CONTROL SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Methods and apparatus for performing HARQ performed by a user equipment (UE) are provided. A bundling indicator is received which indicates the number of bundled downlink subframes, and a determination is made whether at least one bundled downlink subframe is missed by comparing the bundling indicator with the number of detected bundled downlink subframes. A representative ACK/NACK signal is generated when no bundled downlink subframe is missed, and the representative ACK/NACK signal is transmitted on an uplink channel. Recovery capability is maximized and packet loss is reduced so that fewer ACK/NACK signals are fed back than downlink packets. | 11-19-2015 |
20150333898 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR INTER-BAND PAIRING OF CARRIERS FOR TIME DIVISION DUPLEX TRANSMIT- AND RECEIVE-SWITCHING AND ITS APPLICATION TO MULTIPLEXING OF DIFFERENT TRANSMISSION TIME INTERVALS - Aspects of the present disclosure provide for the pairing of an inter-band carrier with a time division duplex (TDD) carrier. If the paired band is a frequency division duplex (FDD) band, then base stations and mobile devices may transmit and receive additional thin control channels on FDD carriers to enable full duplex operations. If the paired band is a TDD band, then a conjugate or inverse carrier may be used such that full duplex, or a close approximation thereto, is achieved. With the introduction of a paired channel and fast control channels, rapid uplink/downlink switching may be achieved for TDD carriers efficiently and effectively. Other aspects, embodiments, and features are also claimed and described. | 11-19-2015 |
20150334573 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR A HYBRID NODE IN A CELLULAR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A new approach to deployment of a hybrid node in a cellular communication network is proposed, wherein the hybrid node includes a plurality of antennas that simultaneously serve a plurality of cells in the cellular communication network by transmitting or receiving signals to or from the cells at the same time. The cellular communication network further includes a partner cell among the plurality of cells served by the hybrid node, wherein the partner cell is a soft cell that maintains communication channels with antennas of more than one node at the same time. The cellular communication network further includes a hybrid cell among the plurality of cells also served by the hybrid node, wherein the hybrid cell is a hard cell that maintains communication channels with antennas of only one node at any one time. The partner cell and the hybrid cell have different cell-ids and they each connects to and serves a plurality of user equipment (UE) for uplink communication to and downlink communication from the hybrid node. | 11-19-2015 |
20150334686 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR INTER-BAND PAIRING OF CARRIERS FOR TIME DIVISION DUPLEX TRANSMIT- AND RECEIVE-SWITCHING AND ITS APPLICATION TO MULTIPLEXING OF DIFFERENT TRANSMISSION TIME INTERVALS - Aspects of the present disclosure provide for the pairing of an inter-band carrier with a time division duplex (TDD) carrier. If the paired band is a frequency division duplex (FDD) band, then base stations and mobile devices may transmit and receive additional thin control channels on FDD carriers to enable full duplex operations. If the paired band is a TDD band, then a conjugate or inverse carrier may be used such that full duplex, or a close approximation thereto, is achieved. With the introduction of a paired channel and fast control channels, rapid uplink/downlink switching may be achieved for TDD carriers efficiently and effectively. Other aspects, embodiments, and features are also claimed and described. | 11-19-2015 |
20150334702 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR INTER-BAND PAIRING OF CARRIERS FOR TIME DIVISION DUPLEX TRANSMIT- AND RECEIVE-SWITCHING - Aspects of the present disclosure provide for the pairing of two or more inter-band time division duplex (TDD) carriers. In some examples disclosed herein, a conjugate or inverse carrier may be used such that full duplex, or a close approximation thereto, is achieved. With the introduction of a paired channel and fast control channels, rapid uplink/downlink switching may be achieved for TDD carriers efficiently and effectively. Other aspects, embodiments, and features are also claimed and described. | 11-19-2015 |
20150334707 | TIMING ADVANCE TECHNIQUES FOR LARGE CELLS - Methods, systems, and devices are described for implementing timing advances in which a propagation delay may exceed a time period of a portion of a radio frame. In some examples, a transmitter may identify a timing advance indicating a time to initiate wireless uplink transmission of a subframe. Such a timing advance may compensate for a propagation delay between the transmitter and a receiver of the wireless uplink transmission. The timing advance may be applied as an integer component and a fractional component in relation to a duration of the subframe, to adjust the time to initiate the wireless uplink transmission of the subframe. The integer component may be used to adjust one or more subframe characteristics, and the fractional component that may be used to adjust the time to initiate the wireless uplink transmission of the subframe. | 11-19-2015 |
20150341156 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK SIGNALS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More particularly, the present invention relates to a method and an apparatus for a terminal transmitting ACK/NACK information in a carrier aggregation-based wireless communication system, comprising the steps of: aggregating a first TDD cell having a first UD configuration and a second TDD cell having the first UD configuration; transmitting ACK/NACK information corresponding to the first TDD cell through a UL SF on the first TDD cell; and transmitting ACK/NACK information corresponding to the second TDD cell through a UL SF on the second TDD cell, wherein the timing of the UL SF on the first TDD cell is provided as a UL SF set according to the first UD configuration, and the timing of the UL SF on the second TDD cell is provided based on a subset under the UL SF set according to the first UD configuration. | 11-26-2015 |
20150341799 | SYSTEM AND METHOD TO ESTABLISH AND MAINTAIN CELL CLUSTER - A wireless communication method of establishing and maintaining a cell cluster comprising at least one cell configured to communicate with at least one UE (User Equipment), comprising detecting a broadcast beacon signal. The method further comprises, in response to an absence of the broadcast beacon signal, assuming the role of a cluster head of a cluster having a specific intra-cell identifier, and broadcasting a beacon signal. In response to detecting the broadcast beacon signal and an absence of an intra-cell identifier, continuing to transmit and receive using a prior duplex communication configuration. Further, in response to detecting the broadcast beacon signal and a presence of the intra-cell identifier, joining the cell identified by the detected intra-cell identifier, and setting its intra-cell identifier based on the detected intra-cell identifier. | 11-26-2015 |
20150341922 | PUCCH RESOURCE COMPRESSION FOR EPDCCH IN TDD MODE - Techniques are described for compressing the PUCCH resources reserved for acknowledging downlink data transmissions when those resources are implicitly signaled by EPDCCHs that schedule the downlink transmissions in TDD mode. An acknowledgement resource offset field transmitted in the EPDCCH is configured to correspond to one or more values that compress the region in PUCCH resource index space that would otherwise be reserved for the subframes of a bundling window. | 11-26-2015 |
20150341927 | HYBRID RECONFIGURATION METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR TDD ADAPTATION - Methods, systems, and devices are described for reconfiguring a user equipment (UE) to operate in a reconfigured TDD UL-DL configuration. An initial uplink-downlink (UL-DL) configuration for TDD communication may be provided for communication between an e Node B and a UE. One or more subframes within each frame transmitted using the initial UL-DL configuration may be identified as flexible subframes. The identification of flexible subframes may permit the identification of timing for HARQ transmissions that does not change when a reconfiguration takes place. A different UL-DL configuration may be transmitted to the UE, in which at least one flexible subframe is to be changed from an uplink subframe to a downlink subframe. The different UL-DL configuration may be transmitted by, for example, a pseudo-uplink grant to the UE, which indicates that the UE is to reconfigure one or more flexible subframes from uplink to downlink transmission. | 11-26-2015 |
20150341971 | METHODS AND APPARATUSES FOR ENABLING DIRECT MODE COMMUNICATION BETWEEN USER EQUIPMENTS - A method and apparatus related to a first radio network node serving a first UE in a first mobile radio network for enabling a D2D communication with a second UE served by a second radio network node in a second radio network. The first radio network node establishes a connection with the second radio network node. The first UE ( | 11-26-2015 |
20150349907 | Reconfigurable Multi-Mode Transceiver - Reconfiguring a transceiver design using a plurality of frequency synthesizers and a plurality of carrier aggregation (CA) receiver (Rx) and transmitter (Tx) chains, the method including: connecting a first frequency synthesizer to a first CA Tx chain; connecting the plurality of frequency synthesizers to the plurality of CA Rx chains, wherein a second frequency synthesizer of the plurality of frequency synthesizers is connected as a shared synthesizer to a first CA Rx chain and a second CA Tx chain. | 12-03-2015 |
20150349931 | TECHNIQUES FOR MANAGING TRANSMISSIONS OF UPLINK DATA OVER AN UNLICENSED RADIO FREQUENCY SPECTRUM BAND - Techniques are described for wireless communication. A first method may include performing a clear channel assessment (CCA) on an unlicensed radio frequency spectrum band; transmitting an indication of a time division duplexing (TDD) configuration over the unlicensed radio frequency spectrum band when the CCA is successful; and transmitting downlink data over the unlicensed radio frequency spectrum band in accordance with the TDD configuration when the CCA is successful. A second method may include performing a CCA on an unlicensed radio frequency spectrum band; dynamically determining, based at least in part on at least one grant to a user equipment (UE), and for a period following the CCA, a number of uplink subframes for communication over the unlicensed radio frequency spectrum band; and transmitting downlink data over the unlicensed radio frequency spectrum band in accordance with the timing of the number of uplink subframes when the CCA is successful. | 12-03-2015 |
20150349941 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CODING OF HARQ-ACK TRANSMISSION IN TDD SYSTEMS WITH DOWNLINK CARRIER AGGREGATION - Methods and apparatus are provided for a User Equipment (UE) configured with multiple cells in a DownLink (DL) of a Time Division Duplex (TDD) communication system to determine the coding method for acknowledgement information bits as a function of their number, to apply bundling to the acknowledgement information bits when their number exceeds a first predetermined value, and to partition the acknowledgement information bits, possibly together with other control information bits, into two separate codewords when their total number exceeds a second predetermined value. | 12-03-2015 |
20150349942 | ADAPTIVE UL-DL TDD CONFIGURATIONS IN A HETEROGNEOUS NETWORK - Technology for adapting uplink-downlink (UL-DL) time-division duplexing (TDD) subframe configurations in a heterogeneous network (HetNet) is disclosed. One method can include a reference enhanced Node B (eNB) determining a preferred adaptive UL-DL configuration. The eNB can receive node configuration information for at least one neighboring node. The eNB can reconfigure an adaptive UL-DL configuration for at least one of the reference eNB and the at least one neighboring node based on the node configuration information and sounding reference signal (SRS) subframe scheduling of the reference eNB and the at least one neighboring eNB. | 12-03-2015 |
20150351040 | METHOD FOR CONTROLLING UPLINK POWER IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND DEVICE THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system and, more specifically, provides a method for controlling uplink power and a device therefor. The method whereby user equipment controls uplink transmission power in a wireless communication system according to one embodiment of the present invention may comprise the steps of: receiving configuration information regarding a plurality of subframe sets from a base station; receiving uplink grant information for scheduling uplink transmission in a plurality of subframes and transmission power control (TPC) information; and performing uplink channel transmission in the plurality of subframes. The TPC information may be applied to only one among the plurality of subframes if the plurality of subframes belong to one same subframe set among the plurality of subframe sets. | 12-03-2015 |
20150358098 | RADIO BASE STATION, USER TERMINAL AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - The present invention is designed to reduce the impact of interference even when different DL/UL configurations are applied between neighboring transmission points (radio base stations). A radio base station which can communicate with a user terminal by means of time division duplexing, and furthermore change and control the DL/UL configuration, has an interference measurement section that measures the interference level from other radio base stations in at least a UL subframe, and a scheduling control section that changes the feedback method of uplink control signals, which the user terminal feeds back in the UL subframe in response to downlink signals that have been transmitted in DL subframes, based on the measured interference level. | 12-10-2015 |
20150358122 | METHOD FOR TRANSRECEIVING SIGNALS AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More specifically, the present invention relates to a method for transmitting an uplink signal in the wireless communication system supporting carrier aggregation (CA), and to the apparatus for same, the method comprising the steps of: setting a scheduling cell, which has a first uplink-downlink (UL-DL) configuration, and setting a scheduled cell, which has a second TDD UL-DL configuration; and carrying out a HARQ process from the scheduled cell based on the number of HARQ processes for the scheduled cell. | 12-10-2015 |
20150358133 | USER EQUIPMENT, BASE STATION, AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - To reduce inter-cell interference in a communication system in which a base station and a terminal communicate with each other. The base station supplies uplink transmission restriction subframe configuration information indicating subframes in which the transmission of an uplink signal is restricted to the terminal. As a result of the base station setting the uplink transmission restriction subframe configuration information, the terminal restricts the transmission of an uplink signal in an uplink transmission restriction subframe which is an uplink subframe and which is a subframe indicated by the uplink transmission restriction subframe configuration information. In the uplink transmission restriction subframe, the terminal performs an operation for not transmitting an uplink signal, an operation for delaying the transmission of an uplink signal, an operation for transmitting the uplink signal which does not include a specific uplink physical channel, or an operation for transmitting the uplink signal which does not include physical channels other than a specific uplink physical channel. | 12-10-2015 |
20150358138 | Physical Resource Allocation for UL Control Channels in Adaptive TDD Systems - The embodiments of this invention propose methods of physical resource allocation for UL control channels including PUCCH and PRACH in adaptive TDD systems. In an adaptive TDD system, there are multiple types of UL-DL configuration, e.g. System configuration, UL-reference configuration (same to System configuration), DL-reference configuration (different from System configuration) and actual configuration. If legacy UE and eIMTA UE respectively follow System configuration and DL-reference configuration to feedback DL HARQ-ACK and corresponding PUCCH resources are implicitly determined by CCE index, PUCCH resource collision may happen, i.e. multiple PUCCHs are transmitted in single resource. The problem of PUCCH resource collision will cause PUCCH performance degeneration and needs to be resolved. Some solutions are proposed in the invention to resolve this problem. | 12-10-2015 |
20150358140 | METHOD FOR CONFIGURING A BACKHAUL LINK SUBFRAME IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM TO WHICH A CARRIER AGGREGATION SCHEME IS APPLIED AND AN APPARATUS FOR THE SAME - A method for configuring a backhaul link subframe in a wireless communication system to which a carrier aggregation scheme is applied and an apparatus for the same are disclosed. The method comprises determining one of a plurality of subframe configurations as a first subframe configuration for a primary component carrier allocated to the relay node; configuring subframe configuration candidates for one or more secondary component carriers allocated to the relay node on the basis of the determined first subframe configuration; determining a second subframe configuration for each of the one or more secondary component carriers by using the configured subframe configuration candidates; and transmitting and receiving a signal to and from the relay node in accordance with the first subframe configuration and the second subframe configuration. | 12-10-2015 |
20150358143 | COMMUNICATION CONTROL DEVICE, COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD, AND TERMINAL DEVICE - Provided is a communication control device configured to control radio communication in accordance with a time division duplex (TDD) method, the communication control device including: a setting unit configured to set a link direction configuration indicating a link direction of each subframe, with respect to each frame including a plurality of subframes; and a control unit configured to control processes of automatic repeat request with respect to a terminal device that performs radio communication. The control unit controls the processes to make a number of the processes equal to or smaller than a maximum number according to setting of the link direction configuration. | 12-10-2015 |
20150358914 | BS AND UE, AND POWER CONTROL METHODS USED IN THE SAME - The present disclosure relates to a method used in a BS for controlling a UE to perform power control of uplink transmissions to the BS and an associated BS. The method includes: for each UL subframe scheduled by a UL grant, determining, for a UL subframe, a set of power control parameters to use for the UL subframe; and transmitting to the UE an indication indicating the set of power control parameters to use for the UL subframe. The present disclosure also relates to a method used in a UE for performing power control of uplink transmissions from the UE to a BS, and an associated UE. | 12-10-2015 |
20150358928 | AUTOMATIC GAIN CONTROL FOR TIME DIVISION DUPLEX LTE - Data samples of a signal transmitted by a WWAN are captured during a first set of capture ticks for a first capture period defined by a plurality of contiguous ticks. The first set of capture ticks comprises a first subset of the plurality of contiguous ticks, and the capturing is done using a WLAN receive chain having a switchable LNA gain state. The capturing of data samples is repeated for at least one additional capture period defined by a plurality of contiguous ticks to capture data samples during at least one additional set of capture ticks comprising an additional subset of the plurality of contiguous ticks for which data samples were not previously captured. The LNA gain state of the WLAN receive chain is switched at least once over the plurality of capture periods. Gain state switching may occur a capture period, or between capture periods. | 12-10-2015 |
20150358964 | TIME-DIVISION DUPLEXING - A technique, including: controlling a radio transceiver to make and receive transmissions according to a radio frame structure that includes consecutive time frames of a predefined duration, wherein each time frame includes a plurality of consecutive sub-frames of a predefined duration, and each sub-frame includes a plurality of sets of time resources, and wherein the plurality of sets of time resources of a sub-frame includes: a first set useable for transmissions in a first direction; a second set useable for transmissions in a second, opposite direction; and a third set that is switchable between transmissions in the first direction and transmissions in the second direction, independently of the first and second sets of time resources in the same sub-frame and independently of other sub-frames in the same radio frame. | 12-10-2015 |
20150358976 | Protecting UL Control Channels in Dynamic/Flexible TDD - The invention relates to a method for allocation of radio resources in a radio base station (BS | 12-10-2015 |
20150358978 | Systems and Methods for Different TDD Configurations in Carrier Aggregation - Systems and Methods for supporting carrier aggregation with different TDD configurations are proposed. In a first novel aspect, corresponding apparatus structure is described. In a second novel aspect, aggregation constraint is discussed. In a third novel aspect, transceiving mechanisms over multiple component carriers in DL/UL overlapped subframes are proposed. For simultaneous DL/UL transceiving, band combination indication methods are proposed, and HARQ feedback mechanisms are proposed. For non-simultaneous DL/UL transceiving, transceiving configuration methods are proposed, and the same HARQ feedback mechanisms are proposed. In a fourth novel aspect, CQI/RLM/RRM measurement mechanisms are proposed. In a fifth novel aspect, UE capability signaling mechanisms are proposed. The objective is to support flexible aggregation, to enhance DL data throughout, and to improve UL transmit power efficiency. | 12-10-2015 |
20150358986 | METHOD FOR TRANSRECEIVING SIGNALS AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - The present invention relates to a method for transmitting a signal in a wireless communication system and an apparatus for same, and comprises the steps of: receiving a plurality of data signals through a plurality of subframes; and transmitting acknowledgement (ACK)/negative ACK (NACK) signals with respect to the plurality of data signals, wherein when at least one subframe from among the plurality of subframes is a special subframe, an ACK/NACK signal with respect to a first data signal that is received through the at least one subframe is transmitted from an uplink subframe different from an uplink subframe from which an ACK/NACK signal with respect to a second data signal from among the plurality of data signals, not including the first data signal, is transmitted. | 12-10-2015 |
20150358994 | METHOD FOR USE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE REPORTING ACK/NACK IN DYNAMIC TDD CONFIGURATIONS, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE, AND COMPUTER-READABLE PRODUCT - The present disclosure relates to a method for use in a wireless communication device reporting ACK or NACK in dynamic TDD configurations. In the method, an indication of a reference UL TDD configuration and a reference DL TDD configuration is indicated. Then, ACK or NACK bits with a fixed number of the ACK or NACK bits based on the reference DL TDD configuration are reported at a timing based on the reference DL TDD configuration. The present disclosure also relates to a wireless communication device for reporting ACK/NACK in dynamic TDD configurations. | 12-10-2015 |
20150358996 | Method and Device for Sending Control Information and Method and Device for Receiving Control Information - Provided are a method and device for sending control information and receiving control information. The method for sending control information comprises repeatedly sending control information within a scheduling period of the control information M times, wherein the scheduling period is the length of N radio frames, N and M are positive integers greater than 1, and N is greater than or equal to M. The disclosure solves the technical problem in the related art that control information cannot be correctly received in a low-coverage environment and thus a terminal cannot normally access a network, achieving the technical effect of accurately receiving the control information so as to ensure that the network can be accessed normally. | 12-10-2015 |
20150358998 | DYNAMIC TDD UPLINK/DOWNLINK CONFIGURATION USING DCI - The invention relates to a method for dynamically indicating a TDD reconfiguration to the mobile station by encoding the dynamic TDD re-configuration indication into the DCI or CRC calculated for the DCI. In one embodiment, the TDD configuration indication is implicitly encoded as an RNTI into the CRC, when scrambling the CRC for the DCI with a TDD-RNTI. In another embodiment, the TDD configuration indication is part of the DCI payload, while the CRC for the DCI is scrambled with a cell identifier, identifying the target cell for which the dynamic TDD re-configuration is to be applied. In still another embodiment, the TDD configuration indication is part of the DCI payload, where the DCI payload further includes an invalid parameter indicating to the mobile station that the DCI carries the TDD configuration indication. | 12-10-2015 |
20150365221 | METHOD, BASE STATION AND MOBILE STATION FOR TDD OPERATION IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method, NodeB and User Equipment for TDD operation in a communication system operating in TDD mode in a frequency band allocated for FDD operation. Preferably, operation is in TDD uplink and downlink mode in a first frequency band designated or normally used for FDD uplink communication, and in TDD downlink-only mode in a second frequency band designated or normally used for FDD downlink communication. The invention provides the following advantages: Provides a flexible method to deploy a time division duplex architecture in frequency division duplex spectrum. Allows flexible use of system capacity by adjusting the uplink and downlink capacity split. Removes previous FDD duplex restrictions. | 12-17-2015 |
20150365830 | TECHNIQUES FOR ENHANCING FRAME STRUCTURE AND LISTEN BEFORE TALK PROCEDURE (LBT) FOR TRANSMISSIONS USING AN UNLICENSED RADIO FREQUENCY SPECTRUM BAND - Techniques are described for wireless communication. A method for wireless communication includes identifying a frame structure for transmissions using an unlicensed radio frequency spectrum band, the frame structure including at least two special subframes; and performing a procedure to gain access to the unlicensed radio frequency spectrum band during at least a portion of at least one of the at least two special subframes. | 12-17-2015 |
20150365844 | COMMUNICATION METHOD AND DEVICE FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A communication method and device for a wireless communication network and a wireless communication network. In the communication method, to one cell cluster in at least one cell cluster included in the wireless communication network, an Uplink-downlink ratio configuration scheme of the cell cluster during the next ratio configuration adjusting period is determined based on un-allocatable prediction amount for un-allocatable services of each cell in the cell cluster, and allocatable prediction amount for the services, which can be allocated to other cell(s), of each cell in the cell cluster, thus utilization efficiency of communication resource is optimized, and the cells in the cell cluster have the same communication frequency and Uplink-downlink ratio configuration scheme. | 12-17-2015 |
20150365927 | FRAMING FOR AN ADAPTIVE MODULATION COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A system and method for mapping a combined frequency division duplexing (FDD) Time Division Multiplexing (TDM)/Time Division Multiple Access (TDMA) downlink subframe for use with half-duplex and full-duplex terminals in a communication system. Embodiments of the downlink subframe vary Forward Error Correction (FEC) types for a given modulation scheme as well as support the implementation of a smart antenna at a base station in the communication system. Embodiments of the system are also used in a TDD communication system to support the implementation of smart antennae. A scheduling algorithm allows TDM and TDMA portions of a downlink to efficiently co-exist in the same downlink subframe and simultaneously support full and half-duplex terminals. | 12-17-2015 |
20150365941 | RESOURCE ALLOCATION IN A RADIO COMMUNICATION NETWORK - The present disclosure introduces allocation of resources to one or more UEs based on a determined allocation priority and/or allocation probability in, e.g., Time Division Duplex (TDD) based radio communication networks. The disclosed technology provides the ability for a subframe to be configured as a “flexible” subframe, which can be dynamically allocated as either a downlink subframe or an uplink subframe. For each “flexible” subframe, an allocation priority and/or allocation probability is determined and subsequent resource allocation to user equipments (UEs) can be based on the determined allocation priority and/or allocation probability. Hereby, it is made possible to reduce interference in, e.g., TDD based radio communication networks. | 12-17-2015 |
20150365957 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CROSS-SUBFRAME INTERFERENCE COORDINATION - Embodiments of the disclosure provide a method and apparatus for cross-subframe interference coordination in a dynamic TDD system. The method comprises steps of: obtaining UL-DL configurations employed by a plurality of cells in the dynamic TDD system; and determining, based on the UL-DL configurations, a beamforming vector of at least one interfering cell which has cross-subframe interference on at least one interfered cell, so as to reduce the cross-subframe interference. | 12-17-2015 |
20150365968 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR EFFECTIVELY PROVIDING TDD CONFIGURATION INFORMATION TO USER EQUIPMENT AND DETERMINING UPLINK TRANSMISSION TIMING IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM SUPPORTING TDD - A method for configuring a time division duplex (TDD) of a user equipment in a communication system, according to one embodiment of the present invention, comprises the steps of: receiving from a base station a first TDD configuration; receiving from the base station a message including information related to a dynamic TDD configuration; receiving a second TDD configuration according to the received information related to the dynamic TDD configuration; receiving from the base station an uplink grant; and determining whether to apply the first TDD configuration or the second TDD configuration based on a method by which the unlink grant is received. According to one embodiment of the present invention, the advantages of configuring a shorter cycle of the TDD to the user equipment supporting the TDD in a wireless communication system, and rapidly configuring the TDD to the user equipment variably according to a communication situation are provided. | 12-17-2015 |
20150365969 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. In particular, the present invention relates to a method and apparatus for transmitting control information by means of a terminal in a CA-based wireless communication system, including the steps of: forming first and second cells that include different subframe configurations, wherein the second cell includes TDD UL-DL configuration #0; receiving a UL grant by means of the first cell; and transmitting data corresponding to the UL grant by means of the second cell. | 12-17-2015 |
20150372797 | BASE STATION AND TERMINAL - A base station including: a memory, and a processor coupled to the memory and configured to: transmit a radio signal using a plurality of antennas in a first period for transmission of the base station in a time division duplex (TDD) mode, at least a part of the first period overlapping with at least a part of a second period for reception of another base station in the TDD mode, receive a specific information from the another base station, the first information indicating a channel characteristic from the base station to the another base station, the channel characteristic being estimated in accordance with the transmitted radio signal, and determine at least one correction coefficient to compensate for a difference of specific characteristics among the plurality of antennas based on the received specific information. | 12-24-2015 |
20150372798 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR COMMUNICATION PROCESSING - A method and a device for communication processing are provided in the present application. The method comprises: a User Equipment (UE) reports capability indication information to a network side device in order to indicate whether the UE supports a dynamic Time Division Duplex (TDD) uplink/downlink configuration; and if the dynamic TDD uplink/downlink configuration is supported, when a TDD uplink/downlink configuration indication is received, one is selected from the indicated TDD uplink/downlink configuration and the currently used TDD uplink/downlink configuration, and a transmission direction of each sub-frame is determined according to the selected TDD uplink/downlink configuration. In the embodiment of the present application, for the UE that supports the dynamic TDD uplink/downlink configuration, when the TDD uplink/downlink configuration indication is received, one TDD uplink/downlink configuration is selected to determine the transmission direction of each sub-frame, thus the problem that the transmission direction of sub-frames can not be determined in the scenario by the prior art solution is solved. | 12-24-2015 |
20150373675 | METHOD FOR TRANSCEIVING SIGNAL BASED ON DYNAMIC CHANGE OF WIRELESS RESOURCE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - The present application discloses a method for enabling a terminal to transceive a signal with a base station in a TDD (Time Division Duplex) communications system. Specifically, the method includes the steps of: receiving reference sub-frame set information through the system information and active sub-frame set information through dynamic signaling; receiving an uplink grant for transmitting an uplink signal in a downlink sub-frame defined in the active sub-frame set information; judging the effectiveness of a particular uplink sub-frame for transmitting the uplink signal commanded by the uplink grant; and transmitting the uplink signal to the base station if the particular uplink sub-frame is effective. | 12-24-2015 |
20150373676 | COMMUNICATION METHOD USING CARRIER AGGREGATION AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - The present invention relates to a method of transmitting/receiving a signal by a UE in a wireless communication system supporting carrier aggregation. The method includes the steps of: receiving a configuration for aggregating a component carrier in a frequency division duplex (FDD) mode and a component carrier in a time division duplex (TDD) mode; and transmitting/receiving a signal using a primary component carrier and a secondary component carrier determined according to the configuration, wherein the primary component carrier and the secondary component carrier support different modes. | 12-24-2015 |
20150373708 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING COMMON CHANNEL COVERAGE USING BEAMFORMING ANTENNAS - A wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) includes circuitry configured to receive information from a base station indicating an assignment of periodic time slots to transmit sounding signals and circuitry configured to transmit sounding signals to the base station in the assigned periodic time slots in response to the received information, wherein a timing of transmission of the sounding signals in response to the received information differs between a time division duplex mode and a frequency division duplex mode, and wherein the transmitted sounding signals are distinguishable from sounding signals from other WTRUs. | 12-24-2015 |
20150373711 | CARRIER AGGREGATION DIVERSITY ANTENNA MODULE WITH INTEGRATED LNA BANKS - A carrier aggregation diversity antenna module with integrated low noise amplifier banks is disclosed. In an exemplary embodiment, an apparatus includes at least one switch configured to establish a transmit signal path to transmit an uplink signal from at least one diversity antenna and to establish a receive signal path to receive downlink diversity signals from the at least one diversity antenna. The apparatus also includes band selection filters configured to filter the downlink diversity signals to generate at least three diversity band signals. The apparatus also includes a multiplexing amplifier configured to amplify the diversity band signals to generate at least three amplified diversity band signals that are output to a transceiver. | 12-24-2015 |
20150373713 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCE IN CARRIER AGGREGATION SYSTEM - A base station of a carrier aggregation system sets a time division duplex (TDD) component carrier of a plurality of TDD component carriers to a primary serving cell of a terminal and sets at least one frequency division duplex (FDD) component carrier of a plurality of FDD component carriers to a secondary serving cell of the terminal, and when a hybrid automatic repeat request-round trip time (HARQ RTT) value of a TDD component carrier of a primary serving cell of the terminal does not satisfy a quality of service (QoS) requirement of a service that the terminal requests, the base station changes a HARQ feedback transmitting resource that is set to the terminal. | 12-24-2015 |
20150373725 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING INTERFERENCE IN CARRIER AGGREGATION SYSTEM - A base station of a carrier aggregation system performs interference control of a first component carrier in which interference exceeds a threshold value among a plurality of component carriers based on an ABS pattern and changes the first component carrier to an available new component carrier, when interference of the first component carrier exceeds a threshold value after the interference control is performed. | 12-24-2015 |
20150381325 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR TRANSFERRING WIRELESS TRANSMIT/RECEIVE UNIT-SPECIFIC INFORMATION - The present invention is related to a method and system for transferring wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU)-specific information to support enhanced uplink (EU) operation in a wireless communication system. A radio network controller (RNC) obtains WTRU-specific information, and transfers the WTRU-specific information to the Node-Bs. Each Node-B is configured to schedule uplink transmissions from a WTRU and utilizes the WTRU-specific information in operation of EU transmissions. | 12-31-2015 |
20150381326 | WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM USING MULTIPLE MODULATION FORMATS IN TDD FRAMES AND METHOD OF OPERATION - A radio frequency (RF) modem shelf for use in a fixed wireless access network comprising, a plurality of base stations capable of bidirectional time division duplex (TDD) communication with wireless access devices disposed at subscriber premises. The shelf comprises: a) a first RF modem for communicating with wireless access devices using TDD frames, each TDD frame having an uplink for, receiving data and a downlink for transmitting data; and b) a modulation controller associated with the RF modem shelf for determining an optimum modulation configuration for each of the wireless access devices communicating with the first RF modem. The controller causes the first RF modem to transmit downlink data to a first wireless access device in a first data block having a first optimum modulation configuration and to transmit downlink data to a second wireless access device in a second data block having a different second optimum modulation configuration. | 12-31-2015 |
20150381389 | USE OF TIME AUTO-CORRELATION FOR CHANNEL ESTIMATION - Methods, systems, and apparatuses are described for channel estimation in wireless communications. The method, systems, and apparatuses operate in a time-division duplex (TDD) scheme. A first transmission may be received in a first sub-frame of a channel according to the TDD scheme. A time auto-correlation function may be applied to the first transmission to obtain a first auto-correlation sample. At least one characteristic of the channel may be estimated based at least in part on the first auto-correlation sample. | 12-31-2015 |
20150382207 | USER STATION SUPPORTING A COMMUNICATION SERVICE AND METHOD FOR SELECTING DUPLEX MODE FOR THE SERVICE - Embodiments of a system and method for selecting a duplex mode for a service operating in a Wireless Network are generally described herein. In some embodiments, a mobile device may receive one or more traffic packets related to an establishment or a re-establishment of a service at the mobile device, and may select a duplex mode for the service. In some embodiments, the mobile device may be an IEEE 802.11 Station (STA). The mobile device may be configured to select full-duplex as the duplex mode when a delay requirement associated with the service is less than a predetermined delay threshold and when a calibration overhead associated with the mobile device or the service is less than a predetermined calibration overhead threshold. In addition, the mobile device may also be configured to select time-division duplex (TDD) or frequency-division duplex (FDD) as the duplex mode when the delay requirement is less than the delay threshold and when the calibration overhead is less than the calibration overhead threshold. | 12-31-2015 |
20150382343 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND CHANNEL TRANSMISSION/RECEPTION METHOD THEREOF - A method for transmitting a physical channel in a Time Division Duplex (TDD) communication system capable of carrier aggregation is provided for supporting aggregation of carriers having different TDD configurations. The communication method of a terminal in a TDD radio communication system accomplishing broadband through carrier aggregation of primary and secondary cells, of which aggregated carriers have different TDD Uplink-Downlink (UL-DL) configurations, includes receiving Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH) through the secondary cell, and transmitting acknowledgement information corresponding to the PDSCH to a base station, where acknowledgement information is transmitted on a Physical Uplink Control CHannel (PUCCH) of the primary cell. | 12-31-2015 |
20150382344 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND CHANNEL TRANSMISSION/RECEPTION METHOD THEREOF - A method for transmitting a physical channel in a Time Division Duplex (TDD) communication system capable of carrier aggregation is provided for supporting aggregation of carriers having different TDD configurations. The communication method of a terminal in a TDD radio communication system accomplishing broadband through carrier aggregation of primary and secondary cells, of which aggregated carriers have different TDD Uplink-Downlink (UL-DL) configurations, includes receiving Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH) through the secondary cell, and transmitting acknowledgement information corresponding to the PDSCH to a base station, where acknowledgement information is transmitted on a Physical Uplink Control CHannel (PUCCH) of the primary cell. | 12-31-2015 |
20150382346 | ASYNCHRONOUS TIME DIVISION DUPLEX OPERATION IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - Techniques for supporting communication in an asynchronous TDD wireless network are described. In an aspect, downlink transmissions and uplink transmissions may be sent on different carriers in an asynchronous TDD wireless network to mitigate interference. In one design, a station (e.g., a base station or a UE) may send a first transmission on a first carrier in a first time period and may receive a second transmission on a second carrier in a second time period. The station may only transmit, or only receive, or neither in each time period. In one design, allocation of carriers for the downlink and uplink may be performed when strong interference is detected, e.g., by a base station or a UE. When strong interference is not detected, the first and second carriers may each be used for both the downlink and uplink. | 12-31-2015 |
20150382389 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING DISCOVERY SIGNAL FOR DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - A method for performing device-to-device (D2D) communication by a user equipment in a wireless communication system is disclosed in the present application. More particularly, the method comprises the steps of: receiving a discovery signal from a counterpart user equipment (UE); identifying at least one of information indicating whether the counterpart UE is located within the coverage area of a base station and information indicating whether the counterpart UE is in a connected mode or in an idle mode, all of which are included in the discovery signal; and performing the D2D communication with the counterpart UE by using the at least one identified pierce of information. | 12-31-2015 |
20160006552 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING ACK/NACK IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided are a method and a device for transmitting an acknowledgement/not-acknowledgement (ACK/NACK) of a terminal which is set with a plurality of serving cells. The method comprises the steps of: receiving data in a subframe n of a second serving cell; and transmitting an ACK/NACK signal for the data in a subframe n+k | 01-07-2016 |
20160006556 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS RELATED TO TIME-DIVISION AND FREQUENCY-DIVISION DUPLEX PROTOCOLS FOR WIRELESS APPLICATIONS - Systems and methods related to time-division and frequency-division duplex protocols for wireless applications. In some embodiments, a wireless architecture can include a radio-frequency (RF) path configured to support a first modified time-division duplex (TDD) band operation and a second modified TDD band operation. Such a wireless architecture can allow consolidation of signal paths and/or re-use of components such as filters and duplexers, to advantageously reduce or eliminate some paths and/or components. | 01-07-2016 |
20160007220 | BASE STATION APPARATUS, TERMINAL APPARATUS, INTEGRATED CIRCUIT, AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - A terminal apparatus that communicates with a base station apparatus includes a configuration unit that sets a first configuration, a second configuration, and a third configuration. The configuration unit starts or restarts the timer when setting the third configuration, and the configuration unit clears/discards the third configuration when the timer expires. The first configuration is used to determine correspondence between a subframe in which PDCCH is arranged and a subframe in which PUSCH corresponding to the PDCCH is arranged, the second configuration is used to determine correspondence between a subframe in which PDSCH is arranged and a subframe in which a HARQ-ACK corresponding to the PDSCH is transmitted, and the third configuration is used to specify an uplink subframe in which uplink transmission is possible. | 01-07-2016 |
20160007232 | FLEXIBLE CONFIGURATION OF UPLINK AND DOWNLINK RATIO BY EXCHANGING INFORMATION USING AN X2 INTERFACE - An apparatus and method for the flexible configuration of uplink and downlink ratio by exchanging information relating to user traffic pattern among eNodeBs in a wireless communications network using the X2 interface is disclosed herein. In one embodiment, the information exchanged among the eNodeBs comprises downlink subframe transmission power information and uplink subframe reception power information. In another embodiment, the information exchanged among the eNodeBs comprises downlink subframe loading information and uplink subframe loading information. The exchange of such information facilitates implementation of a flexible or dynamic configuration of the uplink and downlink ratio. | 01-07-2016 |
20160007302 | TECHNIQUES FOR ADJACENT CHANNEL INTERFERENCE MITIGATION - Techniques for adjacent channel interference mitigation are described. In one embodiment, for example, a user equipment (UE) may comprise logic, at least a portion of which is in hardware, the logic to associate the UE with a pico evolved node B (eNB) in a time-division duplex (TDD) picocell, identify an incongruent uplink (UL) sub-frame for the picocell, and select an enhanced UL transmit power for the incongruent UL sub-frame. Other embodiments are described and claimed. | 01-07-2016 |
20160007319 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MULTIMEDIA BROADCAST MULTICAST SERVICE (MBMS) CONTROL INFORMATION DELIVERY - Apparatuses and methods for providing multimedia broadcast multicast service (MBMS) on carriers of a new carrier type (NCT) are described herein. A user equipment (UE) may transmit a message to indicate an interest in receiving MBMS transmissions on a target cell that operates on a first carrier of a first carrier type on which cell-specific reference signals (CRSs) are suppressed at one or more downlink subframes of a downlink frame. The UE may receive, in response to transmitting the message, identification information of a notification cell on which to receive MBMS control information change notification for the target cell. The UE may receive MBMS traffic from the target cell using the MBMS control information received from the notification cell. The UE may receive the MBMS control information on a second carrier of a second carrier type different from the first carrier type. | 01-07-2016 |
20160007347 | RADIO BASE STATION, USER TERMINAL AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - A radio base station capable of reducing the impact of interference and improving the efficiency of the use of radio resources even when different DL/UL configurations are employed between neighboring transmitting/receiving points is disclosed. The radio base station can communicate with user terminals via time division duplex and is able to change and control DL/UL configurations, has a subframe type determining section that classifies subframes into fixed subframes or flexible subframes, in accordance with the relationship between the DL/UL configurations that are employed in the radio base station and the DL/UL configurations that are employed in other radio base stations, and a frequency allocation control section that applies mutually different frequency allocation methods to the fixed subframes and the flexible subframes. | 01-07-2016 |
20160007356 | UNIVERSAL REMOTE RADIO HEAD - A distributed base station radio system includes first channelized to broadband conversion unit that receives first downlink channelized data for first radio frequency band from first channelized radio frequency source; and first universal remote radio head communicatively coupled to first channelized to broadband conversion unit. First channelized to broadband conversion unit converts first downlink channelized data into a first downlink broadband signal. First channelized to broadband conversion unit communicates the first downlink broadband signal to first universal remote radio head. First universal remote radio head receives first downlink broadband signal. First universal remote radio head frequency converts the first downlink broadband signal into first downlink radio frequency signals in first radio frequency band. First universal remote radio head is further configured to transmit first downlink radio frequency signals in first radio frequency band to first subscriber unit. | 01-07-2016 |
20160007360 | METHOD FOR PHICH RESOURCE ALLOCATION - A method is disclosed for PHICH resource allocation in a wireless communication system that supports flexible TDD UL-DL configuration and in which different TDD UL-DL configurations are available and the TDD UL-DL configuration used by first UEs which operate according to the flexible TDD configuration can be different to the TDD UL-DL configuration used by second UEs which operate according to a long term TDD UL-DL configuration. The method comprising allocating a PHICH resource for both first UEs and second UEs according to LTE timing rules applicable to the TDD UL-DL configuration in use by second UEs. | 01-07-2016 |
20160013550 | RADIO-RELAY COMMUNICATION SYSTEM WITH BEAM-SCANNING ANTENNA | 01-14-2016 |
20160013896 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING HARQ TIMING IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS | 01-14-2016 |
20160013907 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING A SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNAL IN AN LTE TDD SYSTEM | 01-14-2016 |
20160013924 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING SRS IN LTE TDD SYSTEM | 01-14-2016 |
20160014753 | TIME DOMAIN MULTIPLEXING UL TRANSMISSION ON MULTIPLE SERVING CELLS FOR A MOBILE STATION WITH SINGLE TRANSMITTER | 01-14-2016 |
20160020844 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR WIRELESS BACKHAUL TRANSPORT - Systems and methods are described for providing wireless backhaul transport. One element of the system is a highly integrated radio transceiver, including an integrated antenna. The radio transceiver may operate in the millimeter wave range (between 30 GHz and 300 GHz), and due to the small wavelengths, it is possible to integrate the antenna, which would typically compromise a number of antenna elements, with the radio transceiver in a single integrated circuit (IC) package, commonly referred to as a system-in-package (SiP) and/or antenna-in-package (AiP) format. In some implementations, the band that a hardware module can exploit is the unlicensed 60 GHz band, which is generally available globally. | 01-21-2016 |
20160020875 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING SIGNALS USING MULTIPLE CARRIERS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND DEVICE THEREFOR - The present application discloses a method whereby user equipment receives signals from a base station via a first carrier and a second carrier in a wireless communication system. More specifically, the method comprises the steps of: receiving a downlink control channel on the first carrier; and receiving at least one downlink data channel on the first and second carriers on the basis of the downlink control information, wherein the first carrier is for use as a downlink, the second carrier is for use as an uplink or a downlink, and the downlink control channel includes information regarding the use of the second carrier. | 01-21-2016 |
20160020880 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING SRS IN LTE TDD SYSTEM - A method and apparatus are provided for transmitting and receiving an uplink Sounding Reference Signal (SRS). The method includes receiving a sounding reference signal (SRS) configuration index; identifying an SRS periodicity and at least one offset based on the SRS configuration index; determining a number of SRS transmissions in a radio frame based on an uplink-downlink (UL-DL) subframe configuration, if the SRS periodicity is 2 ms; and transmitting SRSs based on the determined number and the at least one offset. | 01-21-2016 |
20160020891 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR TDD COMMUNICATIONS - Radio frame configuration circuitry for use in a device of a wireless communication system is provided. The radio frame configuration circuitry uses control circuitry to select between a plurality of different time-division duplex, TDD, configurations for a radio frame having slots with a configured duration. Transceiver circuitry performs TDD communications based on selections made by the control circuitry such that an average periodicity of switching between transmission of information and reception of information during the TDD communication is the same despite switching between different ones of the plurality of different TDD configurations. The radio frame configuration circuitry can be incorporated in a UE or an eNodeB or a Peer Radio Head. A corresponding method is provided. | 01-21-2016 |
20160020892 | Systems and Methods for Minimizing Insertion Loss in a Multi-Mode Communications System - Methods and system for using a multifunctional filter to minimize insertion loss in a multi-mode communications system are described. Specifically described is a multifunctional filter that is configurable to operate in a band-pass mode when a first type of signal is propagated through the multifunctional filter, and to operate in a low-pass mode when a second type of signal is propagated through the multifunctional filter. The multifunctional filter presents a lower insertion loss to the second type of signal when operating in the low-pass mode than in the band-pass mode. | 01-21-2016 |
20160020893 | UPLINK AND DOWNLINK SLOT TIME RESOURCE CONFIGURATION METHOD BASED ON INTERFERENCE PERCEPTION IN TIME DIVISION DUPLEX SYSTEM - The invention provides an uplink and downlink slot time resource configuration method based on interference perception in a TDD system, which is applied to a communication network comprising a source base station, a target base station, as well as a user terminal in the source base station and a user terminal in the target base station, and the method comprises: judging whether the base station-to-base station interference is larger than a preset threshold value or not, if yes, canceling the uplink and downlink slot time resource configuration, and if no, continuously executing the next step; judging whether the interference measurement of the target base station on the user terminal in the source base station is larger than a preset threshold value or not, if no, executing the uplink and downlink slot time resource configuration, and if yes, executing the next step; judging whether the interference measurement of the source base station on the user terminal in the target base station is larger than a preset threshold value or not, if yes, canceling the uplink and downlink slot time resource configuration, and if no, executing the uplink and downlink slot time resource configuration. By the information interaction between the base stations, the flexible configuration of uplink and downlink slot time resources is realized, and the crossing slot time interference problem brought by the flexible configuration of the uplink and downlink slot time resources in different network structures is solved. | 01-21-2016 |
20160020953 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DYNAMIC DL-UL RECONFIGURATION IN TDD SYSTEM - Embodiments of the disclosure provide a method and apparatus for reconfiguring DL-UL resource allocation in a TDD system. The method includes steps of: a) obtaining traffic condition about DL and UL data to be transmitted; b) estimating system-wise transmission capability and/or UE-wise transmission capability, wherein the system-wise transmission capability accounts for DL transmission capability and UL transmission capability of the TDD system, and the UE-wise transmission capability accounts for transmission capabilities of different UEs; and c) reconfiguring the DL-UL resource allocation according to the obtained traffic condition and the estimated system-wise transmission capability and/or UE-wise transmission capability. | 01-21-2016 |
20160021593 | NETWORK-ASSISTED LTE CHANNEL ACQUISITION - In one embodiment, the present disclosure provides an IRP manager configured to query at least one eNB to determine physical layer cell identification and/or LTE band information associated with one or more cell coverage areas associated with the at least one eNB and determine an optimal physical layer cell identification and LTE band for at least one cell associated with the at least one eNB. The optimal physical layer cell identification and/or LTE band may be based on, for example, network topology statistics (e.g., current cell coverage area, etc.), traffic load, etc. The optimal physical layer cell identification and/or LTE band information may be utilized by at least one UE within a coverage area of a WLAN AP to provide cell connection in the event the at least one UE falls outside the coverage area of a WLAN AP. | 01-21-2016 |
20160021618 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR UPLINK TRANSMISSION POWER CONTROL - A user equipment (UE) for performing uplink transmission power control is described. The UE includes a processor and memory in electronic communication with the processor. The UE determines that dual connectivity is configured with more than one cell group. The UE also determines if a total transmission power of the cell groups exceeds a maximum allowed transmission power of the UE. The UE further determines if the cell groups are asynchronized and whether look-ahead with processing time reduction is supported by the UE. The UE additionally determines an available transmission power in a subframe of a given cell group. The UE also transmits uplink (UL) channels in a subframe based on the available transmission power of the given cell group. | 01-21-2016 |
20160021655 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING ACK/NACK IN CARRIER AGGREGATING SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method of transmitting an acknowledgement/not-acknowledgement (ACK/NACK) and a device for using such a method. According to the present invention, a cell-specific downlink-uplink setting for one of a plurality of serving cells and a reference UL-DL setting is received, an effective downlink sub-frame capable of actually receiving a data unit from one serving cell is determined based on the settings, and only an ACK/NACK for the effective downlink sub-frame is configured as a bit string and fed back. | 01-21-2016 |
20160021659 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING SIGNAL AND DEVICE THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More particularly, the present invention relates to a method and a device therefor, the method comprising: setting a first cell having a first TDD UL-DL configuration and a second cell having a second TDD UL-DL configuration; receiving data through a DL subframe of the first cell; and transmitting reception response information on the data through a UL subframe of the second cell, wherein the relationship between the DL subframe and the UL subframe is determined by a parameter value set in a specific TDD UL-DL configuration, which is the TDD UL-DL configuration having the least number of DL subframes from TDD UL-DL configuration(s), in which subframes set as a DL in the first or second cell are all set as DLs. | 01-21-2016 |
20160028532 | DEVICES FOR SENDING AND RECEIVING FEEDBACK INFORMATION - A User Equipment (UE) for sending feedback information is described. The UE includes a processor and instructions stored in memory that is in electronic communication with the processor. The UE determines a primary cell (PCell) configuration. The UE also determines a secondary cell (SCell) configuration. The SCell configuration is different from the PCell configuration. The UE further determines a feedback parameter M | 01-28-2016 |
20160029207 | METHOD FOR REPORTING CAPABILITY INFORMATION AND DUAL MODE USER EQUIPMENT ADAPTED THERETO - A system and a method that reports capability information regarding a dual mode User Equipment (UE) are provided. The UE supports Frequency Division Duplex (FDD) and Time Division Duplex (TDD). The UE capability transmitting method includes receiving a message requesting UE capability information from an evolved Node B (eNB), generating first capability information and second capability information according to the UE capability information requesting message, and transmitting UE capability information including the first and second capability information to the eNB. The first capability information comprises FDD capability information applicable to an FDD mode or TDD capability information applicable to a TDD mode. The second capability information comprises capability information applicable to both the FDD mode and the TDD mode. The system and method can allow a dual mode UE to efficiently report its capability information. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029208 | METHOD FOR REPORTING CAPABILITY INFORMATION AND DUAL MODE USER EQUIPMENT ADAPTED THERETO - A system and a method that reports capability information regarding a dual mode User Equipment (UE) are provided. The UE supports Frequency Division Duplex (FDD) and Time Division Duplex (TDD). The UE capability transmitting method includes receiving a message requesting UE capability information from an evolved Node B (eNB), generating first capability information and second capability information according to the UE capability information requesting message, and transmitting UE capability information including the first and second capability information to the eNB. The first capability information comprises FDD capability information applicable to an FDD mode or TDD capability information applicable to a TDD mode. The second capability information comprises capability information applicable to both the FDD mode and the TDD mode. The system and method can allow a dual mode UE to efficiently report its capability information. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029209 | METHOD FOR REPORTING CAPABILITY INFORMATION AND DUAL MODE USER EQUIPMENT ADAPTED THERETO - A system and a method that reports capability information regarding a dual mode User Equipment (UE) are provided. The UE supports Frequency Division Duplex (FDD) and Time Division Duplex (TDD). The UE capability transmitting method includes receiving a message requesting UE capability information from an evolved Node B (eNB), generating first capability information and second capability information according to the UE capability information requesting message, and transmitting UE capability information including the first and second capability information to the eNB. The first capability information comprises FDD capability information applicable to an FDD mode or TDD capability information applicable to a TDD mode. The second capability information comprises capability information applicable to both the FDD mode and the TDD mode. The system and method can allow a dual mode UE to efficiently report its capability information. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029323 | Timing Relation of TPC Command and UE Transmit Power Adjustment in Adaptive TDD Systems - A method of UE transmit power adjustment based on TPC command in adaptive TDD systems is proposed. A UE obtains TDD configuration information from a base station in an adaptive TDD system. The UE also obtains an HARQ reference configuration from the base station. The UE then receives a transmit power control (TPC) command in one or more previous subframes. The UE performs power adjustment in a subsequent subframe based on the TPC command. The location of the previous subframes is determined based on the HARQ reference configuration. In one embodiment, an UL HARQ reference configuration is applied for PUSCH power control. In another embodiment, a DL HARQ reference configuration is applied for PUCCH power control. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029392 | Separate Accumulation of UE Transmit Power Adjustment in Adaptive TDD Systems - A method of separate accumulation in closed-loop power control in adaptive TDD systems is proposed. A UE obtains configuration information from a base station in an adaptive TDD system. Each radio frame comprises a plurality of subframes, which are configured into two or more subframe sets. The UE receives a transmit power control (TPC) command in a downlink subframe. The UE determines a power control adjustment state for an uplink subframe i based on the TPC command. The power control adjustment state of subframe i is accumulated from a power control adjustment state of a previous uplink subframe j, where subframe i and subframe j belong to the same subframe set. In one embodiment, subframe j is the closest previous uplink subframe with respect to uplink subframe i. | 01-28-2016 |
20160036504 | SCALING WIRELESS FULL DUPLEX IN MULTI-CELL NETWORKS WITH SPATIAL INTERFERENCE ALIGNMENT - A method, system, and computer program product for minimizing intra-cell and inter-cell interference in a multi-cell full duplex communication system in a wireless network. The method includes selecting, by a clint selector, a plurality of clients, wherein the plurality of clients includes a plurality of uplink clients configured to transmit signals and a plurality of downlink clients configured to receive signals over a plurality of data streams in each cell of the multi-cell full duplex communication system, and performing, by a spatial interference aligner, spatial interference alignment on interfering data streams to align the interfering data streams of uplink clients towards downlink clients in its own cell and downlink clients in a neighboring cell. | 02-04-2016 |
20160036577 | Device and Method of Handling Resource for Device-to-Device Communication - A network for handling resources for a device-to-device (D2D) communication in a time-division duplexing (TDD) system comprises a storage unit for storing instructions and a processing means coupled to the storage unit. The processing means is configured to execute the instructions stored in the storage unit. The instructions comprise selecting a reference configuration for at least one downlink (DL) transmission of a communication device from a plurality of configuration candidates; determining at least one uplink (UL) subframe for the D2D communication of the communication device according to the reference configuration; transmitting information of the reference configuration to the communication device; transmitting information of the at least one UL subframe to the communication device; and performing the at least one DL transmission with the communication device according to the reference configuration. | 02-04-2016 |
20160036581 | TECHNIQUES FOR INDICATING A FRAME FORMAT FOR TRANSMISSIONS USING UNLICENSED RADIO FREQUENCY SPECTRUM BANDS - The present disclosure, for example, relates to one or more techniques for indicating a frame format for transmissions using unlicensed radio frequency spectrum bands. A UE may receive, from a base station, a frame format indicator associated with a transmission opportunity for transmissions in an unlicensed radio frequency spectrum band. The UE may determine a time-division duplexing (TDD) configuration for the transmission opportunity based at least in part on the frame format indicator. | 02-04-2016 |
20160037492 | UPLINK AND DOWNLINK CONFIGURATION INFORMATION TRANSMISSION METHOD AND DEVICE - Disclosed are an uplink and downlink configuration information transmission method and device. The method comprises: a network device generating DCI containing TDD uplink and downlink configuration information; the network device use one PDCCH or one EPDCCH to bear the DCI containing the TDD uplink and downlink configuration information; and the network device sending the PDCCH or the EPDCCH in at least one subframe in a predetermined subframe set. | 02-04-2016 |
20160037551 | DOWNLINK TRANSMISSION SCHEDULING FOR USER EQUIPMENTS ENABLING DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATIONS - This disclosure generally relates to downlink transmission scheduling for D2D UE based on subframe pattern. In one embodiment, the D2D UE may provide the BS with information on a pattern of the D2D reception subframes that indicates the usage of at least some of the D2D reception subframes. From the pattern, the BS may determine one or more D2D reception subframes in which the UE wants to monitor the D2D reception and/or the cellular reception. Then the BS may avoid scheduling the downlink transmission in the subframes in which the UE monitors the D2D reception. In the other D2D reception subframes, the downlink transmission can be scheduled. In this way, the UE can properly switch between the D2D reception and cellular reception, without any conflicts or downlink resource waste. | 02-04-2016 |
20160043833 | Methods and Systems for HARQ Protocols - Methods described herein are for wireless communication systems. One aspect of the invention is directed to a method for a HARQ process, in which the HARQ process includes a first transmission of an encoder packet and at least one retransmission. The method involves allocating a transmission resource for each respective transmission. The method involves transmitting control information from a base station to a mobile station for each respective transmission. The control information includes information to uniquely identify the HARQ process and an identification of one of a time resource, a frequency resource and a time and frequency resource that is allocated for the transmission. In some embodiments of the invention, specific control information is signalled from a base station to a mobile station to enable RAS-HARQ operation. In some embodiments of the invention, retransmission signaling in included as part of regular unicast signaling used for both first transmission and retransmissions. In some embodiments of the invention, a 3-state acknowledgement channel and associated error recovery operation enables the base station and mobile station to recover from control signaling error and reduce packet loss. | 02-11-2016 |
20160043834 | DRX and HARQ Operations in Adaptive TDD Systems - A method of DRX and HARQ operation enhancement in adaptive TDD systems is proposed. A UE establishes a radio resource control (RRC) connection with a base station in a mobile communication network. The UE obtains adaptive time division duplex (TDD) configuration information from the base station, wherein the adaptive TDD configuration information comprises an actual TDD configuration and/or a reference TDD configuration. The UE performs a Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request (HARQ) round trip time (RTT) timer counting for each downlink (DL) HARQ process based on the adaptive TDD configuration information. The UE can avoid the potential misunderstanding between eNB and UE regarding HARQ RTT timing when TDD configuration changes. | 02-11-2016 |
20160043841 | SIGNALING ARRANGEMENT FOR WIRELESS SYSTEM - Systems, methods, apparatuses, and computer program products for a signaling arrangement for a wireless system are provided. One method includes transmitting a short control signaling (SCS) message to one or more user equipment (UE). The SCS message may comprise at least a reference signal part and an optional control signal part. The reference signal part may comprise reference signals that allow the UE to perform at least one of: cell search, synchronization, fine time/frequency tracking, radio resource management (RRM) measurements, radio link monitoring, or channel state information (CSI) reporting. In an embodiment, the control signal part may indicate at least one of: whether the cell is ON or OFF, whether each subframe in a current or upcoming set of subframes are ON or OFF, TDD uplink-downlink configuration for a current or upcoming radio frame, PLMN ID to identify to which operator's network the cell belongs to, and/or system information. | 02-11-2016 |
20160043848 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR SENDING AND RECEIVING DEMODULATION REFERENCE SIGNAL ON NEW CARRIER TYPE (NCT) CARRIER - The present invention relates to a NCT in which there is no control region comprising a PDCCH. And, a method according to one embodiment of the present invention, wherein a base station sends a demodulation reference signal having orthogonality on a carrier which is NCT, comprises: a step wherein code-division multiplexing is carried out by using orthogonal code with respect to the demodulation reference signal which maps onto a symbol that overlaps PSS and SSS disposed in a carrier downlink subframe; and a step of sending a downlink comprising the demodulation reference signal in which the code-division multiplexing has been used. | 02-11-2016 |
20160043853 | Device and Method of Handling Device-to-Device Communication - A communication device for handling a device-to-device (D2D) communication comprises a storage unit for storing instructions and a processing means coupled to the storage unit. The processing means is configured to execute the instructions stored in the storage unit. The instructions comprises receiving a D2D grant from a network in a first subframe; and transmitting an acknowledgement in response to the D2D grant to the network in a second subframe. | 02-11-2016 |
20160044515 | Dynamic Cell Clustering - In some implementations, a method for dynamic cell clustering includes splitting, by an initial central coordinator, the cluster into two or more clusters in response to a message from a small cell in a cluster. The initial cluster includes a plurality of cells, including the small cell, with each cell assigned a same Time Division Duplex (TDD) configuration. | 02-11-2016 |
20160044603 | MECHANISM FOR ENHANCING POWER CONTROL IN TIME DIVISION BASED COMMUNICATIONS - There is provided a mechanism for conducting power control in a time division based communication. Subframes of a frame structure of the time division based communication are classified into at two or more classification sets, each classification set comprising at least one subframe. For each of the classification sets, power control related parameters are selected in accordance with the interference on the respective subframes. On the basis of the selected power control related parameters, a power control parameter set is configured defining a power control setting for each subframe of the frame structure. A UE receiving the power control parameter set applies the power control related parameters in the power control. | 02-11-2016 |
20160044610 | Power Headroom Reporting in Adaptive TDD Systems - A method of power headroom reporting in adaptive TDD systems is proposed. A UE obtains configuration information from a base station in an adaptive TDD system. Each radio frame comprises a plurality of subframes, which are configured into two or more subframe sets. The UE determines a power headroom reporting (PHR) triggering condition. The UE performs PHR for at least one of the configured two or more subframe sets upon satisfying the triggering condition. In one embodiment, the UE sends PH values for all subframe sets in the same PH reporting subframe. In another embodiment, the UE sends PH values for different subframe sets in different PHR reporting subframes. | 02-11-2016 |
20160044615 | SCHEDULING SYNCHRONIZATION SIGNALS IN A NEW CARRIER TYPE - Technology is discussed for supporting the incorporation of a Primary Synchronization Signal (PSS) and/or a Secondary Synchronization Signal (SSS) within in a New Carrier Type (NCT) for a Component Carrier (CC). Guidelines for incorporating the PSS and/or the SSS in the NCT are discovered, together with potential collisions with other signals that can be avoided for various scenarios. In some examples, various guidelines and potential collisions discovered herein, for various scenarios, inform approaches to incorporating the PSS and/or the SSS based on the positioning of the PSS and/or the SSS. In other examples, other signals, such as DeModulation Reference Symbols (DMRS) are reconfigured to allow incorporation of the PSS and the SSS. | 02-11-2016 |
20160044638 | DCI TRANSMISSION METHOD AND DEVICE UNDER CROSS-BAND CARRIER AGGREGATION - The present application relates to the field of communications, and disclosed are a DCI transmission method and device under cross-band carrier aggregation. The method is: for LTE-A UE which aggregates carriers having different TDD uplink/downlink configurations, according to a pre-arranged rule or high-layer signaling configuration information, determining whether a DAI and a UL index are contained in a DCI format which is used by a PDCCH for scheduling a PUSCH, and determining a CSS and a USS respectively and separately. Accordingly, it can be ensured that the size of a DCI which is transmitted in a CSS does not change, thus ensuring the normal transmission of common cell information, and at the same time, in a USS, according to the actual needs, a specific bit field in the DCI can be determined rationally, thus supporting the UL multi-frame scheduling and/or the resource overhead control of an ACK/NACK over a PUSCH. | 02-11-2016 |
20160044668 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DETERMINING D2D DATA RESOURCE FOR D2D COMMUNICATION - A method and apparatus for supporting a device-to-device (D2D) communication between user equipments (UEs) are provided. The method includes: receiving, at a UE, configuration information associated with a D2D data transmission resource, the configuration information including information of a D2D data allocation period and being transmitted from an evolved NodeB (eNB); determining, at the UE, a D2D data transmission resource offset and a period associated with a D2D data transmission resource bitmap in each D2D data allocation period, the D2D data transmission resource bitmap including at least one bit corresponding to bit value “1”; and determining a pool of subframes corresponding to the bit value “1” of the D2D data transmission resource bitmap, the period associated with the D2D data transmission resource bitmap including the pool of subframes, the pool of subframes corresponding to D2D data transmission resources through which a D2D data transmission is capable. | 02-11-2016 |
20160044672 | Method and Apparatus for Transmitting Uplink Information - The present invention discloses a method and an apparatus for transmitting uplink information. The method relates to a user equipment receives resource configuration indication information and subframe configuration indication information that are sent from a base station, where the resource configuration indication information is used to indicate at least one flexible subframe. The UE determines whether to transmit uplink information in the flexible subframe according to the subframe configuration indication information. | 02-11-2016 |
20160044696 | COMMUNICATION CONTROL DEVICE, COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD, TERMINAL DEVICE, PROGRAM, AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL SYSTEM - Provided is a communication control device that controls radio communication conducted by a terminal device according to a time-division duplex (TDD) scheme on a radio communication network, the communication control device including a configuration section that configures, for each frame that includes a plurality of subframes, a link direction configuration expressing a link direction per subframe for the radio communication. The configuration section configures a timing of control signaling in a second link direction which is associated with data transmission in a first link direction in the radio communication, and which is opposite to the first link direction, independently of the configured link direction configuration. | 02-11-2016 |
20160044708 | DRX and HARQ Operations in Adaptive TDD Systems - A method of DRX operation enhancement in adaptive TDD systems is proposed. A UE configures and enters DRX operation in an LTE/LTE-A mobile communication network. The UE obtains adaptive TDD configuration information from a base station. The adaptive TDD configuration information comprises an actual TDD configuration and a reference TDD configuration. The UE performs DRX timer counting and HARQ timer counting based on the reference TDD configuration. The UE also synchronizes DRX status with the base station. With the reference TDD configuration, it can avoid the potential misunderstanding between eNB and UE regarding DRX and HARQ RTT timing when TDD configuration changes. | 02-11-2016 |
20160050060 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR EXECUTING HARQ IN TDD-BASED WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for a base station (BS) to perform a hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ). The BS transmits an uplink (UL) grant for a first subframe of a second serving cell through a first serving cell. The BS receives UL data based on the UL grant in the first subframe, transmits an acknowledgement/non-acknowledgement (ACK/NACK) for the UL data through a physical HARQ indicator channel (PHICH) in subframe i of the first serving cell and receives non-adaptively retransmitted UL data in a second subframe of the second serving cell if a NACK for the UL data has been transmitted through the PHICH in the subframe i of the first serving cell. The first serving cell and the second serving cell use different UL-DL configurations. | 02-18-2016 |
20160050608 | METHOD FOR INITIATING HANDOVER, WIRELESS DEVICE AND BASE STATION - The present disclosure provides a method in a wireless device for initiating a handover from a source base station to a target base station. The method includes calculating a power offset indicative of a difference between a receiving power from the target base station and a receiving power from the source base station. A Time Division Duplex (TDD) configuration difference is obtained between a TDD configuration of the target base station and a TDD configuration of the source base station. A TDD offset is calculated based on the TDD configuration difference and an uplink-downlink traffic model of the wireless device. The handover is initiated based on a combination of the power offset and the TDD offset exceeding a threshold. The present disclosure also provides a wireless device, a method in a base station and a base station. | 02-18-2016 |
20160050665 | RADIO-FREQUENCY FRONT-END ARCHITECTURE FOR CARRIER AGGREGATION OF CELLULAR BANDS - Circuits and methods related to radio-frequency (RF) architectures having carrier aggregation. In some implementations, a carrier aggregation (CA) architecture can include a duplexer configured to provide duplexing functionality for a first frequency band and a second frequency band with a common antenna. The CA architecture can further include a first amplification path and a second amplification path coupled to respective ports of the duplexer, each of the first amplification path and the second amplification path configured to amplify a signal in its respective frequency band, each amplification path including a transmit/receive (TX/RX) switch configured to provide time-division duplexing (TDD) functionality for the amplified signal and a received signal. In some implementations, the first frequency band includes a B39 band, and the second frequency band includes a B41 band. | 02-18-2016 |
20160050688 | METHOD AND USER EQUIPMENT FOR SENDING UPLINK RESOURCE SCHEDULING REQUEST - A method for a user equipment sending an uplink resource scheduling request in a long term evolution mobile communication system and the user equipment thereof are provided. The present invention relates to a technique for the user equipment sending the uplink resource scheduling request in a long term evolution system, for reducing the user data transmission delay. The embodiments of the present invention set the minimum alternative option of the scheduling request transmission cycle configuration parameter as 2 ms or 1 ms, that is to say, add 2 ms or 1 ms, or 2 ms and 1 ms to the alternative option of the scheduling request transmission cycle configuration parameter, therefore, improving the flexibility of the whole system in the scheduling request transmission cycle configuration. When the data delay is required to be less, the user data transmission delay can be reduced, by using the 2 ms or 1 ms scheduling request transmission cycle configuration, to the delay requirement of 10 ms as close as possible. | 02-18-2016 |
20160050706 | DUAL CONNECTIVITY FOR TERMINALS SUPPORTING ONE UPLINK CARRIER - Techniques for enabling dual-connectivity in LTE systems for terminals with only single uplink component carrier capability are described. Dual connectivity refers to a terminal having serving cells from two base stations. In one technique, the terminal transmits to macro and small cells using time division multiplexing. In another, the terminal transmits to one cell only, either the macro cell or the small cell. | 02-18-2016 |
20160056907 | DUAL THRESHOLD BASED CELL CLUSTERING INTERFERENCE MITIGATION FOR eIMTA - Methods, systems, and devices are described for interference mitigation between neighboring cells through the use of cell clusters and virtual logical cell clusters. Cells may be added to a cell cluster with a first cell when a level of interference coupling between the first cell and one or more neighboring cells exceeds a first threshold. One or more other cells may be added to a virtual logical cell cluster with the first cell when the level of interference coupling is between a second threshold and the first threshold, the second threshold being less than the first threshold. Interference mitigation between cells of cell clusters and/or virtual logical cell clusters may be performed. Interference mitigation may be accomplished through, for example, coordination of TDD uplink-downlink (UL-DL) configurations for cell clusters and scheduling-dependent interference management (SDIM) for virtual logical cell clusters. | 02-25-2016 |
20160056926 | SOFT BUFFER PROCESSING METHOD AND DEVICE IN TDD SYSTEMS - Methods, device, and User Equipment (UE) for processing a soft buffer, used in a Time Division Duplexing (TDD) system where uplink-downlink subframe distribution changes dynamically, are provided. A first method includes allocating, by a base station, transmission resources for a UE, and determining a parameter for processing a soft buffer, and performing rate matching for Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH); and sending, by the base station, data to the UE via Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH) and PDSCH. The second method includes receiving, by a UE information of transmission resources allocated to the UE by a base station, and determining a parameter for processing a soft buffer; and receiving, by the UE, PDCCH and PDSCH sent by the base station according to the transmission resources and the parameter for processing the soft buffer. | 02-25-2016 |
20160056947 | Reference Configuration for Flexible Time Division Duplexing - There are provided measures for reference configuration for flexible time division duplexing. Such measures exemplarily include obtaining a first configuration parameter and a second configuration parameter, determining an uplink reference configuration for a flexible uplink/downlink mode from said first configuration parameter, determining a downlink reference configuration for said flexible uplink/downlink mode from said second configuration parameter, and deriving an uplink/downlink configuration candidate set based on at least one of said first configuration parameter and said second configuration parameter. | 02-25-2016 |
20160057714 | Transmit Power Control in Multicarrier Communications - A wireless device receives a control packet comprising an uplink grant to transmit a packet on a secondary cell. The wireless device computes transmission power of the packet employing a parameter calculated by accumulation of an initial value and at least one power control value. The accumulation is reset when: a power information element is received by higher layers; or a random access response is received corresponding to a random access preamble transmitted on the secondary cell. | 02-25-2016 |
20160057741 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCES TO MULTIPLE SITES WHICH USE SAME FREQUENCY BAND - Provided are a method and an apparatus for allocating radio resources to multiple sites which use the same frequency band. The method comprises: determining a resource allocation unit being used in common in the multiple sites; and allocating resources to the multiple sites on the basis of the resource allocation unit, wherein with respect to the resource allocation unit, radio resources allocated to the respective multiple sites are divided and arranged in a time domain. | 02-25-2016 |
20160057746 | HYBRID FDD/TDD WIRELESS NETWORK - Technologies and implementations for wireless communication in a wireless network including transmitting downlink information on a first frequency channel to Frequency Division Duplexing (FDD) User Equipments (UEs), transmitting downlink information on a second frequency channel during downlink portions of Time Domain Duplex (TDD) frame periods of the second frequency channel to TDD UEs, wherein the second frequency channel is the same as the frequency channel on which the FDD UEs are configured to transmit, and controlling uplink transmissions from the FDD UEs to occur only during uplink portions of TDD frame periods of the second frequency channel. | 02-25-2016 |
20160057758 | TERMINAL DEVICE, COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT - In a communication system in which a base station device ( | 02-25-2016 |
20160057772 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SUPPORTING INTER-BAND CARRIER AGGREGATION WITH DIFFERENT UL/DL TDD CONFIGURATIONS - In some implementations, a method of wireless communications between a wireless communications network and wireless user equipment includes receiving, using a primary Time Division Duplex (TDD) configuration, data on a primary component carrier in a first frequency band. Using a secondary TDD configuration, data on a secondary component carrier is received in a second frequency band different from the first frequency band. A Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request (HARQ) for data received on the secondary component carrier is transmitted using a supplemental TDD configuration. A transmission or retransmission on the secondary component carrier uses a supplemental TDD configuration as well. The supplemental TDD configuration is different from the secondary TDD configuration. Furthermore, an uplink supplemental configuration may be different from a downlink supplemental configuration. | 02-25-2016 |
20160057798 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING SIGNAL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for transmitting a signal by a Device-to-Device (D2D) User Equipment (UE) in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method includes determining a resource pool for a D2D control signal, determining a resource pool for a D2D communication signal based on the resource pool for a D2D control signal, and transmitting a D2D communication signal using the resource pool for a D2D communication signal. Subframes of the resource pool for a D2D communication signal were reindexed, starting from a first subframe following a last subframe of the resource pool for a D2D control signal. | 02-25-2016 |
20160057805 | USER EQUIPMENT, AND METHOD IN THE USER EQUIPMENT, FOR MONITORING A DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNEL - A method in a UE for deciding whether to monitor a downlink control channel in a subframe is provided. The UE operates with discontinuous reception, DRX and dynamic time division duplex, TDD. The UE is in an active state of a DRX cycle. The UE determines that the subframe is a fixed downlink subframe or that the subframe is a flexible subframe currently configured to operate as a downlink subframe. Upon determining that the subframe is a fixed downlink subframe, the UE updates a first DRX timer. Upon determining that the subframe is a fixed downlink subframe or that the subframe is a flexible subframe currently configured to operate as a downlink subframe, the UE decides, to monitor the downlink control channel in the subframe. | 02-25-2016 |
20160066281 | TERMINAL DEVICE, COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT - In a communication system in which a base station device ( | 03-03-2016 |
20160066288 | SIGNALING OF ENHANCED POWER CONTROL FOR eIMTA INTERFERENCE MITIGATION - Methods, systems, and-devices are described for interference mitigation in a time-division duplex(TDD)wireless communication system. First and second subframe types may be identified for TDD subframes to be transmitted using the system. Different power control parameters associated with each subframe type may be identified based on transmission directions in neighboring cells for the particular subframes. One or more TDD subframes to be transmitted may be identified as a first or second subframe type, and power control may be applied to the transmitted subframes according the power control parameter associated with the subframe type. The identification of subframes and power control parameters to be applied to each type of subframe may be transmitted, for example, to a user equipment(UE). The information may be transmitted to a UE, for example, via radio resource control(RRC)signaling or via a physical layer control channel. | 03-03-2016 |
20160066304 | DYNAMIC TDD DATA CHANNEL TRANSMISSION METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method by a terminal, a method by a base station, a terminal, and a base station are provided. The method by the terminal includes receiving system information including first time division duplex (TDD) configuration information; receiving control information via a higher layer signaling; monitoring a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) in a first subframe identified based on the control information; and identifying second TDD configuration information based on the monitoring result. The method by the base station includes transmitting system information including first time division duplex (TDD) configuration information; transmitting control information via a higher layer signaling; transmitting downlink control information on a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) in a first subframe identified based on the control information, wherein the downlink control information is used to identify second TDD configuration information. | 03-03-2016 |
20160066343 | Multi-Subframe Scheduling Method, Device And System - A multi-subframe scheduling method, device and system are disclosed. The method includes: a base station side scheduling transmission of a plurality of subframes through a piece of downlink control information DCI; and according to an acquired multi-subframe scheduling mode and scheduling parameters, a user equipment UE receiving and sending the plurality of subframes according to an indication of the DCI. | 03-03-2016 |
20160072601 | Enhanced Communication Link Using Synchronization Signal as Link Command - A system communicating over a full duplex control channel of a multimedia communication link by using synchronization signals that may also function as a logical link command. Synchronization indicators are exchanged between two communicating devices for maintaining synchronization of a logical link. At least two different types of synchronization signals may be sent between the two devices as synchronization indicators. A first synchronization signal is used by default to maintain synchronization of a logical link. A second synchronization signal is used in place of the first synchronization signal to maintain synchronization of the logical link. The second synchronization signal may be used to imply a virtual link command to indicate that a device is ready to receive data or has successfully received data over the virtual link. | 03-10-2016 |
20160072617 | RADIO BASE STATION, USER TERMINAL AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - In order to provide feedback information of a transmission acknowledgement signal or the like appropriately even in change in DL/UL configuration in TDD, the present invention provides a radio base station that communicates with a user terminal by time division duplex and is capable of controlling change in DL/UL configuration. The radio base station includes: a determining section that determines feedback timing of a transmission acknowledgement signal of a DL subframe in a radio frame before change in DL/UL configuration; and a control section that controls a UL subframe to use in feedback of the transmission acknowledgement signal of the DL subframe, based on the feedback timing. When the transmission acknowledgement signal is to be fed back in a radio frame after change in DL/UL configuration, the control section reconfigures the UL subframe to use in feedback based on a feedback range covered by a UL subframe after change in DL/UL configuration. | 03-10-2016 |
20160073386 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method for receiving a downlink control signal in a TDD-based wireless communication system, and to an apparatus therefor. The method comprises receiving a downlink signal via a downlink interval in a specific frame including the downlink interval, a guard interval and an uplink interval. A combination of the downlink interval, the guard interval and the uplink interval is given using configuration information on the specific subframe. When the configuration information is given such that the length of the downlink interval is larger than a specific value, detecting a first type of PDCCH is performed in the specific subframe. When the configuration information is given such that the length of the downlink interval is equal to or smaller than the specific value, detecting the first type of PDCCH is skipped in the specific subframe. | 03-10-2016 |
20160073392 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCES IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided are an apparatus and a method for allocating resources in a wireless communication system. In particular, the present invention includes the feature of alternately allocating resources for D2D communication and resources for cellular communication, or allocating resources of a D2D link to not be adjacent to each other. In addition, the present invention prevents interference with the cellular communication and interference with other D2D links by allocating a partial area of the resources allocated for the D2D communication to an area for transmitting a D2D uplink symbol to an eNB, or by adding a GP symbol to a partial area of the resources for the D2D communication. Furthermore, in the case of applying a TDD scheme, the present invention prevents interference with symbols for performing the cellular communication by defining a partial section of a special subframe as a section for transmitting the D2D uplink symbol, or by reflecting a time delay of N OFDM symbol durations. Accordingly, the present invention prevents the D2D communication from causing interference. | 03-10-2016 |
20160073407 | USER EQUIPMENT AND RADIO BASE STATION - User equipment used in a mobile communication system that includes a first radio base station, a second radio base station and the user equipment is provided. The user equipment has a first communication device configured to conduct frequency division duplexing (FDD) communication with the first radio base station, and a second communication device configured to conduct time division duplexing (TDD) communication with the second radio base station, wherein the TDD communication between the user equipment and the second radio base station is conducted using an uplink frequency spectrum of the FDD communication, the first communication device is configured to receive a control signal used for communication with the second radio base station from the first radio base station, and the second communication device is configured to establish, reconfigure, or release a radio resource between the user equipment and the second radio base station based upon the control signal. | 03-10-2016 |
20160080054 | METHOD FOR TDETECTING SIGNAL IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND SIGNAL RECEIVING APPARATUS THEREOF - A method for detecting a signal by a signal receiving apparatus is provided. The method includes detecting a part of block diagonal matrices included in a diagonal matrix based on at least one channel impulse response (CIR) for a received signal, detecting remaining block diagonal matrices excluding the part of block diagonal matrices from among block diagonal matrices included in the diagonal matrix, estimating modulation symbols from the received signal based on the diagonal matrix, generating a block diagonal matrix by multiplying one of second matrices included in a first matrix, which is generated by applying a circular extension scheme to a fourth matrix including third matrices, by a fast Fourier transform (FFT) matrix, generating a third matrix for one of the estimated modulation symbols, the third matrix includes vectors for channelization codes, and generating a vector based on the channelization codes or the at least one CIR. | 03-17-2016 |
20160080133 | FLEXIBLE TDD UPLINK-DOWNLINK CONFIGURATION WITH FLEXIBLE SUBFRAMES - The invention relates to a method for communicating based on a flexible TDD configuration by introducing flexible subframes, selectively usable as a downlink or uplink subframe in a manner avoids a transition from a (non-)flexible downlink subframe n to a (non-)flexible uplink subframe n+1. Furthermore, the invention allows reducing the number and types of uplink transmissions that would be pending for a flexible subframe, by defining HARQ uplink feedback timings based on the HARQ uplink feedback timings for the static TDD configurations such that HARQ uplink feedback is never transmitted in a flexible subframe, and also by releasing configurations for periodic uplink transmissions such as, SPS-scheduled uplink data transmissions, periodic CSI report, uplink sounding, random access, and scheduling requests. | 03-17-2016 |
20160080134 | PERIODIC CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION REPORTING FOR TIME DIVISION DUPLEX (TDD) CARRIER AGGREGATION SYSTEMS - Technology for a user equipment (UE) operable to report periodic channel state information (CSI) is disclosed. The UE can determine a reporting period (N | 03-17-2016 |
20160080135 | COMMUNICATION CONTROL DEVICE, COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD, PROGRAM, TERMINAL DEVICE, AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL SYSTEM - Provided is a communication control device that controls radio communication conducted by one or more terminal devices according to a time-division duplex (TDD) scheme, the communication control device including a configuration section that configures, for each frame that includes a plurality of subframes, a link direction configuration expressing a link direction per subframe, and a control section that signals the link direction configuration configured by the configuration section to each terminal device. The configuration section configures a first link direction configuration for a first terminal group, and configures a second link direction configuration for a second terminal group, and the control section signals the first link direction configuration to a terminal device belonging to the first terminal group on a first cycle, and signals the second link direction configuration to a terminal device belonging to the second terminal group on a second cycle that is shorter than the first cycle. | 03-17-2016 |
20160080136 | COMMUNICATION METHOD CONSIDERING CARRIER TYPE AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - The present invention relates to a method in which a user equipment (UE) receives a signal in a time division duplex (TDD) wireless communication system and an apparatus for the same. More particularly, the present invention relates to a method comprising the steps of: receiving a first downlink signal in a first subframe including a downlink interval, a protection interval, and an uplink interval; and demodulating the first downlink signal, wherein the first downlink signal is demodulated using a cell-common reference signal when the downlink interval includes a predetermined number of symbols or less, and the first downlink signal is demodulated using a UE-specific reference signal when the downlink interval includes the predetermined number of symbols or more, and an apparatus for the same. | 03-17-2016 |
20160081068 | Communication Method and Apparatus for Carrier Aggregation System - Embodiments of the present invention provide a communication method for a carrier aggregation system. The communication method includes receiving physical downlink share channel PDSCH information sent by a base station through a subframe n of a secondary cell. If a subframe n of a primary cell is a downlink subframe, an ACK/NACK of the sent PDSCH information is fed back on a subframe m or a subframe p of the primary cell. | 03-17-2016 |
20160081071 | Methods and Apparatus for Enabling Further Enhancements to Flexible Subframes in LTE Heterogeneous Networks - A method is provided for communication in a wireless telecommunication network. The method comprises providing, by a network element, one of an uplink grant or a downlink grant to at least one UE that the network element has determined, based on information received from a plurality of UEs, is closer to the network element than is another UE, wherein the uplink grant is scheduled such that the UE transmits to the network element only during at least one flexible subframe, and wherein the downlink grant is scheduled such that the network element transmits to the UE only during at least one flexible subframe. The method further comprises transmitting, by the network element, to at least one UE that the network element has determined, based on information received from a plurality of UEs, is closer to the network element than is another UE, only during at least one flexible subframe. | 03-17-2016 |
20160081072 | Method and Apparatus for Uplink ACK/NACK Resource Allocation - A method is provided to allocate resources for wireless communications. The method includes grouping downlink control channels from multiple subframes and ordering the downlink control channels across downlink subframes having a first control channel element located in a first symbol map and associated with reserved resources for an uplink channel. The method employs a symbol first mapping or a mixed-symbol/subframe first mapping to efficiently allocate the resources. | 03-17-2016 |
20160081077 | Method, UE and Basestation for Reporting/Receiving HARQ ACK/NACK for PDSCH in Dynamic TDD Configurations - The present disclosure relates to a method used in a User Equipment (UE) for reporting Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request (HARQ) acknowledgement (ACK)/non-acknowledgement (NACK) for Physical Downlink Shared Channels (PDSCHs) in dynamic time division duplex (TDD) configurations. In the method, a plurality of PDSCHs are received in DownLink (DL) subframes associated with an UpLink (UL) subframe and indicated by a DL reference TDD configuration. The DL subframes are divided into a first subset of DL subframes and a second subset of DL subframes. The first subset of DL subframes is also indicated by an UL reference TDD configuration. A first set of Physical Uplink Control Channel (PUCCH) resource indices are assigned based on resources used in transmission of Physical Downlink Control Channels (PDCCHs) corresponding to the PDSCHs received in the DL subframes of the first subset of DL subframes. A second set of PUCCH resource indices are assigned based on resources used in transmission of PDCCHs corresponding to the PDSCHs received in the DL subframes of the second subset of DL subframes. For each of the received PDSCHs, HARQ ACK/NACK is reported by using PUCCH resources in an order of the assigned first set of PUCCH resource indices for PDSCHs received in the DL subframes of the first subset of DL subframes and in an order of the assigned second set of PUCCH resource indices for PDSCHs received in the DL subframes of the second subset of DL subframes. The present disclosure also relates to a UE and BS for respectively reporting and receiving HARQ ACK/NACK for PDSCHs in TDD configurations. | 03-17-2016 |
20160081107 | COMMUNICATION METHOD CONSIDERING CARRIER TYPE AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - The present invention relates to a method for a terminal, which operates in a half-duplex manner, to communicate with a base station in a wireless communication system supporting a plurality of carrier types, and an apparatus for the same. More particularly, the present invention relates to a method and an apparatus for the same, the method comprising the step of: transmitting a signal to, or receiving a signal from, a base station in a first cell set to be in a time division duplex (TDD) manner via a first subframe positioned between a downlink subframe and an uplink subframe, wherein if the first cell operates as a first carrier type, the first subframe includes a first downlink section, a first protection section, and a first uplink section, and if the first cell operates as a second carrier type, the first subframe includes only a second downlink section and a second protection section, or includes only a second uplink section and the second protection section. The first carrier type represents a carrier type in which a cell-common reference signal is transmitted over the entire system band in all subframes, and the second carrier type represents a carrier type in which the cell-common reference signal is transmitted over at least a part of the system band in some subframes. | 03-17-2016 |
20160081111 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING MONITORING TIMING IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for and apparatus for controlling monitoring timing in a wireless communication system is provided. A wireless device may acquire information including a monitoring subframe configuration, which is set for a first subframe in which at least one of control and reference signal is present, and a second subframe in which the control and reference signal are not present within a radio frame; determine monitoring subframes of a cell based on the information; and control to monitor the first subframe and the second subframe according to the monitoring subframes. | 03-17-2016 |
20160081113 | Communication Method and Apparatus for Carrier Aggregation System - Embodiments of the present invention provide a communication method for a carrier aggregation system. The communication method includes receiving physical downlink share channel PDSCH information sent by a base station through a subframe n of a secondary cell. If a subframe n of a primary cell is a downlink subframe, an ACK/NACK of the sent PDSCH information is fed back on a subframe m or a subframe p of the primary cell. | 03-17-2016 |
20160087715 | STRUCTURE OF FULL DUPLEX RADIO REGION APPLIED IN RADIO ACCESS SYSTEM SUPPORTING FULL DUPLEX RADIO SCHEME, AND METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING SAME - The present invention relates to a structure of a full duplex radio (FDR) region in an FDR system. Further, the present invention provides a method and apparatuses for transmitting allocation information on a configured FDR region. In an embodiment of the present invention, a method of allocating an FDR region by a base station in a radio access system supporting an FDR scheme comprises the steps of: transmitting a control signal including FDR region allocation information to a terminal and performing FDR-based communication with the terminal through an FDR region indicated by the FDR region allocation information. At this time, the FDR region allocation information may contain one or more of first number information indicating a number of subcarriers included in the FDR region, position information indicating an allocation position of the FDR region, and second number information indicating a number of subcarriers included in a guard region used for reducing interference. | 03-24-2016 |
20160087762 | Methods and Apparatuses for Signaling in Dynamic Time Division Duplex Systems - The present invention relates to a method in a UE served by a network node, a method in the network node, the UE, and the network node. The network node is applying dynamic TDD with flexible subframes. The method comprises receiving ( | 03-24-2016 |
20160087771 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING A SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNAL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - A method for transmitting a sounding reference signal (SRS) at a user equipment in a time division duplex (TDD) communication system; and the user equipment are discussed. The method includes receiving downlink control information (DCI) including a request of the SRS transmission. The DCI includes information for receiving downlink data using multiple antennas by the user equipment. The method further includes transmitting the SRS to the base station according to the request of the SRS transmission. | 03-24-2016 |
20160087781 | Methods and Apparatuses for Signaling in Dynamic Time Division Duplex Systems - The present invention relates to a method in a UE served by a network node, a method in the network node, the UE, and the network node. The network node is applying dynamic TDD with flexible subframes. The method comprises receiving ( | 03-24-2016 |
20160088500 | DETERMINATION OF SUBFRAME TYPE FOR SUBFRAMES CONTAINING DISCOVERY SIGNALS - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for wireless communication are provided. The apparatus determines a subframe type for a neighbor cell(s), for example, to perform CRS based measurements for the neighbor cell(s). The UE determines whether a CRS is present in subframe(s) of a duration of a DRS for the neighbor cell(s) based on TDD configuration and an MBSFN configuration of a serving cell and at least one of received neighbor cell configuration information indicating at least one of a TDD configuration and a configuration of neighboring cell(s), received configuration of DRSs for neighboring cell(s), the configuration including at least a starting subframe index for the DRS and a duration of the DRS. | 03-24-2016 |
20160088612 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR ACK/NACK TRANSMISSION IN TDD-BASED WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of reporting control information in a wireless communication system in which M downlink time divisional duplex (TDD) subframes are associated with an uplink TDD subframe. A user equipment (UE) receives resource allocation information used for a first physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) format. The UE selects a PUCCH format among a plurality of PUCCH formats including the first PUCCH format and a second PUCCH format. The second PUCCH format is selected if the UE receives a first physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) in one of the M downlink TDD subframes on the primary cell. The UE receives a second PDSCH with a downlink assignment index (DAT) in one of the M downlink TDD subframes on the primary cell. The UE does not receive a first physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) corresponding to the first PDSCH on the primary cell. | 03-24-2016 |
20160088623 | TIME-DIVISION DUPLEXING (TDD) IN DISTRIBUTED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS, INCLUDING DISTRIBUTED ANTENNA SYSTEMS (DASS) - Time-division duplexing (TDD) in distributed communications systems, including distributed antenna systems (DASs) is disclosed. In one embodiment, a control circuit is provided and configured to control the TDD transmit mode of a DAS to control the allocation of time slots for uplink and downlink communications signal distribution in respective uplink path(s) and downlink path(s). The control circuit includes separate power detectors configured to detect either a transmit power level in a downlink path or a receive power level in an uplink path. If the transmit power detected in the downlink path is greater than receive power detected in the uplink path, the control circuit switches the TDD transmit mode to the downlink direction. In this manner, the control circuit does not have to control the TDD transmit mode based solely on detected power in the downlink path, where a directional coupler may leak uplink power in the downlink path. | 03-24-2016 |
20160094315 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING PHYSICAL CHANNEL AND SIGNAL - A method for transmitting a control channel including: receiving information regarding a format of the control channel from a base station (BS) through higher layer signaling; and transmitting a control channel mapped to at least one of a plurality of resource blocks positioned at both end portions of a system band to the BS through one slot on the basis of the information regarding the format of the control channel, and a method for performing a shortened hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) process, are provided. | 03-31-2016 |
20160095024 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RECEIVING SIGNAL OF NEIGHBORING CELL SIGNAL BY D2D TERMINAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Disclosed herein is a method for receiving a signal of a neighboring cell by a Device-to-Device (D2D) terminal in a wireless communication system. The method includes receiving an offset parameter and a periodicity parameter, determining a resource pool of the neighboring cell in consideration of relation between the periodicity parameter and a maximum possible number of subframes contained in a resource pool period set, and receiving the signal of the neighboring cell in the determined resource pool. | 03-31-2016 |
20160095077 | NEW TDD FRAME STRUCTURE FOR UPLINK CENTRALIZED TRANSMISSION - The present disclosure relates to a wireless communication system, and more particularly to a method for transmitting synchronization channel and cell search signal in wireless communication system. Synchronization channel and cell search signal allow a terminal in a multi-layer cell supporting multiple carriers to effectively search and distinguish cells at different frequencies. To minimize terminal power consumption, new cell search signal transmission method proposes that base station connected at a frequency be used for transmitting information by other base stations at different frequencies, thereby allowing the terminal to readily recognizing neighbor cells and to determine about performing additional cell search. For the multi-layer cell to clearly distinguish cell identifications including inter-frequency measurement information, a cell ID pair between macro/small cells is proposed, achieving enhanced small cell efficiency. An uplink centralized transmission frame supports a multi-layer cell based on TDD, proposing a method for configuring synchronization signal in corresponding frame. | 03-31-2016 |
20160095093 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING DATA IN WIRELESS COMMINICATION SYSTEM - A method for and apparatus for controlling data transmission in a wireless communication system is provided. A wireless device acquires information including a monitoring subframe configuration, which is a subset of subframes including that control information are transmitted; determines monitoring subframes of a cell based on the information; detects control information for the data transmission according to the monitoring subframes; and rate matches data in a corresponding subframe with the detected control information. | 03-31-2016 |
20160095106 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - A method for transmitting uplink control information by a user equipment in a wireless communication system operating in time division duplex (TDD), the user equipment being configured with a plurality of cells having different uplink-downlink (UL-DL) configurations; and a communication apparatus therefore are discussed. The method according to one embodiment includes receiving at least one downlink signal on at least one cell; and transmitting the uplink control information including at least one per-cell hybrid automatic repeat request acknowledgement (HARQ-ACK) bit via a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH). Based on a reference UL-DL configuration, a number of the at least one per-cell HARQ-ACK bit is determined using a smallest value of W and Mc, W denoting a value indicated by 2-bit downlink assignment index (DAI) information included in downlink control information corresponding to the PUSCH, and Mc denoting a number of downlink subframes corresponding to the uplink subframe on the cell. | 03-31-2016 |
20160095107 | METHOD FOR DEPLOYING A BACKHAUL RADIO WITH ANTENNA ARRAY - A intelligent backhaul system is disclosed to manage and control multiple intelligent backhaul radios within a geographic zone. The intelligent backhaul system includes multiple intelligent backhaul radios (IBRs) that are able to function in both obstructed and unobstructed line of sight propagation conditions, one or more intelligent backhaul controllers (IBCs) connecting the IBRs with other network elements, and an intelligent backhaul management system (IBMS). The IBMS may include a private and/or public server and/or agents in one or more IBRs or IBCs. | 03-31-2016 |
20160095121 | METHOD FOR INSTALLING A HYBRID BAND RADIO - A hybrid band intelligent backhaul radio (HB-IBR) is disclosed that is a combination of two radios operating in different bands. Embodiments include a dual radio configuration wherein a first radio operates in a non-line of sight (NLOS) radio link configuration and a second ancillary radio operates in a near line of sight or line of sight configuration (n)LOS. For example, the HB-IBR may have an Intelligent Backhaul Radio (IBR) operating in the non-line of sight mode of operation within the 5.8 GHz unlicensed band, and have an ancillary radio link operating in the FCC part 101 E band of operation at 60 GHz. A common medium access control (MAC) block may be utilized between the dual radios. | 03-31-2016 |
20160095124 | UPLINK POWER CONTROL IN ADAPTIVELY CONFIGURED TDD COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A User Equipment (UE) in communication with a base station is configured by the base station for operation with an adapted Time Division Duplex (TDD) UpLink-DownLink (UL-DL) configuration. A process enables UL power control for transmissions of various channels or signals from the UE in two different sets of UL Transmission Time Intervals (TTIs) and a process enabling receptions of data transport blocks by the base station in two different sets of UL TTIs. | 03-31-2016 |
20160099788 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR EMPLOYING DIFFERENT CAPABILITIES FOR DIFFERENT DUPLEXING MODES - Certain aspects of the present disclosure propose techniques for independently signaling features supported by a user equipment (UE) in different duplexing modes. The UE may be capable of communicating in frequency division duplexing (FDD) and time division duplexing (TDD) modes. The UE may obtain a FDD-specific feature group indicators (FGIs) set and a TDD-specific FGIs set, and signal at least one of the FDD-specific FGIs set or TDD-specific FGIs set. In addition, the UE may take one or more actions to reduce the likelihood of transitioning to a mode of operation that is different from its current mode of operation. | 04-07-2016 |
20160099799 | METHODS, APPARATUSES, AND SYSTEMS FOR TRANSMITTING HYBRID AUTOMATIC REPEAT REQUEST TRANSMISSIONS USING CHANNELS IN AN UNLICENSED SHARED MEDIUM - Methods, systems, and storage media for providing and/or obtaining feedback for data transmissions in an unlicensed shared medium are described. In embodiments, an apparatus may include radio control circuitry to demodulate and decode a data transmission from an evolved node B (eNB). The apparatus may include and processing circuitry, coupled with the radio control circuitry, and the processing circuitry is to receive the data transmission from the radio control circuitry and generate feedback based on the data transmission. The radio control circuitry may also control radio-frequency circuitry to determine whether a physical channel in an unlicensed shared medium is unoccupied, and transmit the feedback to the eNB over the physical channel when the physical channel is unoccupied according to the determination. Other embodiments may be described and/or claimed. | 04-07-2016 |
20160099801 | USER TERMINAL, RADIO BASE STATION AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - The present invention is designed to feed back feedback signals such as delivery acknowledgement signals properly even when the DL/UL configuration is reconfigured in TDD. A user terminal communicates, in time division duplexing, with a radio base station that reconfigures the DL/UL configuration, and has a judging section that judges a delivery acknowledgement in response to each DL subframe, and a feedback control section that allocates a delivery acknowledgement signal in response to each DL subframe to a UL subframe and sends feedback, and, when the number of DL subframes that correspond to a UL subframe is greater than a predetermined value in a radio frame after the reconfiguration of the DL/UL configuration, the feedback control section bundles at least part of the delivery acknowledgement signals for a plurality of DL subframes corresponding to the UL subframe, and sends feedback. | 04-07-2016 |
20160105263 | Method and Apparatus for Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request Signaling - In one aspect, the teachings herein provide a method and apparatus for extending certain HARQ feedback procedures introduced in LTE Rel-10, which were defined for CA configurations involving TDD serving cells of the same UL/DL configuration, to the new, more complex CA configurations introduced in Rel-11, which involve the aggregation of interband TDD serving cells with differing UL/DL configurations. Such reuse enables reliant and efficient HARQ feedback signaling in LTE Rel-11, without substantially increasing the specification or implementation complexity of HARQ feedback signaling in LTE Rel-11, despite the decidedly more complex CA configurations introduced in LTE Rel-11. | 04-14-2016 |
20160105270 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING ACK/NACK IN A TDD-BASED WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of configuring a positive acknowledgement (ACK) or negative acknowledgement (NACK) in a wireless communication system based on time division duplex (TDD) in which M, M=4, downlink subframes are associated with an uplink subframe. The method is performed by a user equipment receiving a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) and a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH). The user equipment receives at least one downlink transport block in the M downlink subframes from a first serving cell. The user equipment determines ACK/NACK states {HARQ-ACK(1), HARQ-ACK(2), HARQ-ACK(3), HARQ-ACK(4)} for the first serving cell. The use equipment determines an ACK/NACK response based on the ACK/NACK states. | 04-14-2016 |
20160112165 | ASA ASSISTANCE-BASED INTERFERENCE COORDINATION METHOD IN HETEROGENEOUS TDD RELAY NETWORK - The present invention provides an authorized shared access (ASA) assisted interference coordination method in a heterogeneous time-division duplexing (TDD) relay network. In a TDD relay system architecture, an ASA controller assists a secondary system to perform an interference coordination mechanism by adjusting a time slot structure configuration and synchronization information, and a mobility management entity (MME) obtains a time slot configuration and the synchronization information of a primary system through ASA, and selects, according to relevant information of a relay node inside a management range, an optimal time slot configuration and a working mode for the relay node. | 04-21-2016 |
20160112168 | TECHNIQUES FOR CONVEYING IDENTIFICATION INFORMATION IN A PREAMBLE TRANSMISSION - Techniques are described for conveying identification information in a preamble transmission. A transmission burst may be generated for transmission over a wireless medium. The transmission burst may include the preamble and a body portion. The preamble may include identification information associated with at least one of a transmitting device or a category of data bring transmitted. The transmission burst may then be transmitted over the wireless medium. | 04-21-2016 |
20160112174 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING ACK/NACK FOR DOWNLINK TRANSMISSION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for transmitting ACK/NACK information in response to a downlink transmission in a relay node (RN) of a wireless communication system; and the RN therefore are discussed. The method according to one embodiment includes receiving downlink transmissions in downlink subframes; and transmitting the ACK/NACK information for the downlink transmissions in one uplink subframe associated with the downlink subframes. The downlink subframes and the uplink subframe are configured for a time division duplex (TDD). Physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) resources are configured by a higher layer, and each of the PUCCH resources corresponds to each of the downlink subframes. Each of the downlink subframes associated with the one uplink subframe is sequentially mapped to each of the PUCCH resources starting from a downlink subframe among the downlink subframes that is closest in time to the one uplink subframe. | 04-21-2016 |
20160112178 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR FDD/TDD INTRA-NODE AND INTER-NODE CARRIER AGGREGATION - Methods and apparatuses for TDD/FDD aggregation are described. The Method thereto comprises receiving information on uplink scheduling, wherein the uplink scheduling is a scheduling on uplink transmission configured with a carrier aggregation of a primary cell (PCell) with TDD and a secondary cell (SCell) of FDD or a carrier aggregation of a PCell with FDD and a SCell with TDD and transmitting uplink signal based on the uplink scheduling. | 04-21-2016 |
20160112946 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SELECTING UPLINK CELL - The present invention related to a method for selecting an uplink cell and an user equipment using the method. The method includes receiving a downlink signal from at least cell of multiple cells, wherein the multiple cells are connected each other via a backhaul, selecting an uplink cell among the multiple cells by selecting a uplink grant for the uplink cell from uplink grants for at least one of the multiple cells, and transmitting a signal to the selected uplink cell. | 04-21-2016 |
20160112949 | METHOD FOR CHANNEL ASSIGNMENTS IN WIRELESS SYSTEMS - A wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) includes a receiver configured to receive first information from a wireless network, the first information indicating a first pattern of time intervals in which the WTRU is to monitor a plurality of control channels. The WTRU further includes a baseband processor operatively coupled to the receiver, the baseband processor and the receiver configured to not monitor the plurality of control channels in time intervals outside the first pattern of time intervals. The receiver is configured to receive a downlink shared channel transmission from the wireless network. The baseband processor is operatively coupled to a transmitter, and the baseband processor and the transmitter are configured to transmit an indication of an outcome of a decoding attempt of the downlink shared channel transmission a fixed number of timeslots after transmission of the downlink shared channel transmission. The indication may be transmitted on an uplink control channel. | 04-21-2016 |
20160113007 | Methods and Network Nodes for use in a Communication Network - According to an aspect, there is provided a method of operating a network node in a communication network. The method comprises determining ( | 04-21-2016 |
20160113010 | METHOD AND NETWORK NODE FOR DETERMINING CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION IN AN UPCOMING TIME SLOT - A method and a network node ( | 04-21-2016 |
20160113037 | COMMUNICATION CONTROL DEVICE, COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD, TERMINAL COMMUNICATION CONTROL DEVICE, COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD, TERMINAL DEVICE, AND INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS - Provided is a communication control method including: acquiring first information for identifying a resource for random access with respect to each of a plurality of TDD configurations each indicating a link direction of each subframe in a radio frame of a time division duplex (TDD) method, and second information for identifying a resource for random access with respect to each of the plurality of TDD configurations; and announcing the first information and report the second information. The resource for random access with respect to each of the plurality of TDD configurations, which is identified from the second information, includes the resource for random access with respect to any of the plurality of TDD configurations, which is identified from the first information. | 04-21-2016 |
20160119101 | Method and Arrangement for CSI Measurement - There are proposed a base station and User Equipment, UE, for determining and applying separate Channel State Information, CSI, for flexible subframes in a wireless communication system applying time division duplex, TDD. The method in a UE comprises, for a flexible subframe, receiving ( | 04-28-2016 |
20160119921 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR COMMUNICATION IN D2D UE OF TDD SYSTEM - The disclosure is related to a method and used in a user equipment that supports Device to Device transmission in Time Division Duplex system and a user equipment thereof. In one embodiment, UE receives downlink signaling to obtain a first configured frame structure, or determining a first configured frame structure by itself in step 1, and transmits a first D2D signaling to indicate the first configured frame structure in step 2; wherein the first configured frame structure indicates a uplink or downlink direction for all the subframes within one radio frame. The technical solution of the disclosure solves the problem of interference of the downlink signals for the UEs configured with different frame structures in D2D communication in eIMTA scenario. | 04-28-2016 |
20160119923 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING SIGNAL AND DEVICE THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More particularly, the present invention relates to a method comprising: setting a first cell having a first TDD UL-DL configuration and a second cell having a second TDD UL-DL configuration; receiving a PHICH signal in a subframe #(n−L) of the first cell, or receiving a PDCCH signal in a subframe #(n−K) of the first cell; and transmitting a PUSCH signal in a subframe #n of the second cell, corresponding to the PHICH signal or the PDCCH signal, wherein the relationship between the subframes #(n−L), #(n−K), and #n is determined in consideration of a parameter value set in a specific TDD UL-DL configuration, which is the TDD UL-DL configuration having the least number of UL subframes from TDD UL-DL configuration(s), in which subframes set as UL in the first or second cell are all set as ULs. | 04-28-2016 |
20160119948 | FLEXIBLE MULTIPLEXING AND FEEDBACK FOR VARIABLE TRANSMISSION TIME INTERVALS - Methods, systems, and devices for wireless communication are described. A base station may employ a multiplexing configuration based on latency and efficiency considerations. The base station may transmit a resource grant, a signal indicating the length of a downlink (DL) transmission time interval (TTI), and a signal indicating the length of a subsequent uplink (UL) TTI to one or more user equipment (UEs). The base station may dynamically select a new multiplexing configuration by, for example, setting the length of an UL TTI to zero or assigning multiple UEs resources in the same DL TTI. Latency may also be reduced by employing block feedback, such as block hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) feedback. A UE may determine and transmit HARQ feedback for each transport block (TB) of a set of TBs, which may be based on a time duration of a downlink TTI. | 04-28-2016 |
20160127068 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING ACK/NACK IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM BASED ON TDD - Provided is a method of transmitting ACK/NACK in a TDD-based wireless communication system. The method includes: receiving M downlink subframes associated with an uplink subframe n in each of two serving cells; determining four candidate resources based on the M downlink subframes received in each of the two serving cells; and transmitting an ACK/NACK response for the M downlink subframes by using one resource selected from the four candidate resources in the uplink subframe n, wherein the two serving cells includes a first serving cell and a second serving cell, and wherein among the four candidate resources, a first resource and a second resource are associated with a PDSCH or a SPS release PDCCH for releasing semi-persistent scheduling received in the first serving cell, and a third resource and a fourth resources are associated with a PDSCH received in the second serving cell. | 05-05-2016 |
20160127110 | SYNCHRONIZATION OF CO-LOCATED RADIOS IN A DYNAMIC TIME DIVISION DUPLEX SYSTEM FOR INTERFERENCE MITIGATION - A method for operating at least a first of a plurality of co-located, non-time synchronous radios at a first location communicating data by frames with one or more other remote radios at a second and optionally additional locations in a wireless communication system, to synchronize first or uplink and/or second or downlink frame portions of the frames to mitigate interference between the co-located radios. A frame table of attributes of uplink and/or downlink frame portions associated with frames of the first radio is stored. The spectral content of transmissions from at least a second of the co-located radios is monitored. Based on the monitored spectral content, characteristics for uplink and/or downlink frame portions of the first co-located radio to mitigate interference with the at least second co-located radio are determined. Attributes in the frame table to enable interference-optimized uplink and/or downlink portions of frames of the first co-located radio are updated. | 05-05-2016 |
20160128054 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CARRIER AGGREGATION - The present disclosure relates to a method and an apparatus for controlling carrier aggregation. In the method, a terminal performs carrier aggregation from a first base station so that a Pcell, which is one carrier from among carriers controlled by the first base station, is used for setting another carrier to be an Scell. The terminal performs carrier aggregation from a second base station so that one carrier having the function of the Pcell from among carriers controlled by the second base station, is used for setting another carrier to be an Scell. The terminal transceiver a downlink channel and an uplink channels with the first base station and the second base station, according to settings of the Pcell and the S cell of each of the first base station and the second base station. | 05-05-2016 |
20160128073 | RADIO BASE STATION, RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - The present invention is designed to reduce the impact of inter-cell interference by interference control using signaling between radio base stations. In the radio communication system of the present invention, a radio base station carries out radio communication with a user terminal by using a UL/DL configuration, which represent the configuration of uplink subframes and downlink subframes in a radio frame. Also, the radio base station determines the interference control information to use in interference control in the fixed subframe and the flexible subframe in the above UL/DL configuration. Also, the radio base station transmits the above interference control information to the neighboring radio base stations via an inter-radio-base-station interface. | 05-05-2016 |
20160134309 | Method And System For Multi-Band Transceiver Front-End Architecture With Reduced Switch Insertion Loss - Methods and systems for a multi-band transceiver front-end architecture with reduced insertion loss may comprise, in a transceiver comprising a first plurality of switches (each with a common terminal coupled to a transmit signal path), a second plurality of switches (each with a common terminal coupled to a receive signal path), and a plurality of communications links: operatively coupling the transmit signal path to one of the communications links using one of the first switches when the transceiver is in a transmit mode, and operatively coupling the receive signal path to one of the communications links using one of the second switches when the transceiver is in a receive mode. An off capacitance of at least one of the switches may be reduced utilizing an operatively coupled inductive element. The inductive element may comprise an inductor operatively coupled in series with the transmit signal path. | 05-12-2016 |
20160134413 | SMALL CELL CONFIGURATION FOR INTERFERENCE MITIGATION - Configuration of various radio systems may have a number of possible benefits. For example, small cell configuration may be useful for interference mitigation. A method, in certain embodiments, can include determining a virtual subframe index for a cell. The method can also include communicating the virtual subframe index for the cell by communicating a time division duplex configuration and a relative subframe offset. | 05-12-2016 |
20160134414 | MOBILE DEVICE FRONT END ARCHITECTURE FOR TIME DIVISION DUPLEXING - A switching circuit for use in a frequency division duplex (FDD) spectrum re-allocated for time division duplex (TDD) applications comprises a first filter configured to filter a TDD receive signal, a duplex filter configured to filter an FDD receive signal, and a plurality of switches configured to route the FDD receive signal from an antenna through the duplex filter to receiver circuitry and to route the TDD receive signal from the antenna through the first filter to the receiver circuitry such that the FDD and TDD receive signals share the FDD spectrum. | 05-12-2016 |
20160135060 | NON-LINE OF SIGHT WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND METHOD - A non-line of sight backhaul system and method are described that provides self-alignment of the antennas beams of the wireless radios of the system, that provides robust operation in licensed and unlicensed frequency bands, that facilitates the use of a reduced number of frequency channels from M to 1 and that enables operation in a non-line of sight (NLOS) propagation environment. | 05-12-2016 |
20160135214 | UPLINK CONTROL RESOURCE ALLOCATION FOR DYNAMIC TIME-DIVISION DUPLEX SYSTEMS - Methods and apparatuses for managing uplink scheduling for one or more user equipment served by a network entity in a wireless communications system are presented. For instance, an example method is presented that includes generating, by the network entity, an uplink bandwidth allocation map, the uplink bandwidth allocation map defining an uplink bandwidth allocation for at least one of the one or more user equipment for at least one of a plurality of uplink transmission window lengths. In addition, the example method includes transmitting the uplink bandwidth allocation map to at least one of the one or more user equipment. | 05-12-2016 |
20160142926 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR SIGNALING IN AN INCREASED CARRIER MONITORING WIRELESS COMMUNICATION ENVIRONMENT - Systems and methods for signaling in an increased carrier monitoring wireless communication environment are disclosed herein. In some embodiments, a user equipment (UE) may include control circuitry to configure the UE for increased carrier monitoring; determine, based on a first signal received from a network apparatus, whether a reduced performance group carrier is configured; determine, based on a second signal received from the network apparatus, whether a scaling factor is configured; and in response to a determination that no reduced performance group carrier is configured and a determination that no scaling factor is configured, allow the UE to monitor fewer carriers than required by increased carrier monitoring. Other embodiments may be disclosed and/or claimed. | 05-19-2016 |
20160149687 | Method, Apparatus and Computer Program for Wireless Communications - A method for configuring a Time Division Duplex (TDD) mode of a user equipment (UE) in a Long Term Evolution (LTE) network, including receiving, while being connected with an enhanced NodeB (eNodeB) in said LTE network, a signaling message that includes TDD uplink-downlink configuration information dynamically assigned by said enhanced NodeB (eNodeB) to said UE; determining success or failure in receiving at said UE, said TDD uplink-downlink configuration information based on signaling information configured for said signaling message; generating an acknowledgement (ACK)/Non-acknowledgement (NACK) signal indicating said success or failure; and transmitting said ACK/NACK signal to said eNodeB on resources that are allocated based on said TDD uplink-downlink configuration information and/or said signaling configured for said signaling message. | 05-26-2016 |
20160149690 | CIRCUITRY AND METHODS FOR TIME DIVISION DUPLEX CARRIER AGGREGATION - Circuitry includes an antenna node, a number of input/output nodes, radio frequency (RF) multiplexer circuitry, and bypass circuitry. The RF multiplexer circuitry is coupled between the input/output nodes and the antenna node. The bypass circuitry is coupled to the input/output nodes and the antenna node. The bypass circuitry is configured to, in each uplink time slot of a TDD frame, couple one of the input/output nodes directly to the antenna node such that the RF multiplexer circuitry is bypassed. Further, the bypass circuitry is configured to, in each downlink time slot of the TDD frame, couple each one of the input/output nodes to the antenna node via the RF multiplexer circuitry. | 05-26-2016 |
20160150527 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION - A method of transmitting uplink control information at a communication apparatus configured with a plurality of cells including a first cell and a second cell in a wireless communication system is provided. A first set of one or more Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH) signals is received within M downlink subframes through the first cell, where M≧1. A second set of zero or more PDSCH signals is received within N downlink subframes through the second cell, where N≧1. Acknowledgment information is transmitted on an uplink subframe. The acknowledgment information includes acknowledgment information for the first set and acknowledgment information for the second set. A PDSCH signal without a corresponding Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH) signal is present among the first set. | 05-26-2016 |
20160156454 | DYNAMIC CONFIGURATION OF UPLINK (UL) AND DOWNLINK (DL) FRAME RESOURCES FOR A TIME DIVISION DUPLEX (TDD) TRANSMISSION | 06-02-2016 |
20160156455 | USER EQUIPMENT, PDSCH A/N TRANSMITTING METHOD THEREOF, TRANSMISSION/RECEPTION POINT, AND PDSCH A/N RECEIVING METHOD THEREOF | 06-02-2016 |
20160157226 | COMMUNICATION METHOD IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM ON BASIS OF CARRIER AGGREGATION | 06-02-2016 |
20160164622 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - A method and an apparatus for wireless communication is provided. The apparatus configured for time division multiplex (TDM) between time division duplex (TDD) and frequency division duplex (FDD), comprises a radio frequency (RF) unit for transmitting and receiving a radio signal, and a processor operatively coupled to the RF unit, wherein the processor is configured for transmitting signals via the RF unit based on a scheduling for UL and/or DL, wherein the RF unit receives signal from at least one cell and transmits signal to at least one cell with carrier aggregation, and wherein the processor performs single transmission of signal on uplink and single reception of signal on downlink at one subframe via the RF unit. | 06-09-2016 |
20160164642 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR SETTING BACKHAUL LINK SUBFRAME IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM HAVING CARRIER AGGREGATION TECHNIQUE APPLIED THERETO - Disclosed in the present invention is a method for a base station to set a backhaul link subframe for a relay node in a wireless communication system, to which a carrier aggregation technique is applied. More particularly, the present invention comprises the steps of: determining one of the plurality of subframe settings as a first subframe setting for a main component carrier allocated to the relay node; composing subframe setting candidates for one or more subcomponent carriers allocated to the relay node, one the basis of the determined first subframe setting; and determining a second subframe setting for each of the one or more subcomponent carriers, using the composed subframe setting candidates, wherein a subframe aggregation according to the first subframe setting and subframe aggregations according to each of the subframe setting candidates do not overlap when downlink subframes and uplink subframes of the different component carriers are identical, and a downlink subframe aggregation according to the second subframe setting is included in a downlink subframe aggregation according to the first subframe setting. | 06-09-2016 |
20160164656 | SUPPORT FOR ASYNCHRONOUS ADAPTATION TO UPLINK AND DOWNLINK TRAFFIC DEMANDS FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - Technology is discussed to allow transmission points within a Wireless Wide Area Network (WWAN) to adapt to Up Link (UL) and Down Link (DL) traffic demands independently. To mitigate potential interference arising from transmission points scheduled for conflicting UL and DL transmissions, measurements between transmission points can be made to indicate a level of coupling. Based on the various levels of coupling between transmission points, clusters can be formed. Where a high level of coupling is present, transmission points can be included in a common cluster. Where a low level of coupling is present, they can be isolated. Transmission points within the same cluster are scheduled with a common pattern of UL and DL transmissions to avoid interference. Transmission points in different clusters can have different patterns of UL and DL transmission to independently adapt to the relative demands for UL and DL transmissions experienced within these different clusters. | 06-09-2016 |
20160164657 | Methods and Devices for Random Access - One embodiment of the present disclosure relates to a method for random access in a UE in an out-of sync status. The method comprises: sending to a base station a first message including a random access preamble according to a TDD configuration in a SIB; receiving from the base station a second message including a random access response using the random access preamble according to the TDD configuration in the SIB. Another embodiment of the present invention also relates to corresponding method for random access in a base station. According to an aspect of the present disclosure, there are provided corresponding devices. | 06-09-2016 |
20160164658 | MOBILE DEVICE WITH INTEGRATED DUPLEX RADIO CAPABILITIES - Wireless-conferencing radios communicate directly with each other without a bases station using a multiple access protocol, such as Time Division Multiple Access (TDMA). Wireless-conferencing radios can be formed into groups and larger mesh networks. Some groups of wireless-conferencing radios use frequencies in a cellular band to communicate. | 06-09-2016 |
20160165578 | DYNAMIC INDICATION OF TIME DIVISION (TDD) DUPLEX UPLINK/DOWNLINK SUBFRAME CONFIGURATIONS - Aspects of the present disclosure relate to techniques for dynamic indication of Time Division Duplex (TDD) Uplink (UL)/Downlink (DL) subframe configuration to User Equipments. A base station may identify one or more anchor subframes and one or more non-anchor subframes in a frame. The base station may dynamically change a UL/DL configuration of the frame used for communicating with a plurality of User Equipments (UEs) and signal the changed configuration using a common downlink control channel capable of being interpreted by the plurality of UEs in at least one of the one or more anchor subframes of the frame. | 06-09-2016 |
20160165579 | TRANSMISSION/RECEPTION METHOD FOR MTC APPARATUS - In one aspect, the present specification discloses a transmission/reception method in a machine type communication (MTC) apparatus. The transmission/reception method for the MTC apparatus may comprise the steps of: receiving information about the specific number of a bundle of downlink control channels which are receivable on a plurality of downlink subframes; and determining the location of the downlink subframe in which the specific-number bundle of downlink control channels can finish reception in accordance with time division duplex (TDD) uplink/downlink setting. Here, when the reception about the bundle of downlink control channels is not finished at the location of the determined downlink subframe, it can be assumed that the reception of the bundle of downlink control channels will continue up to the location of the fastest downlink subframe in which the specific-number bundle of downlink control channels can finish reception among the subframes according to the TDD method. | 06-09-2016 |
20160165591 | Resource Assignment Method and Device - Embodiments disclose a resource assignment method and a device. The method includes determining a first downlink subframe set, where the first downlink subframe set is associated with a first uplink subframe in both a first uplink-downlink configuration and a second uplink-downlink configuration; and determining, in the first uplink subframe, a first PUCCH resource region according to HARQ timing of the first uplink-downlink configuration, where the first PUCCH resource region is a resource region reserved for HARQ feedback information for the first downlink subframe set. A quantity and sequence numbers of elements under a first uplink-downlink configuration is used for all downlink subframes in a first downlink subframe set of later-released UE, so that a same first PUCCH resource region is assigned, so as to implement assignment of a PUCCH resource region to the later-released UE in a system compatible with two types of UEs. | 06-09-2016 |
20160165592 | MULTIPLEXING OF CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION AND HYBRID AUTOMATIC REPEAT REQUEST - ACKNOWLEDGEMENT INFORMATION - Embodiments of the present disclosure describe devices, methods, computer-readable media and systems configurations for multiplexing channel state information and hybrid automatic repeat request-acknowledgement information. Other embodiments may be described and claimed. | 06-09-2016 |
20160165609 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - In a wireless communication system which can share the same frequency band with time division duplexing (TDD) and frequency division duplexing (FDD), a wireless terminal carries out an FDD downlink reception in a second frequency band overlapping a first frequency band allocated to TDD, thus carrying out reception at the TDD downlink reception timing. Alternatively, a wireless terminal carries out a TDD downlink reception in a second frequency band overlapping a first frequency band allocated to FDD, thus carrying out reception at the FDD downlink reception timing. | 06-09-2016 |
20160173242 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 06-16-2016 |
20160173264 | INTERFERENCE MANAGEMENT FOR ADAPTIVE TDD WITH FREQUENCY DOMAIN SEPARATIONS | 06-16-2016 |
20160173265 | DETECTING UPLINK/DOWNLINK TIME-DIVISION DUPLEXED (TDD) FRAME CONFIGURATIONS TO SYNCHRONIZE TDD DOWNLINK AND UPLINK COMMUNICATIONS BETWEEN TDD COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT | 06-16-2016 |
20160174173 | POWER HEADROOM REPORTING SCHEME FOR MULTIPLE SUBFRAME CONFIGURATIONS | 06-16-2016 |
20160174245 | METHOD FOR USE IN BS (RE)CONFIGURING UE TO SWITCH FROM FIXED UL-DL TDD CONFIGURATION TO FLEXIBLE UL-DL TDD CONFIGURATION, AND BS | 06-16-2016 |
20160174251 | Information Transmission Method, Information Determining Method, and Apparatus in TDD System, and System | 06-16-2016 |
20160174259 | PREEMPTIVE RETRANSMISSIONS ON LISTEN-BEFORE-TALK CELLS | 06-16-2016 |
20160182211 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL CHANNEL IN INTRA-CELL CARRIER AGGREGATION SYSTEM | 06-23-2016 |
20160183201 | TRIGGERING POWER HEADROOM REPORTING IN TDD SYSTEM | 06-23-2016 |
20160183210 | SELECTION OF ACKNOWLEDGMENT TIMING IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS | 06-23-2016 |
20160183222 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD, BASE STATION, TRANSMISSION/RECEPTION POINT, USER EQUIPMENT AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 06-23-2016 |
20160183232 | System and Method for Interference Coordination in Cellular Millimeter Wave Communications Systems | 06-23-2016 |
20160183266 | Subframe Configuration in a Wireless Device and a Wireless Network | 06-23-2016 |
20160183289 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING DOWNLINK MU-MIMO TRANSMISSION | 06-23-2016 |
20160191186 | UPLINK INTERFERENCE MANAGEMENT IN TIME DIVISION DUPLEX (TDD) NETWORK SYSTEMS - A system is provided. The system includes a plurality of network nodes for operating in a Time Division Duplex, TDD, network. The plurality of network nodes includes at least a network node and a first neighbor network node. The network node includes a node processor and node memory. The node memory contains instructions executable by the node processor. The first network node is configured to detect interference caused by the first neighbor network node in at least one uplink, UL, subframe, and determine a potential reason for the interference caused by the first neighbor network node. | 06-30-2016 |
20160191213 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING SIGNAL AND DEVICE THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More particularly, the present invention relates to a method and a device for a terminal to transmit an uplink signal according to a normal HARQ operation in a wireless communication system supporting a carrier merge, the method comprising the steps of: forming a first cell set with a FDD and a second serving cell set with a TDD; receiving a PHICH signal from a subframe #(n−m−p) of the first serving cell, or receiving a PDCCH signal from a subframe #(n−m) of the first serving cell; and transmitting a PUSCH signal from a subframe #n of the second serving cell, in correspondence to the PHICH signal or the PDCCH signal, wherein n is an integer greater than or equal to 0, m is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and p is an integer greater than or equal to 1. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192182 | USER EQUIPMENT CAPABILITY SIGNALING - A user equipment (UE) configured for signaling UE capability is described. The UE includes a processor and instructions stored in memory that is in electronic communication with the processor. The UE sends an indicator regarding whether the UE can support different time division duplex (TDD) configurations on different bands for a band combination. The UE also sends an indicator regarding whether the UE can support concurrent transmission and reception on different bands for the band combination. The UE additionally sends an indicator regarding whether the UE can support different uplink timing adjustments for the band combination. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192335 | TERMINAL, BASE STATION, INTEGRATED CIRCUIT, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A search space of a control channel which is monitored by a terminal is determined based on a first uplink-downlink configuration specific to a base station, a second uplink-downlink configuration specific to a terminal, and one or more EPDCCH subframe configuration, for each subframe. A scrambling sequence parameter which corresponds to the search space of the control channel and is used in scrambling of the control channel is switched. The terminal switches the scrambling sequence parameter, corresponding to the search space and a subframe configuration, and the terminal receives a DMRS and descrambles an EPDCCH by using the switched scrambling sequence parameter. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192355 | HYBRID DUPLEX COMMUNICATION METHOD, BS AND TERMINAL - The present disclosure provides a hybrid duplex communication method and apparatus. Configuration information is obtained. The configuration information includes locations of special sub-frames on the first carrier, and a transmission direction of each sub-frame on the second carrier. Sounding Reference Symbol (SRS) is sent on a special sub-frame. when all sub-frames on the second carrier are UL sub-frames, the UE may communicate with the BS on the first carrier and the second carrier according to the FDD mode; when the second carrier is used for UL and DL transmission in time division multiplexing mode, the UE may communicate with the BS on DL resources of the first carrier and UL resources of the second carrier according to the FDD mode, and/or, the UE may communicate with the BS on DL resources of the second carrier and UL resources of the second carrier according to the TDD mode. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192356 | TRANSMISSION POWER CONTROL METHOD FOR SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a method for transmitting a sounding reference signal (SRS) to a base station by a terminal in a time division duplex (TDD) system. More specifically, the present invention includes the steps of: setting a first subframe set and a second subframe set through a higher layer, and transmitting the sounding reference signal to the base station in a particular subframe, wherein the first subframe set and the second subframe set are configured by at least either one of an uplink subframe or a special subframe, each of the first subframe set and the second subframe set is interlocked with a power control process for an uplink data channel transmission, transmission power for the sounding reference signal is determined on the basis of a predetermined power control process associated with the subframe set belonging to the particular subframe among the first subframe set and the second subframe set, and a particular subframe set corresponding to the particular subframe among the first subframe set and the second subframe set is indicated by a downlink control information (DCI) format which is transmitted in conjunction with the sounding reference signal. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192374 | FULL DUPLEX BACKHAUL RADIO WITH INTERFERENCE MEASUREMENT DURING A BLANKING INTERVAL - A backhaul radio is disclosed that operates in multipath propagation environments such as obstructed LOS conditions with uncoordinated interference sources in the same operating band. Such a backhaul radio may use a combination of interference mitigation procedures across multiple of the frequency, time, spatial and cancellation domains. Such backhaul radios may communicate with each other to coordinate radio resource allocations such that accurate interference assessment and channel propagation characteristics assessment may be determined during normal operation. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192389 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF CONFIGURING TIMING OF UPLINK TRANSMISSION - The present disclosure is to provide a method of configuring timing of uplink (UL) transmission, comprising, receiving, by a user equipment (UE), configuration information on carrier aggregation (CA) of at least one frequency division duplex (FDD) cell and at least one time division duplex (TDD) cell; and adjusting, by the UE, starting timing of a UL subframe in a cell participating in the CA. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192391 | NODE AND METHOD FOR DOWNLINK SCHEDULING AND HYBRID AUTOMATIC REPEAT REQUEST TIMING - Some of the example embodiments are directed towards a base station for determining a control timing configuration in order to provide a subframe timing setting for configuring downlink HARQ-ACK control timing for a cell serving a user equipment in a multiple cell communications network. The user equipment is served a TDD based cell and a FDD based cell. Some example embodiments are directed towards the user equipment the control timing configuration as discussed above. | 06-30-2016 |
20160198375 | Apparatus and Method for Improving Handover in a Global System for Mobile Communications | 07-07-2016 |
20160198413 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 07-07-2016 |
20160198420 | TRIGGERING POWER HEADROOM REPORTING IN TDD SYSTEM | 07-07-2016 |
20160198463 | WIRELESS CONFERENCING SYSTEM USING NARROW-BAND CHANNELS | 07-07-2016 |
20160198520 | Base Station, User Equipment and Methods Therein for Control Timing Configuration Assignment in a Multiple Cell Communications Network | 07-07-2016 |
20160204906 | HYBRID AUTOMATIC REPEAT REQUEST ACKNOWLEDGEMENT TRANSMISSION METHOD, USER EQUIPMENT, AND BASE STATION | 07-14-2016 |
20160204924 | Control Information Feedback Method, User Equipment, and Base Station | 07-14-2016 |
20160204926 | TRANSMISSION METHOD AND APPARATUS IN TDD-FDD JOINT SYSTEM | 07-14-2016 |
20160204927 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR AGGREGATION OF FREQUENCY DIVISION DUPLEX AND TIME DIVISION DUPLEX | 07-14-2016 |
20160204928 | DISTRIBUTED ANTENNA SYSTEM FOR TIME DIVISION DUPLEX | 07-14-2016 |
20160204930 | BS AND UE, AND METHODS USED IN THE SAME | 07-14-2016 |
20160205669 | TERMINAL DEVICE, BASE STATION DEVICE, COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT | 07-14-2016 |
20160205670 | RADIO COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, CHANNEL ESTIMATION METHOD, AND SIGNAL RELAY METHOD | 07-14-2016 |
20160205680 | COMMUNICATIONS NODE | 07-14-2016 |
20160205683 | SEMI-PERSISTENT SCHEDULING METHOD AND USER EQUIPMENT | 07-14-2016 |
20160205690 | HARQ Feedback Using Carrier Aggregation | 07-14-2016 |
20160205713 | METHOD FOR RESOURCE ALLOCATION FOR DEVICE-TO-DEVICE DIRECT COMMUNICATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND APPARATUS THEREFOR | 07-14-2016 |
20160254891 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ALLOCATING CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION-REFERENCE SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 09-01-2016 |
20160254892 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING SRS IN WIRELESS CELLUAR MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 09-01-2016 |
20160254899 | HARQ OPERATION WHEN TDD CELL AND FDD CELL ARE INCLUDED IN CARRIER AGGREGATION | 09-01-2016 |
20160254900 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PROCESSING CONFIGURATION INFORMATION RECEIVED FROM A BASE STATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 09-01-2016 |
20160255608 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING ADAPTIVE REPORTING IN TDD ENVIRONMENT | 09-01-2016 |
20160255628 | TIME DIVISION DUPLEX (TDD) UPLINK DOWNLINK (UL-DL) RECONFIGURATION | 09-01-2016 |
20160255649 | TERMINAL DEVICE, BASE STATION APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT | 09-01-2016 |
20160380742 | TERMINAL DEVICE, BASE STATION APPARATUS, INTEGRATED CIRCUIT, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - In a terminal device, pieces of information for a cell group, which include information indicating a subframe for monitoring a PDCCH with a RNTI, is received, pieces of information for each of multiple cells in the cell group, which include information for determining an index of information indicating an UL-DL configuration for each of the multiple cells in the cell group, is received, the PDCCH with the RNTI is monitored on a common search space of one cell in the cell group, the information indicating the UL-DL configuration for each of the multiple cells in the cell group is transmitted on the PDCCH with the RNTI, and, in a case where the one cell is a cell in which Time Division Duplex (TDD) is applied, a DL subframe that is based on an UL-DL configuration which is based on a RRC message is configured for monitoring the PDCCH with the RNTI. | 12-29-2016 |
20160381601 | DOWNLINK COMMUNICATION IN THE UPLINK FDD CHANNEL - A method for communication, includes communicating over the air with a first user equipment (UE) in a frequency domain duplexing (FDD) mode, which defines a downlink channel comprising a first set of time-frequency resources in a first frequency range and an uplink channel comprising a second set of time-frequency resources in a second frequency range, which is disjoint from the first frequency range. An excess capacity is identified in the uplink channel, and at a least a portion of the excess capacity is allocated for downlink communication by assigning a subset of the time-frequency resources in the second frequency range to the downlink communication. The method includes communicating over the air with at least one second UE by transmitting downlink information using concurrently a given subset of the first set of time-frequency resources in the first frequency range and the assigned subset of the time-frequency resources in the second frequency range. | 12-29-2016 |
20160381648 | COMMUNICATION UNIT - Provided is a communication unit that includes first and second power-amplification modules, which can be integrated. The first power-amplification module includes a first power-amplifier for a first frequency band in a first communication scheme, a second power-amplifier for a second frequency band in the first communication scheme, a third power-amplifier for a third frequency band in a second communication scheme, a fourth power-amplifier for a fourth frequency band in the second communication scheme, a first bias circuit that generates a first bias current to the first and second power-amplifiers, and a bias current circuit that converts the first bias current into a second bias current to the third and fourth power-amplifiers. The second power-amplification module includes a fifth power-amplifier for a fifth frequency band in the first communication scheme, and a second bias circuit that generates a third bias current to the fifth power-amplifier. | 12-29-2016 |
20160381680 | USER TERMINAL, RADIO BASE STATION AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - The present invention is designed to realize dynamic TDD that is based on TDD-FDD CA. A user terminal, by employing carrier aggregation or dual connectivity, performs radio communication via a plurality of cells including a primary cell, which is an FDD cell, and a secondary cell, which is a dynamic TDD cell, and has a receiving section that receives control information transmitted from the primary cell, and a cell-specific downlink signal transmitted from the dynamic TDD cell, and a control section that decides whether one or a plurality of subframes in the dynamic TDD cell are uplink subframes or downlink subframes based on the control information, and controls operations with respect to the dynamic TDD cell, and the control section executes control so that a subframe to receive the cell-specific downlink signal from the dynamic TDD cell and a subframe to retransmit uplink data are different. | 12-29-2016 |
20160381681 | TERMINAL DEVICE, BASE STATION DEVICE, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - When one serving cell is configured, and a frame structure type is FDD, one value among values of {2, 5, 10, 20, 40, 80, 160, 32, 64, and 128} subframes is configured as a CSI reporting period. When the one serving cell is configured, and the frame structure type is TDD, one value among values of {1, 5, 10, 20, 40, 80, and 160} subframes is configured as the CSI reporting period. When the two serving cells or more are configured, one value among values of {5, 10, 20, 40, 80, and 160} subframes is configured as the CSI reporting period. | 12-29-2016 |
20160381689 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR AGGREGATING CARRIERS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - The present invention relates to a method and apparatus for aggregating carriers in wireless communication systems. In the method, a first carrier is set up, and a second carrier is added in addition to the first carrier. In addition, the first carrier is a time division duplex (TDD) carrier for which an uplink subframe and a downlink subframe are positioned at different times in a frame, and the second carrier is a carrier only for a downlink that consists of downlink subframes. | 12-29-2016 |
20170237540 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING ACK/NACK IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM BASED ON TDD | 08-17-2017 |
20170237541 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING ACK/NACK IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 08-17-2017 |
20170237544 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR SERVICE TIME DIVISION MULTIPLEXING | 08-17-2017 |
20170237546 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING WIRELESS SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 08-17-2017 |
20170238287 | TERMINAL AND BASE STATION | 08-17-2017 |
20170238293 | BIDIRECTIONAL SUBFRAME COMMUNICATION | 08-17-2017 |
20170238339 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREOF | 08-17-2017 |
20180026758 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR TRANSFERRING WIRELESS TRANSMIT/RECEIVE UNIT-SPECIFIC INFORMATION | 01-25-2018 |
20180027442 | PERIODIC CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION REPORTING FOR TIME DIVISION DUPLEX (TDD) CARRIER AGGREGATION SYSTEMS | 01-25-2018 |
20180027493 | DATA TRANSMISSION METHOD AND DEVICE, BASE STATION AND USER EQUIPMENT | 01-25-2018 |
20180027581 | DYNAMIC CONFIGURATION OF UPLINK (UL) AND DOWNLINK (DL) FRAME RESOURCES FOR A TIME DIVISION DUPLEX (TDD) TRANSMISSION | 01-25-2018 |
20190149281 | Methods and Systems for Asynchronous Time Division Duplex by Radio Base Station | 05-16-2019 |
20190149287 | METHODS AND NODES FOR DETERMINING A TRANSMISSION DATA BLOCK SIZE | 05-16-2019 |
20190149378 | BASE STATION, TERMINAL, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD | 05-16-2019 |
20190150000 | USER TERMINAL, RADIO BASE STATION, RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD AND RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 05-16-2019 |
20190150075 | MOBILE STATION DEVICE AND BASE STATION DEVICE | 05-16-2019 |
20190150131 | BASE STATION, USER EQUIPMENT AND COMMUNICATION METHOD USED IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 05-16-2019 |
20190150141 | TIMING ADVANCE OFFSET FOR UPLINK-DOWNLINK SWITCHING IN NEW RADIO | 05-16-2019 |